Date: March 20, 2011 This library is created from "LPC17xx CMSIS-Compliant Standard Peripheral Firmware Driver Library (GNU, Keil, IAR) (Jan 28, 2011)", available from NXP's website, under "All microcontrollers support documents" [[http://ics.nxp.com/support/documents/microcontrollers/?type=software]] You will need to follow [[/projects/libraries/svn/mbed/trunk/LPC1768/LPC17xx.h]] while using this library Examples provided here [[/users/frank26080115/programs/LPC1700CMSIS_Examples/]] The beautiful thing is that NXP does not place copyright protection on any of the files in here Only a few modifications are made to make it compile with the mbed online compiler, I fixed some warnings as well. This is untested as of March 20, 2011 Forum post about this library: [[/forum/mbed/topic/2030/]]

Files at this revision

API Documentation at this revision

Comitter:
frank26080115
Date:
Sun Mar 20 18:45:15 2011 +0000
Commit message:

Changed in this revision

debug_frmwrk.c Show annotated file Show diff for this revision Revisions of this file
debug_frmwrk.h Show annotated file Show diff for this revision Revisions of this file
lpc17xx.h Show annotated file Show diff for this revision Revisions of this file
lpc17xx_adc.c Show annotated file Show diff for this revision Revisions of this file
lpc17xx_adc.h Show annotated file Show diff for this revision Revisions of this file
lpc17xx_can.c Show annotated file Show diff for this revision Revisions of this file
lpc17xx_can.h Show annotated file Show diff for this revision Revisions of this file
lpc17xx_clkpwr.c Show annotated file Show diff for this revision Revisions of this file
lpc17xx_clkpwr.h Show annotated file Show diff for this revision Revisions of this file
lpc17xx_dac.c Show annotated file Show diff for this revision Revisions of this file
lpc17xx_dac.h Show annotated file Show diff for this revision Revisions of this file
lpc17xx_emac.c Show annotated file Show diff for this revision Revisions of this file
lpc17xx_emac.h Show annotated file Show diff for this revision Revisions of this file
lpc17xx_exti.c Show annotated file Show diff for this revision Revisions of this file
lpc17xx_exti.h Show annotated file Show diff for this revision Revisions of this file
lpc17xx_gpdma.c Show annotated file Show diff for this revision Revisions of this file
lpc17xx_gpdma.h Show annotated file Show diff for this revision Revisions of this file
lpc17xx_gpio.c Show annotated file Show diff for this revision Revisions of this file
lpc17xx_gpio.h Show annotated file Show diff for this revision Revisions of this file
lpc17xx_i2c.c Show annotated file Show diff for this revision Revisions of this file
lpc17xx_i2c.h Show annotated file Show diff for this revision Revisions of this file
lpc17xx_i2s.c Show annotated file Show diff for this revision Revisions of this file
lpc17xx_i2s.h Show annotated file Show diff for this revision Revisions of this file
lpc17xx_libcfg_default.c Show annotated file Show diff for this revision Revisions of this file
lpc17xx_libcfg_default.h Show annotated file Show diff for this revision Revisions of this file
lpc17xx_mcpwm.c Show annotated file Show diff for this revision Revisions of this file
lpc17xx_mcpwm.h Show annotated file Show diff for this revision Revisions of this file
lpc17xx_nvic.c Show annotated file Show diff for this revision Revisions of this file
lpc17xx_nvic.h Show annotated file Show diff for this revision Revisions of this file
lpc17xx_pinsel.c Show annotated file Show diff for this revision Revisions of this file
lpc17xx_pinsel.h Show annotated file Show diff for this revision Revisions of this file
lpc17xx_pwm.c Show annotated file Show diff for this revision Revisions of this file
lpc17xx_pwm.h Show annotated file Show diff for this revision Revisions of this file
lpc17xx_qei.c Show annotated file Show diff for this revision Revisions of this file
lpc17xx_qei.h Show annotated file Show diff for this revision Revisions of this file
lpc17xx_rit.c Show annotated file Show diff for this revision Revisions of this file
lpc17xx_rit.h Show annotated file Show diff for this revision Revisions of this file
lpc17xx_rtc.c Show annotated file Show diff for this revision Revisions of this file
lpc17xx_rtc.h Show annotated file Show diff for this revision Revisions of this file
lpc17xx_spi.c Show annotated file Show diff for this revision Revisions of this file
lpc17xx_spi.h Show annotated file Show diff for this revision Revisions of this file
lpc17xx_ssp.c Show annotated file Show diff for this revision Revisions of this file
lpc17xx_ssp.h Show annotated file Show diff for this revision Revisions of this file
lpc17xx_systick.c Show annotated file Show diff for this revision Revisions of this file
lpc17xx_systick.h Show annotated file Show diff for this revision Revisions of this file
lpc17xx_timer.c Show annotated file Show diff for this revision Revisions of this file
lpc17xx_timer.h Show annotated file Show diff for this revision Revisions of this file
lpc17xx_uart.c Show annotated file Show diff for this revision Revisions of this file
lpc17xx_uart.h Show annotated file Show diff for this revision Revisions of this file
lpc17xx_wdt.c Show annotated file Show diff for this revision Revisions of this file
lpc17xx_wdt.h Show annotated file Show diff for this revision Revisions of this file
lpc_types.h Show annotated file Show diff for this revision Revisions of this file
diff -r 000000000000 -r 84d7747641aa debug_frmwrk.c
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/debug_frmwrk.c	Sun Mar 20 18:45:15 2011 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,305 @@
+/***********************************************************************//**
+ * @file        debug_frmwrk.c
+ * @brief        Contains some utilities that used for debugging through UART
+ * @version        2.0
+ * @date        21. May. 2010
+ * @author        NXP MCU SW Application Team
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only
+ * which provides customers with programming information regarding the
+ * products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties.
+ * NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the
+ * use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent,
+ * copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors
+ * reserves the right to make changes in the software without
+ * notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or
+ * warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified
+ * use without further testing or modification.
+ **********************************************************************/
+
+#include "debug_frmwrk.h"
+#include "lpc17xx_pinsel.h"
+
+/* If this source file built with example, the LPC17xx FW library configuration
+ * file in each example directory ("lpc17xx_libcfg.h") must be included,
+ * otherwise the default FW library configuration file must be included instead
+ */
+#ifdef __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__
+#include "lpc17xx_libcfg.h"
+#else
+#include "lpc17xx_libcfg_default.h"
+#endif /* __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__ */
+
+#ifdef _DBGFWK
+/* Debug framework */
+
+void (*_db_msg)(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, const void *s);
+void (*_db_msg_)(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, const void *s);
+void (*_db_char)(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, uint8_t ch);
+void (*_db_dec)(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, uint8_t decn);
+void (*_db_dec_16)(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, uint16_t decn);
+void (*_db_dec_32)(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, uint32_t decn);
+void (*_db_hex)(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, uint8_t hexn);
+void (*_db_hex_16)(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, uint16_t hexn);
+void (*_db_hex_32)(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, uint32_t hexn);
+uint8_t (*_db_get_char)(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx);
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Puts a character to UART port
+ * @param[in]    UARTx    Pointer to UART peripheral
+ * @param[in]    ch        Character to put
+ * @return        None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void UARTPutChar (LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, uint8_t ch)
+{
+    UART_Send(UARTx, &ch, 1, BLOCKING);
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Get a character to UART port
+ * @param[in]    UARTx    Pointer to UART peripheral
+ * @return        character value that returned
+ **********************************************************************/
+uint8_t UARTGetChar (LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx)
+{
+    uint8_t tmp = 0;
+    UART_Receive(UARTx, &tmp, 1, BLOCKING);
+    return(tmp);
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Puts a string to UART port
+ * @param[in]    UARTx     Pointer to UART peripheral
+ * @param[in]    str     string to put
+ * @return        None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void UARTPuts(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, const void *str)
+{
+    uint8_t *s = (uint8_t *) str;
+
+    while (*s)
+    {
+        UARTPutChar(UARTx, *s++);
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Puts a string to UART port and print new line
+ * @param[in]    UARTx    Pointer to UART peripheral
+ * @param[in]    str        String to put
+ * @return        None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void UARTPuts_(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, const void *str)
+{
+    UARTPuts (UARTx, str);
+    UARTPuts (UARTx, "\n\r");
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Puts a decimal number to UART port
+ * @param[in]    UARTx    Pointer to UART peripheral
+ * @param[in]    decnum    Decimal number (8-bit long)
+ * @return        None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void UARTPutDec(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, uint8_t decnum)
+{
+    uint8_t c1=decnum%10;
+    uint8_t c2=(decnum/10)%10;
+    uint8_t c3=(decnum/100)%10;
+    UARTPutChar(UARTx, '0'+c3);
+    UARTPutChar(UARTx, '0'+c2);
+    UARTPutChar(UARTx, '0'+c1);
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Puts a decimal number to UART port
+ * @param[in]    UARTx    Pointer to UART peripheral
+ * @param[in]    decnum    Decimal number (8-bit long)
+ * @return        None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void UARTPutDec16(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, uint16_t decnum)
+{
+    uint8_t c1=decnum%10;
+    uint8_t c2=(decnum/10)%10;
+    uint8_t c3=(decnum/100)%10;
+    uint8_t c4=(decnum/1000)%10;
+    uint8_t c5=(decnum/10000)%10;
+    UARTPutChar(UARTx, '0'+c5);
+    UARTPutChar(UARTx, '0'+c4);
+    UARTPutChar(UARTx, '0'+c3);
+    UARTPutChar(UARTx, '0'+c2);
+    UARTPutChar(UARTx, '0'+c1);
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Puts a decimal number to UART port
+ * @param[in]    UARTx    Pointer to UART peripheral
+ * @param[in]    decnum    Decimal number (8-bit long)
+ * @return        None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void UARTPutDec32(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, uint32_t decnum)
+{
+    uint8_t c1=decnum%10;
+    uint8_t c2=(decnum/10)%10;
+    uint8_t c3=(decnum/100)%10;
+    uint8_t c4=(decnum/1000)%10;
+    uint8_t c5=(decnum/10000)%10;
+    uint8_t c6=(decnum/100000)%10;
+    uint8_t c7=(decnum/1000000)%10;
+    uint8_t c8=(decnum/10000000)%10;
+    uint8_t c9=(decnum/100000000)%10;
+    uint8_t c10=(decnum/1000000000)%10;
+    UARTPutChar(UARTx, '0'+c10);
+    UARTPutChar(UARTx, '0'+c9);
+    UARTPutChar(UARTx, '0'+c8);
+    UARTPutChar(UARTx, '0'+c7);
+    UARTPutChar(UARTx, '0'+c6);
+    UARTPutChar(UARTx, '0'+c5);
+    UARTPutChar(UARTx, '0'+c4);
+    UARTPutChar(UARTx, '0'+c3);
+    UARTPutChar(UARTx, '0'+c2);
+    UARTPutChar(UARTx, '0'+c1);
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Puts a hex number to UART port
+ * @param[in]    UARTx    Pointer to UART peripheral
+ * @param[in]    hexnum    Hex number (8-bit long)
+ * @return        None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void UARTPutHex (LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, uint8_t hexnum)
+{
+    uint8_t nibble, i;
+
+    UARTPuts(UARTx, "0x");
+    i = 1;
+    do {
+        nibble = (hexnum >> (4*i)) & 0x0F;
+        UARTPutChar(UARTx, (nibble > 9) ? ('A' + nibble - 10) : ('0' + nibble));
+    } while (i--);
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Puts a hex number to UART port
+ * @param[in]    UARTx    Pointer to UART peripheral
+ * @param[in]    hexnum    Hex number (16-bit long)
+ * @return        None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void UARTPutHex16 (LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, uint16_t hexnum)
+{
+    uint8_t nibble, i;
+
+    UARTPuts(UARTx, "0x");
+    i = 3;
+    do {
+        nibble = (hexnum >> (4*i)) & 0x0F;
+        UARTPutChar(UARTx, (nibble > 9) ? ('A' + nibble - 10) : ('0' + nibble));
+    } while (i--);
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Puts a hex number to UART port
+ * @param[in]    UARTx    Pointer to UART peripheral
+ * @param[in]    hexnum    Hex number (32-bit long)
+ * @return        None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void UARTPutHex32 (LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, uint32_t hexnum)
+{
+    uint8_t nibble, i;
+
+    UARTPuts(UARTx, "0x");
+    i = 7;
+    do {
+        nibble = (hexnum >> (4*i)) & 0x0F;
+        UARTPutChar(UARTx, (nibble > 9) ? ('A' + nibble - 10) : ('0' + nibble));
+    } while (i--);
+}
+
+///*********************************************************************//**
+// * @brief        print function that supports format as same as printf()
+// *                 function of <stdio.h> library
+// * @param[in]    None
+// * @return        None
+// **********************************************************************/
+//void  _printf (const  char *format, ...)
+//{
+//    static  char  buffer[512 + 1];
+//            va_list     vArgs;
+//            char    *tmp;
+//    va_start(vArgs, format);
+//    vsprintf((char *)buffer, (char const *)format, vArgs);
+//    va_end(vArgs);
+//
+//    _DBG(buffer);
+//}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Initialize Debug frame work through initializing UART port
+ * @param[in]    None
+ * @return        None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void debug_frmwrk_init(void)
+{
+    UART_CFG_Type UARTConfigStruct;
+    PINSEL_CFG_Type PinCfg;
+
+#if (USED_UART_DEBUG_PORT==0)
+    /*
+     * Initialize UART0 pin connect
+     */
+    PinCfg.Funcnum = 1;
+    PinCfg.OpenDrain = 0;
+    PinCfg.Pinmode = 0;
+    PinCfg.Pinnum = 2;
+    PinCfg.Portnum = 0;
+    PINSEL_ConfigPin(&PinCfg);
+    PinCfg.Pinnum = 3;
+    PINSEL_ConfigPin(&PinCfg);
+#elif (USED_UART_DEBUG_PORT==1)
+    /*
+     * Initialize UART1 pin connect
+     */
+    PinCfg.Funcnum = 1;
+    PinCfg.OpenDrain = 0;
+    PinCfg.Pinmode = 0;
+    PinCfg.Pinnum = 15;
+    PinCfg.Portnum = 0;
+    PINSEL_ConfigPin(&PinCfg);
+    PinCfg.Pinnum = 16;
+    PINSEL_ConfigPin(&PinCfg);
+#endif
+
+    /* Initialize UART Configuration parameter structure to default state:
+     * Baudrate = 9600bps
+     * 8 data bit
+     * 1 Stop bit
+     * None parity
+     */
+    UART_ConfigStructInit(&UARTConfigStruct);
+    // Re-configure baudrate to 115200bps
+    UARTConfigStruct.Baud_rate = 115200;
+
+    // Initialize DEBUG_UART_PORT peripheral with given to corresponding parameter
+    UART_Init((LPC_UART_TypeDef*)DEBUG_UART_PORT, &UARTConfigStruct);
+
+    // Enable UART Transmit
+    UART_TxCmd((LPC_UART_TypeDef*)DEBUG_UART_PORT, ENABLE);
+
+    _db_msg    = UARTPuts;
+    _db_msg_ = UARTPuts_;
+    _db_char = UARTPutChar;
+    _db_hex = UARTPutHex;
+    _db_hex_16 = UARTPutHex16;
+    _db_hex_32 = UARTPutHex32;
+    _db_dec = UARTPutDec;
+    _db_dec_16 = UARTPutDec16;
+    _db_dec_32 = UARTPutDec32;
+    _db_get_char = UARTGetChar;
+}
+#endif /*_DBGFWK */
diff -r 000000000000 -r 84d7747641aa debug_frmwrk.h
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/debug_frmwrk.h	Sun Mar 20 18:45:15 2011 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/***********************************************************************//**
+ * @file        debug_frmwrk.h
+ * @brief        Contains some utilities that used for debugging through UART
+ * @version        2.0
+ * @date        21. May. 2010
+ * @author        NXP MCU SW Application Team
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only
+ * which provides customers with programming information regarding the
+ * products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties.
+ * NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the
+ * use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent,
+ * copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors
+ * reserves the right to make changes in the software without
+ * notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or
+ * warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified
+ * use without further testing or modification.
+ **********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef DEBUG_FRMWRK_H_
+#define DEBUG_FRMWRK_H_
+
+//#include <stdarg.h>
+#include "lpc17xx_uart.h"
+
+#define USED_UART_DEBUG_PORT    0
+
+#if (USED_UART_DEBUG_PORT==0)
+#define DEBUG_UART_PORT    LPC_UART0
+#elif (USED_UART_DEBUG_PORT==1)
+#define DEBUG_UART_PORT    LPC_UART1
+#endif
+
+#define _DBG(x)         _db_msg(DEBUG_UART_PORT, x)
+#define _DBG_(x)    _db_msg_(DEBUG_UART_PORT, x)
+#define _DBC(x)         _db_char(DEBUG_UART_PORT, x)
+#define _DBD(x)         _db_dec(DEBUG_UART_PORT, x)
+#define _DBD16(x)     _db_dec_16(DEBUG_UART_PORT, x)
+#define _DBD32(x)     _db_dec_32(DEBUG_UART_PORT, x)
+#define _DBH(x)         _db_hex(DEBUG_UART_PORT, x)
+#define _DBH16(x)     _db_hex_16(DEBUG_UART_PORT, x)
+#define _DBH32(x)     _db_hex_32(DEBUG_UART_PORT, x)
+#define _DG            _db_get_char(DEBUG_UART_PORT)
+//void  _printf (const  char *format, ...);
+
+extern void (*_db_msg)(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, const void *s);
+extern void (*_db_msg_)(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, const void *s);
+extern void (*_db_char)(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, uint8_t ch);
+extern void (*_db_dec)(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, uint8_t decn);
+extern void (*_db_dec_16)(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, uint16_t decn);
+extern void (*_db_dec_32)(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, uint32_t decn);
+extern void (*_db_hex)(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, uint8_t hexn);
+extern void (*_db_hex_16)(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, uint16_t hexn);
+extern void (*_db_hex_32)(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, uint32_t hexn);
+extern uint8_t (*_db_get_char)(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx);
+
+void UARTPutChar (LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, uint8_t ch);
+void UARTPuts(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, const void *str);
+void UARTPuts_(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, const void *str);
+void UARTPutDec(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, uint8_t decnum);
+void UARTPutDec16(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, uint16_t decnum);
+void UARTPutDec32(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, uint32_t decnum);
+void UARTPutHex (LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, uint8_t hexnum);
+void UARTPutHex16 (LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, uint16_t hexnum);
+void UARTPutHex32 (LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, uint32_t hexnum);
+uint8_t UARTGetChar (LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx);
+void debug_frmwrk_init(void);
+
+#endif /* DEBUG_FRMWRK_H_ */
diff -r 000000000000 -r 84d7747641aa lpc17xx.h
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lpc17xx.h	Sun Mar 20 18:45:15 2011 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,1 @@
+#include "mbed.h"
\ No newline at end of file
diff -r 000000000000 -r 84d7747641aa lpc17xx_adc.c
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lpc17xx_adc.c	Sun Mar 20 18:45:15 2011 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,340 @@
+/***********************************************************************//**
+ * @file        lpc17xx_adc.c
+ * @brief        Contains all functions support for ADC firmware library on LPC17xx
+ * @version        3.0
+ * @date        18. June. 2010
+ * @author        NXP MCU SW Application Team
+ **************************************************************************
+ * Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only
+ * which provides customers with programming information regarding the
+ * products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties.
+ * NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the
+ * use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent,
+ * copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors
+ * reserves the right to make changes in the software without
+ * notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or
+ * warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified
+ * use without further testing or modification.
+ **********************************************************************/
+
+/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @addtogroup ADC
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+#include "lpc17xx_adc.h"
+#include "lpc17xx_clkpwr.h"
+
+/* If this source file built with example, the LPC17xx FW library configuration
+ * file in each example directory ("lpc17xx_libcfg.h") must be included,
+ * otherwise the default FW library configuration file must be included instead
+ */
+#ifdef __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__
+#include "lpc17xx_libcfg.h"
+#else
+#include "lpc17xx_libcfg_default.h"
+#endif /* __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__ */
+
+
+#ifdef _ADC
+
+/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @addtogroup ADC_Public_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Initial for ADC
+ *                     + Set bit PCADC
+ *                     + Set clock for ADC
+ *                     + Set Clock Frequency
+ * @param[in]    ADCx pointer to LPC_ADC_TypeDef, should be: LPC_ADC
+ * @param[in]    rate ADC conversion rate, should be <=200KHz
+ * @return         None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void ADC_Init(LPC_ADC_TypeDef *ADCx, uint32_t rate)
+{
+    uint32_t temp, tmp;
+
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ADCx(ADCx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ADC_RATE(rate));
+
+    // Turn on power and clock
+    CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCAD, ENABLE);
+
+    ADCx->ADCR = 0;
+
+    //Enable PDN bit
+    tmp = ADC_CR_PDN;
+    // Set clock frequency
+    temp = CLKPWR_GetPCLK(CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_ADC);
+    /* The APB clock (PCLK_ADC0) is divided by (CLKDIV+1) to produce the clock for
+     * A/D converter, which should be less than or equal to 13MHz.
+     * A fully conversion requires 65 of these clocks.
+     * ADC clock = PCLK_ADC0 / (CLKDIV + 1);
+     * ADC rate = ADC clock / 65;
+     */
+    temp = (temp /(rate * 65)) - 1;
+    tmp |=  ADC_CR_CLKDIV(temp);
+
+    ADCx->ADCR = tmp;
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+* @brief         Close ADC
+* @param[in]    ADCx pointer to LPC_ADC_TypeDef, should be: LPC_ADC
+* @return         None
+**********************************************************************/
+void ADC_DeInit(LPC_ADC_TypeDef *ADCx)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ADCx(ADCx));
+
+    // Clear PDN bit
+    ADCx->ADCR &= ~ADC_CR_PDN;
+    // Turn on power and clock
+    CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCAD, DISABLE);
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+* @brief         Get Result conversion from A/D data register
+* @param[in]    channel number which want to read back the result
+* @return         Result of conversion
+*********************************************************************/
+uint32_t ADC_GetData(uint32_t channel)
+{
+    uint32_t adc_value;
+
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ADC_CHANNEL_SELECTION(channel));
+
+    adc_value = *(uint32_t *)((&LPC_ADC->ADDR0) + channel);
+    return ADC_GDR_RESULT(adc_value);
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+* @brief         Set start mode for ADC
+* @param[in]    ADCx pointer to LPC_ADC_TypeDef, should be: LPC_ADC
+* @param[in]    start_mode Start mode choose one of modes in
+*                 'ADC_START_OPT' enumeration type definition, should be:
+*                 - ADC_START_CONTINUOUS
+*                 - ADC_START_NOW
+*                 - ADC_START_ON_EINT0
+*                 - ADC_START_ON_CAP01
+*                - ADC_START_ON_MAT01
+*                - ADC_START_ON_MAT03
+*                - ADC_START_ON_MAT10
+*                - ADC_START_ON_MAT11
+* @return         None
+*********************************************************************/
+void ADC_StartCmd(LPC_ADC_TypeDef *ADCx, uint8_t start_mode)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ADCx(ADCx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ADC_START_OPT(start_mode));
+
+    ADCx->ADCR &= ~ADC_CR_START_MASK;
+    ADCx->ADCR |=ADC_CR_START_MODE_SEL((uint32_t)start_mode);
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+* @brief         ADC Burst mode setting
+* @param[in]    ADCx pointer to LPC_ADC_TypeDef, should be: LPC_ADC
+* @param[in]    NewState
+*                 -    1: Set Burst mode
+*                 -    0: reset Burst mode
+* @return         None
+**********************************************************************/
+void ADC_BurstCmd(LPC_ADC_TypeDef *ADCx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ADCx(ADCx));
+
+    ADCx->ADCR &= ~ADC_CR_BURST;
+    if (NewState){
+        ADCx->ADCR |= ADC_CR_BURST;
+    }
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+* @brief         Set AD conversion in power mode
+* @param[in]    ADCx pointer to LPC_ADC_TypeDef, should be: LPC_ADC
+* @param[in]    NewState
+*                 -    1: AD converter is optional
+*                 -    0: AD Converter is in power down mode
+* @return         None
+**********************************************************************/
+void ADC_PowerdownCmd(LPC_ADC_TypeDef *ADCx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ADCx(ADCx));
+
+    ADCx->ADCR &= ~ADC_CR_PDN;
+    if (NewState){
+        ADCx->ADCR |= ADC_CR_PDN;
+    }
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+* @brief         Set Edge start configuration
+* @param[in]    ADCx pointer to LPC_ADC_TypeDef, should be: LPC_ADC
+* @param[in]    EdgeOption is ADC_START_ON_RISING and ADC_START_ON_FALLING
+*                     0:ADC_START_ON_RISING
+*                     1:ADC_START_ON_FALLING
+* @return         None
+**********************************************************************/
+void ADC_EdgeStartConfig(LPC_ADC_TypeDef *ADCx, uint8_t EdgeOption)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ADCx(ADCx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ADC_START_ON_EDGE_OPT(EdgeOption));
+
+    ADCx->ADCR &= ~ADC_CR_EDGE;
+    if (EdgeOption){
+        ADCx->ADCR |= ADC_CR_EDGE;
+    }
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+* @brief         ADC interrupt configuration
+* @param[in]    ADCx pointer to LPC_ADC_TypeDef, should be: LPC_ADC
+* @param[in]    IntType: type of interrupt, should be:
+*                 - ADC_ADINTEN0: Interrupt channel 0
+*                 - ADC_ADINTEN1: Interrupt channel 1
+*                 ...
+*                 - ADC_ADINTEN7: Interrupt channel 7
+*                 - ADC_ADGINTEN: Individual channel/global flag done generate an interrupt
+* @param[in]    NewState:
+*                     - SET : enable ADC interrupt
+*                     - RESET: disable ADC interrupt
+* @return         None
+**********************************************************************/
+void ADC_IntConfig (LPC_ADC_TypeDef *ADCx, ADC_TYPE_INT_OPT IntType, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ADCx(ADCx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ADC_TYPE_INT_OPT(IntType));
+
+    ADCx->ADINTEN &= ~ADC_INTEN_CH(IntType);
+    if (NewState){
+        ADCx->ADINTEN |= ADC_INTEN_CH(IntType);
+    }
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+* @brief         Enable/Disable ADC channel number
+* @param[in]    ADCx pointer to LPC_ADC_TypeDef, should be: LPC_ADC
+* @param[in]    Channel channel number
+* @param[in]    NewState Enable or Disable
+*
+* @return         None
+**********************************************************************/
+void ADC_ChannelCmd (LPC_ADC_TypeDef *ADCx, uint8_t Channel, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ADCx(ADCx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ADC_CHANNEL_SELECTION(Channel));
+
+    if (NewState == ENABLE) {
+        ADCx->ADCR |= ADC_CR_CH_SEL(Channel);
+    } else {
+        ADCx->ADCR &= ~ADC_CR_CH_SEL(Channel);
+    }
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+* @brief         Get ADC result
+* @param[in]    ADCx pointer to LPC_ADC_TypeDef, should be: LPC_ADC
+* @param[in]    channel: channel number, should be 0...7
+* @return         Data conversion
+**********************************************************************/
+uint16_t ADC_ChannelGetData(LPC_ADC_TypeDef *ADCx, uint8_t channel)
+{
+    uint32_t adc_value;
+
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ADCx(ADCx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ADC_CHANNEL_SELECTION(channel));
+
+    adc_value = *(uint32_t *) ((&ADCx->ADDR0) + channel);
+    return ADC_DR_RESULT(adc_value);
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+* @brief         Get ADC Chanel status from ADC data register
+* @param[in]    ADCx pointer to LPC_ADC_TypeDef, should be: LPC_ADC
+* @param[in]    channel: channel number, should be 0..7
+* @param[in]      StatusType
+*                           0:Burst status
+*                       1:Done     status
+* @return         SET / RESET
+**********************************************************************/
+FlagStatus ADC_ChannelGetStatus(LPC_ADC_TypeDef *ADCx, uint8_t channel, uint32_t StatusType)
+{
+    uint32_t temp;
+
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ADCx(ADCx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ADC_CHANNEL_SELECTION(channel));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ADC_DATA_STATUS(StatusType));
+
+    temp =  *(uint32_t *) ((&ADCx->ADDR0) + channel);
+    if (StatusType) {
+        temp &= ADC_DR_DONE_FLAG;
+    }else{
+        temp &= ADC_DR_OVERRUN_FLAG;
+    }
+    if (temp) {
+        return SET;
+    } else {
+        return RESET;
+    }
+
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+* @brief         Get ADC Data from AD Global register
+* @param[in]    ADCx pointer to LPC_ADC_TypeDef, should be: LPC_ADC
+* @return         Result of conversion
+**********************************************************************/
+uint32_t ADC_GlobalGetData(LPC_ADC_TypeDef *ADCx)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ADCx(ADCx));
+
+    return ((uint32_t)(ADCx->ADGDR));
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+* @brief         Get ADC Chanel status from AD global data register
+* @param[in]    ADCx pointer to LPC_ADC_TypeDef, should be: LPC_ADC
+* @param[in]      StatusType
+*                           0:Burst status
+*                       1:Done     status
+* @return         SET / RESET
+**********************************************************************/
+FlagStatus    ADC_GlobalGetStatus(LPC_ADC_TypeDef *ADCx, uint32_t StatusType)
+{
+    uint32_t temp;
+
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ADCx(ADCx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ADC_DATA_STATUS(StatusType));
+
+    temp =  ADCx->ADGDR;
+    if (StatusType){
+        temp &= ADC_DR_DONE_FLAG;
+    }else{
+        temp &= ADC_DR_OVERRUN_FLAG;
+    }
+    if (temp){
+        return SET;
+    }else{
+        return RESET;
+    }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* _ADC */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */
+
diff -r 000000000000 -r 84d7747641aa lpc17xx_adc.h
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lpc17xx_adc.h	Sun Mar 20 18:45:15 2011 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,288 @@
+/***********************************************************************//**
+ * @file        lpc17xx_adc.h
+ * @brief        Contains all macro definitions and function prototypes
+ *                 support for ADC firmware library on LPC17xx
+ * @version        3.0
+ * @date        18. June. 2010
+ * @author        NXP MCU SW Application Team
+ **************************************************************************
+ * Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only
+ * which provides customers with programming information regarding the
+ * products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties.
+ * NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the
+ * use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent,
+ * copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors
+ * reserves the right to make changes in the software without
+ * notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or
+ * warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified
+ * use without further testing or modification.
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup ADC ADC
+ * @ingroup LPC1700CMSIS_FwLib_Drivers
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef LPC17XX_ADC_H_
+#define LPC17XX_ADC_H_
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+#include <LPC17xx.h>
+#include "lpc_types.h"
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+{
+#endif
+
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup ADC_Private_Macros ADC Private Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* -------------------------- BIT DEFINITIONS ----------------------------------- */
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for ADC  control register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/**  Selects which of the AD0.0:7 pins is (are) to be sampled and converted */
+#define ADC_CR_CH_SEL(n)    ((1UL << n))
+/**  The APB clock (PCLK) is divided by (this value plus one)
+* to produce the clock for the A/D */
+#define ADC_CR_CLKDIV(n)    ((n<<8))
+/**  Repeated conversions A/D enable bit */
+#define ADC_CR_BURST        ((1UL<<16))
+/**  ADC convert in power down mode */
+#define ADC_CR_PDN            ((1UL<<21))
+/**  Start mask bits */
+#define ADC_CR_START_MASK    ((7UL<<24))
+/**  Select Start Mode */
+#define ADC_CR_START_MODE_SEL(SEL)    ((SEL<<24))
+/**  Start conversion now */
+#define ADC_CR_START_NOW    ((1UL<<24))
+/**  Start conversion when the edge selected by bit 27 occurs on P2.10/EINT0 */
+#define ADC_CR_START_EINT0    ((2UL<<24))
+/** Start conversion when the edge selected by bit 27 occurs on P1.27/CAP0.1 */
+#define ADC_CR_START_CAP01    ((3UL<<24))
+/**  Start conversion when the edge selected by bit 27 occurs on MAT0.1 */
+#define ADC_CR_START_MAT01    ((4UL<<24))
+/**  Start conversion when the edge selected by bit 27 occurs on MAT0.3 */
+#define ADC_CR_START_MAT03    ((5UL<<24))
+/**  Start conversion when the edge selected by bit 27 occurs on MAT1.0 */
+#define ADC_CR_START_MAT10    ((6UL<<24))
+/**  Start conversion when the edge selected by bit 27 occurs on MAT1.1 */
+#define ADC_CR_START_MAT11    ((7UL<<24))
+/**  Start conversion on a falling edge on the selected CAP/MAT signal */
+#define ADC_CR_EDGE            ((1UL<<27))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for ADC Global Data register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** When DONE is 1, this field contains result value of ADC conversion */
+#define ADC_GDR_RESULT(n)        (((n>>4)&0xFFF))
+/** These bits contain the channel from which the LS bits were converted */
+#define ADC_GDR_CH(n)            (((n>>24)&0x7))
+/** This bit is 1 in burst mode if the results of one or
+ * more conversions was (were) lost */
+#define ADC_GDR_OVERRUN_FLAG    ((1UL<<30))
+/** This bit is set to 1 when an A/D conversion completes */
+#define ADC_GDR_DONE_FLAG        ((1UL<<31))
+
+/** This bits is used to mask for Channel */
+#define ADC_GDR_CH_MASK        ((7UL<<24))
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for ADC Interrupt register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** These bits allow control over which A/D channels generate
+ * interrupts for conversion completion */
+#define ADC_INTEN_CH(n)            ((1UL<<n))
+/** When 1, enables the global DONE flag in ADDR to generate an interrupt */
+#define ADC_INTEN_GLOBAL        ((1UL<<8))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for ADC Data register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** When DONE is 1, this field contains result value of ADC conversion */
+#define ADC_DR_RESULT(n)        (((n>>4)&0xFFF))
+/** These bits mirror the OVERRRUN status flags that appear in the
+ * result register for each A/D channel */
+#define ADC_DR_OVERRUN_FLAG        ((1UL<<30))
+/** This bit is set to 1 when an A/D conversion completes. It is cleared
+ * when this register is read */
+#define ADC_DR_DONE_FLAG        ((1UL<<31))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for ADC Status register
+**********************************************************************/
+/** These bits mirror the DONE status flags that appear in the result
+ * register for each A/D channel */
+#define ADC_STAT_CH_DONE_FLAG(n)        ((n&0xFF))
+/** These bits mirror the OVERRRUN status flags that appear in the
+ * result register for each A/D channel */
+#define ADC_STAT_CH_OVERRUN_FLAG(n)        (((n>>8)&0xFF))
+/** This bit is the A/D interrupt flag */
+#define ADC_STAT_INT_FLAG                ((1UL<<16))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for ADC Trim register
+**********************************************************************/
+/** Offset trim bits for ADC operation */
+#define ADC_ADCOFFS(n)        (((n&0xF)<<4))
+/** Written to boot code*/
+#define ADC_TRIM(n)            (((n&0xF)<<8))
+
+/* ------------------- CHECK PARAM DEFINITIONS ------------------------- */
+/** Check ADC parameter */
+#define PARAM_ADCx(n)    (((uint32_t *)n)==((uint32_t *)LPC_ADC))
+
+/** Check ADC state parameter */
+#define PARAM_ADC_START_ON_EDGE_OPT(OPT)    ((OPT == ADC_START_ON_RISING)||(OPT == ADC_START_ON_FALLING))
+
+/** Check ADC state parameter */
+#define PARAM_ADC_DATA_STATUS(OPT)    ((OPT== ADC_DATA_BURST)||(OPT== ADC_DATA_DONE))
+
+/** Check ADC rate parameter */
+#define PARAM_ADC_RATE(rate)    ((rate>0)&&(rate<=200000))
+
+/** Check ADC channel selection parameter */
+#define PARAM_ADC_CHANNEL_SELECTION(SEL)    ((SEL == ADC_CHANNEL_0)||(ADC_CHANNEL_1)\
+||(SEL == ADC_CHANNEL_2)|(ADC_CHANNEL_3)\
+||(SEL == ADC_CHANNEL_4)||(ADC_CHANNEL_5)\
+||(SEL == ADC_CHANNEL_6)||(ADC_CHANNEL_7))
+
+/** Check ADC start option parameter */
+#define PARAM_ADC_START_OPT(OPT)    ((OPT == ADC_START_CONTINUOUS)||(OPT == ADC_START_NOW)\
+||(OPT == ADC_START_ON_EINT0)||(OPT == ADC_START_ON_CAP01)\
+||(OPT == ADC_START_ON_MAT01)||(OPT == ADC_START_ON_MAT03)\
+||(OPT == ADC_START_ON_MAT10)||(OPT == ADC_START_ON_MAT11))
+
+/** Check ADC interrupt type parameter */
+#define PARAM_ADC_TYPE_INT_OPT(OPT)    ((OPT == ADC_ADINTEN0)||(OPT == ADC_ADINTEN1)\
+||(OPT == ADC_ADINTEN2)||(OPT == ADC_ADINTEN3)\
+||(OPT == ADC_ADINTEN4)||(OPT == ADC_ADINTEN5)\
+||(OPT == ADC_ADINTEN6)||(OPT == ADC_ADINTEN7)\
+||(OPT == ADC_ADGINTEN))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/* Public Types --------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup ADC_Public_Types ADC Public Types
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief ADC enumeration
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** @brief Channel Selection */
+typedef enum
+{
+    ADC_CHANNEL_0  = 0, /*!<  Channel 0 */
+    ADC_CHANNEL_1,        /*!<  Channel 1 */
+    ADC_CHANNEL_2,        /*!<  Channel 2 */
+    ADC_CHANNEL_3,        /*!<  Channel 3 */
+    ADC_CHANNEL_4,        /*!<  Channel 4 */
+    ADC_CHANNEL_5,        /*!<  Channel 5 */
+    ADC_CHANNEL_6,        /*!<  Channel 6 */
+    ADC_CHANNEL_7        /*!<  Channel 7 */
+}ADC_CHANNEL_SELECTION;
+
+/** @brief Type of start option */
+typedef enum
+{
+    ADC_START_CONTINUOUS =0,    /*!< Continuous mode */
+    ADC_START_NOW,                /*!< Start conversion now */
+    ADC_START_ON_EINT0,            /*!< Start conversion when the edge selected
+                                 * by bit 27 occurs on P2.10/EINT0 */
+    ADC_START_ON_CAP01,            /*!< Start conversion when the edge selected
+                                 * by bit 27 occurs on P1.27/CAP0.1 */
+    ADC_START_ON_MAT01,            /*!< Start conversion when the edge selected
+                                 * by bit 27 occurs on MAT0.1 */
+    ADC_START_ON_MAT03,            /*!< Start conversion when the edge selected
+                                 * by bit 27 occurs on MAT0.3 */
+    ADC_START_ON_MAT10,            /*!< Start conversion when the edge selected
+                                  * by bit 27 occurs on MAT1.0 */
+    ADC_START_ON_MAT11            /*!< Start conversion when the edge selected
+                                  * by bit 27 occurs on MAT1.1 */
+} ADC_START_OPT;
+
+
+/** @brief Type of edge when start conversion on the selected CAP/MAT signal */
+typedef enum
+{
+    ADC_START_ON_RISING = 0,    /*!< Start conversion on a rising edge
+                                *on the selected CAP/MAT signal */
+    ADC_START_ON_FALLING        /*!< Start conversion on a falling edge
+                                *on the selected CAP/MAT signal */
+} ADC_START_ON_EDGE_OPT;
+
+/** @brief* ADC type interrupt enum */
+typedef enum
+{
+    ADC_ADINTEN0 = 0,        /*!< Interrupt channel 0 */
+    ADC_ADINTEN1,            /*!< Interrupt channel 1 */
+    ADC_ADINTEN2,            /*!< Interrupt channel 2 */
+    ADC_ADINTEN3,            /*!< Interrupt channel 3 */
+    ADC_ADINTEN4,            /*!< Interrupt channel 4 */
+    ADC_ADINTEN5,            /*!< Interrupt channel 5 */
+    ADC_ADINTEN6,            /*!< Interrupt channel 6 */
+    ADC_ADINTEN7,            /*!< Interrupt channel 7 */
+    ADC_ADGINTEN            /*!< Individual channel/global flag done generate an interrupt */
+}ADC_TYPE_INT_OPT;
+
+/** @brief ADC Data  status */
+typedef enum
+{
+    ADC_DATA_BURST = 0,        /*Burst bit*/
+    ADC_DATA_DONE         /*Done bit*/
+}ADC_DATA_STATUS;
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup ADC_Public_Functions ADC Public Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+/* Init/DeInit ADC peripheral ----------------*/
+void ADC_Init(LPC_ADC_TypeDef *ADCx, uint32_t rate);
+void ADC_DeInit(LPC_ADC_TypeDef *ADCx);
+
+/* Enable/Disable ADC functions --------------*/
+void ADC_BurstCmd(LPC_ADC_TypeDef *ADCx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void ADC_PowerdownCmd(LPC_ADC_TypeDef *ADCx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void ADC_StartCmd(LPC_ADC_TypeDef *ADCx, uint8_t start_mode);
+void ADC_ChannelCmd (LPC_ADC_TypeDef *ADCx, uint8_t Channel, FunctionalState NewState);
+
+/* Configure ADC functions -------------------*/
+void ADC_EdgeStartConfig(LPC_ADC_TypeDef *ADCx, uint8_t EdgeOption);
+void ADC_IntConfig (LPC_ADC_TypeDef *ADCx, ADC_TYPE_INT_OPT IntType, FunctionalState NewState);
+
+/* Get ADC information functions -------------------*/
+uint16_t ADC_ChannelGetData(LPC_ADC_TypeDef *ADCx, uint8_t channel);
+FlagStatus ADC_ChannelGetStatus(LPC_ADC_TypeDef *ADCx, uint8_t channel, uint32_t StatusType);
+uint32_t ADC_GlobalGetData(LPC_ADC_TypeDef *ADCx);
+FlagStatus    ADC_GlobalGetStatus(LPC_ADC_TypeDef *ADCx, uint32_t StatusType);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* LPC17XX_ADC_H_ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */
diff -r 000000000000 -r 84d7747641aa lpc17xx_can.c
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lpc17xx_can.c	Sun Mar 20 18:45:15 2011 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,1896 @@
+/***********************************************************************//**
+ * @file        lpc17xx_can.c
+ * @brief        Contains all functions support for CAN firmware library on LPC17xx
+ * @version        3.2
+ * @date        06. Dec. 2010
+ * @author        NXP MCU SW Application Team
+ **************************************************************************
+ * Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only
+ * which provides customers with programming information regarding the
+ * products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties.
+ * NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the
+ * use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent,
+ * copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors
+ * reserves the right to make changes in the software without
+ * notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or
+ * warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified
+ * use without further testing or modification.
+ **********************************************************************/
+
+/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @addtogroup CAN
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+#include "lpc17xx_can.h"
+#include "lpc17xx_clkpwr.h"
+
+/* If this source file built with example, the LPC17xx FW library configuration
+ * file in each example directory ("lpc17xx_libcfg.h") must be included,
+ * otherwise the default FW library configuration file must be included instead
+ */
+#ifdef __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__
+#include "lpc17xx_libcfg.h"
+#else
+#include "lpc17xx_libcfg_default.h"
+#endif /* __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__ */
+
+
+#ifdef _CAN
+
+/* Private Variables ---------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup CAN_Private_Variables CAN Private Variables
+ * @{
+ */
+
+FunctionalState FULLCAN_ENABLE;
+
+
+/* Counts number of filters (CAN message objects) used */
+uint16_t CANAF_FullCAN_cnt = 0;
+uint16_t CANAF_std_cnt = 0;
+uint16_t CANAF_gstd_cnt = 0;
+uint16_t CANAF_ext_cnt = 0;
+uint16_t CANAF_gext_cnt = 0;
+
+/* End of Private Variables ----------------------------------------------------*/
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private Variables ---------------------------------------------------------- */
+static void can_SetBaudrate (LPC_CAN_TypeDef *CANx, uint32_t baudrate);
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Setting CAN baud rate (bps)
+ * @param[in]     CANx point to LPC_CAN_TypeDef object, should be:
+ *                 - LPC_CAN1: CAN1 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_CAN2: CAN2 peripheral
+ * @param[in]    baudrate: is the baud rate value will be set
+ * @return         None
+ ***********************************************************************/
+static void can_SetBaudrate (LPC_CAN_TypeDef *CANx, uint32_t baudrate)
+{
+    uint32_t result = 0;
+    uint8_t NT, TSEG1 = 0, TSEG2 = 0, BRFail;
+    uint32_t CANPclk = 0;
+    uint32_t BRP = 0;
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_CANx(CANx));
+
+    if (CANx == LPC_CAN1)
+    {
+        CANPclk = CLKPWR_GetPCLK (CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CAN1);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        CANPclk = CLKPWR_GetPCLK (CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CAN2);
+    }
+    result = CANPclk / baudrate;
+    /* Calculate suitable nominal time value
+     * NT (nominal time) = (TSEG1 + TSEG2 + 3)
+     * NT <= 24
+     * TSEG1 >= 2*TSEG2
+     */
+    BRFail = 1;
+    for(NT=24;NT>0;NT=NT-2)
+    {
+        if ((result%NT)==0)
+        {
+            BRP = result / NT - 1;
+            NT--;
+            TSEG2 = (NT/3) - 1;
+            TSEG1 = NT -(NT/3) - 1;
+            BRFail = 0;
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+    if(BRFail)
+        while(1); // Failed to calculate exact CAN baud rate
+    /* Enter reset mode */
+    CANx->MOD = 0x01;
+    /* Set bit timing
+     * Default: SAM = 0x00;
+     *          SJW = 0x03;
+     */
+    CANx->BTR  = (TSEG2<<20)|(TSEG1<<16)|(3<<14)|BRP;
+    /* Return to normal operating */
+    CANx->MOD = 0;
+}
+/* End of Private Functions ----------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @addtogroup CAN_Public_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Initialize CAN peripheral with given baudrate
+ * @param[in]    CANx pointer to LPC_CAN_TypeDef, should be:
+ *                 - LPC_CAN1: CAN1 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_CAN2: CAN2 peripheral
+ * @param[in]    baudrate: the value of CAN baudrate will be set (bps)
+ * @return         None
+ *********************************************************************/
+void CAN_Init(LPC_CAN_TypeDef *CANx, uint32_t baudrate)
+{
+    uint16_t i;
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_CANx(CANx));
+
+    if(CANx == LPC_CAN1)
+    {
+        /* Turn on power and clock for CAN1 */
+        CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR(CLKPWR_PCONP_PCAN1, ENABLE);
+        /* Set clock divide for CAN1 */
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        /* Turn on power and clock for CAN1 */
+        CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR(CLKPWR_PCONP_PCAN2, ENABLE);
+        /* Set clock divide for CAN2 */
+    }
+    CLKPWR_SetPCLKDiv (CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CAN1, CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CCLK_DIV_2);
+    CLKPWR_SetPCLKDiv (CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CAN2, CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CCLK_DIV_2);
+    CLKPWR_SetPCLKDiv (CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_ACF, CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CCLK_DIV_2);
+
+    CANx->MOD = 1; // Enter Reset Mode
+    CANx->IER = 0; // Disable All CAN Interrupts
+    CANx->GSR = 0;
+    /* Request command to release Rx, Tx buffer and clear data overrun */
+    //CANx->CMR = CAN_CMR_AT | CAN_CMR_RRB | CAN_CMR_CDO;
+    CANx->CMR = (1<<1)|(1<<2)|(1<<3);
+    /* Read to clear interrupt pending in interrupt capture register */
+    volatile uint32_t temp = CANx->ICR;
+    CANx->MOD = 0;// Return Normal operating
+
+    //Reset CANAF value
+    LPC_CANAF->AFMR = 0x01;
+
+    //clear ALUT RAM
+    for (i = 0; i < 512; i++) {
+        LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[i] = 0x00;
+    }
+
+    LPC_CANAF->SFF_sa = 0x00;
+    LPC_CANAF->SFF_GRP_sa = 0x00;
+    LPC_CANAF->EFF_sa = 0x00;
+    LPC_CANAF->EFF_GRP_sa = 0x00;
+    LPC_CANAF->ENDofTable = 0x00;
+
+    LPC_CANAF->AFMR = 0x00;
+    /* Set baudrate */
+    can_SetBaudrate (CANx, baudrate);
+}
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        CAN deInit
+ * @param[in]    CANx pointer to LPC_CAN_TypeDef, should be:
+ *                 - LPC_CAN1: CAN1 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_CAN2: CAN2 peripheral
+ * @return         None
+ *********************************************************************/
+void CAN_DeInit(LPC_CAN_TypeDef *CANx)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_CANx(CANx));
+
+    if(CANx == LPC_CAN1)
+    {
+        /* Turn on power and clock for CAN1 */
+        CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR(CLKPWR_PCONP_PCAN1, DISABLE);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        /* Turn on power and clock for CAN1 */
+        CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR(CLKPWR_PCONP_PCAN2, DISABLE);
+    }
+}
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Setup Acceptance Filter Look-Up Table
+ * @param[in]    CANAFx    pointer to LPC_CANAF_TypeDef
+ *                 Should be: LPC_CANAF
+ * @param[in]    AFSection    the pointer to AF_SectionDef structure
+ *                 It contain information about 5 sections will be install in AFLUT
+ * @return         CAN Error    could be:
+ *                 - CAN_OBJECTS_FULL_ERROR: No more rx or tx objects available
+ *                 - CAN_AF_ENTRY_ERROR: table error-violation of ascending numerical order
+ *                 - CAN_OK: ID is added into table successfully
+ *********************************************************************/
+CAN_ERROR CAN_SetupAFLUT(LPC_CANAF_TypeDef* CANAFx, AF_SectionDef* AFSection)
+{
+    uint8_t ctrl1,ctrl2;
+    uint8_t dis1, dis2;
+    uint16_t SID, SID_temp,i, count = 0;
+    uint32_t EID, EID_temp, entry, buf;
+    uint16_t lowerSID, upperSID;
+    uint32_t lowerEID, upperEID;
+
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_CANAFx(CANAFx));
+    CANAFx->AFMR = 0x01;
+
+/***** setup FullCAN Table *****/
+    if(AFSection->FullCAN_Sec == NULL)
+    {
+        FULLCAN_ENABLE = DISABLE;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        FULLCAN_ENABLE = ENABLE;
+        for(i=0;i<(AFSection->FC_NumEntry);i++)
+        {
+            if(count + 1 > 64)
+            {
+                return CAN_OBJECTS_FULL_ERROR;
+            }
+            ctrl1 = AFSection->FullCAN_Sec->controller;
+            SID = AFSection->FullCAN_Sec->id_11;
+            dis1 = AFSection->FullCAN_Sec->disable;
+
+            CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_CTRL(ctrl1));
+            CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ID_11(SID));
+            CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_MSG_DISABLE(dis1));
+            entry = 0x00; //reset entry value
+            if((CANAF_FullCAN_cnt & 0x00000001)==0)
+            {
+                if(count!=0x00)
+                {
+                    buf = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[count-1];
+                    SID_temp = (buf & 0x000003FF);
+                    if(SID_temp > SID)
+                    {
+                        return CAN_AF_ENTRY_ERROR;
+                    }
+                }
+                entry = (ctrl1<<29)|(dis1<<28)|(SID<<16)|(1<<27);
+                LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[count] &= 0x0000FFFF;
+                LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[count] |= entry;
+                CANAF_FullCAN_cnt++;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                buf = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[count];
+                SID_temp = (buf & 0x03FF0000)>>16;
+                if(SID_temp > SID)
+                {
+                    return CAN_AF_ENTRY_ERROR;
+                }
+                entry = (ctrl1<<13)|(dis1<<12)|(SID<<0)|(1<<11);
+                LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[count] &= 0xFFFF0000;
+                LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[count]|= entry;
+                count++;
+                CANAF_FullCAN_cnt++;
+            }
+            AFSection->FullCAN_Sec = (FullCAN_Entry *)((uint32_t)(AFSection->FullCAN_Sec)+ sizeof(FullCAN_Entry));
+        }
+    }
+
+/***** Setup Explicit Standard Frame Format Section *****/
+    if(AFSection->SFF_Sec != NULL)
+    {
+        for(i=0;i<(AFSection->SFF_NumEntry);i++)
+        {
+            if(count + 1 > 512)
+            {
+                return CAN_OBJECTS_FULL_ERROR;
+            }
+            ctrl1 = AFSection->SFF_Sec->controller;
+            SID = AFSection->SFF_Sec->id_11;
+            dis1 = AFSection->SFF_Sec->disable;
+
+            //check parameter
+            CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_CTRL(ctrl1));
+            CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ID_11(SID));
+            CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_MSG_DISABLE(dis1));
+
+            entry = 0x00; //reset entry value
+            if((CANAF_std_cnt & 0x00000001)==0)
+            {
+                if(CANAF_std_cnt !=0 )
+                {
+                    buf = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[count-1];
+                    SID_temp = (buf & 0x00000FFF);
+                    if(SID_temp > SID)
+                    {
+                        return CAN_AF_ENTRY_ERROR;
+                    }
+                }
+                entry = (ctrl1<<29)|(dis1<<28)|(SID<<16);
+                LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[count] &= 0x0000FFFF;
+                LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[count] |= entry;
+                CANAF_std_cnt++;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                buf = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[count];
+                SID_temp = (buf & 0x0FFF0000)>>16;
+                if(SID_temp > SID)
+                {
+                    return CAN_AF_ENTRY_ERROR;
+                }
+                entry = (ctrl1<<13)|(dis1<<12)|(SID<<0);
+                LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[count] &= 0xFFFF0000;
+                LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[count] |= entry;
+                count++;
+                CANAF_std_cnt++;
+            }
+            AFSection->SFF_Sec = (SFF_Entry *)((uint32_t)(AFSection->SFF_Sec)+ sizeof(SFF_Entry));
+        }
+    }
+
+/***** Setup Group of Standard Frame Format Identifier Section *****/
+    if(AFSection->SFF_GPR_Sec != NULL)
+    {
+        for(i=0;i<(AFSection->SFF_GPR_NumEntry);i++)
+        {
+            if(count + 1 > 512)
+            {
+                return CAN_OBJECTS_FULL_ERROR;
+            }
+            ctrl1 = AFSection->SFF_GPR_Sec->controller1;
+            ctrl2 = AFSection->SFF_GPR_Sec->controller2;
+            dis1 = AFSection->SFF_GPR_Sec->disable1;
+            dis2 = AFSection->SFF_GPR_Sec->disable2;
+            lowerSID = AFSection->SFF_GPR_Sec->lowerID;
+            upperSID = AFSection->SFF_GPR_Sec->upperID;
+
+            /* check parameter */
+            CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_CTRL(ctrl1));
+            CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_CTRL(ctrl2));
+            CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_MSG_DISABLE(dis1));
+            CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_MSG_DISABLE(dis2));
+            CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ID_11(lowerSID));
+            CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ID_11(upperSID));
+
+            entry = 0x00;
+            if(CANAF_gstd_cnt!=0)
+            {
+                buf = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[count-1];
+                SID_temp = buf & 0x00000FFF;
+                if(SID_temp > lowerSID)
+                {
+                    return CAN_AF_ENTRY_ERROR;
+                }
+            }
+            entry = (ctrl1 << 29)|(dis1 << 28)|(lowerSID << 16)|  \
+                    (ctrl2 << 13)|(dis2 << 12)|(upperSID << 0);
+            LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[count] = entry;
+            CANAF_gstd_cnt++;
+            count++;
+            AFSection->SFF_GPR_Sec = (SFF_GPR_Entry *)((uint32_t)(AFSection->SFF_GPR_Sec)+ sizeof(SFF_GPR_Entry));
+        }
+    }
+
+/***** Setup Explicit Extend Frame Format Identifier Section *****/
+    if(AFSection->EFF_Sec != NULL)
+    {
+        for(i=0;i<(AFSection->EFF_NumEntry);i++)
+        {
+            if(count + 1 > 512)
+            {
+                return CAN_OBJECTS_FULL_ERROR;
+            }
+            EID = AFSection->EFF_Sec->ID_29;
+            ctrl1 = AFSection->EFF_Sec->controller;
+
+            // check parameter
+            CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ID_29(EID));
+            CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_CTRL(ctrl1));
+
+            entry = 0x00; //reset entry value
+            if(CANAF_ext_cnt != 0)
+            {
+                buf = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[count-1];
+                EID_temp = buf & 0x0FFFFFFF;
+                if(EID_temp > EID)
+                {
+                    return CAN_AF_ENTRY_ERROR;
+                }
+            }
+            entry = (ctrl1 << 29)|(EID << 0);
+            LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[count] = entry;
+            CANAF_ext_cnt ++;
+            count++;
+            AFSection->EFF_Sec = (EFF_Entry *)((uint32_t)(AFSection->EFF_Sec)+ sizeof(EFF_Entry));
+        }
+    }
+
+/***** Setup Group of Extended Frame Format Identifier Section *****/
+    if(AFSection->EFF_GPR_Sec != NULL)
+    {
+        for(i=0;i<(AFSection->EFF_GPR_NumEntry);i++)
+        {
+            if(count + 2 > 512)
+            {
+                return CAN_OBJECTS_FULL_ERROR;
+            }
+            ctrl1 = AFSection->EFF_GPR_Sec->controller1;
+            ctrl2 = AFSection->EFF_GPR_Sec->controller2;
+            lowerEID = AFSection->EFF_GPR_Sec->lowerEID;
+            upperEID = AFSection->EFF_GPR_Sec->upperEID;
+
+            //check parameter
+            CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_CTRL(ctrl1));
+            CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_CTRL(ctrl2));
+            CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ID_29(lowerEID));
+            CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ID_29(upperEID));
+
+            entry = 0x00;
+            if(CANAF_gext_cnt != 0)
+            {
+                buf = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[count-1];
+                EID_temp = buf & 0x0FFFFFFF;
+                if(EID_temp > lowerEID)
+                {
+                    return CAN_AF_ENTRY_ERROR;
+                }
+            }
+            entry = (ctrl1 << 29)|(lowerEID << 0);
+            LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[count++] = entry;
+            entry = (ctrl2 << 29)|(upperEID << 0);
+            LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[count++] = entry;
+            CANAF_gext_cnt++;
+            AFSection->EFF_GPR_Sec = (EFF_GPR_Entry *)((uint32_t)(AFSection->EFF_GPR_Sec)+ sizeof(EFF_GPR_Entry));
+        }
+    }
+    //update address values
+    LPC_CANAF->SFF_sa = ((CANAF_FullCAN_cnt + 1)>>1)<<2;
+    LPC_CANAF->SFF_GRP_sa = LPC_CANAF->SFF_sa + (((CANAF_std_cnt+1)>>1)<< 2);
+    LPC_CANAF->EFF_sa = LPC_CANAF->SFF_GRP_sa + (CANAF_gstd_cnt << 2);
+    LPC_CANAF->EFF_GRP_sa = LPC_CANAF->EFF_sa + (CANAF_ext_cnt << 2);
+    LPC_CANAF->ENDofTable = LPC_CANAF->EFF_GRP_sa + (CANAF_gext_cnt << 3);
+
+    if(FULLCAN_ENABLE == DISABLE)
+    {
+        LPC_CANAF->AFMR = 0x00; // Normal mode
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        LPC_CANAF->AFMR = 0x04;
+    }
+    return CAN_OK;
+}
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Add Explicit ID into AF Look-Up Table dynamically.
+ * @param[in]    CANx pointer to LPC_CAN_TypeDef, should be:
+ *                 - LPC_CAN1: CAN1 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_CAN2: CAN2 peripheral
+ * @param[in]    id: The ID of entry will be added
+ * @param[in]    format: is the type of ID Frame Format, should be:
+ *                 - STD_ID_FORMAT: 11-bit ID value
+ *                 - EXT_ID_FORMAT: 29-bit ID value
+ * @return         CAN Error, could be:
+ *                 - CAN_OBJECTS_FULL_ERROR: No more rx or tx objects available
+ *                 - CAN_ID_EXIT_ERROR: ID exited in table
+ *                 - CAN_OK: ID is added into table successfully
+ *********************************************************************/
+CAN_ERROR CAN_LoadExplicitEntry(LPC_CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t id, CAN_ID_FORMAT_Type format)
+{
+    uint32_t tmp0 = 0;
+    uint32_t buf0=0, buf1=0;
+    int16_t cnt1=0, cnt2=0, bound1=0, total=0;
+
+
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_CANx(CANx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ID_FORMAT(format));
+
+    if (CANx == LPC_CAN1)
+    {
+        tmp0 = 0;
+    }
+    else if (CANx == LPC_CAN2)
+    {
+        tmp0 = 1;
+    }
+
+    /* Acceptance Filter Memory full - return */
+    total =((CANAF_FullCAN_cnt+1)>>1)+ CANAF_FullCAN_cnt*3 +((CANAF_std_cnt + 1) >> 1)+  \
+            CANAF_gstd_cnt + CANAF_ext_cnt + (CANAF_gext_cnt<<1);
+    if (total >= 512){ //don't have enough space
+        return CAN_OBJECTS_FULL_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Setup Acceptance Filter Configuration
+    Acceptance Filter Mode Register = Off */
+    LPC_CANAF->AFMR = 0x00000001;
+
+/*********** Add Explicit Standard Identifier Frame Format entry *********/
+     if(format == STD_ID_FORMAT)
+     {
+         id &= 0x07FF;
+         id |= (tmp0 << 13); /* Add controller number */
+        /* Move all remaining sections one place up
+        if new entry will increase FullCAN list */
+        if ((CANAF_std_cnt & 0x0001) == 0)
+        {
+            cnt1   = ((CANAF_FullCAN_cnt+1)>>1)+((CANAF_std_cnt+1)>>1);
+            bound1 = total - cnt1;
+            buf0   = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1];
+            while(bound1--)
+            {
+                cnt1++;
+                buf1 = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1];
+                LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1] = buf0;
+                buf0 = buf1;
+            }
+        }
+        if (CANAF_std_cnt == 0)
+        {
+            cnt2 = (CANAF_FullCAN_cnt + 1)>>1;
+            /* For entering first ID */
+            LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt2] = 0x0000FFFF | (id << 16);
+        }
+        else if (CANAF_std_cnt == 1)
+        {
+            cnt2 = (CANAF_FullCAN_cnt + 1)>>1;
+            /* For entering second ID */
+            if ((LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt2] >> 16) > id)
+            {
+                LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt2] = (LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt2] >> 16) | (id << 16);
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt2] = (LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt2] & 0xFFFF0000) | id;
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            /* Find where to insert new ID */
+            cnt1 = (CANAF_FullCAN_cnt+1)>>1;
+            cnt2 = CANAF_std_cnt;
+            bound1 = ((CANAF_FullCAN_cnt+1)>>1)+((CANAF_std_cnt+1)>>1);
+            while (cnt1 < bound1)
+            {
+                /* Loop through standard existing IDs */
+                if ((LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1] >> 16) > id)
+                {
+                    cnt2 = cnt1 * 2;
+                    break;
+                }
+
+                if ((LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1] & 0x0000FFFF) > id)
+                {
+                    cnt2 = cnt1 * 2 + 1;
+                    break;
+                }
+
+                cnt1++;
+            }
+            /* cnt1 = U32 where to insert new ID */
+            /* cnt2 = U16 where to insert new ID */
+
+            if (cnt1 == bound1)
+            {
+                /* Adding ID as last entry */
+                /* Even number of IDs exists */
+                if ((CANAF_std_cnt & 0x0001) == 0)
+                {
+                    LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1]  = 0x0000FFFF | (id << 16);
+                }
+                /* Odd  number of IDs exists */
+                else
+                {
+                    LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1]  = (LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1] & 0xFFFF0000) | id;
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                buf0 = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1]; /* Remember current entry */
+                if ((cnt2 & 0x0001) == 0)
+                {
+                    /* Insert new mask to even address*/
+                    buf1 = (id << 16) | (buf0 >> 16);
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    /* Insert new mask to odd  address */
+                    buf1 = (buf0 & 0xFFFF0000) | id;
+                }
+                LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1] = buf1;/* Insert mask */
+                bound1 = ((CANAF_FullCAN_cnt+1)>>1)+((CANAF_std_cnt+1)>>1)-1;
+                /* Move all remaining standard mask entries one place up */
+                while (cnt1 < bound1)
+                {
+                    cnt1++;
+                    buf1  = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1];
+                    LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1] = (buf1 >> 16) | (buf0 << 16);
+                    buf0  = buf1;
+                }
+
+                if ((CANAF_std_cnt & 0x0001) == 0)
+                {
+                    /* Even number of IDs exists */
+                    LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1+1] = (buf0 <<16) |(0x0000FFFF);
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        CANAF_std_cnt++;
+        //update address values
+        LPC_CANAF->SFF_GRP_sa +=0x04 ;
+        LPC_CANAF->EFF_sa     +=0x04 ;
+        LPC_CANAF->EFF_GRP_sa +=0x04;
+        LPC_CANAF->ENDofTable +=0x04;
+     }
+
+/*********** Add Explicit Extended Identifier Frame Format entry *********/
+     else
+     {
+         /* Add controller number */
+         id |= (tmp0) << 29;
+
+         cnt1 = ((CANAF_FullCAN_cnt+1)>>1)+(((CANAF_std_cnt + 1) >> 1) + CANAF_gstd_cnt);
+         cnt2 = 0;
+         while (cnt2 < CANAF_ext_cnt)
+         {
+             /* Loop through extended existing masks*/
+             if (LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1] > id)
+             {
+                 break;
+             }
+             cnt1++;/* cnt1 = U32 where to insert new mask */
+            cnt2++;
+         }
+
+         buf0 = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1];  /* Remember current entry */
+         LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1] = id;    /* Insert mask */
+
+         CANAF_ext_cnt++;
+
+         bound1 = total;
+         /* Move all remaining extended mask entries one place up*/
+         while (cnt2 < bound1)
+         {
+             cnt1++;
+             cnt2++;
+             buf1 = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1];
+             LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1] = buf0;
+             buf0 = buf1;
+         }
+         /* update address values */
+         LPC_CANAF->EFF_GRP_sa += 4;
+         LPC_CANAF->ENDofTable += 4;
+     }
+     if(CANAF_FullCAN_cnt == 0) //not use FullCAN mode
+     {
+         LPC_CANAF->AFMR = 0x00;//not use FullCAN mode
+     }
+     else
+     {
+         LPC_CANAF->AFMR = 0x04;
+     }
+
+     return CAN_OK;
+}
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Load FullCAN entry into AFLUT
+ * @param[in]    CANx: CAN peripheral selected, should be:
+ *                 - LPC_CAN1: CAN1 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_CAN2: CAN2 peripheral
+ * @param[in]    id: identifier of entry that will be added
+ * @return         CAN_ERROR, could be:
+ *                 - CAN_OK: loading is successful
+ *                 - CAN_ID_EXIT_ERROR: ID exited in FullCAN Section
+ *                 - CAN_OBJECTS_FULL_ERROR: no more space available
+ *********************************************************************/
+CAN_ERROR CAN_LoadFullCANEntry (LPC_CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint16_t id)
+{
+    uint32_t ctrl0 = 0;
+    uint32_t buf0=0, buf1=0, buf2=0;
+    uint32_t tmp0=0, tmp1=0, tmp2=0;
+    int16_t cnt1=0, cnt2=0, bound1=0, total=0;
+
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_CANx(CANx));
+
+    if (CANx == LPC_CAN1)
+    {
+        ctrl0 = 0;
+    }
+    else if (CANx == LPC_CAN2)
+    {
+        ctrl0 = 1;
+    }
+
+    /* Acceptance Filter Memory full - return */
+    total =((CANAF_FullCAN_cnt+1)>>1)+ CANAF_FullCAN_cnt*3 +((CANAF_std_cnt + 1) >> 1)+  \
+            CANAF_gstd_cnt + CANAF_ext_cnt + (CANAF_gext_cnt<<1);
+    //don't have enough space for this fullCAN Entry and its Object(3*32 bytes)
+    if ((total >=508)||(CANAF_FullCAN_cnt>=64)){
+        return CAN_OBJECTS_FULL_ERROR;
+    }
+    /* Setup Acceptance Filter Configuration
+    Acceptance Filter Mode Register = Off */
+    LPC_CANAF->AFMR = 0x00000001;
+
+    /* Add mask for standard identifiers   */
+    id &= 0x07FF;
+    id |= (ctrl0 << 13) | (1 << 11); /* Add controller number */
+//    total = ((CANAF_std_cnt + 1) >> 1)+ CANAF_gstd_cnt + CANAF_ext_cnt + (CANAF_gext_cnt<<1);
+    /* Move all remaining sections one place up
+    if new entry will increase FullCAN list */
+    if (((CANAF_FullCAN_cnt & 0x0001) == 0)&&(total!=0))
+    {
+        //then remove remaining section
+        cnt1   = (CANAF_FullCAN_cnt >> 1);
+        bound1 = total;
+        buf0   = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1];
+
+        while (bound1--)
+        {
+            cnt1++;
+            buf1 = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1];
+            LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1] = buf0;
+            buf0 = buf1;
+        }
+    }
+    if (CANAF_FullCAN_cnt == 0)
+    {
+        /* For entering first ID */
+        LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[0] = 0x0000FFFF | (id << 16);
+    }
+    else if (CANAF_FullCAN_cnt == 1)
+    {
+        /* For entering second ID */
+        if ((LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[0] >> 16) > id)
+        {
+            LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[0] = (LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[0] >> 16) | (id << 16);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[0] = (LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[0] & 0xFFFF0000) | id;
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        /* Find where to insert new ID */
+        cnt1 = 0;
+        cnt2 = CANAF_FullCAN_cnt;
+        bound1 = (CANAF_FullCAN_cnt - 1) >> 1;
+        while (cnt1 <= bound1)
+        {
+            /* Loop through standard existing IDs */
+            if ((LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1] >> 16) > id)
+            {
+                cnt2 = cnt1 * 2;
+                break;
+            }
+
+            if ((LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1] & 0x0000FFFF) > id)
+            {
+                cnt2 = cnt1 * 2 + 1;
+                break;
+            }
+
+            cnt1++;
+        }
+        /* cnt1 = U32 where to insert new ID */
+        /* cnt2 = U16 where to insert new ID */
+
+        if (cnt1 > bound1)
+        {
+            /* Adding ID as last entry */
+            /* Even number of IDs exists */
+            if ((CANAF_FullCAN_cnt & 0x0001) == 0)
+            {
+                LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1]  = 0x0000FFFF | (id << 16);
+            }
+            /* Odd  number of IDs exists */
+            else
+            {
+                LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1]  = (LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1] & 0xFFFF0000) | id;
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            buf0 = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1]; /* Remember current entry */
+            if ((cnt2 & 0x0001) == 0)
+            {
+                /* Insert new mask to even address*/
+                buf1 = (id << 16) | (buf0 >> 16);
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                /* Insert new mask to odd  address */
+                buf1 = (buf0 & 0xFFFF0000) | id;
+            }
+            LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1] = buf1;/* Insert mask */
+            bound1 = CANAF_FullCAN_cnt >> 1;
+            /* Move all remaining standard mask entries one place up */
+            while (cnt1 < bound1)
+            {
+                cnt1++;
+                buf1  = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1];
+                LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1] = (buf1 >> 16) | (buf0 << 16);
+                buf0  = buf1;
+            }
+
+            if ((CANAF_FullCAN_cnt & 0x0001) == 0)
+            {
+                /* Even number of IDs exists */
+                LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1] = (LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1] & 0xFFFF0000)
+                                            | (0x0000FFFF);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    //restruct FulCAN Object Section
+    bound1 = CANAF_FullCAN_cnt - cnt2;
+    cnt1 = total - (CANAF_FullCAN_cnt)*3 + cnt2*3 + 1;
+    buf0 = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1];
+    buf1 = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1+1];
+    buf2 = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1+2];
+    LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1]=LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1+1]= LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1+2]=0x00;
+    cnt1+=3;
+    while(bound1--)
+    {
+        tmp0 = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1];
+        tmp1 = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1+1];
+        tmp2 = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1+2];
+        LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1]= buf0;
+        LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1+1]= buf1;
+        LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1+2]= buf2;
+        buf0 = tmp0;
+        buf1 = tmp1;
+        buf2 = tmp2;
+        cnt1+=3;
+    }
+    CANAF_FullCAN_cnt++;
+    //update address values
+    LPC_CANAF->SFF_sa       +=0x04;
+    LPC_CANAF->SFF_GRP_sa +=0x04 ;
+    LPC_CANAF->EFF_sa     +=0x04 ;
+    LPC_CANAF->EFF_GRP_sa +=0x04;
+    LPC_CANAF->ENDofTable +=0x04;
+
+    LPC_CANAF->AFMR = 0x04;
+     return CAN_OK;
+}
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Load Group entry into AFLUT
+ * @param[in]    CANx: CAN peripheral selected, should be:
+ *                 - LPC_CAN1: CAN1 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_CAN2: CAN2 peripheral
+ * @param[in]    lowerID, upperID: lower and upper identifier of entry
+ * @param[in]    format: type of ID format, should be:
+ *                 - STD_ID_FORMAT: Standard ID format (11-bit value)
+ *                 - EXT_ID_FORMAT: Extended ID format (29-bit value)
+ * @return         CAN_ERROR, could be:
+ *                 - CAN_OK: loading is successful
+ *                 - CAN_CONFLICT_ID_ERROR: Conflict ID occurs
+ *                 - CAN_OBJECTS_FULL_ERROR: no more space available
+ *********************************************************************/
+CAN_ERROR CAN_LoadGroupEntry(LPC_CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t lowerID, \
+        uint32_t upperID, CAN_ID_FORMAT_Type format)
+{
+    uint16_t tmp = 0;
+    uint32_t buf0 = 0, buf1 = 0, entry1, entry2, LID,UID;
+    int16_t cnt1, bound1, total;
+
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_CANx(CANx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ID_FORMAT(format));
+
+    if(lowerID > upperID) return CAN_CONFLICT_ID_ERROR;
+    if(CANx == LPC_CAN1)
+    {
+        tmp = 0;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        tmp = 1;
+    }
+
+    total =((CANAF_FullCAN_cnt+1)>>1)+ CANAF_FullCAN_cnt*3 +((CANAF_std_cnt + 1) >> 1)+  \
+            CANAF_gstd_cnt + CANAF_ext_cnt + (CANAF_gext_cnt<<1);
+
+    /* Setup Acceptance Filter Configuration
+    Acceptance Filter Mode Register = Off */
+    LPC_CANAF->AFMR = 0x00000001;
+
+/*********Add Group of Standard Identifier Frame Format************/
+    if(format == STD_ID_FORMAT)
+    {
+        if ((total >= 512)){//don't have enough space
+            return CAN_OBJECTS_FULL_ERROR;
+        }
+        lowerID &=0x7FF; //mask ID
+        upperID &=0x7FF;
+        entry1  = (tmp << 29)|(lowerID << 16)|(tmp << 13)|(upperID << 0);
+        cnt1 = ((CANAF_FullCAN_cnt+1)>>1) + ((CANAF_std_cnt + 1) >> 1);
+
+        //if this is the first Group standard ID entry
+        if(CANAF_gstd_cnt == 0)
+        {
+            LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1] = entry1;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            //find the position to add new Group entry
+            bound1 = ((CANAF_FullCAN_cnt+1)>>1) + ((CANAF_std_cnt + 1) >> 1) + CANAF_gstd_cnt;
+            while(cnt1 < bound1)
+            {
+                buf0 = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1];
+                LID  = (buf0 >> 16)&0x7FF;
+                UID  = buf0 & 0x7FF;
+                if (upperID <= LID)
+                {
+                    //add new entry before this entry
+                    LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1] = entry1;
+                    break;
+                }
+                else if (lowerID >= UID)
+                {
+                    //load next entry to compare
+                    cnt1 ++;
+                }
+                else
+                    return CAN_CONFLICT_ID_ERROR;
+            }
+            if(cnt1 >= bound1)
+            {
+                //add new entry at the last position in this list
+                buf0 = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1];
+                LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1] = entry1;
+            }
+
+            //remove all remaining entry of this section one place up
+            bound1 = total - cnt1;
+            while(bound1--)
+            {
+                cnt1++;
+                buf1 = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1];
+                LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1] = buf0;
+                buf0 = buf1;
+            }
+        }
+        CANAF_gstd_cnt++;
+        //update address values
+        LPC_CANAF->EFF_sa     +=0x04 ;
+        LPC_CANAF->EFF_GRP_sa +=0x04;
+        LPC_CANAF->ENDofTable +=0x04;
+    }
+
+
+/*********Add Group of Extended Identifier Frame Format************/
+    else
+    {
+        if ((total >= 511)){//don't have enough space
+            return CAN_OBJECTS_FULL_ERROR;
+        }
+        lowerID  &= 0x1FFFFFFF; //mask ID
+        upperID &= 0x1FFFFFFF;
+        entry1   = (tmp << 29)|(lowerID << 0);
+        entry2   = (tmp << 29)|(upperID << 0);
+
+        cnt1 = ((CANAF_FullCAN_cnt+1)>>1) + ((CANAF_std_cnt + 1) >> 1) + CANAF_gstd_cnt + CANAF_ext_cnt;
+        //if this is the first Group standard ID entry
+        if(CANAF_gext_cnt == 0)
+        {
+            LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1] = entry1;
+            LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1+1] = entry2;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            //find the position to add new Group entry
+            bound1 = ((CANAF_FullCAN_cnt+1)>>1) + ((CANAF_std_cnt + 1) >> 1) + CANAF_gstd_cnt \
+                        + CANAF_ext_cnt + (CANAF_gext_cnt<<1);
+            while(cnt1 < bound1)
+            {
+                buf0 = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1];
+                buf1 = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1+1];
+                LID  = buf0 & 0x1FFFFFFF; //mask ID
+                UID  = buf1 & 0x1FFFFFFF;
+                if (upperID <= LID)
+                {
+                    //add new entry before this entry
+                    LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1] = entry1;
+                    LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[++cnt1] = entry2;
+                    break;
+                }
+                else if (lowerID >= UID)
+                {
+                    //load next entry to compare
+                    cnt1 +=2;
+                }
+                else
+                    return CAN_CONFLICT_ID_ERROR;
+            }
+            if(cnt1 >= bound1)
+            {
+                //add new entry at the last position in this list
+                buf0 = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1];
+                buf1 = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1+1];
+                LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1]   = entry1;
+                LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[++cnt1] = entry2;
+            }
+            //remove all remaining entry of this section two place up
+            bound1 = total - cnt1 + 1;
+            cnt1++;
+            while(bound1>0)
+            {
+                entry1 = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1];
+                entry2 = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1+1];
+                LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1]   = buf0;
+                LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt1+1] = buf1;
+                buf0 = entry1;
+                buf1 = entry2;
+                cnt1   +=2;
+                bound1 -=2;
+            }
+        }
+        CANAF_gext_cnt++;
+        //update address values
+        LPC_CANAF->ENDofTable +=0x08;
+    }
+    LPC_CANAF->AFMR = 0x04;
+     return CAN_OK;
+}
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Remove AFLUT entry (FullCAN entry and Explicit Standard entry)
+ * @param[in]    EntryType: the type of entry that want to remove, should be:
+ *                 - FULLCAN_ENTRY
+ *                 - EXPLICIT_STANDARD_ENTRY
+ *                 - GROUP_STANDARD_ENTRY
+ *                 - EXPLICIT_EXTEND_ENTRY
+ *                 - GROUP_EXTEND_ENTRY
+ * @param[in]    position: the position of this entry in its section
+ * Note: the first position is 0
+ * @return         CAN_ERROR, could be:
+ *                 - CAN_OK: removing is successful
+ *                 - CAN_ENTRY_NOT_EXIT_ERROR: entry want to remove is not exit
+ *********************************************************************/
+CAN_ERROR CAN_RemoveEntry(AFLUT_ENTRY_Type EntryType, uint16_t position)
+{
+    uint16_t cnt, bound, total;
+    uint32_t buf0, buf1;
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_AFLUT_ENTRY_TYPE(EntryType));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_POSITION(position));
+
+    /* Setup Acceptance Filter Configuration
+    Acceptance Filter Mode Register = Off */
+    LPC_CANAF->AFMR = 0x00000001;
+    total = ((CANAF_FullCAN_cnt+1)>>1)+((CANAF_std_cnt + 1) >> 1) + \
+            CANAF_gstd_cnt + CANAF_ext_cnt + (CANAF_gext_cnt<<1);
+
+
+/************** Remove FullCAN Entry *************/
+    if(EntryType == FULLCAN_ENTRY)
+    {
+        if((CANAF_FullCAN_cnt==0)||(position >= CANAF_FullCAN_cnt))
+        {
+            return CAN_ENTRY_NOT_EXIT_ERROR;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            cnt = position >> 1;
+            buf0 = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt];
+            bound = (CANAF_FullCAN_cnt - position -1)>>1;
+            if((position & 0x0001) == 0) //event position
+            {
+                while(bound--)
+                {
+                    //remove all remaining FullCAN entry one place down
+                    buf1  = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt+1];
+                    LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt] = (buf1 >> 16) | (buf0 << 16);
+                    buf0  = buf1;
+                    cnt++;
+                }
+            }
+            else //odd position
+            {
+                while(bound--)
+                {
+                    //remove all remaining FullCAN entry one place down
+                    buf1  = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt+1];
+                    LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt] = (buf0 & 0xFFFF0000)|(buf1 >> 16);
+                    LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt+1] = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt+1] << 16;
+                    buf0  = buf1<<16;
+                    cnt++;
+                }
+            }
+            if((CANAF_FullCAN_cnt & 0x0001) == 0)
+            {
+                if((position & 0x0001)==0)
+                    LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt] = (buf0 << 16) | (0x0000FFFF);
+                else
+                    LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt] = buf0 | 0x0000FFFF;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                //remove all remaining section one place down
+                cnt = (CANAF_FullCAN_cnt + 1)>>1;
+                bound = total + CANAF_FullCAN_cnt * 3;
+                while(bound>cnt)
+                {
+                    LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt-1] = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt];
+                    cnt++;
+                }
+                LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt-1]=0x00;
+                //update address values
+                LPC_CANAF->SFF_sa       -=0x04;
+                LPC_CANAF->SFF_GRP_sa -=0x04 ;
+                LPC_CANAF->EFF_sa     -=0x04 ;
+                LPC_CANAF->EFF_GRP_sa -=0x04;
+                LPC_CANAF->ENDofTable -=0x04;
+            }
+            CANAF_FullCAN_cnt--;
+
+            //delete its FullCAN Object in the FullCAN Object section
+            //remove all remaining FullCAN Object three place down
+            cnt = total + position * 3;
+            bound = (CANAF_FullCAN_cnt - position + 1) * 3;
+
+            while(bound)
+            {
+                LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt]=LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt+3];;
+                LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt+1]=LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt+4];
+                LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt+2]=LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt+5];
+                bound -=3;
+                cnt   +=3;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+/************** Remove Explicit Standard ID Entry *************/
+    else if(EntryType == EXPLICIT_STANDARD_ENTRY)
+    {
+        if((CANAF_std_cnt==0)||(position >= CANAF_std_cnt))
+        {
+            return CAN_ENTRY_NOT_EXIT_ERROR;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            cnt = ((CANAF_FullCAN_cnt+1)>>1)+ (position >> 1);
+            buf0 = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt];
+            bound = (CANAF_std_cnt - position - 1)>>1;
+            if((position & 0x0001) == 0) //event position
+            {
+                while(bound--)
+                {
+                    //remove all remaining FullCAN entry one place down
+                    buf1  = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt+1];
+                    LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt] = (buf1 >> 16) | (buf0 << 16);
+                    buf0  = buf1;
+                    cnt++;
+                }
+            }
+            else //odd position
+            {
+                while(bound--)
+                {
+                    //remove all remaining FullCAN entry one place down
+                    buf1  = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt+1];
+                    LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt] = (buf0 & 0xFFFF0000)|(buf1 >> 16);
+                    LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt+1] = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt+1] << 16;
+                    buf0  = buf1<<16;
+                    cnt++;
+                }
+            }
+            if((CANAF_std_cnt & 0x0001) == 0)
+            {
+                if((position & 0x0001)==0)
+                    LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt] = (buf0 << 16) | (0x0000FFFF);
+                else
+                    LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt] = buf0 | 0x0000FFFF;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                //remove all remaining section one place down
+                cnt = ((CANAF_FullCAN_cnt + 1)>>1) + ((CANAF_std_cnt + 1) >> 1);
+                bound = total + CANAF_FullCAN_cnt * 3;
+                while(bound>cnt)
+                {
+                    LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt-1] = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt];
+                    cnt++;
+                }
+                LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt-1]=0x00;
+                //update address value
+                LPC_CANAF->SFF_GRP_sa -=0x04 ;
+                LPC_CANAF->EFF_sa     -=0x04 ;
+                LPC_CANAF->EFF_GRP_sa -=0x04;
+                LPC_CANAF->ENDofTable -=0x04;
+            }
+            CANAF_std_cnt--;
+        }
+    }
+
+/************** Remove Group of Standard ID Entry *************/
+    else if(EntryType == GROUP_STANDARD_ENTRY)
+    {
+        if((CANAF_gstd_cnt==0)||(position >= CANAF_gstd_cnt))
+        {
+            return CAN_ENTRY_NOT_EXIT_ERROR;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            cnt = ((CANAF_FullCAN_cnt + 1)>>1) + ((CANAF_std_cnt + 1) >> 1)+ position + 1;
+            bound = total + CANAF_FullCAN_cnt * 3;
+            while (cnt<bound)
+            {
+                LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt-1] = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt];
+                cnt++;
+            }
+            LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt-1]=0x00;
+        }
+        CANAF_gstd_cnt--;
+        //update address value
+        LPC_CANAF->EFF_sa     -=0x04;
+        LPC_CANAF->EFF_GRP_sa -=0x04;
+        LPC_CANAF->ENDofTable -=0x04;
+    }
+
+/************** Remove Explicit Extended ID Entry *************/
+    else if(EntryType == EXPLICIT_EXTEND_ENTRY)
+    {
+        if((CANAF_ext_cnt==0)||(position >= CANAF_ext_cnt))
+        {
+            return CAN_ENTRY_NOT_EXIT_ERROR;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            cnt = ((CANAF_FullCAN_cnt + 1)>>1) + ((CANAF_std_cnt + 1) >> 1)+ CANAF_gstd_cnt + position + 1;
+            bound = total + CANAF_FullCAN_cnt * 3;
+            while (cnt<bound)
+            {
+                LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt-1] = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt];
+                cnt++;
+            }
+            LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt-1]=0x00;
+        }
+        CANAF_ext_cnt--;
+        LPC_CANAF->EFF_GRP_sa -=0x04;
+        LPC_CANAF->ENDofTable -=0x04;
+    }
+
+/************** Remove Group of Extended ID Entry *************/
+    else
+    {
+        if((CANAF_gext_cnt==0)||(position >= CANAF_gext_cnt))
+        {
+            return CAN_ENTRY_NOT_EXIT_ERROR;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            cnt = total - (CANAF_gext_cnt<<1) + (position<<1);
+            bound = total + CANAF_FullCAN_cnt * 3;
+            while (cnt<bound)
+            {
+                //remove all remaining entry two place up
+                LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt] = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt+2];
+                LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt+1] = LPC_CANAF_RAM->mask[cnt+3];
+                cnt+=2;
+            }
+        }
+        CANAF_gext_cnt--;
+        LPC_CANAF->ENDofTable -=0x08;
+    }
+    LPC_CANAF->AFMR = 0x04;
+    return CAN_OK;
+}
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Send message data
+ * @param[in]    CANx pointer to LPC_CAN_TypeDef, should be:
+ *                 - LPC_CAN1: CAN1 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_CAN2: CAN2 peripheral
+ * @param[in]    CAN_Msg point to the CAN_MSG_Type Structure, it contains message
+ *                 information such as: ID, DLC, RTR, ID Format
+ * @return         Status:
+ *                 - SUCCESS: send message successfully
+ *                 - ERROR: send message unsuccessfully
+ *********************************************************************/
+Status CAN_SendMsg (LPC_CAN_TypeDef *CANx, CAN_MSG_Type *CAN_Msg)
+{
+    uint32_t data;
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_CANx(CANx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ID_FORMAT(CAN_Msg->format));
+    if(CAN_Msg->format==STD_ID_FORMAT)
+    {
+        CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ID_11(CAN_Msg->id));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_ID_29(CAN_Msg->id));
+    }
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_DLC(CAN_Msg->len));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FRAME_TYPE(CAN_Msg->type));
+
+    //Check status of Transmit Buffer 1
+    if (CANx->SR & (1<<2))
+    {
+        /* Transmit Channel 1 is available */
+        /* Write frame informations and frame data into its CANxTFI1,
+         * CANxTID1, CANxTDA1, CANxTDB1 register */
+        CANx->TFI1 &= ~0x000F0000;
+        CANx->TFI1 |= (CAN_Msg->len)<<16;
+        if(CAN_Msg->type == REMOTE_FRAME)
+        {
+            CANx->TFI1 |= (1<<30); //set bit RTR
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            CANx->TFI1 &= ~(1<<30);
+        }
+        if(CAN_Msg->format == EXT_ID_FORMAT)
+        {
+            CANx->TFI1 |= (1UL<<31); //set bit FF
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            CANx->TFI1 &= ~(1UL<<31);
+        }
+
+        /* Write CAN ID*/
+        CANx->TID1 = CAN_Msg->id;
+
+        /*Write first 4 data bytes*/
+        data = (CAN_Msg->dataA[0])|(((CAN_Msg->dataA[1]))<<8)|((CAN_Msg->dataA[2])<<16)|((CAN_Msg->dataA[3])<<24);
+        CANx->TDA1 = data;
+
+        /*Write second 4 data bytes*/
+        data = (CAN_Msg->dataB[0])|(((CAN_Msg->dataB[1]))<<8)|((CAN_Msg->dataB[2])<<16)|((CAN_Msg->dataB[3])<<24);
+        CANx->TDB1 = data;
+
+         /*Write transmission request*/
+         CANx->CMR = 0x21;
+         return SUCCESS;
+    }
+    //check status of Transmit Buffer 2
+    else if(CANx->SR & (1<<10))
+    {
+        /* Transmit Channel 2 is available */
+        /* Write frame informations and frame data into its CANxTFI2,
+         * CANxTID2, CANxTDA2, CANxTDB2 register */
+        CANx->TFI2 &= ~0x000F0000;
+        CANx->TFI2 |= (CAN_Msg->len)<<16;
+        if(CAN_Msg->type == REMOTE_FRAME)
+        {
+            CANx->TFI2 |= (1<<30); //set bit RTR
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            CANx->TFI2 &= ~(1<<30);
+        }
+        if(CAN_Msg->format == EXT_ID_FORMAT)
+        {
+            CANx->TFI2 |= (1UL<<31); //set bit FF
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            CANx->TFI2 &= ~(1UL<<31);
+        }
+
+        /* Write CAN ID*/
+        CANx->TID2 = CAN_Msg->id;
+
+        /*Write first 4 data bytes*/
+        data = (CAN_Msg->dataA[0])|(((CAN_Msg->dataA[1]))<<8)|((CAN_Msg->dataA[2])<<16)|((CAN_Msg->dataA[3])<<24);
+        CANx->TDA2 = data;
+
+        /*Write second 4 data bytes*/
+        data = (CAN_Msg->dataB[0])|(((CAN_Msg->dataB[1]))<<8)|((CAN_Msg->dataB[2])<<16)|((CAN_Msg->dataB[3])<<24);
+        CANx->TDB2 = data;
+
+        /*Write transmission request*/
+        CANx->CMR = 0x41;
+        return SUCCESS;
+    }
+    //check status of Transmit Buffer 3
+    else if (CANx->SR & (1<<18))
+    {
+        /* Transmit Channel 3 is available */
+        /* Write frame informations and frame data into its CANxTFI3,
+         * CANxTID3, CANxTDA3, CANxTDB3 register */
+        CANx->TFI3 &= ~0x000F0000;
+        CANx->TFI3 |= (CAN_Msg->len)<<16;
+        if(CAN_Msg->type == REMOTE_FRAME)
+        {
+            CANx->TFI3 |= (1<<30); //set bit RTR
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            CANx->TFI3 &= ~(1<<30);
+        }
+        if(CAN_Msg->format == EXT_ID_FORMAT)
+        {
+            CANx->TFI3 |= (1UL<<31); //set bit FF
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            CANx->TFI3 &= ~(1UL<<31);
+        }
+
+        /* Write CAN ID*/
+        CANx->TID3 = CAN_Msg->id;
+
+        /*Write first 4 data bytes*/
+        data = (CAN_Msg->dataA[0])|(((CAN_Msg->dataA[1]))<<8)|((CAN_Msg->dataA[2])<<16)|((CAN_Msg->dataA[3])<<24);
+        CANx->TDA3 = data;
+
+        /*Write second 4 data bytes*/
+        data = (CAN_Msg->dataB[0])|(((CAN_Msg->dataB[1]))<<8)|((CAN_Msg->dataB[2])<<16)|((CAN_Msg->dataB[3])<<24);
+        CANx->TDB3 = data;
+
+        /*Write transmission request*/
+        CANx->CMR = 0x81;
+        return SUCCESS;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        return ERROR;
+    }
+}
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Receive message data
+ * @param[in]    CANx pointer to LPC_CAN_TypeDef, should be:
+ *                 - LPC_CAN1: CAN1 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_CAN2: CAN2 peripheral
+ * @param[in]    CAN_Msg point to the CAN_MSG_Type Struct, it will contain received
+ *              message information such as: ID, DLC, RTR, ID Format
+ * @return         Status:
+ *                 - SUCCESS: receive message successfully
+ *                 - ERROR: receive message unsuccessfully
+ *********************************************************************/
+Status CAN_ReceiveMsg (LPC_CAN_TypeDef *CANx, CAN_MSG_Type *CAN_Msg)
+{
+    uint32_t data;
+
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_CANx(CANx));
+
+    //check status of Receive Buffer
+    if((CANx->SR &0x00000001))
+    {
+        /* Receive message is available */
+        /* Read frame informations */
+        CAN_Msg->format   = (uint8_t)(((CANx->RFS) & 0x80000000)>>31);
+        CAN_Msg->type     = (uint8_t)(((CANx->RFS) & 0x40000000)>>30);
+        CAN_Msg->len      = (uint8_t)(((CANx->RFS) & 0x000F0000)>>16);
+
+
+        /* Read CAN message identifier */
+        CAN_Msg->id = CANx->RID;
+
+        /* Read the data if received message was DATA FRAME */
+        if (CAN_Msg->type == DATA_FRAME)
+        {
+            /* Read first 4 data bytes */
+            data = CANx->RDA;
+            *((uint8_t *) &CAN_Msg->dataA[0])= data & 0x000000FF;
+            *((uint8_t *) &CAN_Msg->dataA[1])= (data & 0x0000FF00)>>8;;
+            *((uint8_t *) &CAN_Msg->dataA[2])= (data & 0x00FF0000)>>16;
+            *((uint8_t *) &CAN_Msg->dataA[3])= (data & 0xFF000000)>>24;
+
+            /* Read second 4 data bytes */
+            data = CANx->RDB;
+            *((uint8_t *) &CAN_Msg->dataB[0])= data & 0x000000FF;
+            *((uint8_t *) &CAN_Msg->dataB[1])= (data & 0x0000FF00)>>8;
+            *((uint8_t *) &CAN_Msg->dataB[2])= (data & 0x00FF0000)>>16;
+            *((uint8_t *) &CAN_Msg->dataB[3])= (data & 0xFF000000)>>24;
+
+        /*release receive buffer*/
+        CANx->CMR = 0x04;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            /* Received Frame is a Remote Frame, not have data, we just receive
+             * message information only */
+            CANx->CMR = 0x04; /*release receive buffer*/
+            return SUCCESS;
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // no receive message available
+        return ERROR;
+    }
+    return SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Receive FullCAN Object
+ * @param[in]    CANAFx: CAN Acceptance Filter register, should be: LPC_CANAF
+ * @param[in]    CAN_Msg point to the CAN_MSG_Type Struct, it will contain received
+ *              message information such as: ID, DLC, RTR, ID Format
+ * @return         CAN_ERROR, could be:
+ *                 - CAN_FULL_OBJ_NOT_RCV: FullCAN Object is not be received
+ *                 - CAN_OK: Received FullCAN Object successful
+ *
+ *********************************************************************/
+CAN_ERROR FCAN_ReadObj (LPC_CANAF_TypeDef* CANAFx, CAN_MSG_Type *CAN_Msg)
+{
+    uint32_t *pSrc, data;
+    uint32_t interrut_word, msg_idx, test_bit, head_idx, tail_idx;
+
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_CANAFx(CANAFx));
+
+    interrut_word = 0;
+
+    if (LPC_CANAF->FCANIC0 != 0)
+    {
+        interrut_word = LPC_CANAF->FCANIC0;
+        head_idx = 0;
+        tail_idx = 31;
+    }
+    else if (LPC_CANAF->FCANIC1 != 0)
+    {
+        interrut_word = LPC_CANAF->FCANIC1;
+        head_idx = 32;
+        tail_idx = 63;
+    }
+
+    if (interrut_word != 0)
+    {
+        /* Detect for interrupt pending */
+        msg_idx = 0;
+        for (msg_idx = head_idx; msg_idx <= tail_idx; msg_idx++)
+        {
+            test_bit = interrut_word & 0x1;
+            interrut_word = interrut_word >> 1;
+
+            if (test_bit)
+            {
+                pSrc = (uint32_t *) (LPC_CANAF->ENDofTable + LPC_CANAF_RAM_BASE + msg_idx * 12);
+
+                 /* Has been finished updating the content */
+                 if ((*pSrc & 0x03000000L) == 0x03000000L)
+                 {
+                     /*clear semaphore*/
+                     *pSrc &= 0xFCFFFFFF;
+
+                     /*Set to DatA*/
+                     pSrc++;
+                     /* Copy to dest buf */
+                     data = *pSrc;
+                    *((uint8_t *) &CAN_Msg->dataA[0])= data & 0x000000FF;
+                    *((uint8_t *) &CAN_Msg->dataA[1])= (data & 0x0000FF00)>>8;
+                    *((uint8_t *) &CAN_Msg->dataA[2])= (data & 0x00FF0000)>>16;
+                    *((uint8_t *) &CAN_Msg->dataA[3])= (data & 0xFF000000)>>24;
+
+                     /*Set to DatB*/
+                     pSrc++;
+                     /* Copy to dest buf */
+                     data = *pSrc;
+                    *((uint8_t *) &CAN_Msg->dataB[0])= data & 0x000000FF;
+                    *((uint8_t *) &CAN_Msg->dataB[1])= (data & 0x0000FF00)>>8;
+                    *((uint8_t *) &CAN_Msg->dataB[2])= (data & 0x00FF0000)>>16;
+                    *((uint8_t *) &CAN_Msg->dataB[3])= (data & 0xFF000000)>>24;
+                     /*Back to Dat1*/
+                     pSrc -= 2;
+
+                     CAN_Msg->id = *pSrc & 0x7FF;
+                     CAN_Msg->len = (uint8_t) (*pSrc >> 16) & 0x0F;
+                    CAN_Msg->format = 0; //FullCAN Object ID always is 11-bit value
+                    CAN_Msg->type = (uint8_t)(*pSrc >> 30) &0x01;
+                     /*Re-read semaphore*/
+                     if ((*pSrc & 0x03000000L) == 0)
+                     {
+                         return CAN_OK;
+                     }
+                 }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    return CAN_FULL_OBJ_NOT_RCV;
+}
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Get CAN Control Status
+ * @param[in]    CANx pointer to LPC_CAN_TypeDef, should be:
+ *                 - LPC_CAN1: CAN1 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_CAN2: CAN2 peripheral
+ * @param[in]    arg: type of CAN status to get from CAN status register
+ *                 Should be:
+ *                 - CANCTRL_GLOBAL_STS: CAN Global Status
+ *                 - CANCTRL_INT_CAP: CAN Interrupt and Capture
+ *                 - CANCTRL_ERR_WRN: CAN Error Warning Limit
+ *                 - CANCTRL_STS: CAN Control Status
+ * @return         Current Control Status that you want to get value
+ *********************************************************************/
+uint32_t CAN_GetCTRLStatus (LPC_CAN_TypeDef* CANx, CAN_CTRL_STS_Type arg)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_CANx(CANx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_CTRL_STS_TYPE(arg));
+
+    switch (arg)
+    {
+    case CANCTRL_GLOBAL_STS:
+        return CANx->GSR;
+
+    case CANCTRL_INT_CAP:
+        return CANx->ICR;
+
+    case CANCTRL_ERR_WRN:
+        return CANx->EWL;
+
+    default: // CANCTRL_STS
+        return CANx->SR;
+    }
+}
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Get CAN Central Status
+ * @param[in]    CANCRx point to LPC_CANCR_TypeDef, should be: LPC_CANCR
+ * @param[in]    arg: type of CAN status to get from CAN Central status register
+ *                 Should be:
+ *                 - CANCR_TX_STS: Central CAN Tx Status
+ *                 - CANCR_RX_STS: Central CAN Rx Status
+ *                 - CANCR_MS: Central CAN Miscellaneous Status
+ * @return         Current Central Status that you want to get value
+ *********************************************************************/
+uint32_t CAN_GetCRStatus (LPC_CANCR_TypeDef* CANCRx, CAN_CR_STS_Type arg)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_CANCRx(CANCRx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_CR_STS_TYPE(arg));
+
+    switch (arg)
+    {
+    case CANCR_TX_STS:
+        return CANCRx->CANTxSR;
+
+    case CANCR_RX_STS:
+        return CANCRx->CANRxSR;
+
+    default:    // CANCR_MS
+        return CANCRx->CANMSR;
+    }
+}
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Enable/Disable CAN Interrupt
+ * @param[in]    CANx pointer to LPC_CAN_TypeDef, should be:
+ *                 - LPC_CAN1: CAN1 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_CAN2: CAN2 peripheral
+ * @param[in]    arg: type of CAN interrupt that you want to enable/disable
+ *                 Should be:
+ *                 - CANINT_RIE: CAN Receiver Interrupt Enable
+ *                 - CANINT_TIE1: CAN Transmit Interrupt Enable
+ *                 - CANINT_EIE: CAN Error Warning Interrupt Enable
+ *                 - CANINT_DOIE: CAN Data Overrun Interrupt Enable
+ *                 - CANINT_WUIE: CAN Wake-Up Interrupt Enable
+ *                 - CANINT_EPIE: CAN Error Passive Interrupt Enable
+ *                 - CANINT_ALIE: CAN Arbitration Lost Interrupt Enable
+ *                 - CANINT_BEIE: CAN Bus Error Interrupt Enable
+ *                 - CANINT_IDIE: CAN ID Ready Interrupt Enable
+ *                 - CANINT_TIE2: CAN Transmit Interrupt Enable for Buffer2
+ *                 - CANINT_TIE3: CAN Transmit Interrupt Enable for Buffer3
+ *                 - CANINT_FCE: FullCAN Interrupt Enable
+ * @param[in]    NewState: New state of this function, should be:
+ *                 - ENABLE
+ *                 - DISABLE
+ * @return         none
+ *********************************************************************/
+void CAN_IRQCmd (LPC_CAN_TypeDef* CANx, CAN_INT_EN_Type arg, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_CANx(CANx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_INT_EN_TYPE(arg));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(NewState));
+
+    if(NewState == ENABLE)
+    {
+        if(arg==CANINT_FCE)
+        {
+            LPC_CANAF->AFMR = 0x01;
+            LPC_CANAF->FCANIE = 0x01;
+            LPC_CANAF->AFMR = 0x04;
+        }
+        else
+            CANx->IER |= (1 << arg);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if(arg==CANINT_FCE){
+            LPC_CANAF->AFMR = 0x01;
+            LPC_CANAF->FCANIE = 0x01;
+            LPC_CANAF->AFMR = 0x00;
+        }
+        else
+            CANx->IER &= ~(1 << arg);
+    }
+}
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Setting Acceptance Filter mode
+ * @param[in]    CANAFx point to LPC_CANAF_TypeDef object, should be: LPC_CANAF
+ * @param[in]    AFMode: type of AF mode that you want to set, should be:
+ *                 - CAN_Normal: Normal mode
+ *                 - CAN_AccOff: Acceptance Filter Off Mode
+ *                 - CAN_AccBP: Acceptance Fileter Bypass Mode
+ *                 - CAN_eFCAN: FullCAN Mode Enhancement
+ * @return         none
+ *********************************************************************/
+void CAN_SetAFMode (LPC_CANAF_TypeDef* CANAFx, CAN_AFMODE_Type AFMode)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_CANAFx(CANAFx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_AFMODE_TYPE(AFMode));
+
+    switch(AFMode)
+    {
+    case CAN_Normal:
+        CANAFx->AFMR = 0x00;
+        break;
+    case CAN_AccOff:
+        CANAFx->AFMR = 0x01;
+        break;
+    case CAN_AccBP:
+        CANAFx->AFMR = 0x02;
+        break;
+    case CAN_eFCAN:
+        CANAFx->AFMR = 0x04;
+        break;
+    }
+}
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Enable/Disable CAN Mode
+ * @param[in]    CANx pointer to LPC_CAN_TypeDef, should be:
+ *                 - LPC_CAN1: CAN1 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_CAN2: CAN2 peripheral
+ * @param[in]    mode: type of CAN mode that you want to enable/disable, should be:
+ *                 - CAN_OPERATING_MODE: Normal Operating Mode
+ *                 - CAN_RESET_MODE: Reset Mode
+ *                 - CAN_LISTENONLY_MODE: Listen Only Mode
+ *                 - CAN_SELFTEST_MODE: Self Test Mode
+ *                 - CAN_TXPRIORITY_MODE: Transmit Priority Mode
+ *                 - CAN_SLEEP_MODE: Sleep Mode
+ *                 - CAN_RXPOLARITY_MODE: Receive Polarity Mode
+ *                 - CAN_TEST_MODE: Test Mode
+ * @param[in]    NewState: New State of this function, should be:
+ *                 - ENABLE
+ *                 - DISABLE
+ * @return         none
+ *********************************************************************/
+void CAN_ModeConfig(LPC_CAN_TypeDef* CANx, CAN_MODE_Type mode, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_CANx(CANx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_MODE_TYPE(mode));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(NewState));
+
+    switch(mode)
+    {
+    case CAN_OPERATING_MODE:
+        CANx->MOD = 0x00;
+        break;
+    case CAN_RESET_MODE:
+        if(NewState == ENABLE)
+            CANx->MOD |=CAN_MOD_RM;
+        else
+            CANx->MOD &= ~CAN_MOD_RM;
+        break;
+    case CAN_LISTENONLY_MODE:
+        CANx->MOD |=CAN_MOD_RM;//Enter Reset mode
+        if(NewState == ENABLE)
+            CANx->MOD |=CAN_MOD_LOM;
+        else
+            CANx->MOD &=~CAN_MOD_LOM;
+        CANx->MOD &=~CAN_MOD_RM;//Release Reset mode
+        break;
+    case CAN_SELFTEST_MODE:
+        CANx->MOD |=CAN_MOD_RM;//Enter Reset mode
+        if(NewState == ENABLE)
+            CANx->MOD |=CAN_MOD_STM;
+        else
+            CANx->MOD &=~CAN_MOD_STM;
+        CANx->MOD &=~CAN_MOD_RM;//Release Reset mode
+        break;
+    case CAN_TXPRIORITY_MODE:
+        if(NewState == ENABLE)
+            CANx->MOD |=CAN_MOD_TPM;
+        else
+            CANx->MOD &=~CAN_MOD_TPM;
+        break;
+    case CAN_SLEEP_MODE:
+        if(NewState == ENABLE)
+            CANx->MOD |=CAN_MOD_SM;
+        else
+            CANx->MOD &=~CAN_MOD_SM;
+        break;
+    case CAN_RXPOLARITY_MODE:
+        if(NewState == ENABLE)
+            CANx->MOD |=CAN_MOD_RPM;
+        else
+            CANx->MOD &=~CAN_MOD_RPM;
+        break;
+    case CAN_TEST_MODE:
+        if(NewState == ENABLE)
+            CANx->MOD |=CAN_MOD_TM;
+        else
+            CANx->MOD &=~CAN_MOD_TM;
+        break;
+    }
+}
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Set CAN command request
+ * @param[in]    CANx point to CAN peripheral selected, should be:
+ *                 - LPC_CAN1: CAN1 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_CAN2: CAN2 peripheral
+ * @param[in]    CMRType    command request type, should be:
+ *                 - CAN_CMR_TR: Transmission request
+ *                 - CAN_CMR_AT: Abort Transmission request
+ *                 - CAN_CMR_RRB: Release Receive Buffer request
+ *                 - CAN_CMR_CDO: Clear Data Overrun request
+ *                 - CAN_CMR_SRR: Self Reception request
+ *                 - CAN_CMR_STB1: Select Tx Buffer 1 request
+ *                 - CAN_CMR_STB2: Select Tx Buffer 2 request
+ *                 - CAN_CMR_STB3: Select Tx Buffer 3 request
+ * @return        CANICR (CAN interrupt and Capture register) value
+ **********************************************************************/
+void CAN_SetCommand(LPC_CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CMRType)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_CANx(CANx));
+    CANx->CMR |= CMRType;
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Get CAN interrupt status
+ * @param[in]    CANx point to CAN peripheral selected, should be:
+ *                 - LPC_CAN1: CAN1 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_CAN2: CAN2 peripheral
+ * @return        CANICR (CAN interrupt and Capture register) value
+ **********************************************************************/
+uint32_t CAN_IntGetStatus(LPC_CAN_TypeDef* CANx)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_CANx(CANx));
+    return CANx->ICR;
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Check if FullCAN interrupt enable or not
+ * @param[in]    CANAFx point to LPC_CANAF_TypeDef object, should be: LPC_CANAF
+ * @return        IntStatus, could be:
+ *                 - SET: if FullCAN interrupt is enable
+ *                 - RESET: if FullCAN interrupt is disable
+ **********************************************************************/
+IntStatus CAN_FullCANIntGetStatus (LPC_CANAF_TypeDef* CANAFx)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM( PARAM_CANAFx(CANAFx));
+    if (CANAFx->FCANIE)
+        return SET;
+    return RESET;
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Get value of FullCAN interrupt and capture register
+ * @param[in]    CANAFx point to LPC_CANAF_TypeDef object, should be: LPC_CANAF
+ * @param[in]    type: FullCAN IC type, should be:
+ *                 - FULLCAN_IC0: FullCAN Interrupt Capture 0
+ *                 - FULLCAN_IC1: FullCAN Interrupt Capture 1
+ * @return        FCANIC0 or FCANIC1 (FullCAN interrupt and Capture register) value
+ **********************************************************************/
+uint32_t CAN_FullCANPendGetStatus(LPC_CANAF_TypeDef* CANAFx, FullCAN_IC_Type type)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_CANAFx(CANAFx));
+    CHECK_PARAM( PARAM_FULLCAN_IC(type));
+    if (type == FULLCAN_IC0)
+        return CANAFx->FCANIC0;
+    return CANAFx->FCANIC1;
+}
+/* End of Public Variables ---------------------------------------------------------- */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* _CAN */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */
diff -r 000000000000 -r 84d7747641aa lpc17xx_can.h
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lpc17xx_can.h	Sun Mar 20 18:45:15 2011 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,860 @@
+/***********************************************************************//**
+ * @file        lpc17xx_can.h
+ * @brief        Contains all macro definitions and function prototypes
+ *                 support for CAN firmware library on LPC17xx
+ * @version        3.0
+ * @date        18. June. 2010
+ * @author        NXP MCU SW Application Team
+ **************************************************************************
+ * Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only
+ * which provides customers with programming information regarding the
+ * products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties.
+ * NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the
+ * use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent,
+ * copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors
+ * reserves the right to make changes in the software without
+ * notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or
+ * warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified
+ * use without further testing or modification.
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup CAN CAN
+ * @ingroup LPC1700CMSIS_FwLib_Drivers
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef LPC17XX_CAN_H_
+#define LPC17XX_CAN_H_
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+#include "LPC17xx.h"
+#include "lpc_types.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+{
+#endif
+
+/* Public Types --------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup CAN_Public_Macros CAN Public Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+#define MSG_ENABLE                ((uint8_t)(0))
+#define MSG_DISABLE                ((uint8_t)(1))
+#define CAN1_CTRL                ((uint8_t)(0))
+#define CAN2_CTRL                ((uint8_t)(1))
+#define PARAM_FULLCAN_IC(n)        ((n==FULLCAN_IC0)||(n==FULLCAN_IC1))
+#define ID_11                    1
+#define MAX_HW_FULLCAN_OBJ         64
+#define MAX_SW_FULLCAN_OBJ         32
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private Macros ------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup CAN_Private_Macros CAN Private Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* --------------------- BIT DEFINITIONS -------------------------------------- */
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for CAN Mode Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** CAN Reset mode */
+#define CAN_MOD_RM            ((uint32_t)(1))
+/** CAN Listen Only Mode */
+#define CAN_MOD_LOM            ((uint32_t)(1<<1))
+/** CAN Self Test mode */
+#define CAN_MOD_STM            ((uint32_t)(1<<2))
+/** CAN Transmit Priority mode */
+#define CAN_MOD_TPM            ((uint32_t)(1<<3))
+/** CAN Sleep mode */
+#define CAN_MOD_SM            ((uint32_t)(1<<4))
+/** CAN Receive Polarity mode */
+#define CAN_MOD_RPM            ((uint32_t)(1<<5))
+/** CAN Test mode */
+#define CAN_MOD_TM            ((uint32_t)(1<<7))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for CAN Command Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** CAN Transmission Request */
+#define CAN_CMR_TR            ((uint32_t)(1))
+/** CAN Abort Transmission */
+#define CAN_CMR_AT            ((uint32_t)(1<<1))
+/** CAN Release Receive Buffer */
+#define CAN_CMR_RRB            ((uint32_t)(1<<2))
+/** CAN Clear Data Overrun */
+#define CAN_CMR_CDO            ((uint32_t)(1<<3))
+/** CAN Self Reception Request */
+#define CAN_CMR_SRR            ((uint32_t)(1<<4))
+/** CAN Select Tx Buffer 1 */
+#define CAN_CMR_STB1        ((uint32_t)(1<<5))
+/** CAN Select Tx Buffer 2 */
+#define CAN_CMR_STB2        ((uint32_t)(1<<6))
+/** CAN Select Tx Buffer 3 */
+#define CAN_CMR_STB3        ((uint32_t)(1<<7))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for CAN Global Status Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** CAN Receive Buffer Status */
+#define CAN_GSR_RBS            ((uint32_t)(1))
+/** CAN Data Overrun Status */
+#define CAN_GSR_DOS            ((uint32_t)(1<<1))
+/** CAN Transmit Buffer Status */
+#define CAN_GSR_TBS            ((uint32_t)(1<<2))
+/** CAN Transmit Complete Status */
+#define CAN_GSR_TCS            ((uint32_t)(1<<3))
+/** CAN Receive Status */
+#define CAN_GSR_RS            ((uint32_t)(1<<4))
+/** CAN Transmit Status */
+#define CAN_GSR_TS            ((uint32_t)(1<<5))
+/** CAN Error Status */
+#define CAN_GSR_ES            ((uint32_t)(1<<6))
+/** CAN Bus Status */
+#define CAN_GSR_BS            ((uint32_t)(1<<7))
+/** CAN Current value of the Rx Error Counter */
+#define CAN_GSR_RXERR(n)    ((uint32_t)((n&0xFF)<<16))
+/** CAN Current value of the Tx Error Counter */
+#define CAN_GSR_TXERR(n)    ((uint32_t)(n&0xFF)<<24))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for CAN Interrupt and Capture Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** CAN Receive Interrupt */
+#define CAN_ICR_RI            ((uint32_t)(1))
+/** CAN Transmit Interrupt 1 */
+#define CAN_ICR_TI1            ((uint32_t)(1<<1))
+/** CAN Error Warning Interrupt */
+#define CAN_ICR_EI            ((uint32_t)(1<<2))
+/** CAN Data Overrun Interrupt */
+#define CAN_ICR_DOI            ((uint32_t)(1<<3))
+/** CAN Wake-Up Interrupt */
+#define CAN_ICR_WUI            ((uint32_t)(1<<4))
+/** CAN Error Passive Interrupt */
+#define CAN_ICR_EPI            ((uint32_t)(1<<5))
+/** CAN Arbitration Lost Interrupt */
+#define CAN_ICR_ALI            ((uint32_t)(1<<6))
+/** CAN Bus Error Interrupt */
+#define CAN_ICR_BEI            ((uint32_t)(1<<7))
+/** CAN ID Ready Interrupt */
+#define CAN_ICR_IDI            ((uint32_t)(1<<8))
+/** CAN Transmit Interrupt 2 */
+#define CAN_ICR_TI2            ((uint32_t)(1<<9))
+/** CAN Transmit Interrupt 3 */
+#define CAN_ICR_TI3            ((uint32_t)(1<<10))
+/** CAN Error Code Capture */
+#define CAN_ICR_ERRBIT(n)    ((uint32_t)((n&0x1F)<<16))
+/** CAN Error Direction */
+#define CAN_ICR_ERRDIR        ((uint32_t)(1<<21))
+/** CAN Error Capture */
+#define CAN_ICR_ERRC(n)        ((uint32_t)((n&0x3)<<22))
+/** CAN Arbitration Lost Capture */
+#define CAN_ICR_ALCBIT(n)        ((uint32_t)((n&0xFF)<<24))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for CAN Interrupt Enable Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** CAN Receive Interrupt Enable */
+#define CAN_IER_RIE            ((uint32_t)(1))
+/** CAN Transmit Interrupt Enable for buffer 1 */
+#define CAN_IER_TIE1        ((uint32_t)(1<<1))
+/** CAN Error Warning Interrupt Enable */
+#define CAN_IER_EIE            ((uint32_t)(1<<2))
+/** CAN Data Overrun Interrupt Enable */
+#define CAN_IER_DOIE        ((uint32_t)(1<<3))
+/** CAN Wake-Up Interrupt Enable */
+#define CAN_IER_WUIE        ((uint32_t)(1<<4))
+/** CAN Error Passive Interrupt Enable */
+#define CAN_IER_EPIE        ((uint32_t)(1<<5))
+/** CAN Arbitration Lost Interrupt Enable */
+#define CAN_IER_ALIE        ((uint32_t)(1<<6))
+/** CAN Bus Error Interrupt Enable */
+#define CAN_IER_BEIE        ((uint32_t)(1<<7))
+/** CAN ID Ready Interrupt Enable */
+#define CAN_IER_IDIE        ((uint32_t)(1<<8))
+/** CAN Transmit Enable Interrupt for Buffer 2 */
+#define CAN_IER_TIE2        ((uint32_t)(1<<9))
+/** CAN Transmit Enable Interrupt for Buffer 3 */
+#define CAN_IER_TIE3        ((uint32_t)(1<<10))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for CAN Bus Timing Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** CAN Baudrate Prescaler */
+#define CAN_BTR_BRP(n)        ((uint32_t)(n&0x3FF))
+/** CAN Synchronization Jump Width */
+#define CAN_BTR_SJM(n)        ((uint32_t)((n&0x3)<<14))
+/** CAN Time Segment 1 */
+#define CAN_BTR_TESG1(n)    ((uint32_t)(n&0xF)<<16))
+/** CAN Time Segment 2 */
+#define CAN_BTR_TESG2(n)    ((uint32_t)(n&0xF)<<20))
+/** CAN Sampling */
+#define CAN_BTR_SAM(n)        ((uint32_t)(1<<23))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for CAN Error Warning Limit Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** CAN Error Warning Limit */
+#define CAN_EWL_EWL(n)        ((uint32_t)(n&0xFF))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for CAN Status Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** CAN Receive Buffer Status */
+#define CAN_SR_RBS        ((uint32_t)(1))
+/** CAN Data Overrun Status */
+#define CAN_SR_DOS        ((uint32_t)(1<<1))
+/** CAN Transmit Buffer Status 1 */
+#define CAN_SR_TBS1        ((uint32_t)(1<<2))
+/** CAN Transmission Complete Status of Buffer 1 */
+#define CAN_SR_TCS1        ((uint32_t)(1<<3))
+/** CAN Receive Status */
+#define CAN_SR_RS        ((uint32_t)(1<<4))
+/** CAN Transmit Status 1 */
+#define CAN_SR_TS1        ((uint32_t)(1<<5))
+/** CAN Error Status */
+#define CAN_SR_ES        ((uint32_t)(1<<6))
+/** CAN Bus Status */
+#define CAN_SR_BS        ((uint32_t)(1<<7))
+/** CAN Transmit Buffer Status 2 */
+#define CAN_SR_TBS2        ((uint32_t)(1<<10))
+/** CAN Transmission Complete Status of Buffer 2 */
+#define CAN_SR_TCS2        ((uint32_t)(1<<11))
+/** CAN Transmit Status 2 */
+#define CAN_SR_TS2        ((uint32_t)(1<<13))
+/** CAN Transmit Buffer Status 2 */
+#define CAN_SR_TBS3        ((uint32_t)(1<<18))
+/** CAN Transmission Complete Status of Buffer 2 */
+#define CAN_SR_TCS3        ((uint32_t)(1<<19))
+/** CAN Transmit Status 2 */
+#define CAN_SR_TS3        ((uint32_t)(1<<21))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for CAN Receive Frame Status Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** CAN ID Index */
+#define CAN_RFS_ID_INDEX(n)    ((uint32_t)(n&0x3FF))
+/** CAN Bypass */
+#define CAN_RFS_BP            ((uint32_t)(1<<10))
+/** CAN Data Length Code */
+#define CAN_RFS_DLC(n)        ((uint32_t)((n&0xF)<<16)
+/** CAN Remote Transmission Request */
+#define CAN_RFS_RTR            ((uint32_t)(1<<30))
+/** CAN control 11 bit or 29 bit Identifier */
+#define CAN_RFS_FF            ((uint32_t)(1<<31))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for CAN Receive Identifier Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** CAN 11 bit Identifier */
+#define CAN_RID_ID_11(n)        ((uint32_t)(n&0x7FF))
+/** CAN 29 bit Identifier */
+#define CAN_RID_ID_29(n)        ((uint32_t)(n&0x1FFFFFFF))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for CAN Receive Data A Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** CAN Receive Data 1 */
+#define CAN_RDA_DATA1(n)        ((uint32_t)(n&0xFF))
+/** CAN Receive Data 2 */
+#define CAN_RDA_DATA2(n)        ((uint32_t)((n&0xFF)<<8))
+/** CAN Receive Data 3 */
+#define CAN_RDA_DATA3(n)        ((uint32_t)((n&0xFF)<<16))
+/** CAN Receive Data 4 */
+#define CAN_RDA_DATA4(n)        ((uint32_t)((n&0xFF)<<24))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for CAN Receive Data B Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** CAN Receive Data 5 */
+#define CAN_RDB_DATA5(n)        ((uint32_t)(n&0xFF))
+/** CAN Receive Data 6 */
+#define CAN_RDB_DATA6(n)        ((uint32_t)((n&0xFF)<<8))
+/** CAN Receive Data 7 */
+#define CAN_RDB_DATA7(n)        ((uint32_t)((n&0xFF)<<16))
+/** CAN Receive Data 8 */
+#define CAN_RDB_DATA8(n)        ((uint32_t)((n&0xFF)<<24))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for CAN Transmit Frame Information Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** CAN Priority */
+#define CAN_TFI_PRIO(n)            ((uint32_t)(n&0xFF))
+/** CAN Data Length Code */
+#define CAN_TFI_DLC(n)            ((uint32_t)((n&0xF)<<16))
+/** CAN Remote Frame Transmission */
+#define CAN_TFI_RTR                ((uint32_t)(1<<30))
+/** CAN control 11-bit or 29-bit Identifier */
+#define CAN_TFI_FF                ((uint32_t)(1<<31))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for CAN Transmit Identifier Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** CAN 11-bit Identifier */
+#define CAN_TID_ID11(n)            ((uint32_t)(n&0x7FF))
+/** CAN 11-bit Identifier */
+#define CAN_TID_ID29(n)            ((uint32_t)(n&0x1FFFFFFF))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for CAN Transmit Data A Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** CAN Transmit Data 1 */
+#define CAN_TDA_DATA1(n)        ((uint32_t)(n&0xFF))
+/** CAN Transmit Data 2 */
+#define CAN_TDA_DATA2(n)        ((uint32_t)((n&0xFF)<<8))
+/** CAN Transmit Data 3 */
+#define CAN_TDA_DATA3(n)        ((uint32_t)((n&0xFF)<<16))
+/** CAN Transmit Data 4 */
+#define CAN_TDA_DATA4(n)        ((uint32_t)((n&0xFF)<<24))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for CAN Transmit Data B Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** CAN Transmit Data 5 */
+#define CAN_TDA_DATA5(n)        ((uint32_t)(n&0xFF))
+/** CAN Transmit Data 6 */
+#define CAN_TDA_DATA6(n)        ((uint32_t)((n&0xFF)<<8))
+/** CAN Transmit Data 7 */
+#define CAN_TDA_DATA7(n)        ((uint32_t)((n&0xFF)<<16))
+/** CAN Transmit Data 8 */
+#define CAN_TDA_DATA8(n)        ((uint32_t)((n&0xFF)<<24))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for CAN Sleep Clear Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** CAN1 Sleep mode */
+#define CAN1SLEEPCLR            ((uint32_t)(1<<1))
+/** CAN2 Sleep Mode */
+#define CAN2SLEEPCLR            ((uint32_t)(1<<2))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for CAN Wake up Flags Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** CAN1 Sleep mode */
+#define CAN_WAKEFLAGES_CAN1WAKE        ((uint32_t)(1<<1))
+/** CAN2 Sleep Mode */
+#define CAN_WAKEFLAGES_CAN2WAKE        ((uint32_t)(1<<2))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for Central transmit Status Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** CAN Transmit 1 */
+#define CAN_TSR_TS1            ((uint32_t)(1))
+/** CAN Transmit 2 */
+#define CAN_TSR_TS2            ((uint32_t)(1<<1))
+/** CAN Transmit Buffer Status 1 */
+#define CAN_TSR_TBS1            ((uint32_t)(1<<8))
+/** CAN Transmit Buffer Status 2 */
+#define CAN_TSR_TBS2            ((uint32_t)(1<<9))
+/** CAN Transmission Complete Status 1 */
+#define CAN_TSR_TCS1            ((uint32_t)(1<<16))
+/** CAN Transmission Complete Status 2 */
+#define CAN_TSR_TCS2            ((uint32_t)(1<<17))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for Central Receive Status Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** CAN Receive Status 1 */
+#define CAN_RSR_RS1                ((uint32_t)(1))
+/** CAN Receive Status 1 */
+#define CAN_RSR_RS2                ((uint32_t)(1<<1))
+/** CAN Receive Buffer Status 1*/
+#define CAN_RSR_RB1                ((uint32_t)(1<<8))
+/** CAN Receive Buffer Status 2*/
+#define CAN_RSR_RB2                ((uint32_t)(1<<9))
+/** CAN Data Overrun Status 1 */
+#define CAN_RSR_DOS1            ((uint32_t)(1<<16))
+/** CAN Data Overrun Status 1 */
+#define CAN_RSR_DOS2            ((uint32_t)(1<<17))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for Central Miscellaneous Status Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** Same CAN Error Status in CAN1GSR */
+#define CAN_MSR_E1        ((uint32_t)(1))
+/** Same CAN Error Status in CAN2GSR */
+#define CAN_MSR_E2        ((uint32_t)(1<<1))
+/** Same CAN Bus Status in CAN1GSR */
+#define CAN_MSR_BS1        ((uint32_t)(1<<8))
+/** Same CAN Bus Status in CAN2GSR */
+#define CAN_MSR_BS2        ((uint32_t)(1<<9))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for Acceptance Filter Mode Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** CAN Acceptance Filter Off mode */
+#define CAN_AFMR_AccOff        ((uint32_t)(1))
+/** CAN Acceptance File Bypass mode */
+#define CAN_AFMR_AccBP        ((uint32_t)(1<<1))
+/** FullCAN Mode Enhancements */
+#define CAN_AFMR_eFCAN        ((uint32_t)(1<<2))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for Standard Frame Individual Start Address Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** The start address of the table of individual Standard Identifier */
+#define CAN_STT_sa(n)        ((uint32_t)((n&1FF)<<2))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for Standard Frame Group Start Address Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** The start address of the table of grouped Standard Identifier */
+#define CAN_SFF_GRP_sa(n)        ((uint32_t)((n&3FF)<<2))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for Extended Frame Start Address Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** The start address of the table of individual Extended Identifier */
+#define CAN_EFF_sa(n)        ((uint32_t)((n&1FF)<<2))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for Extended Frame Group Start Address Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** The start address of the table of grouped Extended Identifier */
+#define CAN_Eff_GRP_sa(n)        ((uint32_t)((n&3FF)<<2))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for End Of AF Table Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** The End of Table of AF LookUp Table */
+#define CAN_EndofTable(n)        ((uint32_t)((n&3FF)<<2))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for LUT Error Address Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** CAN Look-Up Table Error Address */
+#define CAN_LUTerrAd(n)        ((uint32_t)((n&1FF)<<2))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for LUT Error Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** CAN Look-Up Table Error */
+#define CAN_LUTerr        ((uint32_t)(1))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for Global FullCANInterrupt Enable Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** Global FullCANInterrupt Enable */
+#define CAN_FCANIE        ((uint32_t)(1))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for FullCAN Interrupt and Capture Register 0
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** FullCAN Interrupt and Capture (0-31)*/
+#define CAN_FCANIC0_IntPnd(n)    ((uint32_t)(1<<n))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for FullCAN Interrupt and Capture Register 1
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** FullCAN Interrupt and Capture (0-31)*/
+#define CAN_FCANIC1_IntPnd(n)    ((uint32_t)(1<<(n-32)))
+
+
+/* ---------------- CHECK PARAMETER DEFINITIONS ---------------------------- */
+/** Macro to determine if it is valid CAN peripheral or not */
+#define PARAM_CANx(x)            ((((uint32_t*)x)==((uint32_t *)LPC_CAN1)) \
+||(((uint32_t*)x)==((uint32_t *)LPC_CAN2)))
+
+/*    Macro to determine if it is valid CANAF or not*/
+#define PARAM_CANAFx(x)            (((uint32_t*)x)== ((uint32_t*)LPC_CANAF))
+
+/*    Macro to determine if it is valid CANAF RAM or not*/
+#define PARAM_CANAFRAMx(x)        (((uint32_t*)x)== (uint32_t*)LPC_CANAF_RAM)
+
+/*    Macro to determine if it is valid CANCR or not*/
+#define PARAM_CANCRx(x)            (((uint32_t*)x)==((uint32_t*)LPC_CANCR))
+
+/** Macro to check Data to send valid */
+#define PARAM_I2S_DATA(data)     ((data>=0)&&(data <= 0xFFFFFFFF))
+
+/** Macro to check frequency value */
+#define PRAM_I2S_FREQ(freq)        ((freq>=16000)&&(freq <= 96000))
+
+/** Macro to check Frame Identifier */
+#define PARAM_ID_11(n)            ((n>>11)==0) /*-- 11 bit --*/
+#define PARAM_ID_29(n)            ((n>>29)==0) /*-- 29 bit --*/
+
+/** Macro to check DLC value */
+#define PARAM_DLC(n)            ((n>>4)==0)  /*-- 4 bit --*/
+/** Macro to check ID format type */
+#define PARAM_ID_FORMAT(n)        ((n==STD_ID_FORMAT)||(n==EXT_ID_FORMAT))
+
+/** Macro to check Group identifier */
+#define PARAM_GRP_ID(x, y)        ((x<=y))
+
+/** Macro to check Frame type */
+#define PARAM_FRAME_TYPE(n)        ((n==DATA_FRAME)||(n==REMOTE_FRAME))
+
+/** Macro to check Control/Central Status type parameter */
+#define PARAM_CTRL_STS_TYPE(n)    ((n==CANCTRL_GLOBAL_STS)||(n==CANCTRL_INT_CAP) \
+||(n==CANCTRL_ERR_WRN)||(n==CANCTRL_STS))
+
+/** Macro to check CR status type */
+#define PARAM_CR_STS_TYPE(n)    ((n==CANCR_TX_STS)||(n==CANCR_RX_STS) \
+||(n==CANCR_MS))
+/** Macro to check AF Mode type parameter */
+#define PARAM_AFMODE_TYPE(n)    ((n==CAN_Normal)||(n==CAN_AccOff) \
+||(n==CAN_AccBP)||(n==CAN_eFCAN))
+
+/** Macro to check Operation Mode */
+#define PARAM_MODE_TYPE(n)        ((n==CAN_OPERATING_MODE)||(n==CAN_RESET_MODE) \
+||(n==CAN_LISTENONLY_MODE)||(n==CAN_SELFTEST_MODE) \
+||(n==CAN_TXPRIORITY_MODE)||(n==CAN_SLEEP_MODE) \
+||(n==CAN_RXPOLARITY_MODE)||(n==CAN_TEST_MODE))
+
+/** Macro define for struct AF_Section parameter */
+#define PARAM_CTRL(n)    ((n==CAN1_CTRL)|(n==CAN2_CTRL))
+
+/** Macro define for struct AF_Section parameter */
+#define PARAM_MSG_DISABLE(n)    ((n==MSG_ENABLE)|(n==MSG_DISABLE))
+
+/**Macro to check Interrupt Type parameter */
+#define PARAM_INT_EN_TYPE(n)    ((n==CANINT_RIE)||(n==CANINT_TIE1) \
+||(n==CANINT_EIE)||(n==CANINT_DOIE) \
+||(n==CANINT_WUIE)||(n==CANINT_EPIE) \
+||(n==CANINT_ALIE)||(n==CANINT_BEIE) \
+||(n==CANINT_IDIE)||(n==CANINT_TIE2) \
+||(n==CANINT_TIE3)||(n==CANINT_FCE))
+
+/** Macro to check AFLUT Entry type */
+#define PARAM_AFLUT_ENTRY_TYPE(n)    ((n==FULLCAN_ENTRY)||(n==EXPLICIT_STANDARD_ENTRY)\
+||(n==GROUP_STANDARD_ENTRY)||(n==EXPLICIT_EXTEND_ENTRY)    \
+||(n==GROUP_EXTEND_ENTRY))
+
+/** Macro to check position */
+#define PARAM_POSITION(n)    ((n)<512)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Public Types --------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup CAN_Public_Types CAN Public Types
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** CAN configuration structure */
+/***********************************************************************
+ * CAN device configuration commands (IOCTL commands and arguments)
+ **********************************************************************/
+/**
+ * @brief CAN ID format definition
+ */
+typedef enum {
+    STD_ID_FORMAT = 0,     /**< Use standard ID format (11 bit ID) */
+    EXT_ID_FORMAT = 1    /**< Use extended ID format (29 bit ID) */
+} CAN_ID_FORMAT_Type;
+
+/**
+ * @brief AFLUT Entry type definition
+ */
+typedef enum {
+    FULLCAN_ENTRY = 0,
+    EXPLICIT_STANDARD_ENTRY,
+    GROUP_STANDARD_ENTRY,
+    EXPLICIT_EXTEND_ENTRY,
+    GROUP_EXTEND_ENTRY,
+} AFLUT_ENTRY_Type;
+
+/**
+ * @brief Symbolic names for type of CAN message
+ */
+typedef enum {
+    DATA_FRAME = 0,     /**< Data frame */
+    REMOTE_FRAME = 1    /**< Remote frame */
+} CAN_FRAME_Type;
+
+/**
+ * @brief CAN Control status definition
+ */
+typedef enum {
+    CANCTRL_GLOBAL_STS = 0, /**< CAN Global Status */
+    CANCTRL_INT_CAP,         /**< CAN Interrupt and Capture */
+    CANCTRL_ERR_WRN,         /**< CAN Error Warning Limit */
+    CANCTRL_STS                /**< CAN Control Status */
+} CAN_CTRL_STS_Type;
+
+/**
+ * @brief Central CAN status type definition
+ */
+typedef enum {
+    CANCR_TX_STS = 0,     /**< Central CAN Tx Status */
+    CANCR_RX_STS,         /**< Central CAN Rx Status */
+    CANCR_MS            /**< Central CAN Miscellaneous Status */
+} CAN_CR_STS_Type;
+
+/**
+ * @brief FullCAN Interrupt Capture type definition
+ */
+typedef enum{
+    FULLCAN_IC0,    /**< FullCAN Interrupt and Capture 0 */
+    FULLCAN_IC1    /**< FullCAN Interrupt and Capture 1 */
+}FullCAN_IC_Type;
+
+/**
+ * @brief CAN interrupt enable type definition
+ */
+typedef enum {
+    CANINT_RIE = 0,     /**< CAN Receiver Interrupt Enable */
+    CANINT_TIE1,         /**< CAN Transmit Interrupt Enable */
+    CANINT_EIE,         /**< CAN Error Warning Interrupt Enable */
+    CANINT_DOIE,         /**< CAN Data Overrun Interrupt Enable */
+    CANINT_WUIE,         /**< CAN Wake-Up Interrupt Enable */
+    CANINT_EPIE,         /**< CAN Error Passive Interrupt Enable */
+    CANINT_ALIE,         /**< CAN Arbitration Lost Interrupt Enable */
+    CANINT_BEIE,         /**< CAN Bus Error Inter rupt Enable */
+    CANINT_IDIE,         /**< CAN ID Ready Interrupt Enable */
+    CANINT_TIE2,         /**< CAN Transmit Interrupt Enable for Buffer2 */
+    CANINT_TIE3,         /**< CAN Transmit Interrupt Enable for Buffer3 */
+    CANINT_FCE            /**< FullCAN Interrupt Enable */
+} CAN_INT_EN_Type;
+
+/**
+ * @brief Acceptance Filter Mode type definition
+ */
+typedef enum {
+    CAN_Normal = 0,     /**< Normal Mode */
+    CAN_AccOff,         /**< Acceptance Filter Off Mode */
+    CAN_AccBP,             /**< Acceptance Fileter Bypass Mode */
+    CAN_eFCAN            /**< FullCAN Mode Enhancement */
+} CAN_AFMODE_Type;
+
+/**
+ * @brief CAN Mode Type definition
+ */
+typedef enum {
+    CAN_OPERATING_MODE = 0,     /**< Operating Mode */
+    CAN_RESET_MODE,             /**< Reset Mode */
+    CAN_LISTENONLY_MODE,         /**< Listen Only Mode */
+    CAN_SELFTEST_MODE,             /**< Seft Test Mode */
+    CAN_TXPRIORITY_MODE,         /**< Transmit Priority Mode */
+    CAN_SLEEP_MODE,             /**< Sleep Mode */
+    CAN_RXPOLARITY_MODE,         /**< Receive Polarity Mode */
+    CAN_TEST_MODE                /**< Test Mode */
+} CAN_MODE_Type;
+
+/**
+ * @brief Error values that functions can return
+ */
+typedef enum {
+    CAN_OK = 1,                 /**< No error */
+    CAN_OBJECTS_FULL_ERROR,     /**< No more rx or tx objects available */
+    CAN_FULL_OBJ_NOT_RCV,         /**< Full CAN object not received */
+    CAN_NO_RECEIVE_DATA,         /**< No have receive data available */
+    CAN_AF_ENTRY_ERROR,         /**< Entry load in AFLUT is unvalid */
+    CAN_CONFLICT_ID_ERROR,         /**< Conflict ID occur */
+    CAN_ENTRY_NOT_EXIT_ERROR    /**< Entry remove outo AFLUT is not exit */
+} CAN_ERROR;
+
+/**
+ * @brief Pin Configuration structure
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    uint8_t RD;             /**< Serial Inputs, from CAN transceivers, should be:
+                             ** For CAN1:
+                             - CAN_RD1_P0_0: RD pin is on P0.0
+                             - CAN_RD1_P0_21 : RD pin is on P0.21
+                             ** For CAN2:
+                             - CAN_RD2_P0_4: RD pin is on P0.4
+                             - CAN_RD2_P2_7: RD pin is on P2.7
+                             */
+    uint8_t TD;                /**< Serial Outputs, To CAN transceivers, should be:
+                             ** For CAN1:
+                             - CAN_TD1_P0_1: TD pin is on P0.1
+                             - CAN_TD1_P0_22: TD pin is on P0.22
+                             ** For CAN2:
+                             - CAN_TD2_P0_5: TD pin is on P0.5
+                             - CAN_TD2_P2_8: TD pin is on P2.8
+                             */
+} CAN_PinCFG_Type;
+
+/**
+ * @brief CAN message object structure
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    uint32_t id;             /**< 29 bit identifier, it depend on "format" value
+                                 - if format = STD_ID_FORMAT, id should be 11 bit identifier
+                                 - if format = EXT_ID_FORMAT, id should be 29 bit identifier
+                             */
+    uint8_t dataA[4];         /**< Data field A */
+    uint8_t dataB[4];         /**< Data field B */
+    uint8_t len;             /**< Length of data field in bytes, should be:
+                                 - 0000b-0111b: 0-7 bytes
+                                 - 1xxxb: 8 bytes
+                            */
+    uint8_t format;         /**< Identifier Format, should be:
+                                 - STD_ID_FORMAT: Standard ID - 11 bit format
+                                 - EXT_ID_FORMAT: Extended ID - 29 bit format
+                            */
+    uint8_t type;             /**< Remote Frame transmission, should be:
+                                 - DATA_FRAME: the number of data bytes called out by the DLC
+                                 field are send from the CANxTDA and CANxTDB registers
+                                 - REMOTE_FRAME: Remote Frame is sent
+                            */
+} CAN_MSG_Type;
+
+/**
+ * @brief FullCAN Entry structure
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    uint8_t controller;        /**< CAN Controller, should be:
+                                 - CAN1_CTRL: CAN1 Controller
+                                 - CAN2_CTRL: CAN2 Controller
+                            */
+    uint8_t disable;        /**< Disable bit, should be:
+                                 - MSG_ENABLE: disable bit = 0
+                                 - MSG_DISABLE: disable bit = 1
+                            */
+    uint16_t id_11;            /**< Standard ID, should be 11-bit value */
+} FullCAN_Entry;
+
+/**
+ * @brief Standard ID Frame Format Entry structure
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    uint8_t controller;     /**< CAN Controller, should be:
+                                 - CAN1_CTRL: CAN1 Controller
+                                 - CAN2_CTRL: CAN2 Controller
+                            */
+    uint8_t disable;         /**< Disable bit, should be:
+                                 - MSG_ENABLE: disable bit = 0
+                                 - MSG_DISABLE: disable bit = 1
+                            */
+    uint16_t id_11;         /**< Standard ID, should be 11-bit value */
+} SFF_Entry;
+
+/**
+ * @brief Group of Standard ID Frame Format Entry structure
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    uint8_t controller1;     /**< First CAN Controller, should be:
+                                 - CAN1_CTRL: CAN1 Controller
+                                 - CAN2_CTRL: CAN2 Controller
+                            */
+    uint8_t disable1;         /**< First Disable bit, should be:
+                                 - MSG_ENABLE: disable bit = 0)
+                                 - MSG_DISABLE: disable bit = 1
+                            */
+    uint16_t lowerID;         /**< ID lower bound, should be 11-bit value */
+    uint8_t controller2;     /**< Second CAN Controller, should be:
+                                 - CAN1_CTRL: CAN1 Controller
+                                 - CAN2_CTRL: CAN2 Controller
+                            */
+    uint8_t disable2;         /**< Second Disable bit, should be:
+                                 - MSG_ENABLE: disable bit = 0
+                                 - MSG_DISABLE: disable bit = 1
+                            */
+    uint16_t upperID;         /**< ID upper bound, should be 11-bit value and
+                                 equal or greater than lowerID
+                            */
+} SFF_GPR_Entry;
+
+/**
+ * @brief Extended ID Frame Format Entry structure
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    uint8_t controller;     /**< CAN Controller, should be:
+                                 - CAN1_CTRL: CAN1 Controller
+                                 - CAN2_CTRL: CAN2 Controller
+                            */
+    uint32_t ID_29;         /**< Extend ID, shoud be 29-bit value */
+} EFF_Entry;
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Group of Extended ID Frame Format Entry structure
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    uint8_t controller1;     /**< First CAN Controller, should be:
+                                 - CAN1_CTRL: CAN1 Controller
+                                 - CAN2_CTRL: CAN2 Controller
+                            */
+    uint8_t controller2;     /**< Second Disable bit, should be:
+                                 - MSG_ENABLE: disable bit = 0(default)
+                                 - MSG_DISABLE: disable bit = 1
+                            */
+    uint32_t lowerEID;         /**< Extended ID lower bound, should be 29-bit value */
+    uint32_t upperEID;         /**< Extended ID upper bound, should be 29-bit value */
+} EFF_GPR_Entry;
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Acceptance Filter Section Table structure
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    FullCAN_Entry* FullCAN_Sec;     /**< The pointer point to FullCAN_Entry */
+    uint8_t FC_NumEntry;            /**< FullCAN Entry Number */
+    SFF_Entry* SFF_Sec;             /**< The pointer point to SFF_Entry */
+    uint8_t SFF_NumEntry;            /**< Standard ID Entry Number */
+    SFF_GPR_Entry* SFF_GPR_Sec;     /**< The pointer point to SFF_GPR_Entry */
+    uint8_t SFF_GPR_NumEntry;        /**< Group Standard ID Entry Number */
+    EFF_Entry* EFF_Sec;             /**< The pointer point to EFF_Entry */
+    uint8_t EFF_NumEntry;            /**< Extended ID Entry Number */
+    EFF_GPR_Entry* EFF_GPR_Sec;     /**< The pointer point to EFF_GPR_Entry */
+    uint8_t EFF_GPR_NumEntry;        /**< Group Extended ID Entry Number */
+} AF_SectionDef;
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup CAN_Public_Functions CAN Public Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Init/DeInit CAN peripheral -----------*/
+void CAN_Init(LPC_CAN_TypeDef *CANx, uint32_t baudrate);
+void CAN_DeInit(LPC_CAN_TypeDef *CANx);
+
+/* CAN messages functions ---------------*/
+Status CAN_SendMsg(LPC_CAN_TypeDef *CANx, CAN_MSG_Type *CAN_Msg);
+Status CAN_ReceiveMsg(LPC_CAN_TypeDef *CANx, CAN_MSG_Type *CAN_Msg);
+CAN_ERROR FCAN_ReadObj(LPC_CANAF_TypeDef* CANAFx, CAN_MSG_Type *CAN_Msg);
+
+/* CAN configure functions ---------------*/
+void CAN_ModeConfig(LPC_CAN_TypeDef* CANx, CAN_MODE_Type mode,
+        FunctionalState NewState);
+void CAN_SetAFMode(LPC_CANAF_TypeDef* CANAFx, CAN_AFMODE_Type AFmode);
+void CAN_SetCommand(LPC_CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CMRType);
+
+/* AFLUT functions ---------------------- */
+CAN_ERROR CAN_SetupAFLUT(LPC_CANAF_TypeDef* CANAFx, AF_SectionDef* AFSection);
+CAN_ERROR CAN_LoadFullCANEntry(LPC_CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint16_t ID);
+CAN_ERROR CAN_LoadExplicitEntry(LPC_CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t ID,
+        CAN_ID_FORMAT_Type format);
+CAN_ERROR CAN_LoadGroupEntry(LPC_CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t lowerID,
+        uint32_t upperID, CAN_ID_FORMAT_Type format);
+CAN_ERROR CAN_RemoveEntry(AFLUT_ENTRY_Type EntryType, uint16_t position);
+
+/* CAN interrupt functions -----------------*/
+void CAN_IRQCmd(LPC_CAN_TypeDef* CANx, CAN_INT_EN_Type arg, FunctionalState NewState);
+uint32_t CAN_IntGetStatus(LPC_CAN_TypeDef* CANx);
+
+/* CAN get status functions ----------------*/
+IntStatus CAN_FullCANIntGetStatus (LPC_CANAF_TypeDef* CANAFx);
+uint32_t CAN_FullCANPendGetStatus (LPC_CANAF_TypeDef* CANAFx, FullCAN_IC_Type type);
+uint32_t CAN_GetCTRLStatus(LPC_CAN_TypeDef* CANx, CAN_CTRL_STS_Type arg);
+uint32_t CAN_GetCRStatus(LPC_CANCR_TypeDef* CANCRx, CAN_CR_STS_Type arg);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* LPC17XX_CAN_H_ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */
diff -r 000000000000 -r 84d7747641aa lpc17xx_clkpwr.c
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lpc17xx_clkpwr.c	Sun Mar 20 18:45:15 2011 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,338 @@
+/***********************************************************************//**
+ * @file		lpc17xx_clkpwr.c
+ * @brief		Contains all functions support for Clock and Power Control
+ * 				firmware library on LPC17xx
+ * @version		3.0
+ * @date		18. June. 2010
+ * @author		NXP MCU SW Application Team
+ **************************************************************************
+ * Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only
+ * which provides customers with programming information regarding the
+ * products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties.
+ * NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the
+ * use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent,
+ * copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors
+ * reserves the right to make changes in the software without
+ * notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or
+ * warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified
+ * use without further testing or modification.
+ **********************************************************************/
+
+/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @addtogroup CLKPWR
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+#include "lpc17xx_clkpwr.h"
+
+
+/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @addtogroup CLKPWR_Public_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief 		Set value of each Peripheral Clock Selection
+ * @param[in]	ClkType	Peripheral Clock Selection of each type,
+ * 				should be one of the following:
+ *				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_WDT   		: WDT
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_TIMER0   	: Timer 0
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_TIMER1   	: Timer 1
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_UART0   	: UART 0
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_UART1  	: UART 1
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_PWM1   	: PWM 1
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_I2C0   	: I2C 0
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_SPI   		: SPI
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_SSP1   	: SSP 1
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_DAC   		: DAC
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_ADC   		: ADC
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CAN1  		: CAN 1
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CAN2  		: CAN 2
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_ACF   		: ACF
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_QEI 		: QEI
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_PCB   		: PCB
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_I2C1   	: I2C 1
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_SSP0   	: SSP 0
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_TIMER2   	: Timer 2
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_TIMER3   	: Timer 3
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_UART2   	: UART 2
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_UART3   	: UART 3
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_I2C2   	: I2C 2
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_I2S   		: I2S
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_RIT   		: RIT
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_SYSCON   	: SYSCON
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_MC 		: MC
+
+ * @param[in]	DivVal	Value of divider, should be:
+ * 				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CCLK_DIV_4 : PCLK_peripheral = CCLK/4
+ * 				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CCLK_DIV_1 : PCLK_peripheral = CCLK/1
+ *				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CCLK_DIV_2 : PCLK_peripheral = CCLK/2
+ *
+ * @return none
+ **********************************************************************/
+void CLKPWR_SetPCLKDiv (uint32_t ClkType, uint32_t DivVal)
+{
+	uint32_t bitpos;
+
+	bitpos = (ClkType < 32) ? (ClkType) : (ClkType - 32);
+
+	/* PCLKSEL0 selected */
+	if (ClkType < 32)
+	{
+		/* Clear two bit at bit position */
+		LPC_SC->PCLKSEL0 &= (~(CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_BITMASK(bitpos)));
+
+		/* Set two selected bit */
+		LPC_SC->PCLKSEL0 |= (CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_SET(bitpos, DivVal));
+	}
+	/* PCLKSEL1 selected */
+	else
+	{
+		/* Clear two bit at bit position */
+		LPC_SC->PCLKSEL1 &= ~(CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_BITMASK(bitpos));
+
+		/* Set two selected bit */
+		LPC_SC->PCLKSEL1 |= (CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_SET(bitpos, DivVal));
+	}
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief		Get current value of each Peripheral Clock Selection
+ * @param[in]	ClkType	Peripheral Clock Selection of each type,
+ * 				should be one of the following:
+ *				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_WDT   		: WDT
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_TIMER0   	: Timer 0
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_TIMER1   	: Timer 1
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_UART0   	: UART 0
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_UART1  	: UART 1
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_PWM1   	: PWM 1
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_I2C0   	: I2C 0
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_SPI   		: SPI
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_SSP1   	: SSP 1
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_DAC   		: DAC
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_ADC   		: ADC
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CAN1  		: CAN 1
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CAN2  		: CAN 2
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_ACF   		: ACF
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_QEI 		: QEI
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_PCB   		: PCB
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_I2C1   	: I2C 1
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_SSP0   	: SSP 0
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_TIMER2   	: Timer 2
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_TIMER3   	: Timer 3
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_UART2   	: UART 2
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_UART3   	: UART 3
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_I2C2   	: I2C 2
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_I2S   		: I2S
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_RIT   		: RIT
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_SYSCON   	: SYSCON
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_MC 		: MC
+
+ * @return		Value of Selected Peripheral Clock Selection
+ **********************************************************************/
+uint32_t CLKPWR_GetPCLKSEL (uint32_t ClkType)
+{
+	uint32_t bitpos, retval;
+
+	if (ClkType < 32)
+	{
+		bitpos = ClkType;
+		retval = LPC_SC->PCLKSEL0;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		bitpos = ClkType - 32;
+		retval = LPC_SC->PCLKSEL1;
+	}
+
+	retval = CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_GET(bitpos, retval);
+	return retval;
+}
+
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief 		Get current value of each Peripheral Clock
+ * @param[in]	ClkType	Peripheral Clock Selection of each type,
+ * 				should be one of the following:
+ *				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_WDT   		: WDT
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_TIMER0   	: Timer 0
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_TIMER1   	: Timer 1
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_UART0   	: UART 0
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_UART1  	: UART 1
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_PWM1   	: PWM 1
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_I2C0   	: I2C 0
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_SPI   		: SPI
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_SSP1   	: SSP 1
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_DAC   		: DAC
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_ADC   		: ADC
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CAN1  		: CAN 1
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CAN2  		: CAN 2
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_ACF   		: ACF
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_QEI 		: QEI
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_PCB   		: PCB
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_I2C1   	: I2C 1
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_SSP0   	: SSP 0
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_TIMER2   	: Timer 2
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_TIMER3   	: Timer 3
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_UART2   	: UART 2
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_UART3   	: UART 3
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_I2C2   	: I2C 2
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_I2S   		: I2S
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_RIT   		: RIT
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_SYSCON   	: SYSCON
+				- CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_MC 		: MC
+
+ * @return		Value of Selected Peripheral Clock
+ **********************************************************************/
+uint32_t CLKPWR_GetPCLK (uint32_t ClkType)
+{
+	uint32_t retval, div;
+
+	retval = SystemCoreClock;
+	div = CLKPWR_GetPCLKSEL(ClkType);
+
+	switch (div)
+	{
+	case 0:
+		div = 4;
+		break;
+
+	case 1:
+		div = 1;
+		break;
+
+	case 2:
+		div = 2;
+		break;
+
+	case 3:
+		div = 8;
+		break;
+	}
+	retval /= div;
+
+	return retval;
+}
+
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief 		Configure power supply for each peripheral according to NewState
+ * @param[in]	PPType	Type of peripheral used to enable power,
+ *     					should be one of the following:
+ *     			-  CLKPWR_PCONP_PCTIM0 		: Timer 0
+				-  CLKPWR_PCONP_PCTIM1 		: Timer 1
+				-  CLKPWR_PCONP_PCUART0  	: UART 0
+				-  CLKPWR_PCONP_PCUART1   	: UART 1
+				-  CLKPWR_PCONP_PCPWM1 		: PWM 1
+				-  CLKPWR_PCONP_PCI2C0 		: I2C 0
+				-  CLKPWR_PCONP_PCSPI   	: SPI
+				-  CLKPWR_PCONP_PCRTC   	: RTC
+				-  CLKPWR_PCONP_PCSSP1 		: SSP 1
+				-  CLKPWR_PCONP_PCAD   		: ADC
+				-  CLKPWR_PCONP_PCAN1   	: CAN 1
+				-  CLKPWR_PCONP_PCAN2   	: CAN 2
+				-  CLKPWR_PCONP_PCGPIO 		: GPIO
+				-  CLKPWR_PCONP_PCRIT 		: RIT
+				-  CLKPWR_PCONP_PCMC 		: MC
+				-  CLKPWR_PCONP_PCQEI 		: QEI
+				-  CLKPWR_PCONP_PCI2C1   	: I2C 1
+				-  CLKPWR_PCONP_PCSSP0 		: SSP 0
+				-  CLKPWR_PCONP_PCTIM2 		: Timer 2
+				-  CLKPWR_PCONP_PCTIM3 		: Timer 3
+				-  CLKPWR_PCONP_PCUART2  	: UART 2
+				-  CLKPWR_PCONP_PCUART3   	: UART 3
+				-  CLKPWR_PCONP_PCI2C2 		: I2C 2
+				-  CLKPWR_PCONP_PCI2S   	: I2S
+				-  CLKPWR_PCONP_PCGPDMA   	: GPDMA
+				-  CLKPWR_PCONP_PCENET 		: Ethernet
+				-  CLKPWR_PCONP_PCUSB   	: USB
+ *
+ * @param[in]	NewState	New state of Peripheral Power, should be:
+ * 				- ENABLE	: Enable power for this peripheral
+ * 				- DISABLE	: Disable power for this peripheral
+ *
+ * @return none
+ **********************************************************************/
+void CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (uint32_t PPType, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+	if (NewState == ENABLE)
+	{
+		LPC_SC->PCONP |= PPType & CLKPWR_PCONP_BITMASK;
+	}
+	else if (NewState == DISABLE)
+	{
+		LPC_SC->PCONP &= (~PPType) & CLKPWR_PCONP_BITMASK;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief 		Enter Sleep mode with co-operated instruction by the Cortex-M3.
+ * @param[in]	None
+ * @return		None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void CLKPWR_Sleep(void)
+{
+	LPC_SC->PCON = 0x00;
+	/* Sleep Mode*/
+	__WFI();
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief 		Enter Deep Sleep mode with co-operated instruction by the Cortex-M3.
+ * @param[in]	None
+ * @return		None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void CLKPWR_DeepSleep(void)
+{
+    /* Deep-Sleep Mode, set SLEEPDEEP bit */
+	SCB->SCR = 0x4;
+	LPC_SC->PCON = 0x8;
+	/* Deep Sleep Mode*/
+	__WFI();
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief 		Enter Power Down mode with co-operated instruction by the Cortex-M3.
+ * @param[in]	None
+ * @return		None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void CLKPWR_PowerDown(void)
+{
+    /* Deep-Sleep Mode, set SLEEPDEEP bit */
+	SCB->SCR = 0x4;
+	LPC_SC->PCON = 0x09;
+	/* Power Down Mode*/
+	__WFI();
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief 		Enter Deep Power Down mode with co-operated instruction by the Cortex-M3.
+ * @param[in]	None
+ * @return		None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void CLKPWR_DeepPowerDown(void)
+{
+    /* Deep-Sleep Mode, set SLEEPDEEP bit */
+	SCB->SCR = 0x4;
+	LPC_SC->PCON = 0x03;
+	/* Deep Power Down Mode*/
+	__WFI();
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */
diff -r 000000000000 -r 84d7747641aa lpc17xx_clkpwr.h
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lpc17xx_clkpwr.h	Sun Mar 20 18:45:15 2011 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,394 @@
+/***********************************************************************//**
+ * @file        lpc17xx_clkpwr.h
+ * @brief        Contains all macro definitions and function prototypes
+ *                 support for Clock and Power Control firmware library on LPC17xx
+ * @version        2.0
+ * @date        21. May. 2010
+ * @author        NXP MCU SW Application Team
+ **************************************************************************
+ * Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only
+ * which provides customers with programming information regarding the
+ * products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties.
+ * NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the
+ * use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent,
+ * copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors
+ * reserves the right to make changes in the software without
+ * notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or
+ * warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified
+ * use without further testing or modification.
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup CLKPWR CLKPWR
+ * @ingroup LPC1700CMSIS_FwLib_Drivers
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef LPC17XX_CLKPWR_H_
+#define LPC17XX_CLKPWR_H_
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+#include "lpc17xx.h"
+#include "lpc_types.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+{
+#endif
+
+/* Public Macros -------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup CLKPWR_Public_Macros CLKPWR Public Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**********************************************************************
+ * Peripheral Clock Selection Definitions
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** Peripheral clock divider bit position for WDT */
+#define    CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_WDT          ((uint32_t)(0))
+/** Peripheral clock divider bit position for TIMER0 */
+#define    CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_TIMER0          ((uint32_t)(2))
+/** Peripheral clock divider bit position for TIMER1 */
+#define    CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_TIMER1          ((uint32_t)(4))
+/** Peripheral clock divider bit position for UART0 */
+#define    CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_UART0          ((uint32_t)(6))
+/** Peripheral clock divider bit position for UART1 */
+#define    CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_UART1          ((uint32_t)(8))
+/** Peripheral clock divider bit position for PWM1 */
+#define    CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_PWM1          ((uint32_t)(12))
+/** Peripheral clock divider bit position for I2C0 */
+#define    CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_I2C0          ((uint32_t)(14))
+/** Peripheral clock divider bit position for SPI */
+#define    CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_SPI          ((uint32_t)(16))
+/** Peripheral clock divider bit position for SSP1 */
+#define    CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_SSP1          ((uint32_t)(20))
+/** Peripheral clock divider bit position for DAC */
+#define    CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_DAC          ((uint32_t)(22))
+/** Peripheral clock divider bit position for ADC */
+#define    CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_ADC          ((uint32_t)(24))
+/** Peripheral clock divider bit position for CAN1 */
+#define    CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CAN1         ((uint32_t)(26))
+/** Peripheral clock divider bit position for CAN2 */
+#define    CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CAN2         ((uint32_t)(28))
+/** Peripheral clock divider bit position for ACF */
+#define    CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_ACF          ((uint32_t)(30))
+/** Peripheral clock divider bit position for QEI */
+#define    CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_QEI          ((uint32_t)(32))
+/** Peripheral clock divider bit position for PCB */
+#define    CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_PCB          ((uint32_t)(36))
+/** Peripheral clock divider bit position for  I2C1 */
+#define    CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_I2C1          ((uint32_t)(38))
+/** Peripheral clock divider bit position for SSP0 */
+#define    CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_SSP0          ((uint32_t)(42))
+/** Peripheral clock divider bit position for TIMER2 */
+#define    CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_TIMER2          ((uint32_t)(44))
+/** Peripheral clock divider bit position for  TIMER3 */
+#define    CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_TIMER3          ((uint32_t)(46))
+/** Peripheral clock divider bit position for UART2 */
+#define    CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_UART2          ((uint32_t)(48))
+/** Peripheral clock divider bit position for UART3 */
+#define    CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_UART3          ((uint32_t)(50))
+/** Peripheral clock divider bit position for I2C2 */
+#define    CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_I2C2          ((uint32_t)(52))
+/** Peripheral clock divider bit position for I2S */
+#define    CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_I2S          ((uint32_t)(54))
+/** Peripheral clock divider bit position for RIT */
+#define    CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_RIT          ((uint32_t)(58))
+/** Peripheral clock divider bit position for SYSCON */
+#define    CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_SYSCON          ((uint32_t)(60))
+/** Peripheral clock divider bit position for MC */
+#define    CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_MC              ((uint32_t)(62))
+
+/** Macro for Peripheral Clock Selection register bit values
+ * Note: When CCLK_DIV_8, Peripheral�s clock is selected to
+ * PCLK_xyz = CCLK/8 except for CAN1, CAN2, and CAN filtering
+ * when �11�selects PCLK_xyz = CCLK/6 */
+/* Peripheral clock divider is set to 4 from CCLK */
+#define    CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CCLK_DIV_4  ((uint32_t)(0))
+/** Peripheral clock divider is the same with CCLK */
+#define    CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CCLK_DIV_1  ((uint32_t)(1))
+/** Peripheral clock divider is set to 2 from CCLK */
+#define    CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CCLK_DIV_2  ((uint32_t)(2))
+
+
+/********************************************************************
+* Power Control for Peripherals Definitions
+**********************************************************************/
+/** Timer/Counter 0 power/clock control bit */
+#define     CLKPWR_PCONP_PCTIM0    ((uint32_t)(1<<1))
+/* Timer/Counter 1 power/clock control bit */
+#define     CLKPWR_PCONP_PCTIM1    ((uint32_t)(1<<2))
+/** UART0 power/clock control bit */
+#define     CLKPWR_PCONP_PCUART0      ((uint32_t)(1<<3))
+/** UART1 power/clock control bit */
+#define     CLKPWR_PCONP_PCUART1      ((uint32_t)(1<<4))
+/** PWM1 power/clock control bit */
+#define     CLKPWR_PCONP_PCPWM1    ((uint32_t)(1<<6))
+/** The I2C0 interface power/clock control bit */
+#define     CLKPWR_PCONP_PCI2C0    ((uint32_t)(1<<7))
+/** The SPI interface power/clock control bit */
+#define     CLKPWR_PCONP_PCSPI      ((uint32_t)(1<<8))
+/** The RTC power/clock control bit */
+#define     CLKPWR_PCONP_PCRTC      ((uint32_t)(1<<9))
+/** The SSP1 interface power/clock control bit */
+#define     CLKPWR_PCONP_PCSSP1    ((uint32_t)(1<<10))
+/** A/D converter 0 (ADC0) power/clock control bit */
+#define     CLKPWR_PCONP_PCAD      ((uint32_t)(1<<12))
+/** CAN Controller 1 power/clock control bit */
+#define     CLKPWR_PCONP_PCAN1      ((uint32_t)(1<<13))
+/** CAN Controller 2 power/clock control bit */
+#define     CLKPWR_PCONP_PCAN2     ((uint32_t)(1<<14))
+/** GPIO power/clock control bit */
+#define    CLKPWR_PCONP_PCGPIO     ((uint32_t)(1<<15))
+/** Repetitive Interrupt Timer power/clock control bit */
+#define    CLKPWR_PCONP_PCRIT         ((uint32_t)(1<<16))
+/** Motor Control PWM */
+#define CLKPWR_PCONP_PCMC         ((uint32_t)(1<<17))
+/** Quadrature Encoder Interface power/clock control bit */
+#define CLKPWR_PCONP_PCQEI         ((uint32_t)(1<<18))
+/** The I2C1 interface power/clock control bit */
+#define     CLKPWR_PCONP_PCI2C1      ((uint32_t)(1<<19))
+/** The SSP0 interface power/clock control bit */
+#define     CLKPWR_PCONP_PCSSP0    ((uint32_t)(1<<21))
+/** Timer 2 power/clock control bit */
+#define     CLKPWR_PCONP_PCTIM2    ((uint32_t)(1<<22))
+/** Timer 3 power/clock control bit */
+#define     CLKPWR_PCONP_PCTIM3    ((uint32_t)(1<<23))
+/** UART 2 power/clock control bit */
+#define     CLKPWR_PCONP_PCUART2      ((uint32_t)(1<<24))
+/** UART 3 power/clock control bit */
+#define     CLKPWR_PCONP_PCUART3      ((uint32_t)(1<<25))
+/** I2C interface 2 power/clock control bit */
+#define     CLKPWR_PCONP_PCI2C2    ((uint32_t)(1<<26))
+/** I2S interface power/clock control bit*/
+#define     CLKPWR_PCONP_PCI2S      ((uint32_t)(1<<27))
+/** GP DMA function power/clock control bit*/
+#define     CLKPWR_PCONP_PCGPDMA      ((uint32_t)(1<<29))
+/** Ethernet block power/clock control bit*/
+#define     CLKPWR_PCONP_PCENET    ((uint32_t)(1<<30))
+/** USB interface power/clock control bit*/
+#define     CLKPWR_PCONP_PCUSB      ((uint32_t)(1<<31))
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+/* Private Macros ------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup CLKPWR_Private_Macros CLKPWR Private Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* --------------------- BIT DEFINITIONS -------------------------------------- */
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for Clock Source Select Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** Internal RC oscillator */
+#define CLKPWR_CLKSRCSEL_CLKSRC_IRC            ((uint32_t)(0x00))
+/** Main oscillator */
+#define CLKPWR_CLKSRCSEL_CLKSRC_MAINOSC        ((uint32_t)(0x01))
+/** RTC oscillator */
+#define CLKPWR_CLKSRCSEL_CLKSRC_RTC            ((uint32_t)(0x02))
+/** Clock source selection bit mask */
+#define CLKPWR_CLKSRCSEL_BITMASK            ((uint32_t)(0x03))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for Clock Output Configuration Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/* Clock Output Configuration register definition */
+/** Selects the CPU clock as the CLKOUT source */
+#define CLKPWR_CLKOUTCFG_CLKOUTSEL_CPU        ((uint32_t)(0x00))
+/** Selects the main oscillator as the CLKOUT source */
+#define CLKPWR_CLKOUTCFG_CLKOUTSEL_MAINOSC    ((uint32_t)(0x01))
+/** Selects the Internal RC oscillator as the CLKOUT source */
+#define CLKPWR_CLKOUTCFG_CLKOUTSEL_RC        ((uint32_t)(0x02))
+/** Selects the USB clock as the CLKOUT source */
+#define CLKPWR_CLKOUTCFG_CLKOUTSEL_USB        ((uint32_t)(0x03))
+/** Selects the RTC oscillator as the CLKOUT source */
+#define CLKPWR_CLKOUTCFG_CLKOUTSEL_RTC        ((uint32_t)(0x04))
+/** Integer value to divide the output clock by, minus one */
+#define CLKPWR_CLKOUTCFG_CLKOUTDIV(n)        ((uint32_t)((n&0x0F)<<4))
+/** CLKOUT enable control */
+#define CLKPWR_CLKOUTCFG_CLKOUT_EN            ((uint32_t)(1<<8))
+/** CLKOUT activity indication */
+#define CLKPWR_CLKOUTCFG_CLKOUT_ACT            ((uint32_t)(1<<9))
+/** Clock source selection bit mask */
+#define CLKPWR_CLKOUTCFG_BITMASK            ((uint32_t)(0x3FF))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for PPL0 Control Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** PLL 0 control enable */
+#define CLKPWR_PLL0CON_ENABLE        ((uint32_t)(0x01))
+/** PLL 0 control connect */
+#define CLKPWR_PLL0CON_CONNECT        ((uint32_t)(0x02))
+/** PLL 0 control bit mask */
+#define CLKPWR_PLL0CON_BITMASK        ((uint32_t)(0x03))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for PPL0 Configuration Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** PLL 0 Configuration MSEL field */
+#define CLKPWR_PLL0CFG_MSEL(n)        ((uint32_t)(n&0x7FFF))
+/** PLL 0 Configuration NSEL field */
+#define CLKPWR_PLL0CFG_NSEL(n)        ((uint32_t)((n<<16)&0xFF0000))
+/** PLL 0 Configuration bit mask */
+#define CLKPWR_PLL0CFG_BITMASK        ((uint32_t)(0xFF7FFF))
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for PPL0 Status Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** PLL 0 MSEL value */
+#define CLKPWR_PLL0STAT_MSEL(n)        ((uint32_t)(n&0x7FFF))
+/** PLL NSEL get value  */
+#define CLKPWR_PLL0STAT_NSEL(n)        ((uint32_t)((n>>16)&0xFF))
+/** PLL status enable bit */
+#define CLKPWR_PLL0STAT_PLLE        ((uint32_t)(1<<24))
+/** PLL status Connect bit */
+#define CLKPWR_PLL0STAT_PLLC        ((uint32_t)(1<<25))
+/** PLL status lock */
+#define CLKPWR_PLL0STAT_PLOCK        ((uint32_t)(1<<26))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for PPL0 Feed Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** PLL0 Feed bit mask */
+#define CLKPWR_PLL0FEED_BITMASK            ((uint32_t)0xFF)
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for PLL1 Control Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** USB PLL control enable */
+#define CLKPWR_PLL1CON_ENABLE        ((uint32_t)(0x01))
+/** USB PLL control connect */
+#define CLKPWR_PLL1CON_CONNECT        ((uint32_t)(0x02))
+/** USB PLL control bit mask */
+#define CLKPWR_PLL1CON_BITMASK        ((uint32_t)(0x03))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for PLL1 Configuration Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** USB PLL MSEL set value */
+#define CLKPWR_PLL1CFG_MSEL(n)        ((uint32_t)(n&0x1F))
+/** USB PLL PSEL set value */
+#define CLKPWR_PLL1CFG_PSEL(n)        ((uint32_t)((n&0x03)<<5))
+/** USB PLL configuration bit mask */
+#define CLKPWR_PLL1CFG_BITMASK        ((uint32_t)(0x7F))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for PLL1 Status Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** USB PLL MSEL get value  */
+#define CLKPWR_PLL1STAT_MSEL(n)        ((uint32_t)(n&0x1F))
+/** USB PLL PSEL get value  */
+#define CLKPWR_PLL1STAT_PSEL(n)        ((uint32_t)((n>>5)&0x03))
+/** USB PLL status enable bit */
+#define CLKPWR_PLL1STAT_PLLE        ((uint32_t)(1<<8))
+/** USB PLL status Connect bit */
+#define CLKPWR_PLL1STAT_PLLC        ((uint32_t)(1<<9))
+/** USB PLL status lock */
+#define CLKPWR_PLL1STAT_PLOCK        ((uint32_t)(1<<10))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for PLL1 Feed Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** PLL1 Feed bit mask */
+#define CLKPWR_PLL1FEED_BITMASK        ((uint32_t)0xFF)
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for CPU Clock Configuration Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** CPU Clock configuration bit mask */
+#define CLKPWR_CCLKCFG_BITMASK        ((uint32_t)(0xFF))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for USB Clock Configuration Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** USB Clock Configuration bit mask */
+#define CLKPWR_USBCLKCFG_BITMASK    ((uint32_t)(0x0F))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for IRC Trim Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** IRC Trim bit mask */
+#define CLKPWR_IRCTRIM_BITMASK        ((uint32_t)(0x0F))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for Peripheral Clock Selection Register 0 and 1
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** Peripheral Clock Selection 0 mask bit */
+#define CLKPWR_PCLKSEL0_BITMASK        ((uint32_t)(0xFFF3F3FF))
+/** Peripheral Clock Selection 1 mask bit */
+#define CLKPWR_PCLKSEL1_BITMASK        ((uint32_t)(0xFCF3F0F3))
+/** Macro to set peripheral clock of each type
+ * p: position of two bits that hold divider of peripheral clock
+ * n: value of divider of peripheral clock  to be set */
+#define CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_SET(p,n)        _SBF(p,n)
+/** Macro to mask peripheral clock of each type */
+#define CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_BITMASK(p)    _SBF(p,0x03)
+/** Macro to get peripheral clock of each type */
+#define CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_GET(p, n)    ((uint32_t)((n>>p)&0x03))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for Power Mode Control Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** Power mode control bit 0 */
+#define CLKPWR_PCON_PM0            ((uint32_t)(1<<0))
+/** Power mode control bit 1 */
+#define CLKPWR_PCON_PM1            ((uint32_t)(1<<1))
+/** Brown-Out Reduced Power Mode */
+#define CLKPWR_PCON_BODPDM        ((uint32_t)(1<<2))
+/** Brown-Out Global Disable */
+#define CLKPWR_PCON_BOGD        ((uint32_t)(1<<3))
+/** Brown Out Reset Disable */
+#define CLKPWR_PCON_BORD        ((uint32_t)(1<<4))
+/** Sleep Mode entry flag */
+#define CLKPWR_PCON_SMFLAG        ((uint32_t)(1<<8))
+/** Deep Sleep entry flag */
+#define CLKPWR_PCON_DSFLAG        ((uint32_t)(1<<9))
+/** Power-down entry flag */
+#define CLKPWR_PCON_PDFLAG        ((uint32_t)(1<<10))
+/** Deep Power-down entry flag */
+#define CLKPWR_PCON_DPDFLAG        ((uint32_t)(1<<11))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for Power Control for Peripheral Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** Power Control for Peripherals bit mask */
+#define CLKPWR_PCONP_BITMASK    0xEFEFF7DE
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup CLKPWR_Public_Functions CLKPWR Public Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+void CLKPWR_SetPCLKDiv (uint32_t ClkType, uint32_t DivVal);
+uint32_t CLKPWR_GetPCLKSEL (uint32_t ClkType);
+uint32_t CLKPWR_GetPCLK (uint32_t ClkType);
+void CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (uint32_t PPType, FunctionalState NewState);
+void CLKPWR_Sleep(void);
+void CLKPWR_DeepSleep(void);
+void CLKPWR_PowerDown(void);
+void CLKPWR_DeepPowerDown(void);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* LPC17XX_CLKPWR_H_ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */
diff -r 000000000000 -r 84d7747641aa lpc17xx_dac.c
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lpc17xx_dac.c	Sun Mar 20 18:45:15 2011 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+/**
+ * @file		lpc17xx_dac.c
+ * @brief		Contains all functions support for DAC firmware library on LPC17xx
+ * @version		2.0
+ * @date		21. May. 2010
+ * @author		NXP MCU SW Application Team
+ **************************************************************************
+ * Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only
+ * which provides customers with programming information regarding the
+ * products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties.
+ * NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the
+ * use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent,
+ * copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors
+ * reserves the right to make changes in the software without
+ * notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or
+ * warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified
+ * use without further testing or modification.
+ **********************************************************************/
+
+/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @addtogroup DAC
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+#include "lpc17xx_dac.h"
+#include "lpc17xx_clkpwr.h"
+
+/* If this source file built with example, the LPC17xx FW library configuration
+ * file in each example directory ("lpc17xx_libcfg.h") must be included,
+ * otherwise the default FW library configuration file must be included instead
+ */
+#ifdef __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__
+#include "lpc17xx_libcfg.h"
+#else
+#include "lpc17xx_libcfg_default.h"
+#endif /* __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__ */
+
+
+#ifdef _DAC
+
+/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @addtogroup DAC_Public_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief 		Initial ADC configuration
+ * 					- Maximum	current is 700 uA
+ * 					- Value to AOUT is 0
+ * @param[in] 	DACx pointer to LPC_DAC_TypeDef, should be: LPC_DAC
+ * @return 		None
+ ***********************************************************************/
+void DAC_Init(LPC_DAC_TypeDef *DACx)
+{
+	CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_DACx(DACx));
+	/* Set default clock divider for DAC */
+	// CLKPWR_SetPCLKDiv (CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_DAC, CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CCLK_DIV_4);
+	//Set maximum current output
+	DAC_SetBias(LPC_DAC,DAC_MAX_CURRENT_700uA);
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief 		Update value to DAC
+ * @param[in] 	DACx pointer to LPC_DAC_TypeDef, should be: LPC_DAC
+ * @param[in] 	dac_value : value 10 bit to be converted to output
+ * @return 		None
+ ***********************************************************************/
+void DAC_UpdateValue (LPC_DAC_TypeDef *DACx,uint32_t dac_value)
+{
+	uint32_t tmp;
+	CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_DACx(DACx));
+	tmp = DACx->DACR & DAC_BIAS_EN;
+	tmp |= DAC_VALUE(dac_value);
+	// Update value
+	DACx->DACR = tmp;
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief 		Set Maximum current for DAC
+ * @param[in] 	DACx pointer to LPC_DAC_TypeDef, should be: LPC_DAC
+ * @param[in] 	bias : 0 is 700 uA
+ * 					   1    350 uA
+ * @return 		None
+ ***********************************************************************/
+void DAC_SetBias (LPC_DAC_TypeDef *DACx,uint32_t bias)
+{
+	CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_DAC_CURRENT_OPT(bias));
+	DACx->DACR &=~DAC_BIAS_EN;
+	if (bias  == DAC_MAX_CURRENT_350uA)
+	{
+		DACx->DACR |= DAC_BIAS_EN;
+	}
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief 		To enable the DMA operation and control DMA timer
+ * @param[in]	DACx pointer to LPC_DAC_TypeDef, should be: LPC_DAC
+ * @param[in] 	DAC_ConverterConfigStruct pointer to DAC_CONVERTER_CFG_Type
+ * 					- DBLBUF_ENA :  enable/disable DACR double buffering feature
+ * 					- CNT_ENA    :  enable/disable timer out counter
+ * 					- DMA_ENA    :	enable/disable DMA access
+ * @return 		None
+ ***********************************************************************/
+void DAC_ConfigDAConverterControl (LPC_DAC_TypeDef *DACx,DAC_CONVERTER_CFG_Type *DAC_ConverterConfigStruct)
+{
+	CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_DACx(DACx));
+	DACx->DACCTRL &= ~DAC_DACCTRL_MASK;
+	if (DAC_ConverterConfigStruct->DBLBUF_ENA)
+		DACx->DACCTRL	|= DAC_DBLBUF_ENA;
+	if (DAC_ConverterConfigStruct->CNT_ENA)
+		DACx->DACCTRL	|= DAC_CNT_ENA;
+	if (DAC_ConverterConfigStruct->DMA_ENA)
+		DACx->DACCTRL	|= DAC_DMA_ENA;
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief 		Set reload value for interrupt/DMA counter
+ * @param[in] 	DACx pointer to LPC_DAC_TypeDef, should be: LPC_DAC
+ * @param[in] 	time_out time out to reload for interrupt/DMA counter
+ * @return 		None
+ ***********************************************************************/
+void DAC_SetDMATimeOut(LPC_DAC_TypeDef *DACx, uint32_t time_out)
+{
+	CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_DACx(DACx));
+	DACx->DACCNTVAL = DAC_CCNT_VALUE(time_out);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* _DAC */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */
diff -r 000000000000 -r 84d7747641aa lpc17xx_dac.h
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lpc17xx_dac.h	Sun Mar 20 18:45:15 2011 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+/***********************************************************************//**
+ * @file		lpc17xx_dac.h
+ * @brief		Contains all macro definitions and function prototypes
+ * 				support for DAC firmware library on LPC17xx
+ * @version		3.0
+ * @date		18. June. 2010
+ * @author		NXP MCU SW Application Team
+ **************************************************************************
+ * Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only
+ * which provides customers with programming information regarding the
+ * products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties.
+ * NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the
+ * use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent,
+ * copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors
+ * reserves the right to make changes in the software without
+ * notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or
+ * warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified
+ * use without further testing or modification.
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup DAC DAC
+ * @ingroup LPC1700CMSIS_FwLib_Drivers
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef LPC17XX_DAC_H_
+#define LPC17XX_DAC_H_
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+#include "LPC17xx.h"
+#include "lpc_types.h"
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+{
+#endif
+
+/* Public Macros -------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup DAC_Private_Macros DAC Private Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** After the selected settling time after this field is written with a
+new VALUE, the voltage on the AOUT pin (with respect to VSSA)
+is VALUE/1024 × VREF */
+#define DAC_VALUE(n) 		((uint32_t)((n&0x3FF)<<6))
+/** If this bit = 0: The settling time of the DAC is 1 microsecond max,
+ * and the maximum current is 700 microAmpere
+ * If this bit = 1: The settling time of the DAC is 2.5 microsecond
+ * and the maximum current is 350 microAmpere */
+#define DAC_BIAS_EN			((uint32_t)(1<<16))
+/** Value to reload interrupt DMA counter */
+#define DAC_CCNT_VALUE(n)  ((uint32_t)(n&0xffff))
+
+/** DCAR double buffering */
+#define DAC_DBLBUF_ENA		((uint32_t)(1<<1))
+/** DCAR Time out count enable */
+#define DAC_CNT_ENA			((uint32_t)(1<<2))
+/** DCAR DMA access */
+#define DAC_DMA_ENA			((uint32_t)(1<<3))
+/** DCAR DACCTRL mask bit */
+#define DAC_DACCTRL_MASK	((uint32_t)(0x0F))
+
+/** Macro to determine if it is valid DAC peripheral */
+#define PARAM_DACx(n)	(((uint32_t *)n)==((uint32_t *)LPC_DAC))
+
+/** Macro to check DAC current optional parameter */
+#define	PARAM_DAC_CURRENT_OPT(OPTION) ((OPTION == DAC_MAX_CURRENT_700uA)\
+||(OPTION == DAC_MAX_CURRENT_350uA))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+/* Public Types --------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup DAC_Public_Types DAC Public Types
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Current option in DAC configuration option */
+typedef enum
+{
+	DAC_MAX_CURRENT_700uA = 0, 	/*!< The settling time of the DAC is 1 us max,
+								and the maximum	current is 700 uA */
+	DAC_MAX_CURRENT_350uA		/*!< The settling time of the DAC is 2.5 us
+								and the maximum current is 350 uA */
+} DAC_CURRENT_OPT;
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configuration for DAC converter control register */
+typedef struct
+{
+
+	uint8_t  DBLBUF_ENA; 	/**<
+	                         -0: Disable DACR double buffering
+	                         -1: when bit CNT_ENA, enable DACR double buffering feature
+							 */
+	uint8_t  CNT_ENA;		/*!<
+	                         -0: Time out counter is disable
+	                         -1: Time out conter is enable
+							 */
+	uint8_t  DMA_ENA;		/*!<
+		                         -0: DMA access is disable
+		                         -1: DMA burst request
+							*/
+	uint8_t RESERVED;
+
+} DAC_CONVERTER_CFG_Type;
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup DAC_Public_Functions DAC Public Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+void 	DAC_Init(LPC_DAC_TypeDef *DACx);
+void    DAC_UpdateValue (LPC_DAC_TypeDef *DACx, uint32_t dac_value);
+void    DAC_SetBias (LPC_DAC_TypeDef *DACx,uint32_t bias);
+void    DAC_ConfigDAConverterControl (LPC_DAC_TypeDef *DACx,DAC_CONVERTER_CFG_Type *DAC_ConverterConfigStruct);
+void 	DAC_SetDMATimeOut(LPC_DAC_TypeDef *DACx,uint32_t time_out);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* LPC17XX_DAC_H_ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */
+
diff -r 000000000000 -r 84d7747641aa lpc17xx_emac.c
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lpc17xx_emac.c	Sun Mar 20 18:45:15 2011 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,950 @@
+/**
+ * @file		lpc17xx_emac.c
+ * @brief		Contains all functions support for Ethernet MAC firmware library on LPC17xx
+ * @version		2.0
+ * @date		21. May. 2010
+ * @author		NXP MCU SW Application Team
+ **************************************************************************
+ * Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only
+ * which provides customers with programming information regarding the
+ * products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties.
+ * NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the
+ * use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent,
+ * copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors
+ * reserves the right to make changes in the software without
+ * notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or
+ * warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified
+ * use without further testing or modification.
+ **********************************************************************/
+
+/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @addtogroup EMAC
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+#include "lpc17xx_emac.h"
+#include "lpc17xx_clkpwr.h"
+
+/* If this source file built with example, the LPC17xx FW library configuration
+ * file in each example directory ("lpc17xx_libcfg.h") must be included,
+ * otherwise the default FW library configuration file must be included instead
+ */
+#ifdef __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__
+#include "lpc17xx_libcfg.h"
+#else
+#include "lpc17xx_libcfg_default.h"
+#endif /* __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__ */
+
+
+#ifdef _EMAC
+
+/* Private Variables ---------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup EMAC_Private_Variables EMAC Private Variables
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* MII Mgmt Configuration register - Clock divider setting */
+const uint8_t EMAC_clkdiv[] = { 4, 6, 8, 10, 14, 20, 28 };
+
+/* EMAC local DMA Descriptors */
+
+/** Rx Descriptor data array */
+static RX_Desc Rx_Desc[EMAC_NUM_RX_FRAG];
+
+/** Rx Status data array - Must be 8-Byte aligned */
+#if defined ( __CC_ARM   )
+static __align(8) RX_Stat Rx_Stat[EMAC_NUM_RX_FRAG];
+#elif defined ( __ICCARM__ )
+#pragma data_alignment=8
+static RX_Stat Rx_Stat[EMAC_NUM_RX_FRAG];
+#elif defined   (  __GNUC__  )
+static __attribute__ ((aligned (8))) RX_Stat Rx_Stat[EMAC_NUM_RX_FRAG];
+#endif
+
+/** Tx Descriptor data array */
+static TX_Desc Tx_Desc[EMAC_NUM_TX_FRAG];
+/** Tx Status data array */
+static TX_Stat Tx_Stat[EMAC_NUM_TX_FRAG];
+
+/* EMAC local DMA buffers */
+/** Rx buffer data */
+static uint32_t rx_buf[EMAC_NUM_RX_FRAG][EMAC_ETH_MAX_FLEN>>2];
+/** Tx buffer data */
+static uint32_t tx_buf[EMAC_NUM_TX_FRAG][EMAC_ETH_MAX_FLEN>>2];
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private Functions ---------------------------------------------------------- */
+static void rx_descr_init (void);
+static void tx_descr_init (void);
+static int32_t write_PHY (uint32_t PhyReg, uint16_t Value);
+static int32_t  read_PHY (uint32_t PhyReg);
+
+static void setEmacAddr(uint8_t abStationAddr[]);
+static int32_t emac_CRCCalc(uint8_t frame_no_fcs[], int32_t frame_len);
+
+
+/*--------------------------- rx_descr_init ---------------------------------*/
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief 		Initializes RX Descriptor
+ * @param[in] 	None
+ * @return 		None
+ ***********************************************************************/
+static void rx_descr_init (void)
+{
+	/* Initialize Receive Descriptor and Status array. */
+	uint32_t i;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < EMAC_NUM_RX_FRAG; i++) {
+		Rx_Desc[i].Packet  = (uint32_t)&rx_buf[i];
+		Rx_Desc[i].Ctrl    = EMAC_RCTRL_INT | (EMAC_ETH_MAX_FLEN - 1);
+		Rx_Stat[i].Info    = 0;
+		Rx_Stat[i].HashCRC = 0;
+	}
+
+	/* Set EMAC Receive Descriptor Registers. */
+	LPC_EMAC->RxDescriptor       = (uint32_t)&Rx_Desc[0];
+	LPC_EMAC->RxStatus           = (uint32_t)&Rx_Stat[0];
+	LPC_EMAC->RxDescriptorNumber = EMAC_NUM_RX_FRAG - 1;
+
+	/* Rx Descriptors Point to 0 */
+	LPC_EMAC->RxConsumeIndex  = 0;
+}
+
+
+/*--------------------------- tx_descr_init ---- ----------------------------*/
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief 		Initializes TX Descriptor
+ * @param[in] 	None
+ * @return 		None
+ ***********************************************************************/
+static void tx_descr_init (void) {
+	/* Initialize Transmit Descriptor and Status array. */
+	uint32_t i;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < EMAC_NUM_TX_FRAG; i++) {
+		Tx_Desc[i].Packet = (uint32_t)&tx_buf[i];
+		Tx_Desc[i].Ctrl   = 0;
+		Tx_Stat[i].Info   = 0;
+	}
+
+	/* Set EMAC Transmit Descriptor Registers. */
+	LPC_EMAC->TxDescriptor       = (uint32_t)&Tx_Desc[0];
+	LPC_EMAC->TxStatus           = (uint32_t)&Tx_Stat[0];
+	LPC_EMAC->TxDescriptorNumber = EMAC_NUM_TX_FRAG - 1;
+
+	/* Tx Descriptors Point to 0 */
+	LPC_EMAC->TxProduceIndex  = 0;
+}
+
+
+/*--------------------------- write_PHY -------------------------------------*/
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief 		Write value to PHY device
+ * @param[in] 	PhyReg: PHY Register address
+ * @param[in] 	Value:  Value to write
+ * @return 		0 - if success
+ * 				1 - if fail
+ ***********************************************************************/
+static int32_t write_PHY (uint32_t PhyReg, uint16_t Value)
+{
+	/* Write a data 'Value' to PHY register 'PhyReg'. */
+	uint32_t tout;
+
+	LPC_EMAC->MADR = EMAC_DEF_ADR | PhyReg;
+	LPC_EMAC->MWTD = Value;
+
+	/* Wait until operation completed */
+	tout = 0;
+	for (tout = 0; tout < EMAC_MII_WR_TOUT; tout++) {
+		if ((LPC_EMAC->MIND & EMAC_MIND_BUSY) == 0) {
+			return (0);
+		}
+	}
+	// Time out!
+	return (-1);
+}
+
+
+/*--------------------------- read_PHY --------------------------------------*/
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief 		Read value from PHY device
+ * @param[in] 	PhyReg: PHY Register address
+ * @return 		0 - if success
+ * 				1 - if fail
+ ***********************************************************************/
+static int32_t read_PHY (uint32_t PhyReg)
+{
+	/* Read a PHY register 'PhyReg'. */
+	uint32_t tout;
+
+	LPC_EMAC->MADR = EMAC_DEF_ADR | PhyReg;
+	LPC_EMAC->MCMD = EMAC_MCMD_READ;
+
+	/* Wait until operation completed */
+	tout = 0;
+	for (tout = 0; tout < EMAC_MII_RD_TOUT; tout++) {
+		if ((LPC_EMAC->MIND & EMAC_MIND_BUSY) == 0) {
+			LPC_EMAC->MCMD = 0;
+			return (LPC_EMAC->MRDD);
+		}
+	}
+	// Time out!
+	return (-1);
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief		Set Station MAC address for EMAC module
+ * @param[in]	abStationAddr Pointer to Station address that contains 6-bytes
+ * 				of MAC address (should be in order from MAC Address 1 to MAC Address 6)
+ * @return		None
+ **********************************************************************/
+static void setEmacAddr(uint8_t abStationAddr[])
+{
+	/* Set the Ethernet MAC Address registers */
+	LPC_EMAC->SA0 = ((uint32_t)abStationAddr[5] << 8) | (uint32_t)abStationAddr[4];
+	LPC_EMAC->SA1 = ((uint32_t)abStationAddr[3] << 8) | (uint32_t)abStationAddr[2];
+	LPC_EMAC->SA2 = ((uint32_t)abStationAddr[1] << 8) | (uint32_t)abStationAddr[0];
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief		Calculates CRC code for number of bytes in the frame
+ * @param[in]	frame_no_fcs	Pointer to the first byte of the frame
+ * @param[in]	frame_len		length of the frame without the FCS
+ * @return		the CRC as a 32 bit integer
+ **********************************************************************/
+static int32_t emac_CRCCalc(uint8_t frame_no_fcs[], int32_t frame_len)
+{
+	int i; 		// iterator
+	int j; 		// another iterator
+	char byte; 	// current byte
+	int crc; 	// CRC result
+	int q0, q1, q2, q3; // temporary variables
+	crc = 0xFFFFFFFF;
+	for (i = 0; i < frame_len; i++) {
+		byte = *frame_no_fcs++;
+		for (j = 0; j < 2; j++) {
+			if (((crc >> 28) ^ (byte >> 3)) & 0x00000001) {
+				q3 = 0x04C11DB7;
+			} else {
+				q3 = 0x00000000;
+			}
+			if (((crc >> 29) ^ (byte >> 2)) & 0x00000001) {
+				q2 = 0x09823B6E;
+			} else {
+				q2 = 0x00000000;
+			}
+			if (((crc >> 30) ^ (byte >> 1)) & 0x00000001) {
+				q1 = 0x130476DC;
+			} else {
+				q1 = 0x00000000;
+			}
+			if (((crc >> 31) ^ (byte >> 0)) & 0x00000001) {
+				q0 = 0x2608EDB8;
+			} else {
+				q0 = 0x00000000;
+			}
+			crc = (crc << 4) ^ q3 ^ q2 ^ q1 ^ q0;
+			byte >>= 4;
+		}
+	}
+	return crc;
+}
+/* End of Private Functions --------------------------------------------------- */
+
+
+/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @addtogroup EMAC_Public_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief		Initializes the EMAC peripheral according to the specified
+*               parameters in the EMAC_ConfigStruct.
+ * @param[in]	EMAC_ConfigStruct Pointer to a EMAC_CFG_Type structure
+*                    that contains the configuration information for the
+*                    specified EMAC peripheral.
+ * @return		None
+ *
+ * Note: This function will initialize EMAC module according to procedure below:
+ *  - Remove the soft reset condition from the MAC
+ *  - Configure the PHY via the MIIM interface of the MAC
+ *  - Select RMII mode
+ *  - Configure the transmit and receive DMA engines, including the descriptor arrays
+ *  - Configure the host registers (MAC1,MAC2 etc.) in the MAC
+ *  - Enable the receive and transmit data paths
+ *  In default state after initializing, only Rx Done and Tx Done interrupt are enabled,
+ *  all remain interrupts are disabled
+ *  (Ref. from LPC17xx UM)
+ **********************************************************************/
+Status EMAC_Init(EMAC_CFG_Type *EMAC_ConfigStruct)
+{
+	/* Initialize the EMAC Ethernet controller. */
+	int32_t regv,tout, tmp;
+
+	/* Set up clock and power for Ethernet module */
+	CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCENET, ENABLE);
+
+	/* Reset all EMAC internal modules */
+	LPC_EMAC->MAC1    = EMAC_MAC1_RES_TX | EMAC_MAC1_RES_MCS_TX | EMAC_MAC1_RES_RX |
+					EMAC_MAC1_RES_MCS_RX | EMAC_MAC1_SIM_RES | EMAC_MAC1_SOFT_RES;
+
+	LPC_EMAC->Command = EMAC_CR_REG_RES | EMAC_CR_TX_RES | EMAC_CR_RX_RES | EMAC_CR_PASS_RUNT_FRM;
+
+	/* A short delay after reset. */
+	for (tout = 100; tout; tout--);
+
+	/* Initialize MAC control registers. */
+	LPC_EMAC->MAC1 = EMAC_MAC1_PASS_ALL;
+	LPC_EMAC->MAC2 = EMAC_MAC2_CRC_EN | EMAC_MAC2_PAD_EN;
+	LPC_EMAC->MAXF = EMAC_ETH_MAX_FLEN;
+	/*
+	 * Find the clock that close to desired target clock
+	 */
+	tmp = SystemCoreClock / EMAC_MCFG_MII_MAXCLK;
+	for (tout = 0; tout < sizeof (EMAC_clkdiv); tout++){
+		if (EMAC_clkdiv[tout] >= tmp) break;
+	}
+	tout++;
+	// Write to MAC configuration register and reset
+	LPC_EMAC->MCFG = EMAC_MCFG_CLK_SEL(tout) | EMAC_MCFG_RES_MII;
+	// release reset
+	LPC_EMAC->MCFG &= ~(EMAC_MCFG_RES_MII);
+	LPC_EMAC->CLRT = EMAC_CLRT_DEF;
+	LPC_EMAC->IPGR = EMAC_IPGR_P2_DEF;
+
+	/* Enable Reduced MII interface. */
+	LPC_EMAC->Command = EMAC_CR_RMII | EMAC_CR_PASS_RUNT_FRM;
+
+	/* Reset Reduced MII Logic. */
+	LPC_EMAC->SUPP = EMAC_SUPP_RES_RMII;
+
+	for (tout = 100; tout; tout--);
+	LPC_EMAC->SUPP = 0;
+
+	/* Put the DP83848C in reset mode */
+	write_PHY (EMAC_PHY_REG_BMCR, EMAC_PHY_BMCR_RESET);
+
+	/* Wait for hardware reset to end. */
+	for (tout = EMAC_PHY_RESP_TOUT; tout; tout--) {
+		regv = read_PHY (EMAC_PHY_REG_BMCR);
+		if (!(regv & (EMAC_PHY_BMCR_RESET | EMAC_PHY_BMCR_POWERDOWN))) {
+			/* Reset complete, device not Power Down. */
+			break;
+		}
+		if (tout == 0){
+			// Time out, return ERROR
+			return (ERROR);
+		}
+	}
+
+	// Set PHY mode
+	if (EMAC_SetPHYMode(EMAC_ConfigStruct->Mode) < 0){
+		return (ERROR);
+	}
+
+	// Set EMAC address
+	setEmacAddr(EMAC_ConfigStruct->pbEMAC_Addr);
+
+	/* Initialize Tx and Rx DMA Descriptors */
+	rx_descr_init ();
+	tx_descr_init ();
+
+	// Set Receive Filter register: enable broadcast and multicast
+	LPC_EMAC->RxFilterCtrl = EMAC_RFC_MCAST_EN | EMAC_RFC_BCAST_EN | EMAC_RFC_PERFECT_EN;
+
+	/* Enable Rx Done and Tx Done interrupt for EMAC */
+	LPC_EMAC->IntEnable = EMAC_INT_RX_DONE | EMAC_INT_TX_DONE;
+
+	/* Reset all interrupts */
+	LPC_EMAC->IntClear  = 0xFFFF;
+
+	/* Enable receive and transmit mode of MAC Ethernet core */
+	LPC_EMAC->Command  |= (EMAC_CR_RX_EN | EMAC_CR_TX_EN);
+	LPC_EMAC->MAC1     |= EMAC_MAC1_REC_EN;
+
+	return SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief		De-initializes the EMAC peripheral registers to their
+*                  default reset values.
+ * @param[in]	None
+ * @return 		None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void EMAC_DeInit(void)
+{
+	// Disable all interrupt
+	LPC_EMAC->IntEnable = 0x00;
+	// Clear all pending interrupt
+	LPC_EMAC->IntClear = (0xFF) | (EMAC_INT_SOFT_INT | EMAC_INT_WAKEUP);
+
+	/* TurnOff clock and power for Ethernet module */
+	CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCENET, DISABLE);
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief		Check specified PHY status in EMAC peripheral
+ * @param[in]	ulPHYState	Specified PHY Status Type, should be:
+ * 							- EMAC_PHY_STAT_LINK: Link Status
+ * 							- EMAC_PHY_STAT_SPEED: Speed Status
+ * 							- EMAC_PHY_STAT_DUP: Duplex Status
+ * @return		Status of specified PHY status (0 or 1).
+ * 				(-1) if error.
+ *
+ * Note:
+ * For EMAC_PHY_STAT_LINK, return value:
+ * - 0: Link Down
+ * - 1: Link Up
+ * For EMAC_PHY_STAT_SPEED, return value:
+ * - 0: 10Mbps
+ * - 1: 100Mbps
+ * For EMAC_PHY_STAT_DUP, return value:
+ * - 0: Half-Duplex
+ * - 1: Full-Duplex
+ **********************************************************************/
+int32_t EMAC_CheckPHYStatus(uint32_t ulPHYState)
+{
+	int32_t regv, tmp;
+#ifdef MCB_LPC_1768
+	regv = read_PHY (EMAC_PHY_REG_STS);
+	switch(ulPHYState){
+	case EMAC_PHY_STAT_LINK:
+		tmp = (regv & EMAC_PHY_SR_LINK) ? 1 : 0;
+		break;
+	case EMAC_PHY_STAT_SPEED:
+		tmp = (regv & EMAC_PHY_SR_SPEED) ? 0 : 1;
+		break;
+	case EMAC_PHY_STAT_DUP:
+		tmp = (regv & EMAC_PHY_SR_FULL_DUP) ? 1 : 0;
+		break;
+#elif defined(IAR_LPC_1768)
+	/* Use IAR_LPC_1768 board:
+	 * FSZ8721BL doesn't have Status Register
+	 * so we read Basic Mode Status Register (0x01h) instead
+	 */
+	regv = read_PHY (EMAC_PHY_REG_BMSR);
+	switch(ulPHYState){
+	case EMAC_PHY_STAT_LINK:
+		tmp = (regv & EMAC_PHY_BMSR_LINK_STATUS) ? 1 : 0;
+		break;
+	case EMAC_PHY_STAT_SPEED:
+		tmp = (regv & EMAC_PHY_SR_100_SPEED) ? 1 : 0;
+		break;
+	case EMAC_PHY_STAT_DUP:
+		tmp = (regv & EMAC_PHY_SR_FULL_DUP) ? 1 : 0;
+		break;
+#endif
+	default:
+		tmp = -1;
+		break;
+	}
+	return (tmp);
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief		Set specified PHY mode in EMAC peripheral
+ * @param[in]	ulPHYMode	Specified PHY mode, should be:
+ * 							- EMAC_MODE_AUTO
+ * 							- EMAC_MODE_10M_FULL
+ * 							- EMAC_MODE_10M_HALF
+ * 							- EMAC_MODE_100M_FULL
+ * 							- EMAC_MODE_100M_HALF
+ * @return		Return (0) if no error, otherwise return (-1)
+ **********************************************************************/
+int32_t EMAC_SetPHYMode(uint32_t ulPHYMode)
+{
+	int32_t id1, id2, tout, regv;
+
+	/* Check if this is a DP83848C PHY. */
+	id1 = read_PHY (EMAC_PHY_REG_IDR1);
+	id2 = read_PHY (EMAC_PHY_REG_IDR2);
+
+#ifdef MCB_LPC_1768
+	if (((id1 << 16) | (id2 & 0xFFF0)) == EMAC_DP83848C_ID) {
+		switch(ulPHYMode){
+		case EMAC_MODE_AUTO:
+			write_PHY (EMAC_PHY_REG_BMCR, EMAC_PHY_AUTO_NEG);
+#elif defined(IAR_LPC_1768) /* Use IAR LPC1768 KickStart board */
+	if (((id1 << 16) | id2) == EMAC_KSZ8721BL_ID) {
+		/* Configure the PHY device */
+		switch(ulPHYMode){
+		case EMAC_MODE_AUTO:
+			/* Use auto-negotiation about the link speed. */
+			write_PHY (EMAC_PHY_REG_BMCR, EMAC_PHY_AUTO_NEG);
+//			write_PHY (EMAC_PHY_REG_BMCR, EMAC_PHY_BMCR_AN);
+#endif
+			/* Wait to complete Auto_Negotiation */
+			for (tout = EMAC_PHY_RESP_TOUT; tout; tout--) {
+				regv = read_PHY (EMAC_PHY_REG_BMSR);
+				if (regv & EMAC_PHY_BMSR_AUTO_DONE) {
+					/* Auto-negotiation Complete. */
+					break;
+				}
+				if (tout == 0){
+					// Time out, return error
+					return (-1);
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+		case EMAC_MODE_10M_FULL:
+			/* Connect at 10MBit full-duplex */
+			write_PHY (EMAC_PHY_REG_BMCR, EMAC_PHY_FULLD_10M);
+			break;
+		case EMAC_MODE_10M_HALF:
+			/* Connect at 10MBit half-duplex */
+			write_PHY (EMAC_PHY_REG_BMCR, EMAC_PHY_HALFD_10M);
+			break;
+		case EMAC_MODE_100M_FULL:
+			/* Connect at 100MBit full-duplex */
+			write_PHY (EMAC_PHY_REG_BMCR, EMAC_PHY_FULLD_100M);
+			break;
+		case EMAC_MODE_100M_HALF:
+			/* Connect at 100MBit half-duplex */
+			write_PHY (EMAC_PHY_REG_BMCR, EMAC_PHY_HALFD_100M);
+			break;
+		default:
+			// un-supported
+			return (-1);
+		}
+	}
+	// It's not correct module ID
+	else {
+		return (-1);
+	}
+
+	// Update EMAC configuration with current PHY status
+	if (EMAC_UpdatePHYStatus() < 0){
+		return (-1);
+	}
+
+	// Complete
+	return (0);
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief		Auto-Configures value for the EMAC configuration register to
+ * 				match with current PHY mode
+ * @param[in]	None
+ * @return		Return (0) if no error, otherwise return (-1)
+ *
+ * Note: The EMAC configuration will be auto-configured:
+ * 		- Speed mode.
+ * 		- Half/Full duplex mode
+ **********************************************************************/
+int32_t EMAC_UpdatePHYStatus(void)
+{
+	int32_t regv, tout;
+
+	/* Check the link status. */
+#ifdef MCB_LPC_1768
+	for (tout = EMAC_PHY_RESP_TOUT; tout; tout--) {
+		regv = read_PHY (EMAC_PHY_REG_STS);
+		if (regv & EMAC_PHY_SR_LINK) {
+			/* Link is on. */
+			break;
+		}
+		if (tout == 0){
+			// time out
+			return (-1);
+		}
+	}
+	/* Configure Full/Half Duplex mode. */
+	if (regv & EMAC_PHY_SR_DUP) {
+	/* Full duplex is enabled. */
+			LPC_EMAC->MAC2    |= EMAC_MAC2_FULL_DUP;
+			LPC_EMAC->Command |= EMAC_CR_FULL_DUP;
+			LPC_EMAC->IPGT     = EMAC_IPGT_FULL_DUP;
+	} else {
+		/* Half duplex mode. */
+		LPC_EMAC->IPGT = EMAC_IPGT_HALF_DUP;
+	}
+	if (regv & EMAC_PHY_SR_SPEED) {
+	/* 10MBit mode. */
+		LPC_EMAC->SUPP = 0;
+	} else {
+		/* 100MBit mode. */
+		LPC_EMAC->SUPP = EMAC_SUPP_SPEED;
+	}
+#elif defined(IAR_LPC_1768)
+	for (tout = EMAC_PHY_RESP_TOUT; tout; tout--) {
+		regv = read_PHY (EMAC_PHY_REG_BMSR);
+		if (regv & EMAC_PHY_BMSR_LINK_STATUS) {
+			/* Link is on. */
+			break;
+		}
+		if (tout == 0){
+			// time out
+			return (-1);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* Configure Full/Half Duplex mode. */
+	if (regv & EMAC_PHY_SR_FULL_DUP) {
+		/* Full duplex is enabled. */
+		LPC_EMAC->MAC2    |= EMAC_MAC2_FULL_DUP;
+		LPC_EMAC->Command |= EMAC_CR_FULL_DUP;
+		LPC_EMAC->IPGT     = EMAC_IPGT_FULL_DUP;
+	} else {
+		/* Half duplex mode. */
+		LPC_EMAC->IPGT = EMAC_IPGT_HALF_DUP;
+	}
+
+	/* Configure 100MBit/10MBit mode. */
+	if (!(regv & EMAC_PHY_SR_100_SPEED)) {
+		/* 10MBit mode. */
+		LPC_EMAC->SUPP = 0;
+	} else {
+		/* 100MBit mode. */
+		LPC_EMAC->SUPP = EMAC_SUPP_SPEED;
+	}
+#endif
+	// Complete
+	return (0);
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief		Enable/Disable hash filter functionality for specified destination
+ * 				MAC address in EMAC module
+ * @param[in]	dstMAC_addr		Pointer to the first MAC destination address, should
+ * 								be 6-bytes length, in order LSB to the MSB
+ * @param[in]	NewState		New State of this command, should be:
+ *									- ENABLE.
+ *									- DISABLE.
+ * @return		None
+ *
+ * Note:
+ * The standard Ethernet cyclic redundancy check (CRC) function is calculated from
+ * the 6 byte destination address in the Ethernet frame (this CRC is calculated
+ * anyway as part of calculating the CRC of the whole frame), then bits [28:23] out of
+ * the 32 bits CRC result are taken to form the hash. The 6 bit hash is used to access
+ * the hash table: it is used as an index in the 64 bit HashFilter register that has been
+ * programmed with accept values. If the selected accept value is 1, the frame is
+ * accepted.
+ **********************************************************************/
+void EMAC_SetHashFilter(uint8_t dstMAC_addr[], FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+	uint32_t *pReg;
+	uint32_t tmp;
+	int32_t crc;
+
+	// Calculate the CRC from the destination MAC address
+	crc = emac_CRCCalc(dstMAC_addr, 6);
+	// Extract the value from CRC to get index value for hash filter table
+	crc = (crc >> 23) & 0x3F;
+
+	pReg = (crc > 31) ? ((uint32_t *)&LPC_EMAC->HashFilterH) \
+								: ((uint32_t *)&LPC_EMAC->HashFilterL);
+	tmp = (crc > 31) ? (crc - 32) : crc;
+	if (NewState == ENABLE) {
+		(*pReg) |= (1UL << tmp);
+	} else {
+		(*pReg) &= ~(1UL << tmp);
+	}
+	// Enable Rx Filter
+	LPC_EMAC->Command &= ~EMAC_CR_PASS_RX_FILT;
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief		Enable/Disable Filter mode for each specified type EMAC peripheral
+ * @param[in]	ulFilterMode	Filter mode, should be:
+ * 								- EMAC_RFC_UCAST_EN: all frames of unicast types
+ * 								will be accepted
+ * 								- EMAC_RFC_BCAST_EN: broadcast frame will be
+ * 								accepted
+ * 								- EMAC_RFC_MCAST_EN: all frames of multicast
+ * 								types will be accepted
+ * 								- EMAC_RFC_UCAST_HASH_EN: The imperfect hash
+ * 								filter will be applied to unicast addresses
+ * 								- EMAC_RFC_MCAST_HASH_EN: The imperfect hash
+ * 								filter will be applied to multicast addresses
+ * 								- EMAC_RFC_PERFECT_EN: the destination address
+ * 								will be compared with the 6 byte station address
+ * 								programmed in the station address by the filter
+ * 								- EMAC_RFC_MAGP_WOL_EN: the result of the magic
+ * 								packet filter will generate a WoL interrupt when
+ * 								there is a match
+ * 								- EMAC_RFC_PFILT_WOL_EN: the result of the perfect address
+ * 								matching filter and the imperfect hash filter will
+ * 								generate a WoL interrupt when there is a match
+ * @param[in]	NewState	New State of this command, should be:
+ * 								- ENABLE
+ * 								- DISABLE
+ * @return		None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void EMAC_SetFilterMode(uint32_t ulFilterMode, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+	if (NewState == ENABLE){
+		LPC_EMAC->RxFilterCtrl |= ulFilterMode;
+	} else {
+		LPC_EMAC->RxFilterCtrl &= ~ulFilterMode;
+	}
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief		Get status of Wake On LAN Filter for each specified
+ * 				type in EMAC peripheral, clear this status if it is set
+ * @param[in]	ulWoLMode	WoL Filter mode, should be:
+ * 								- EMAC_WOL_UCAST: unicast frames caused WoL
+ * 								- EMAC_WOL_UCAST: broadcast frame caused WoL
+ * 								- EMAC_WOL_MCAST: multicast frame caused WoL
+ * 								- EMAC_WOL_UCAST_HASH: unicast frame that passes the
+ * 								imperfect hash filter caused WoL
+ * 								- EMAC_WOL_MCAST_HASH: multicast frame that passes the
+ * 								imperfect hash filter caused WoL
+ * 								- EMAC_WOL_PERFECT:perfect address matching filter
+ * 								caused WoL
+ * 								- EMAC_WOL_RX_FILTER: the receive filter caused WoL
+ * 								- EMAC_WOL_MAG_PACKET: the magic packet filter caused WoL
+ * @return		SET/RESET
+ **********************************************************************/
+FlagStatus EMAC_GetWoLStatus(uint32_t ulWoLMode)
+{
+	if (LPC_EMAC->RxFilterWoLStatus & ulWoLMode) {
+		LPC_EMAC->RxFilterWoLClear = ulWoLMode;
+		return SET;
+	} else {
+		return RESET;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief		Write data to Tx packet data buffer at current index due to
+ * 				TxProduceIndex
+ * @param[in]	pDataStruct		Pointer to a EMAC_PACKETBUF_Type structure
+ * 							data that contain specified information about
+ * 							Packet data buffer.
+ * @return		None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void EMAC_WritePacketBuffer(EMAC_PACKETBUF_Type *pDataStruct)
+{
+	uint32_t idx,len;
+	uint32_t *sp,*dp;
+
+	idx = LPC_EMAC->TxProduceIndex;
+	sp  = (uint32_t *)pDataStruct->pbDataBuf;
+	dp  = (uint32_t *)Tx_Desc[idx].Packet;
+	/* Copy frame data to EMAC packet buffers. */
+	for (len = (pDataStruct->ulDataLen + 3) >> 2; len; len--) {
+		*dp++ = *sp++;
+	}
+	Tx_Desc[idx].Ctrl = (pDataStruct->ulDataLen - 1) | (EMAC_TCTRL_INT | EMAC_TCTRL_LAST);
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief		Read data from Rx packet data buffer at current index due
+ * 				to RxConsumeIndex
+ * @param[in]	pDataStruct		Pointer to a EMAC_PACKETBUF_Type structure
+ * 							data that contain specified information about
+ * 							Packet data buffer.
+ * @return		None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void EMAC_ReadPacketBuffer(EMAC_PACKETBUF_Type *pDataStruct)
+{
+	uint32_t idx, len;
+	uint32_t *dp, *sp;
+
+	idx = LPC_EMAC->RxConsumeIndex;
+	dp = (uint32_t *)pDataStruct->pbDataBuf;
+	sp = (uint32_t *)Rx_Desc[idx].Packet;
+
+	if (pDataStruct->pbDataBuf != NULL) {
+		for (len = (pDataStruct->ulDataLen + 3) >> 2; len; len--) {
+			*dp++ = *sp++;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief 		Enable/Disable interrupt for each type in EMAC
+ * @param[in]	ulIntType	Interrupt Type, should be:
+ * 							- EMAC_INT_RX_OVERRUN: Receive Overrun
+ * 							- EMAC_INT_RX_ERR: Receive Error
+ * 							- EMAC_INT_RX_FIN: Receive Descriptor Finish
+ * 							- EMAC_INT_RX_DONE: Receive Done
+ * 							- EMAC_INT_TX_UNDERRUN: Transmit Under-run
+ * 							- EMAC_INT_TX_ERR: Transmit Error
+ * 							- EMAC_INT_TX_FIN: Transmit descriptor finish
+ * 							- EMAC_INT_TX_DONE: Transmit Done
+ * 							- EMAC_INT_SOFT_INT: Software interrupt
+ * 							- EMAC_INT_WAKEUP: Wakeup interrupt
+ * @param[in]	NewState	New State of this function, should be:
+ * 							- ENABLE.
+ * 							- DISABLE.
+ * @return		None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void EMAC_IntCmd(uint32_t ulIntType, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+	if (NewState == ENABLE) {
+		LPC_EMAC->IntEnable |= ulIntType;
+	} else {
+		LPC_EMAC->IntEnable &= ~(ulIntType);
+	}
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief 		Check whether if specified interrupt flag is set or not
+ * 				for each interrupt type in EMAC and clear interrupt pending
+ * 				if it is set.
+ * @param[in]	ulIntType	Interrupt Type, should be:
+ * 							- EMAC_INT_RX_OVERRUN: Receive Overrun
+ * 							- EMAC_INT_RX_ERR: Receive Error
+ * 							- EMAC_INT_RX_FIN: Receive Descriptor Finish
+ * 							- EMAC_INT_RX_DONE: Receive Done
+ * 							- EMAC_INT_TX_UNDERRUN: Transmit Under-run
+ * 							- EMAC_INT_TX_ERR: Transmit Error
+ * 							- EMAC_INT_TX_FIN: Transmit descriptor finish
+ * 							- EMAC_INT_TX_DONE: Transmit Done
+ * 							- EMAC_INT_SOFT_INT: Software interrupt
+ * 							- EMAC_INT_WAKEUP: Wakeup interrupt
+ * @return		New state of specified interrupt (SET or RESET)
+ **********************************************************************/
+IntStatus EMAC_IntGetStatus(uint32_t ulIntType)
+{
+	if (LPC_EMAC->IntStatus & ulIntType) {
+		LPC_EMAC->IntClear = ulIntType;
+		return SET;
+	} else {
+		return RESET;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief		Check whether if the current RxConsumeIndex is not equal to the
+ * 				current RxProduceIndex.
+ * @param[in]	None
+ * @return		TRUE if they're not equal, otherwise return FALSE
+ *
+ * Note: In case the RxConsumeIndex is not equal to the RxProduceIndex,
+ * it means there're available data has been received. They should be read
+ * out and released the Receive Data Buffer by updating the RxConsumeIndex value.
+ **********************************************************************/
+Bool EMAC_CheckReceiveIndex(void)
+{
+	if (LPC_EMAC->RxConsumeIndex != LPC_EMAC->RxProduceIndex) {
+		return TRUE;
+	} else {
+		return FALSE;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief		Check whether if the current TxProduceIndex is not equal to the
+ * 				current RxProduceIndex - 1.
+ * @param[in]	None
+ * @return		TRUE if they're not equal, otherwise return FALSE
+ *
+ * Note: In case the RxConsumeIndex is equal to the RxProduceIndex - 1,
+ * it means the transmit buffer is available and data can be written to transmit
+ * buffer to be sent.
+ **********************************************************************/
+Bool EMAC_CheckTransmitIndex(void)
+{
+	uint32_t tmp = LPC_EMAC->TxConsumeIndex -1;
+	if (LPC_EMAC->TxProduceIndex == tmp) {
+		return FALSE;
+	} else {
+		return TRUE;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief		Get current status value of receive data (due to RxConsumeIndex)
+ * @param[in]	ulRxStatType	Received Status type, should be one of following:
+ * 							- EMAC_RINFO_CTRL_FRAME: Control Frame
+ * 							- EMAC_RINFO_VLAN: VLAN Frame
+ * 							- EMAC_RINFO_FAIL_FILT: RX Filter Failed
+ * 							- EMAC_RINFO_MCAST: Multicast Frame
+ * 							- EMAC_RINFO_BCAST: Broadcast Frame
+ * 							- EMAC_RINFO_CRC_ERR: CRC Error in Frame
+ * 							- EMAC_RINFO_SYM_ERR: Symbol Error from PHY
+ * 							- EMAC_RINFO_LEN_ERR: Length Error
+ * 							- EMAC_RINFO_RANGE_ERR: Range error(exceeded max size)
+ * 							- EMAC_RINFO_ALIGN_ERR: Alignment error
+ * 							- EMAC_RINFO_OVERRUN: Receive overrun
+ * 							- EMAC_RINFO_NO_DESCR: No new Descriptor available
+ * 							- EMAC_RINFO_LAST_FLAG: last Fragment in Frame
+ * 							- EMAC_RINFO_ERR: Error Occurred (OR of all error)
+ * @return		Current value of receive data (due to RxConsumeIndex)
+ **********************************************************************/
+FlagStatus EMAC_CheckReceiveDataStatus(uint32_t ulRxStatType)
+{
+	uint32_t idx;
+	idx = LPC_EMAC->RxConsumeIndex;
+	return (((Rx_Stat[idx].Info) & ulRxStatType) ? SET : RESET);
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief		Get size of current Received data in received buffer (due to
+ * 				RxConsumeIndex)
+ * @param[in]	None
+ * @return		Size of received data
+ **********************************************************************/
+uint32_t EMAC_GetReceiveDataSize(void)
+{
+	uint32_t idx;
+	idx =LPC_EMAC->RxConsumeIndex;
+	return ((Rx_Stat[idx].Info) & EMAC_RINFO_SIZE);
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief		Increase the RxConsumeIndex (after reading the Receive buffer
+ * 				to release the Receive buffer) and wrap-around the index if
+ * 				it reaches the maximum Receive Number
+ * @param[in]	None
+ * @return		None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void EMAC_UpdateRxConsumeIndex(void)
+{
+	// Get current Rx consume index
+	uint32_t idx = LPC_EMAC->RxConsumeIndex;
+
+	/* Release frame from EMAC buffer */
+	if (++idx == EMAC_NUM_RX_FRAG) idx = 0;
+	LPC_EMAC->RxConsumeIndex = idx;
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief		Increase the TxProduceIndex (after writting to the Transmit buffer
+ * 				to enable the Transmit buffer) and wrap-around the index if
+ * 				it reaches the maximum Transmit Number
+ * @param[in]	None
+ * @return		None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void EMAC_UpdateTxProduceIndex(void)
+{
+	// Get current Tx produce index
+	uint32_t idx = LPC_EMAC->TxProduceIndex;
+
+	/* Start frame transmission */
+	if (++idx == EMAC_NUM_TX_FRAG) idx = 0;
+	LPC_EMAC->TxProduceIndex = idx;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* _EMAC */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */
diff -r 000000000000 -r 84d7747641aa lpc17xx_emac.h
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lpc17xx_emac.h	Sun Mar 20 18:45:15 2011 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,699 @@
+/***********************************************************************//**
+ * @file		lpc17xx_emac.h
+ * @brief		Contains all macro definitions and function prototypes
+ * 				support for Ethernet MAC firmware library on LPC17xx
+ * @version		2.0
+ * @date		21. May. 2010
+ * @author		NXP MCU SW Application Team
+ **************************************************************************
+ * Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only
+ * which provides customers with programming information regarding the
+ * products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties.
+ * NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the
+ * use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent,
+ * copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors
+ * reserves the right to make changes in the software without
+ * notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or
+ * warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified
+ * use without further testing or modification.
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup EMAC EMAC
+ * @ingroup LPC1700CMSIS_FwLib_Drivers
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef LPC17XX_EMAC_H_
+#define LPC17XX_EMAC_H_
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+#include "LPC17xx.h"
+#include "lpc_types.h"
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+{
+#endif
+
+#define MCB_LPC_1768
+//#define IAR_LPC_1768
+
+/* Public Macros -------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup EMAC_Public_Macros EMAC Public Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+
+
+/* EMAC PHY status type definitions */
+#define EMAC_PHY_STAT_LINK			(0)		/**< Link Status */
+#define EMAC_PHY_STAT_SPEED			(1)		/**< Speed Status */
+#define EMAC_PHY_STAT_DUP			(2)		/**< Duplex Status */
+
+/* EMAC PHY device Speed definitions */
+#define EMAC_MODE_AUTO				(0)		/**< Auto-negotiation mode */
+#define EMAC_MODE_10M_FULL			(1)		/**< 10Mbps FullDuplex mode */
+#define EMAC_MODE_10M_HALF			(2)		/**< 10Mbps HalfDuplex mode */
+#define EMAC_MODE_100M_FULL			(3)		/**< 100Mbps FullDuplex mode */
+#define EMAC_MODE_100M_HALF			(4)		/**< 100Mbps HalfDuplex mode */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+/* Private Macros ------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup EMAC_Private_Macros EMAC Private Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+
+
+/* EMAC Memory Buffer configuration for 16K Ethernet RAM */
+#define EMAC_NUM_RX_FRAG         4           /**< Num.of RX Fragments 4*1536= 6.0kB */
+#define EMAC_NUM_TX_FRAG         3           /**< Num.of TX Fragments 3*1536= 4.6kB */
+#define EMAC_ETH_MAX_FLEN        1536        /**< Max. Ethernet Frame Size          */
+#define EMAC_TX_FRAME_TOUT       0x00100000  /**< Frame Transmit timeout count      */
+
+/* --------------------- BIT DEFINITIONS -------------------------------------- */
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for MAC Configuration Register 1
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define EMAC_MAC1_REC_EN         0x00000001  /**< Receive Enable                    */
+#define EMAC_MAC1_PASS_ALL       0x00000002  /**< Pass All Receive Frames           */
+#define EMAC_MAC1_RX_FLOWC       0x00000004  /**< RX Flow Control                   */
+#define EMAC_MAC1_TX_FLOWC       0x00000008  /**< TX Flow Control                   */
+#define EMAC_MAC1_LOOPB          0x00000010  /**< Loop Back Mode                    */
+#define EMAC_MAC1_RES_TX         0x00000100  /**< Reset TX Logic                    */
+#define EMAC_MAC1_RES_MCS_TX     0x00000200  /**< Reset MAC TX Control Sublayer     */
+#define EMAC_MAC1_RES_RX         0x00000400  /**< Reset RX Logic                    */
+#define EMAC_MAC1_RES_MCS_RX     0x00000800  /**< Reset MAC RX Control Sublayer     */
+#define EMAC_MAC1_SIM_RES        0x00004000  /**< Simulation Reset                  */
+#define EMAC_MAC1_SOFT_RES       0x00008000  /**< Soft Reset MAC                    */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for MAC Configuration Register 2
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define EMAC_MAC2_FULL_DUP       0x00000001  /**< Full-Duplex Mode                  */
+#define EMAC_MAC2_FRM_LEN_CHK    0x00000002  /**< Frame Length Checking             */
+#define EMAC_MAC2_HUGE_FRM_EN    0x00000004  /**< Huge Frame Enable                 */
+#define EMAC_MAC2_DLY_CRC        0x00000008  /**< Delayed CRC Mode                  */
+#define EMAC_MAC2_CRC_EN         0x00000010  /**< Append CRC to every Frame         */
+#define EMAC_MAC2_PAD_EN         0x00000020  /**< Pad all Short Frames              */
+#define EMAC_MAC2_VLAN_PAD_EN    0x00000040  /**< VLAN Pad Enable                   */
+#define EMAC_MAC2_ADET_PAD_EN    0x00000080  /**< Auto Detect Pad Enable            */
+#define EMAC_MAC2_PPREAM_ENF     0x00000100  /**< Pure Preamble Enforcement         */
+#define EMAC_MAC2_LPREAM_ENF     0x00000200  /**< Long Preamble Enforcement         */
+#define EMAC_MAC2_NO_BACKOFF     0x00001000  /**< No Backoff Algorithm              */
+#define EMAC_MAC2_BACK_PRESSURE  0x00002000  /**< Backoff Presurre / No Backoff     */
+#define EMAC_MAC2_EXCESS_DEF     0x00004000  /**< Excess Defer                      */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for Back-to-Back Inter-Packet-Gap Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** Programmable field representing the nibble time offset of the minimum possible period
+ * between the end of any transmitted packet to the beginning of the next */
+#define EMAC_IPGT_BBIPG(n)		(n&0x7F)
+/** Recommended value for Full Duplex of Programmable field representing the nibble time
+ * offset of the minimum possible period between the end of any transmitted packet to the
+ * beginning of the next */
+#define EMAC_IPGT_FULL_DUP		(EMAC_IPGT_BBIPG(0x15))
+/** Recommended value for Half Duplex of Programmable field representing the nibble time
+ * offset of the minimum possible period between the end of any transmitted packet to the
+ * beginning of the next */
+#define EMAC_IPGT_HALF_DUP      (EMAC_IPGT_BBIPG(0x12))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for Non Back-to-Back Inter-Packet-Gap Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** Programmable field representing the Non-Back-to-Back Inter-Packet-Gap */
+#define EMAC_IPGR_NBBIPG_P2(n)	(n&0x7F)
+/** Recommended value for Programmable field representing the Non-Back-to-Back Inter-Packet-Gap Part 1 */
+#define EMAC_IPGR_P2_DEF		(EMAC_IPGR_NBBIPG_P2(0x12))
+/** Programmable field representing the optional carrierSense window referenced in
+ * IEEE 802.3/4.2.3.2.1 'Carrier Deference' */
+#define EMAC_IPGR_NBBIPG_P1(n)	((n&0x7F)<<8)
+/** Recommended value for Programmable field representing the Non-Back-to-Back Inter-Packet-Gap Part 2 */
+#define EMAC_IPGR_P1_DEF        EMAC_IPGR_NBBIPG_P1(0x0C)
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for Collision Window/Retry Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** Programmable field specifying the number of retransmission attempts following a collision before
+ * aborting the packet due to excessive collisions */
+#define EMAC_CLRT_MAX_RETX(n)	(n&0x0F)
+/** Programmable field representing the slot time or collision window during which collisions occur
+ * in properly configured networks */
+#define EMAC_CLRT_COLL(n)		((n&0x3F)<<8)
+/** Default value for Collision Window / Retry register */
+#define EMAC_CLRT_DEF           ((EMAC_CLRT_MAX_RETX(0x0F))|(EMAC_CLRT_COLL(0x37)))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for Maximum Frame Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** Represents a maximum receive frame of 1536 octets */
+#define EMAC_MAXF_MAXFRMLEN(n)	(n&0xFFFF)
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for PHY Support Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define EMAC_SUPP_SPEED			0x00000100  	/**< Reduced MII Logic Current Speed   */
+#define EMAC_SUPP_RES_RMII      0x00000800  	/**< Reset Reduced MII Logic           */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for Test Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define EMAC_TEST_SHCUT_PQUANTA  0x00000001  	/**< Shortcut Pause Quanta             */
+#define EMAC_TEST_TST_PAUSE      0x00000002  	/**< Test Pause                        */
+#define EMAC_TEST_TST_BACKP      0x00000004  	/**< Test Back Pressure                */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for MII Management Configuration Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define EMAC_MCFG_SCAN_INC       0x00000001  	/**< Scan Increment PHY Address        */
+#define EMAC_MCFG_SUPP_PREAM     0x00000002  	/**< Suppress Preamble                 */
+#define EMAC_MCFG_CLK_SEL(n)     ((n&0x0F)<<2)  /**< Clock Select Field                 */
+#define EMAC_MCFG_RES_MII        0x00008000  	/**< Reset MII Management Hardware     */
+#define EMAC_MCFG_MII_MAXCLK	 2500000UL		/**< MII Clock max */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for MII Management Command Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define EMAC_MCMD_READ           0x00000001  	/**< MII Read                          */
+#define EMAC_MCMD_SCAN           0x00000002  	/**< MII Scan continuously             */
+
+#define EMAC_MII_WR_TOUT         0x00050000  	/**< MII Write timeout count           */
+#define EMAC_MII_RD_TOUT         0x00050000  	/**< MII Read timeout count            */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for MII Management Address Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define EMAC_MADR_REG_ADR(n)     (n&0x1F)  		/**< MII Register Address field         */
+#define EMAC_MADR_PHY_ADR(n)     ((n&0x1F)<<8)  /**< PHY Address Field                  */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for MII Management Write Data Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define EMAC_MWTD_DATA(n)		(n&0xFFFF)		/**< Data field for MMI Management Write Data register */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for MII Management Read Data Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define EMAC_MRDD_DATA(n)		(n&0xFFFF)		/**< Data field for MMI Management Read Data register */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for MII Management Indicators Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define EMAC_MIND_BUSY           0x00000001  	/**< MII is Busy                       */
+#define EMAC_MIND_SCAN           0x00000002  	/**< MII Scanning in Progress          */
+#define EMAC_MIND_NOT_VAL        0x00000004  	/**< MII Read Data not valid           */
+#define EMAC_MIND_MII_LINK_FAIL  0x00000008  	/**< MII Link Failed                   */
+
+/* Station Address 0 Register */
+/* Station Address 1 Register */
+/* Station Address 2 Register */
+
+
+/* Control register definitions --------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for Command Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define EMAC_CR_RX_EN            0x00000001  	/**< Enable Receive                    */
+#define EMAC_CR_TX_EN            0x00000002  	/**< Enable Transmit                   */
+#define EMAC_CR_REG_RES          0x00000008  	/**< Reset Host Registers              */
+#define EMAC_CR_TX_RES           0x00000010  	/**< Reset Transmit Datapath           */
+#define EMAC_CR_RX_RES           0x00000020  	/**< Reset Receive Datapath            */
+#define EMAC_CR_PASS_RUNT_FRM    0x00000040  	/**< Pass Runt Frames                  */
+#define EMAC_CR_PASS_RX_FILT     0x00000080  	/**< Pass RX Filter                    */
+#define EMAC_CR_TX_FLOW_CTRL     0x00000100  	/**< TX Flow Control                   */
+#define EMAC_CR_RMII             0x00000200  	/**< Reduced MII Interface             */
+#define EMAC_CR_FULL_DUP         0x00000400  	/**< Full Duplex                       */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for Status Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define EMAC_SR_RX_EN            0x00000001  	/**< Enable Receive                    */
+#define EMAC_SR_TX_EN            0x00000002  	/**< Enable Transmit                   */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for Transmit Status Vector 0 Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define EMAC_TSV0_CRC_ERR        0x00000001  /**< CRC error                         */
+#define EMAC_TSV0_LEN_CHKERR     0x00000002  /**< Length Check Error                */
+#define EMAC_TSV0_LEN_OUTRNG     0x00000004  /**< Length Out of Range               */
+#define EMAC_TSV0_DONE           0x00000008  /**< Tramsmission Completed            */
+#define EMAC_TSV0_MCAST          0x00000010  /**< Multicast Destination             */
+#define EMAC_TSV0_BCAST          0x00000020  /**< Broadcast Destination             */
+#define EMAC_TSV0_PKT_DEFER      0x00000040  /**< Packet Deferred                   */
+#define EMAC_TSV0_EXC_DEFER      0x00000080  /**< Excessive Packet Deferral         */
+#define EMAC_TSV0_EXC_COLL       0x00000100  /**< Excessive Collision               */
+#define EMAC_TSV0_LATE_COLL      0x00000200  /**< Late Collision Occured            */
+#define EMAC_TSV0_GIANT          0x00000400  /**< Giant Frame                       */
+#define EMAC_TSV0_UNDERRUN       0x00000800  /**< Buffer Underrun                   */
+#define EMAC_TSV0_BYTES          0x0FFFF000  /**< Total Bytes Transferred           */
+#define EMAC_TSV0_CTRL_FRAME     0x10000000  /**< Control Frame                     */
+#define EMAC_TSV0_PAUSE          0x20000000  /**< Pause Frame                       */
+#define EMAC_TSV0_BACK_PRESS     0x40000000  /**< Backpressure Method Applied       */
+#define EMAC_TSV0_VLAN           0x80000000  /**< VLAN Frame                        */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for Transmit Status Vector 1 Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define EMAC_TSV1_BYTE_CNT       0x0000FFFF  /**< Transmit Byte Count               */
+#define EMAC_TSV1_COLL_CNT       0x000F0000  /**< Transmit Collision Count          */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for Receive Status Vector Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define EMAC_RSV_BYTE_CNT        0x0000FFFF  /**< Receive Byte Count                */
+#define EMAC_RSV_PKT_IGNORED     0x00010000  /**< Packet Previously Ignored         */
+#define EMAC_RSV_RXDV_SEEN       0x00020000  /**< RXDV Event Previously Seen        */
+#define EMAC_RSV_CARR_SEEN       0x00040000  /**< Carrier Event Previously Seen     */
+#define EMAC_RSV_REC_CODEV       0x00080000  /**< Receive Code Violation            */
+#define EMAC_RSV_CRC_ERR         0x00100000  /**< CRC Error                         */
+#define EMAC_RSV_LEN_CHKERR      0x00200000  /**< Length Check Error                */
+#define EMAC_RSV_LEN_OUTRNG      0x00400000  /**< Length Out of Range               */
+#define EMAC_RSV_REC_OK          0x00800000  /**< Frame Received OK                 */
+#define EMAC_RSV_MCAST           0x01000000  /**< Multicast Frame                   */
+#define EMAC_RSV_BCAST           0x02000000  /**< Broadcast Frame                   */
+#define EMAC_RSV_DRIB_NIBB       0x04000000  /**< Dribble Nibble                    */
+#define EMAC_RSV_CTRL_FRAME      0x08000000  /**< Control Frame                     */
+#define EMAC_RSV_PAUSE           0x10000000  /**< Pause Frame                       */
+#define EMAC_RSV_UNSUPP_OPC      0x20000000  /**< Unsupported Opcode                */
+#define EMAC_RSV_VLAN            0x40000000  /**< VLAN Frame                        */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for Flow Control Counter Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define EMAC_FCC_MIRR_CNT(n)        	(n&0xFFFF)  		/**< Mirror Counter                    */
+#define EMAC_FCC_PAUSE_TIM(n)       	((n&0xFFFF)<<16)  	/**< Pause Timer                       */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for Flow Control Status Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define EMAC_FCS_MIRR_CNT(n)        	(n&0xFFFF)  		/**< Mirror Counter Current            */
+
+
+/* Receive filter register definitions -------------------------------------------------------- */
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for Receive Filter Control Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define EMAC_RFC_UCAST_EN        0x00000001  /**< Accept Unicast Frames Enable      */
+#define EMAC_RFC_BCAST_EN        0x00000002  /**< Accept Broadcast Frames Enable    */
+#define EMAC_RFC_MCAST_EN        0x00000004  /**< Accept Multicast Frames Enable    */
+#define EMAC_RFC_UCAST_HASH_EN   0x00000008  /**< Accept Unicast Hash Filter Frames */
+#define EMAC_RFC_MCAST_HASH_EN   0x00000010  /**< Accept Multicast Hash Filter Fram.*/
+#define EMAC_RFC_PERFECT_EN      0x00000020  /**< Accept Perfect Match Enable       */
+#define EMAC_RFC_MAGP_WOL_EN     0x00001000  /**< Magic Packet Filter WoL Enable    */
+#define EMAC_RFC_PFILT_WOL_EN    0x00002000  /**< Perfect Filter WoL Enable         */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for Receive Filter WoL Status/Clear Registers
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define EMAC_WOL_UCAST           0x00000001  /**< Unicast Frame caused WoL          */
+#define EMAC_WOL_BCAST           0x00000002  /**< Broadcast Frame caused WoL        */
+#define EMAC_WOL_MCAST           0x00000004  /**< Multicast Frame caused WoL        */
+#define EMAC_WOL_UCAST_HASH      0x00000008  /**< Unicast Hash Filter Frame WoL     */
+#define EMAC_WOL_MCAST_HASH      0x00000010  /**< Multicast Hash Filter Frame WoL   */
+#define EMAC_WOL_PERFECT         0x00000020  /**< Perfect Filter WoL                */
+#define EMAC_WOL_RX_FILTER       0x00000080  /**< RX Filter caused WoL              */
+#define EMAC_WOL_MAG_PACKET      0x00000100  /**< Magic Packet Filter caused WoL    */
+#define EMAC_WOL_BITMASK		 0x01BF		/**< Receive Filter WoL Status/Clear bitmasl value */
+
+
+/* Module control register definitions ---------------------------------------------------- */
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for Interrupt Status/Enable/Clear/Set Registers
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define EMAC_INT_RX_OVERRUN      0x00000001  /**< Overrun Error in RX Queue         */
+#define EMAC_INT_RX_ERR          0x00000002  /**< Receive Error                     */
+#define EMAC_INT_RX_FIN          0x00000004  /**< RX Finished Process Descriptors   */
+#define EMAC_INT_RX_DONE         0x00000008  /**< Receive Done                      */
+#define EMAC_INT_TX_UNDERRUN     0x00000010  /**< Transmit Underrun                 */
+#define EMAC_INT_TX_ERR          0x00000020  /**< Transmit Error                    */
+#define EMAC_INT_TX_FIN          0x00000040  /**< TX Finished Process Descriptors   */
+#define EMAC_INT_TX_DONE         0x00000080  /**< Transmit Done                     */
+#define EMAC_INT_SOFT_INT        0x00001000  /**< Software Triggered Interrupt      */
+#define EMAC_INT_WAKEUP          0x00002000  /**< Wakeup Event Interrupt            */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for Power Down Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define EMAC_PD_POWER_DOWN       0x80000000  /**< Power Down MAC                    */
+
+/* Descriptor and status formats ---------------------------------------------------- */
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for RX Descriptor Control Word
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define EMAC_RCTRL_SIZE(n)       (n&0x7FF)  	/**< Buffer size field                  */
+#define EMAC_RCTRL_INT           0x80000000  	/**< Generate RxDone Interrupt         */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for RX Status Hash CRC Word
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define EMAC_RHASH_SA            0x000001FF  	/**< Hash CRC for Source Address       */
+#define EMAC_RHASH_DA            0x001FF000  	/**< Hash CRC for Destination Address  */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for RX Status Information Word
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define EMAC_RINFO_SIZE          0x000007FF  /**< Data size in bytes                */
+#define EMAC_RINFO_CTRL_FRAME    0x00040000  /**< Control Frame                     */
+#define EMAC_RINFO_VLAN          0x00080000  /**< VLAN Frame                        */
+#define EMAC_RINFO_FAIL_FILT     0x00100000  /**< RX Filter Failed                  */
+#define EMAC_RINFO_MCAST         0x00200000  /**< Multicast Frame                   */
+#define EMAC_RINFO_BCAST         0x00400000  /**< Broadcast Frame                   */
+#define EMAC_RINFO_CRC_ERR       0x00800000  /**< CRC Error in Frame                */
+#define EMAC_RINFO_SYM_ERR       0x01000000  /**< Symbol Error from PHY             */
+#define EMAC_RINFO_LEN_ERR       0x02000000  /**< Length Error                      */
+#define EMAC_RINFO_RANGE_ERR     0x04000000  /**< Range Error (exceeded max. size)  */
+#define EMAC_RINFO_ALIGN_ERR     0x08000000  /**< Alignment Error                   */
+#define EMAC_RINFO_OVERRUN       0x10000000  /**< Receive overrun                   */
+#define EMAC_RINFO_NO_DESCR      0x20000000  /**< No new Descriptor available       */
+#define EMAC_RINFO_LAST_FLAG     0x40000000  /**< Last Fragment in Frame            */
+#define EMAC_RINFO_ERR           0x80000000  /**< Error Occured (OR of all errors)  */
+#define EMAC_RINFO_ERR_MASK     (EMAC_RINFO_FAIL_FILT | EMAC_RINFO_CRC_ERR   | EMAC_RINFO_SYM_ERR | \
+EMAC_RINFO_LEN_ERR   | EMAC_RINFO_ALIGN_ERR | EMAC_RINFO_OVERRUN)
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for TX Descriptor Control Word
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define EMAC_TCTRL_SIZE          0x000007FF  /**< Size of data buffer in bytes      */
+#define EMAC_TCTRL_OVERRIDE      0x04000000  /**< Override Default MAC Registers    */
+#define EMAC_TCTRL_HUGE          0x08000000  /**< Enable Huge Frame                 */
+#define EMAC_TCTRL_PAD           0x10000000  /**< Pad short Frames to 64 bytes      */
+#define EMAC_TCTRL_CRC           0x20000000  /**< Append a hardware CRC to Frame    */
+#define EMAC_TCTRL_LAST          0x40000000  /**< Last Descriptor for TX Frame      */
+#define EMAC_TCTRL_INT           0x80000000  /**< Generate TxDone Interrupt         */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for TX Status Information Word
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define EMAC_TINFO_COL_CNT       0x01E00000  /**< Collision Count                   */
+#define EMAC_TINFO_DEFER         0x02000000  /**< Packet Deferred (not an error)    */
+#define EMAC_TINFO_EXCESS_DEF    0x04000000  /**< Excessive Deferral                */
+#define EMAC_TINFO_EXCESS_COL    0x08000000  /**< Excessive Collision               */
+#define EMAC_TINFO_LATE_COL      0x10000000  /**< Late Collision Occured            */
+#define EMAC_TINFO_UNDERRUN      0x20000000  /**< Transmit Underrun                 */
+#define EMAC_TINFO_NO_DESCR      0x40000000  /**< No new Descriptor available       */
+#define EMAC_TINFO_ERR           0x80000000  /**< Error Occured (OR of all errors)  */
+
+#ifdef MCB_LPC_1768
+/* DP83848C PHY definition ------------------------------------------------------------ */
+
+/** PHY device reset time out definition */
+#define EMAC_PHY_RESP_TOUT		0x100000UL
+
+/* ENET Device Revision ID */
+#define EMAC_OLD_EMAC_MODULE_ID  0x39022000  /**< Rev. ID for first rev '-'         */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for DP83848C PHY Registers
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define EMAC_PHY_REG_BMCR        0x00        /**< Basic Mode Control Register       */
+#define EMAC_PHY_REG_BMSR        0x01        /**< Basic Mode Status Register        */
+#define EMAC_PHY_REG_IDR1        0x02        /**< PHY Identifier 1                  */
+#define EMAC_PHY_REG_IDR2        0x03        /**< PHY Identifier 2                  */
+#define EMAC_PHY_REG_ANAR        0x04        /**< Auto-Negotiation Advertisement    */
+#define EMAC_PHY_REG_ANLPAR      0x05        /**< Auto-Neg. Link Partner Abitily    */
+#define EMAC_PHY_REG_ANER        0x06        /**< Auto-Neg. Expansion Register      */
+#define EMAC_PHY_REG_ANNPTR      0x07        /**< Auto-Neg. Next Page TX            */
+#define EMAC_PHY_REG_LPNPA		 0x08
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for PHY Extended Registers
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define EMAC_PHY_REG_STS         0x10        /**< Status Register                   */
+#define EMAC_PHY_REG_MICR        0x11        /**< MII Interrupt Control Register    */
+#define EMAC_PHY_REG_MISR        0x12        /**< MII Interrupt Status Register     */
+#define EMAC_PHY_REG_FCSCR       0x14        /**< False Carrier Sense Counter       */
+#define EMAC_PHY_REG_RECR        0x15        /**< Receive Error Counter             */
+#define EMAC_PHY_REG_PCSR        0x16        /**< PCS Sublayer Config. and Status   */
+#define EMAC_PHY_REG_RBR         0x17        /**< RMII and Bypass Register          */
+#define EMAC_PHY_REG_LEDCR       0x18        /**< LED Direct Control Register       */
+#define EMAC_PHY_REG_PHYCR       0x19        /**< PHY Control Register              */
+#define EMAC_PHY_REG_10BTSCR     0x1A        /**< 10Base-T Status/Control Register  */
+#define EMAC_PHY_REG_CDCTRL1     0x1B        /**< CD Test Control and BIST Extens.  */
+#define EMAC_PHY_REG_EDCR        0x1D        /**< Energy Detect Control Register    */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for PHY Basic Mode Control Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define EMAC_PHY_BMCR_RESET     			(1<<15)		/**< Reset bit */
+#define EMAC_PHY_BMCR_LOOPBACK      		(1<<14)		/**< Loop back */
+#define EMAC_PHY_BMCR_SPEED_SEL     		(1<<13)		/**< Speed selection */
+#define EMAC_PHY_BMCR_AN					(1<<12)		/**< Auto Negotiation */
+#define EMAC_PHY_BMCR_POWERDOWN				(1<<11)		/**< Power down mode */
+#define EMAC_PHY_BMCR_ISOLATE				(1<<10)		/**< Isolate */
+#define EMAC_PHY_BMCR_RE_AN					(1<<9)		/**< Restart auto negotiation */
+#define EMAC_PHY_BMCR_DUPLEX				(1<<8)		/**< Duplex mode */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for PHY Basic Mode Status Status Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define EMAC_PHY_BMSR_100BE_T4        	   	(1<<15)		/**< 100 base T4 */
+#define EMAC_PHY_BMSR_100TX_FULL			(1<<14)		/**< 100 base full duplex */
+#define EMAC_PHY_BMSR_100TX_HALF			(1<<13)		/**< 100 base half duplex */
+#define EMAC_PHY_BMSR_10BE_FULL				(1<<12)		/**< 10 base T full duplex */
+#define EMAC_PHY_BMSR_10BE_HALF				(1<<11)		/**< 10 base T half duplex */
+#define EMAC_PHY_BMSR_NOPREAM				(1<<6)		/**< MF Preamable Supress */
+#define EMAC_PHY_BMSR_AUTO_DONE				(1<<5)		/**< Auto negotiation complete */
+#define EMAC_PHY_BMSR_REMOTE_FAULT			(1<<4)		/**< Remote fault */
+#define EMAC_PHY_BMSR_NO_AUTO				(1<<3)		/**< Auto Negotiation ability */
+#define EMAC_PHY_BMSR_LINK_ESTABLISHED		(1<<2)		/**< Link status */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for PHY Status Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define EMAC_PHY_SR_REMOTE_FAULT   			(1<<6)		/**< Remote Fault */
+#define EMAC_PHY_SR_JABBER					(1<<5)		/**< Jabber detect */
+#define EMAC_PHY_SR_AUTO_DONE				(1<<4)		/**< Auto Negotiation complete */
+#define EMAC_PHY_SR_LOOPBACK				(1<<3)		/**< Loop back status */
+#define EMAC_PHY_SR_DUP						(1<<2)		/**< Duplex status */
+#define EMAC_PHY_SR_SPEED					(1<<1)		/**< Speed status */
+#define EMAC_PHY_SR_LINK					(1<<0)		/**< Link Status */
+
+#define EMAC_PHY_FULLD_100M      0x2100      /**< Full Duplex 100Mbit               */
+#define EMAC_PHY_HALFD_100M      0x2000      /**< Half Duplex 100Mbit               */
+#define EMAC_PHY_FULLD_10M       0x0100      /**< Full Duplex 10Mbit                */
+#define EMAC_PHY_HALFD_10M       0x0000      /**< Half Duplex 10MBit                */
+#define EMAC_PHY_AUTO_NEG        0x3000      /**< Select Auto Negotiation           */
+
+#define EMAC_DEF_ADR    0x0100      /**< Default PHY device address        */
+#define EMAC_DP83848C_ID         0x20005C90  /**< PHY Identifier                    */
+
+#define EMAC_PHY_SR_100_SPEED		((1<<14)|(1<<13))
+#define EMAC_PHY_SR_FULL_DUP		((1<<14)|(1<<12))
+#define EMAC_PHY_BMSR_LINK_STATUS			(1<<2)		/**< Link status */
+
+#elif defined(IAR_LPC_1768)
+/* KSZ8721BL PHY definition ------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/** PHY device reset time out definition */
+#define EMAC_PHY_RESP_TOUT		0x100000UL
+
+/* ENET Device Revision ID */
+#define EMAC_OLD_EMAC_MODULE_ID  0x39022000  /**< Rev. ID for first rev '-'         */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for KSZ8721BL PHY Registers
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define EMAC_PHY_REG_BMCR        0x00        /**< Basic Mode Control Register       */
+#define EMAC_PHY_REG_BMSR        0x01        /**< Basic Mode Status Register        */
+#define EMAC_PHY_REG_IDR1        0x02        /**< PHY Identifier 1                  */
+#define EMAC_PHY_REG_IDR2        0x03        /**< PHY Identifier 2                  */
+#define EMAC_PHY_REG_ANAR        0x04        /**< Auto-Negotiation Advertisement    */
+#define EMAC_PHY_REG_ANLPAR      0x05        /**< Auto-Neg. Link Partner Abitily    */
+#define EMAC_PHY_REG_ANER        0x06        /**< Auto-Neg. Expansion Register      */
+#define EMAC_PHY_REG_ANNPTR      0x07        /**< Auto-Neg. Next Page TX            */
+#define EMAC_PHY_REG_LPNPA		 0x08		 /**< Link Partner Next Page Ability    */
+#define EMAC_PHY_REG_REC		 0x15		 /**< RXError Counter Register			*/
+#define EMAC_PHY_REG_ISC		 0x1b		 /**< Interrupt Control/Status Register */
+#define EMAC_PHY_REG_100BASE	 0x1f		 /**< 100BASE-TX PHY Control Register   */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for PHY Basic Mode Control Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define EMAC_PHY_BMCR_RESET     			(1<<15)		/**< Reset bit */
+#define EMAC_PHY_BMCR_LOOPBACK      		(1<<14)		/**< Loop back */
+#define EMAC_PHY_BMCR_SPEED_SEL     		(1<<13)		/**< Speed selection */
+#define EMAC_PHY_BMCR_AN					(1<<12)		/**< Auto Negotiation */
+#define EMAC_PHY_BMCR_POWERDOWN				(1<<11)		/**< Power down mode */
+#define EMAC_PHY_BMCR_ISOLATE				(1<<10)		/**< Isolate */
+#define EMAC_PHY_BMCR_RE_AN					(1<<9)		/**< Restart auto negotiation */
+#define EMAC_PHY_BMCR_DUPLEX				(1<<8)		/**< Duplex mode */
+#define EMAC_PHY_BMCR_COLLISION				(1<<7)		/**< Collision test */
+#define EMAC_PHY_BMCR_TXDIS					(1<<0)		/**< Disable transmit */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for PHY Basic Mode Status Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define EMAC_PHY_BMSR_100BE_T4        	   	(1<<15)		/**< 100 base T4 */
+#define EMAC_PHY_BMSR_100TX_FULL			(1<<14)		/**< 100 base full duplex */
+#define EMAC_PHY_BMSR_100TX_HALF			(1<<13)		/**< 100 base half duplex */
+#define EMAC_PHY_BMSR_10BE_FULL				(1<<12)		/**< 10 base T full duplex */
+#define EMAC_PHY_BMSR_10BE_HALF				(1<<11)		/**< 10 base T half duplex */
+#define EMAC_PHY_BMSR_NOPREAM				(1<<6)		/**< MF Preamable Supress */
+#define EMAC_PHY_BMSR_AUTO_DONE				(1<<5)		/**< Auto negotiation complete */
+#define EMAC_PHY_BMSR_REMOTE_FAULT			(1<<4)		/**< Remote fault */
+#define EMAC_PHY_BMSR_NO_AUTO				(1<<3)		/**< Auto Negotiation ability */
+#define EMAC_PHY_BMSR_LINK_STATUS			(1<<2)		/**< Link status */
+#define EMAC_PHY_BMSR_JABBER_DETECT			(1<<1)		/**< Jabber detect */
+#define EMAC_PHY_BMSR_EXTEND				(1<<0)		/**< Extended support */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for PHY Identifier
+ **********************************************************************/
+/* PHY Identifier 1 bitmap definitions */
+#define EMAC_PHY_IDR1(n)		(n & 0xFFFF)		/**< PHY ID1 Number */
+
+/* PHY Identifier 2 bitmap definitions */
+#define EMAC_PHY_IDR2(n)		(n & 0xFFFF)		/**< PHY ID2 Number */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for Auto-Negotiation Advertisement
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define EMAC_PHY_AN_NEXTPAGE					(1<<15)		/**<  Next page capable */
+#define EMAC_PHY_AN_REMOTE_FAULT				(1<<13)		/**< Remote Fault support */
+#define EMAC_PHY_AN_PAUSE						(1<<10)		/**< Pause support */
+#define EMAC_PHY_AN_100BASE_T4					(1<<9)		/**< T4 capable */
+#define EMAC_PHY_AN_100BASE_TX_FD				(1<<8)		/**< TX with Full-duplex capable */
+#define EMAC_PHY_AN_100BASE_TX					(1<<7)		/**< TX capable */
+#define EMAC_PHY_AN_10BASE_T_FD					(1<<6)		/**< 10Mbps with full-duplex capable */
+#define EMAC_PHY_AN_10BASE_T					(1<<5)		/**< 10Mbps capable */
+#define EMAC_PHY_AN_FIELD(n)					(n & 0x1F)  /**< Selector Field */
+
+#define EMAC_PHY_FULLD_100M      0x2100      /**< Full Duplex 100Mbit               */
+#define EMAC_PHY_HALFD_100M      0x2000      /**< Half Duplex 100Mbit               */
+#define EMAC_PHY_FULLD_10M       0x0100      /**< Full Duplex 10Mbit                */
+#define EMAC_PHY_HALFD_10M       0x0000      /**< Half Duplex 10MBit                */
+#define EMAC_PHY_AUTO_NEG        0x3000      /**< Select Auto Negotiation           */
+
+#define EMAC_PHY_SR_100_SPEED		((1<<14)|(1<<13))
+#define EMAC_PHY_SR_FULL_DUP		((1<<14)|(1<<12))
+
+#define EMAC_DEF_ADR    (0x01<<8)		/**< Default PHY device address        */
+#define EMAC_KSZ8721BL_ID 	((0x22 << 16) | 0x1619 ) /**< PHY Identifier */
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/* Public Types --------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup EMAC_Public_Types EMAC Public Types
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Descriptor and status formats ---------------------------------------------- */
+
+/**
+ * @brief RX Descriptor structure type definition
+ */
+typedef struct {
+	uint32_t Packet;	/**< Receive Packet Descriptor */
+	uint32_t Ctrl;		/**< Receive Control Descriptor */
+} RX_Desc;
+
+/**
+ * @brief RX Status structure type definition
+ */
+typedef struct {
+	uint32_t Info;		/**< Receive Information Status */
+	uint32_t HashCRC;	/**< Receive Hash CRC Status */
+} RX_Stat;
+
+/**
+ * @brief TX Descriptor structure type definition
+ */
+typedef struct {
+	uint32_t Packet;	/**< Transmit Packet Descriptor */
+	uint32_t Ctrl;		/**< Transmit Control Descriptor */
+} TX_Desc;
+
+/**
+ * @brief TX Status structure type definition
+ */
+typedef struct {
+   uint32_t Info;		/**< Transmit Information Status */
+} TX_Stat;
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief TX Data Buffer structure definition
+ */
+typedef struct {
+	uint32_t ulDataLen;			/**< Data length */
+	uint32_t *pbDataBuf;		/**< A word-align data pointer to data buffer */
+} EMAC_PACKETBUF_Type;
+
+/**
+ * @brief EMAC configuration structure definition
+ */
+typedef struct {
+	uint32_t	Mode;						/**< Supported EMAC PHY device speed, should be one of the following:
+											- EMAC_MODE_AUTO
+											- EMAC_MODE_10M_FULL
+											- EMAC_MODE_10M_HALF
+											- EMAC_MODE_100M_FULL
+											- EMAC_MODE_100M_HALF
+											*/
+	uint8_t 	*pbEMAC_Addr;				/**< Pointer to EMAC Station address that contains 6-bytes
+											of MAC address, it must be sorted in order (bEMAC_Addr[0]..[5])
+											*/
+} EMAC_CFG_Type;
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup EMAC_Public_Functions EMAC Public Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+/* Init/DeInit EMAC peripheral */
+Status EMAC_Init(EMAC_CFG_Type *EMAC_ConfigStruct);
+void EMAC_DeInit(void);
+
+/* PHY functions --------------*/
+int32_t EMAC_CheckPHYStatus(uint32_t ulPHYState);
+int32_t EMAC_SetPHYMode(uint32_t ulPHYMode);
+int32_t EMAC_UpdatePHYStatus(void);
+
+/* Filter functions ----------*/
+void EMAC_SetHashFilter(uint8_t dstMAC_addr[], FunctionalState NewState);
+void EMAC_SetFilterMode(uint32_t ulFilterMode, FunctionalState NewState);
+
+/* EMAC Packet Buffer functions */
+void EMAC_WritePacketBuffer(EMAC_PACKETBUF_Type *pDataStruct);
+void EMAC_ReadPacketBuffer(EMAC_PACKETBUF_Type *pDataStruct);
+
+/* EMAC Interrupt functions -------*/
+void EMAC_IntCmd(uint32_t ulIntType, FunctionalState NewState);
+IntStatus EMAC_IntGetStatus(uint32_t ulIntType);
+
+/* EMAC Index functions -----------*/
+Bool EMAC_CheckReceiveIndex(void);
+Bool EMAC_CheckTransmitIndex(void);
+void EMAC_UpdateRxConsumeIndex(void);
+void EMAC_UpdateTxProduceIndex(void);
+
+FlagStatus EMAC_CheckReceiveDataStatus(uint32_t ulRxStatType);
+uint32_t EMAC_GetReceiveDataSize(void);
+FlagStatus EMAC_GetWoLStatus(uint32_t ulWoLMode);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* LPC17XX_EMAC_H_ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */
diff -r 000000000000 -r 84d7747641aa lpc17xx_exti.c
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lpc17xx_exti.c	Sun Mar 20 18:45:15 2011 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
+/**
+ * @file		lpc17xx_exti.c
+ * @brief		Contains all functions support for External interrupt firmware library on LPC17xx
+ * @version		3.0
+ * @date		18. June. 2010
+ * @author		NXP MCU SW Application Team
+ **************************************************************************
+ * Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only
+ * which provides customers with programming information regarding the
+ * products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties.
+ * NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the
+ * use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent,
+ * copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors
+ * reserves the right to make changes in the software without
+ * notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or
+ * warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified
+ * use without further testing or modification.
+ **********************************************************************/
+
+/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @addtogroup EXTI
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+#include "lpc17xx_exti.h"
+
+/* If this source file built with example, the LPC17xx FW library configuration
+ * file in each example directory ("lpc17xx_libcfg.h") must be included,
+ * otherwise the default FW library configuration file must be included instead
+ */
+#ifdef __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__
+#include "lpc17xx_libcfg.h"
+#else
+#include "lpc17xx_libcfg_default.h"
+#endif /* __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__ */
+
+
+#ifdef _EXTI
+
+/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @addtogroup EXTI_Public_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief 		Initial for EXT
+ * 				- Set EXTINT, EXTMODE, EXTPOLAR registers to default value
+ * @param[in]	None
+ * @return 		None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void EXTI_Init(void)
+{
+	LPC_SC->EXTINT = 0xF;
+	LPC_SC->EXTMODE = 0x0;
+	LPC_SC->EXTPOLAR = 0x0;
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+* @brief 		Close EXT
+* @param[in]	None
+* @return 		None
+**********************************************************************/
+void	EXTI_DeInit(void)
+{
+	;
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief 		Configuration for EXT
+ * 				- Set EXTINT, EXTMODE, EXTPOLAR register
+ * @param[in]	EXTICfg	Pointer to a EXTI_InitTypeDef structure
+ *              that contains the configuration information for the
+ *              specified external interrupt
+ * @return 		None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void EXTI_Config(EXTI_InitTypeDef *EXTICfg)
+{
+	LPC_SC->EXTINT = 0x0;
+	EXTI_SetMode(EXTICfg->EXTI_Line, EXTICfg->EXTI_Mode);
+	EXTI_SetPolarity(EXTICfg->EXTI_Line, EXTICfg->EXTI_polarity);
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+* @brief 		Set mode for EXTI pin
+* @param[in]	EXTILine	 external interrupt line, should be:
+* 				- EXTI_EINT0: external interrupt line 0
+* 				- EXTI_EINT1: external interrupt line 1
+* 				- EXTI_EINT2: external interrupt line 2
+* 				- EXTI_EINT3: external interrupt line 3
+* @param[in]	mode 	external mode, should be:
+* 				- EXTI_MODE_LEVEL_SENSITIVE
+* 				- EXTI_MODE_EDGE_SENSITIVE
+* @return 		None
+*********************************************************************/
+void EXTI_SetMode(EXTI_LINE_ENUM EXTILine, EXTI_MODE_ENUM mode)
+{
+	if(mode == EXTI_MODE_EDGE_SENSITIVE)
+	{
+		LPC_SC->EXTMODE |= (1 << EXTILine);
+	}
+	else if(mode == EXTI_MODE_LEVEL_SENSITIVE)
+	{
+		LPC_SC->EXTMODE &= ~(1 << EXTILine);
+	}
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+* @brief 		Set polarity for EXTI pin
+* @param[in]	EXTILine	 external interrupt line, should be:
+* 				- EXTI_EINT0: external interrupt line 0
+* 				- EXTI_EINT1: external interrupt line 1
+* 				- EXTI_EINT2: external interrupt line 2
+* 				- EXTI_EINT3: external interrupt line 3
+* @param[in]	polarity	 external polarity value, should be:
+* 				- EXTI_POLARITY_LOW_ACTIVE_OR_FALLING_EDGE
+* 				- EXTI_POLARITY_LOW_ACTIVE_OR_FALLING_EDGE
+* @return 		None
+*********************************************************************/
+void EXTI_SetPolarity(EXTI_LINE_ENUM EXTILine, EXTI_POLARITY_ENUM polarity)
+{
+	if(polarity == EXTI_POLARITY_HIGH_ACTIVE_OR_RISING_EDGE)
+	{
+		LPC_SC->EXTPOLAR |= (1 << EXTILine);
+	}
+	else if(polarity == EXTI_POLARITY_LOW_ACTIVE_OR_FALLING_EDGE)
+	{
+		LPC_SC->EXTPOLAR &= ~(1 << EXTILine);
+	}
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+* @brief 		Clear External interrupt flag
+* @param[in]	EXTILine	 external interrupt line, should be:
+* 				- EXTI_EINT0: external interrupt line 0
+* 				- EXTI_EINT1: external interrupt line 1
+* 				- EXTI_EINT2: external interrupt line 2
+* 				- EXTI_EINT3: external interrupt line 3
+* @return 		None
+*********************************************************************/
+void EXTI_ClearEXTIFlag(EXTI_LINE_ENUM EXTILine)
+{
+		LPC_SC->EXTINT |= (1 << EXTILine);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* _EXTI */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */
+
diff -r 000000000000 -r 84d7747641aa lpc17xx_exti.h
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lpc17xx_exti.h	Sun Mar 20 18:45:15 2011 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+/***********************************************************************//**
+ * @file		lpc17xx_exti.h
+ * @brief		Contains all macro definitions and function prototypes
+ * 				support for External interrupt firmware library on LPC17xx
+ * @version		2.0
+ * @date		21. May. 2010
+ * @author		NXP MCU SW Application Team
+ **************************************************************************
+ * Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only
+ * which provides customers with programming information regarding the
+ * products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties.
+ * NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the
+ * use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent,
+ * copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors
+ * reserves the right to make changes in the software without
+ * notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or
+ * warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified
+ * use without further testing or modification.
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup EXTI EXTI
+ * @ingroup LPC1700CMSIS_FwLib_Drivers
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef LPC17XX_EXTI_H_
+#define LPC17XX_EXTI_H_
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+#include "LPC17xx.h"
+#include "lpc_types.h"
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+{
+#endif
+
+
+/* Private Macros ------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup EXTI_Private_Macros EXTI Private Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for EXTI  control register
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define EXTI_EINT0_BIT_MARK 	0x01
+#define EXTI_EINT1_BIT_MARK 	0x02
+#define EXTI_EINT2_BIT_MARK 	0x04
+#define EXTI_EINT3_BIT_MARK 	0x08
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private Macros ------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup EXTI_Public_Types EXTI Public Types
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief EXTI external interrupt line option
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+	EXTI_EINT0, /*!<  External interrupt 0, P2.10 */
+	EXTI_EINT1, /*!<  External interrupt 0, P2.11 */
+	EXTI_EINT2, /*!<  External interrupt 0, P2.12 */
+	EXTI_EINT3 	/*!<  External interrupt 0, P2.13 */
+} EXTI_LINE_ENUM;
+
+/**
+ * @brief EXTI mode option
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+	EXTI_MODE_LEVEL_SENSITIVE, 	/*!< Level sensitivity is selected */
+	EXTI_MODE_EDGE_SENSITIVE  	/*!< Edge sensitivity is selected */
+} EXTI_MODE_ENUM;
+
+/**
+ * @brief EXTI polarity option
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+	EXTI_POLARITY_LOW_ACTIVE_OR_FALLING_EDGE,	/*!< Low active or falling edge sensitive
+												depending on pin mode */
+	EXTI_POLARITY_HIGH_ACTIVE_OR_RISING_EDGE	/*!< High active or rising edge sensitive
+												depending on pin mode */
+} EXTI_POLARITY_ENUM;
+
+/**
+ * @brief EXTI Initialize structure
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+	EXTI_LINE_ENUM EXTI_Line; /*!<Select external interrupt pin (EINT0, EINT1, EINT 2, EINT3) */
+
+	EXTI_MODE_ENUM EXTI_Mode; /*!< Choose between Level-sensitivity or Edge sensitivity */
+
+	EXTI_POLARITY_ENUM EXTI_polarity; /*!< 	If EXTI mode is level-sensitive: this element use to select low or high active level
+											if EXTI mode is polarity-sensitive: this element use to select falling or rising edge */
+
+}EXTI_InitTypeDef;
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup EXTI_Public_Functions EXTI Public Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+void EXTI_Init(void);
+void EXTI_DeInit(void);
+
+void EXTI_Config(EXTI_InitTypeDef *EXTICfg);
+void EXTI_SetMode(EXTI_LINE_ENUM EXTILine, EXTI_MODE_ENUM mode);
+void EXTI_SetPolarity(EXTI_LINE_ENUM EXTILine, EXTI_POLARITY_ENUM polarity);
+void EXTI_ClearEXTIFlag(EXTI_LINE_ENUM EXTILine);
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* LPC17XX_EXTI_H_ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */
diff -r 000000000000 -r 84d7747641aa lpc17xx_gpdma.c
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lpc17xx_gpdma.c	Sun Mar 20 18:45:15 2011 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,433 @@
+/**
+ * @file    : lpc17xx_gpdma.c
+ * @brief    : Contains all functions support for GPDMA firmware library on LPC17xx
+ * @version    : 1.0
+ * @date    : 20. Apr. 2009
+ * @author    : HieuNguyen
+ **************************************************************************
+ * Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only
+ * which provides customers with programming information regarding the
+ * products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties.
+ * NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the
+ * use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent,
+ * copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors
+ * reserves the right to make changes in the software without
+ * notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or
+ * warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified
+ * use without further testing or modification.
+ **********************************************************************/
+
+/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @addtogroup GPDMA
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+#include "lpc17xx_gpdma.h"
+#include "lpc17xx_clkpwr.h"
+
+/* If this source file built with example, the LPC17xx FW library configuration
+ * file in each example directory ("lpc17xx_libcfg.h") must be included,
+ * otherwise the default FW library configuration file must be included instead
+ */
+#ifdef __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__
+#include "lpc17xx_libcfg.h"
+#else
+#include "lpc17xx_libcfg_default.h"
+#endif /* __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__ */
+
+#ifdef _GPDMA
+
+
+/* Private Variables ---------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup GPDMA_Private_Variables
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Lookup Table of Connection Type matched with
+ * Peripheral Data (FIFO) register base address
+ */
+#ifdef __IAR_SYSTEMS_ICC__
+volatile const void *GPDMA_LUTPerAddr[] = {
+        (&LPC_SSP0->DR),                // SSP0 Tx
+        (&LPC_SSP0->DR),                // SSP0 Rx
+        (&LPC_SSP1->DR),                // SSP1 Tx
+        (&LPC_SSP1->DR),                // SSP1 Rx
+        (&LPC_ADC->ADGDR),            // ADC
+        (&LPC_I2S->I2STXFIFO),         // I2S Tx
+        (&LPC_I2S->I2SRXFIFO),         // I2S Rx
+        (&LPC_DAC->DACR),                // DAC
+        (&LPC_UART0->/*RBTHDLR.*/THR),    // UART0 Tx
+        (&LPC_UART0->/*RBTHDLR.*/RBR),    // UART0 Rx
+        (&LPC_UART1->/*RBTHDLR.*/THR),    // UART1 Tx
+        (&LPC_UART1->/*RBTHDLR.*/RBR),    // UART1 Rx
+        (&LPC_UART2->/*RBTHDLR.*/THR),    // UART2 Tx
+        (&LPC_UART2->/*RBTHDLR.*/RBR),    // UART2 Rx
+        (&LPC_UART3->/*RBTHDLR.*/THR),    // UART3 Tx
+        (&LPC_UART3->/*RBTHDLR.*/RBR),    // UART3 Rx
+        (&LPC_TIM0->MR0),                // MAT0.0
+        (&LPC_TIM0->MR1),                // MAT0.1
+        (&LPC_TIM1->MR0),                // MAT1.0
+        (&LPC_TIM1->MR1),                // MAT1.1
+        (&LPC_TIM2->MR0),                // MAT2.0
+        (&LPC_TIM2->MR1),                // MAT2.1
+        (&LPC_TIM3->MR0),                // MAT3.0
+        (&LPC_TIM3->MR1),                // MAT3.1
+};
+#else
+const uint32_t GPDMA_LUTPerAddr[] = {
+        ((uint32_t)&LPC_SSP0->DR),                // SSP0 Tx
+        ((uint32_t)&LPC_SSP0->DR),                // SSP0 Rx
+        ((uint32_t)&LPC_SSP1->DR),                // SSP1 Tx
+        ((uint32_t)&LPC_SSP1->DR),                // SSP1 Rx
+        ((uint32_t)&LPC_ADC->ADGDR),            // ADC
+        ((uint32_t)&LPC_I2S->I2STXFIFO),         // I2S Tx
+        ((uint32_t)&LPC_I2S->I2SRXFIFO),         // I2S Rx
+        ((uint32_t)&LPC_DAC->DACR),                // DAC
+        ((uint32_t)&LPC_UART0->/*RBTHDLR.*/THR),    // UART0 Tx
+        ((uint32_t)&LPC_UART0->/*RBTHDLR.*/RBR),    // UART0 Rx
+        ((uint32_t)&LPC_UART1->/*RBTHDLR.*/THR),    // UART1 Tx
+        ((uint32_t)&LPC_UART1->/*RBTHDLR.*/RBR),    // UART1 Rx
+        ((uint32_t)&LPC_UART2->/*RBTHDLR.*/THR),    // UART2 Tx
+        ((uint32_t)&LPC_UART2->/*RBTHDLR.*/RBR),    // UART2 Rx
+        ((uint32_t)&LPC_UART3->/*RBTHDLR.*/THR),    // UART3 Tx
+        ((uint32_t)&LPC_UART3->/*RBTHDLR.*/RBR),    // UART3 Rx
+        ((uint32_t)&LPC_TIM0->MR0),                // MAT0.0
+        ((uint32_t)&LPC_TIM0->MR1),                // MAT0.1
+        ((uint32_t)&LPC_TIM1->MR0),                // MAT1.0
+        ((uint32_t)&LPC_TIM1->MR1),                // MAT1.1
+        ((uint32_t)&LPC_TIM2->MR0),                // MAT2.0
+        ((uint32_t)&LPC_TIM2->MR1),                // MAT2.1
+        ((uint32_t)&LPC_TIM3->MR0),                // MAT3.0
+        ((uint32_t)&LPC_TIM3->MR1),                // MAT3.1
+};
+#endif
+/**
+ * @brief Lookup Table of GPDMA Channel Number matched with
+ * GPDMA channel pointer
+ */
+const LPC_GPDMACH_TypeDef *pGPDMACh[8] = {
+        LPC_GPDMACH0,    // GPDMA Channel 0
+        LPC_GPDMACH1,    // GPDMA Channel 1
+        LPC_GPDMACH2,    // GPDMA Channel 2
+        LPC_GPDMACH3,    // GPDMA Channel 3
+        LPC_GPDMACH4,    // GPDMA Channel 4
+        LPC_GPDMACH5,    // GPDMA Channel 5
+        LPC_GPDMACH6,    // GPDMA Channel 6
+        LPC_GPDMACH7,    // GPDMA Channel 7
+};
+/**
+ * @brief Optimized Peripheral Source and Destination burst size
+ */
+const uint8_t GPDMA_LUTPerBurst[] = {
+        GPDMA_BSIZE_4,                // SSP0 Tx
+        GPDMA_BSIZE_4,                // SSP0 Rx
+        GPDMA_BSIZE_4,                // SSP1 Tx
+        GPDMA_BSIZE_4,                // SSP1 Rx
+        GPDMA_BSIZE_4,                // ADC
+        GPDMA_BSIZE_32,             // I2S channel 0
+        GPDMA_BSIZE_32,             // I2S channel 1
+        GPDMA_BSIZE_1,                // DAC
+        GPDMA_BSIZE_1,                // UART0 Tx
+        GPDMA_BSIZE_1,                // UART0 Rx
+        GPDMA_BSIZE_1,                // UART1 Tx
+        GPDMA_BSIZE_1,                // UART1 Rx
+        GPDMA_BSIZE_1,                // UART2 Tx
+        GPDMA_BSIZE_1,                // UART2 Rx
+        GPDMA_BSIZE_1,                // UART3 Tx
+        GPDMA_BSIZE_1,                // UART3 Rx
+        GPDMA_BSIZE_1,                // MAT0.0
+        GPDMA_BSIZE_1,                // MAT0.1
+        GPDMA_BSIZE_1,                // MAT1.0
+        GPDMA_BSIZE_1,                // MAT1.1
+        GPDMA_BSIZE_1,                // MAT2.0
+        GPDMA_BSIZE_1,                // MAT2.1
+        GPDMA_BSIZE_1,                // MAT3.0
+        GPDMA_BSIZE_1,                // MAT3.1
+};
+/**
+ * @brief Optimized Peripheral Source and Destination transfer width
+ */
+const uint8_t GPDMA_LUTPerWid[] = {
+        GPDMA_WIDTH_BYTE,                // SSP0 Tx
+        GPDMA_WIDTH_BYTE,                // SSP0 Rx
+        GPDMA_WIDTH_BYTE,                // SSP1 Tx
+        GPDMA_WIDTH_BYTE,                // SSP1 Rx
+        GPDMA_WIDTH_WORD,                // ADC
+        GPDMA_WIDTH_WORD,                 // I2S channel 0
+        GPDMA_WIDTH_WORD,                 // I2S channel 1
+        GPDMA_WIDTH_BYTE,                // DAC
+        GPDMA_WIDTH_BYTE,                // UART0 Tx
+        GPDMA_WIDTH_BYTE,                // UART0 Rx
+        GPDMA_WIDTH_BYTE,                // UART1 Tx
+        GPDMA_WIDTH_BYTE,                // UART1 Rx
+        GPDMA_WIDTH_BYTE,                // UART2 Tx
+        GPDMA_WIDTH_BYTE,                // UART2 Rx
+        GPDMA_WIDTH_BYTE,                // UART3 Tx
+        GPDMA_WIDTH_BYTE,                // UART3 Rx
+        GPDMA_WIDTH_WORD,                // MAT0.0
+        GPDMA_WIDTH_WORD,                // MAT0.1
+        GPDMA_WIDTH_WORD,                // MAT1.0
+        GPDMA_WIDTH_WORD,                // MAT1.1
+        GPDMA_WIDTH_WORD,                // MAT2.0
+        GPDMA_WIDTH_WORD,                // MAT2.1
+        GPDMA_WIDTH_WORD,                // MAT3.0
+        GPDMA_WIDTH_WORD,                // MAT3.1
+};
+
+/** Interrupt Call-back function pointer data for each GPDMA channel */
+static fnGPDMACbs_Type *_apfnGPDMACbs[8] = {
+        NULL,     // GPDMA Call-back function pointer for Channel 0
+        NULL,     // GPDMA Call-back function pointer for Channel 1
+        NULL,     // GPDMA Call-back function pointer for Channel 2
+        NULL,     // GPDMA Call-back function pointer for Channel 3
+        NULL,     // GPDMA Call-back function pointer for Channel 4
+        NULL,     // GPDMA Call-back function pointer for Channel 5
+        NULL,     // GPDMA Call-back function pointer for Channel 6
+        NULL,     // GPDMA Call-back function pointer for Channel 7
+};
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @addtogroup GPDMA_Public_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Initialize GPDMA controller
+ * @param         None
+ * @return         None
+ *********************************************************************/
+void GPDMA_Init(void)
+{
+    /* Enable GPDMA clock */
+    CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCGPDMA, ENABLE);
+
+    // Reset all channel configuration register
+    LPC_GPDMACH0->DMACCConfig = 0;
+    LPC_GPDMACH1->DMACCConfig = 0;
+    LPC_GPDMACH2->DMACCConfig = 0;
+    LPC_GPDMACH3->DMACCConfig = 0;
+    LPC_GPDMACH4->DMACCConfig = 0;
+    LPC_GPDMACH5->DMACCConfig = 0;
+    LPC_GPDMACH6->DMACCConfig = 0;
+    LPC_GPDMACH7->DMACCConfig = 0;
+
+    /* Clear all DMA interrupt and error flag */
+    LPC_GPDMA->DMACIntTCClear = 0xFF;
+    LPC_GPDMA->DMACIntErrClr = 0xFF;
+}
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Setup GPDMA channel peripheral according to the specified
+ *               parameters in the GPDMAChannelConfig.
+ * @param[in]    GPDMAChannelConfig Pointer to a GPDMA_CH_CFG_Type
+ *                                     structure that contains the configuration
+ *                                     information for the specified GPDMA channel peripheral.
+ * @param[in]    pfnGPDMACbs            Pointer to a GPDMA interrupt call-back function
+ * @return        ERROR if selected channel is enabled before
+ *                 or SUCCESS if channel is configured successfully
+ *********************************************************************/
+Status GPDMA_Setup(GPDMA_Channel_CFG_Type *GPDMAChannelConfig, fnGPDMACbs_Type *pfnGPDMACbs)
+{
+    LPC_GPDMACH_TypeDef *pDMAch;
+    uint32_t tmp1, tmp2;
+
+    if (LPC_GPDMA->DMACEnbldChns & (GPDMA_DMACEnbldChns_Ch(GPDMAChannelConfig->ChannelNum))) {
+        // This channel is enabled, return ERROR, need to release this channel first
+        return ERROR;
+    }
+
+    // Get Channel pointer
+    pDMAch = (LPC_GPDMACH_TypeDef *) pGPDMACh[GPDMAChannelConfig->ChannelNum];
+
+    // Setup call back function for this channel
+    _apfnGPDMACbs[GPDMAChannelConfig->ChannelNum] = pfnGPDMACbs;
+
+    // Reset the Interrupt status
+    LPC_GPDMA->DMACIntTCClear = GPDMA_DMACIntTCClear_Ch(GPDMAChannelConfig->ChannelNum);
+    LPC_GPDMA->DMACIntErrClr = GPDMA_DMACIntErrClr_Ch(GPDMAChannelConfig->ChannelNum);
+
+    // Clear DMA configure
+    pDMAch->DMACCControl = 0x00;
+    pDMAch->DMACCConfig = 0x00;
+
+    /* Assign Linker List Item value */
+    pDMAch->DMACCLLI = GPDMAChannelConfig->DMALLI;
+
+    /* Set value to Channel Control Registers */
+    switch (GPDMAChannelConfig->TransferType)
+    {
+    // Memory to memory
+    case GPDMA_TRANSFERTYPE_M2M:
+        // Assign physical source and destination address
+        pDMAch->DMACCSrcAddr = GPDMAChannelConfig->SrcMemAddr;
+        pDMAch->DMACCDestAddr = GPDMAChannelConfig->DstMemAddr;
+        pDMAch->DMACCControl
+                = GPDMA_DMACCxControl_TransferSize(GPDMAChannelConfig->TransferSize) \
+                        | GPDMA_DMACCxControl_SBSize(GPDMA_BSIZE_32) \
+                        | GPDMA_DMACCxControl_DBSize(GPDMA_BSIZE_32) \
+                        | GPDMA_DMACCxControl_SWidth(GPDMAChannelConfig->TransferWidth) \
+                        | GPDMA_DMACCxControl_DWidth(GPDMAChannelConfig->TransferWidth) \
+                        | GPDMA_DMACCxControl_SI \
+                        | GPDMA_DMACCxControl_DI \
+                        | GPDMA_DMACCxControl_I;
+        break;
+    // Memory to peripheral
+    case GPDMA_TRANSFERTYPE_M2P:
+        // Assign physical source
+        pDMAch->DMACCSrcAddr = GPDMAChannelConfig->SrcMemAddr;
+        // Assign peripheral destination address
+        pDMAch->DMACCDestAddr = (uint32_t)GPDMA_LUTPerAddr[GPDMAChannelConfig->DstConn];
+        pDMAch->DMACCControl
+                = GPDMA_DMACCxControl_TransferSize((uint32_t)GPDMAChannelConfig->TransferSize) \
+                        | GPDMA_DMACCxControl_SBSize((uint32_t)GPDMA_LUTPerBurst[GPDMAChannelConfig->DstConn]) \
+                        | GPDMA_DMACCxControl_DBSize((uint32_t)GPDMA_LUTPerBurst[GPDMAChannelConfig->DstConn]) \
+                        | GPDMA_DMACCxControl_SWidth((uint32_t)GPDMA_LUTPerWid[GPDMAChannelConfig->DstConn]) \
+                        | GPDMA_DMACCxControl_DWidth((uint32_t)GPDMA_LUTPerWid[GPDMAChannelConfig->DstConn]) \
+                        | GPDMA_DMACCxControl_SI \
+                        | GPDMA_DMACCxControl_I;
+        break;
+    // Peripheral to memory
+    case GPDMA_TRANSFERTYPE_P2M:
+        // Assign peripheral source address
+        pDMAch->DMACCSrcAddr = (uint32_t)GPDMA_LUTPerAddr[GPDMAChannelConfig->SrcConn];
+        // Assign memory destination address
+        pDMAch->DMACCDestAddr = GPDMAChannelConfig->DstMemAddr;
+        pDMAch->DMACCControl
+                = GPDMA_DMACCxControl_TransferSize((uint32_t)GPDMAChannelConfig->TransferSize) \
+                        | GPDMA_DMACCxControl_SBSize((uint32_t)GPDMA_LUTPerBurst[GPDMAChannelConfig->SrcConn]) \
+                        | GPDMA_DMACCxControl_DBSize((uint32_t)GPDMA_LUTPerBurst[GPDMAChannelConfig->SrcConn]) \
+                        | GPDMA_DMACCxControl_SWidth((uint32_t)GPDMA_LUTPerWid[GPDMAChannelConfig->SrcConn]) \
+                        | GPDMA_DMACCxControl_DWidth((uint32_t)GPDMA_LUTPerWid[GPDMAChannelConfig->SrcConn]) \
+                        | GPDMA_DMACCxControl_DI \
+                        | GPDMA_DMACCxControl_I;
+        break;
+    // Peripheral to peripheral
+    case GPDMA_TRANSFERTYPE_P2P:
+        // Assign peripheral source address
+        pDMAch->DMACCSrcAddr = (uint32_t)GPDMA_LUTPerAddr[GPDMAChannelConfig->SrcConn];
+        // Assign peripheral destination address
+        pDMAch->DMACCDestAddr = (uint32_t)GPDMA_LUTPerAddr[GPDMAChannelConfig->DstConn];
+        pDMAch->DMACCControl
+                = GPDMA_DMACCxControl_TransferSize((uint32_t)GPDMAChannelConfig->TransferSize) \
+                        | GPDMA_DMACCxControl_SBSize((uint32_t)GPDMA_LUTPerBurst[GPDMAChannelConfig->SrcConn]) \
+                        | GPDMA_DMACCxControl_DBSize((uint32_t)GPDMA_LUTPerBurst[GPDMAChannelConfig->DstConn]) \
+                        | GPDMA_DMACCxControl_SWidth((uint32_t)GPDMA_LUTPerWid[GPDMAChannelConfig->SrcConn]) \
+                        | GPDMA_DMACCxControl_DWidth((uint32_t)GPDMA_LUTPerWid[GPDMAChannelConfig->DstConn]) \
+                        | GPDMA_DMACCxControl_I;
+        break;
+    // Do not support any more transfer type, return ERROR
+    default:
+        return ERROR;
+    }
+
+    /* Re-Configure DMA Request Select for source peripheral */
+    if (GPDMAChannelConfig->SrcConn > 15)
+    {
+        LPC_SC->RESERVED9 |= (1<<(GPDMAChannelConfig->SrcConn - 16));
+    } else {
+        LPC_SC->RESERVED9 &= ~(1<<(GPDMAChannelConfig->SrcConn - 8));
+    }
+
+    /* Re-Configure DMA Request Select for Destination peripheral */
+    if (GPDMAChannelConfig->DstConn > 15)
+    {
+        LPC_SC->RESERVED9 |= (1<<(GPDMAChannelConfig->DstConn - 16));
+    } else {
+        LPC_SC->RESERVED9 &= ~(1<<(GPDMAChannelConfig->DstConn - 8));
+    }
+
+    /* Enable DMA channels, little endian */
+    LPC_GPDMA->DMACConfig = GPDMA_DMACConfig_E;
+    while (!(LPC_GPDMA->DMACConfig & GPDMA_DMACConfig_E));
+
+    // Calculate absolute value for Connection number
+    tmp1 = GPDMAChannelConfig->SrcConn;
+    tmp1 = ((tmp1 > 15) ? (tmp1 - 8) : tmp1);
+    tmp2 = GPDMAChannelConfig->DstConn;
+    tmp2 = ((tmp2 > 15) ? (tmp2 - 8) : tmp2);
+
+    // Configure DMA Channel, enable Error Counter and Terminate counter
+    pDMAch->DMACCConfig = GPDMA_DMACCxConfig_IE | GPDMA_DMACCxConfig_ITC /*| GPDMA_DMACCxConfig_E*/ \
+        | GPDMA_DMACCxConfig_TransferType((uint32_t)GPDMAChannelConfig->TransferType) \
+        | GPDMA_DMACCxConfig_SrcPeripheral(tmp1) \
+        | GPDMA_DMACCxConfig_DestPeripheral(tmp2);
+
+    return SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Enable/Disable DMA channel
+ * @param[in]    channelNum    GPDMA channel, should be in range from 0 to 7
+ * @param[in]    NewState    New State of this command, should be:
+ *                     - ENABLE.
+ *                     - DISABLE.
+ * @return        None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void GPDMA_ChannelCmd(uint8_t channelNum, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+    LPC_GPDMACH_TypeDef *pDMAch;
+
+    // Get Channel pointer
+    pDMAch = (LPC_GPDMACH_TypeDef *) pGPDMACh[channelNum];
+
+    if (NewState == ENABLE) {
+        pDMAch->DMACCConfig |= GPDMA_DMACCxConfig_E;
+    } else {
+        pDMAch->DMACCConfig &= ~GPDMA_DMACCxConfig_E;
+    }
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Standard GPDMA interrupt handler, this function will check
+ *                 all interrupt status of GPDMA channels, then execute the call
+ *                 back function id they're already installed
+ * @param[in]    None
+ * @return        None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void GPDMA_IntHandler(void)
+{
+    uint32_t tmp;
+    // Scan interrupt pending
+    for (tmp = 0; tmp <= 7; tmp++) {
+        if (LPC_GPDMA->DMACIntStat & GPDMA_DMACIntStat_Ch(tmp)) {
+            // Check counter terminal status
+            if (LPC_GPDMA->DMACIntTCStat & GPDMA_DMACIntTCStat_Ch(tmp)) {
+                // Clear terminate counter Interrupt pending
+                LPC_GPDMA->DMACIntTCClear = GPDMA_DMACIntTCClear_Ch(tmp);
+                // Execute call-back function if it is already installed
+                if(_apfnGPDMACbs[tmp] != NULL) {
+                    _apfnGPDMACbs[tmp](GPDMA_STAT_INTTC);
+                }
+            }
+            // Check error terminal status
+            if (LPC_GPDMA->DMACIntErrStat & GPDMA_DMACIntErrStat_Ch(tmp)) {
+                // Clear error counter Interrupt pending
+                LPC_GPDMA->DMACIntErrClr = GPDMA_DMACIntErrClr_Ch(tmp);
+                // Execute call-back function if it is already installed
+                if(_apfnGPDMACbs[tmp] != NULL) {
+                    _apfnGPDMACbs[tmp](GPDMA_STAT_INTERR);
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* _GPDMA */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */
diff -r 000000000000 -r 84d7747641aa lpc17xx_gpdma.h
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lpc17xx_gpdma.h	Sun Mar 20 18:45:15 2011 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,394 @@
+/***********************************************************************//**
+ * @file    : lpc17xx_gpdma.h
+ * @brief    : Contains all macro definitions and function prototypes
+ *                 support for GPDMA firmware library on LPC17xx
+ * @version    : 1.0
+ * @date    : 20. Apr. 2009
+ * @author    : HieuNguyen
+ **************************************************************************
+ * Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only
+ * which provides customers with programming information regarding the
+ * products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties.
+ * NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the
+ * use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent,
+ * copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors
+ * reserves the right to make changes in the software without
+ * notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or
+ * warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified
+ * use without further testing or modification.
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup GPDMA
+ * @ingroup LPC1700CMSIS_FwLib_Drivers
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef LPC17XX_GPDMA_H_
+#define LPC17XX_GPDMA_H_
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+#include "cmsis.h"
+#include "lpc_types.h"
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+{
+#endif
+
+
+/* Private Macros ------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup GPDMA_Private_Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_REGISTER_BIT_DEFINITIONS
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** Macros define for DMA interrupt */
+/** DMA Interrupt Status register */
+#define GPDMA_DMACIntStat_Ch(n)            (((1UL<<n)&0xFF))
+#define GPDMA_DMACIntStat_BITMASK        ((0xFF))
+
+/** DMA Interrupt Terminal Count Request Status register */
+#define GPDMA_DMACIntTCStat_Ch(n)        (((1UL<<n)&0xFF))
+#define GPDMA_DMACIntTCStat_BITMASK        ((0xFF))
+
+/** DMA Interrupt Terminal Count Request Clear register */
+#define GPDMA_DMACIntTCClear_Ch(n)        (((1UL<<n)&0xFF))
+#define GPDMA_DMACIntTCClear_BITMASK    ((0xFF))
+
+/** DMA Interrupt Error Status register */
+#define GPDMA_DMACIntErrStat_Ch(n)        (((1UL<<n)&0xFF))
+#define GPDMA_DMACIntErrStat_BITMASK    ((0xFF))
+
+/** DMA Interrupt Error Clear register */
+#define GPDMA_DMACIntErrClr_Ch(n)        (((1UL<<n)&0xFF))
+#define GPDMA_DMACIntErrClr_BITMASK        ((0xFF))
+
+/** DMA Raw Interrupt Terminal Count Status register */
+#define GPDMA_DMACRawIntTCStat_Ch(n)    (((1UL<<n)&0xFF))
+#define GPDMA_DMACRawIntTCStat_BITMASK    ((0xFF))
+
+/** DMA Raw Error Interrupt Status register */
+#define GPDMA_DMACRawIntErrStat_Ch(n)    (((1UL<<n)&0xFF))
+#define GPDMA_DMACRawIntErrStat_BITMASK    ((0xFF))
+
+/** DMA Enabled Channel register */
+#define GPDMA_DMACEnbldChns_Ch(n)        (((1UL<<n)&0xFF))
+#define GPDMA_DMACEnbldChns_BITMASK        ((0xFF))
+
+
+/** Macro defines for DMA Software Burst Request register */
+#define    GPDMA_DMACSoftBReq_Src(n)        (((1UL<<n)&0xFFFF))
+#define GPDMA_DMACSoftBReq_BITMASK        ((0xFFFF))
+
+/** Macro defines for DMA Software Single Request register */
+#define GPDMA_DMACSoftSReq_Src(n)         (((1UL<<n)&0xFFFF))
+#define GPDMA_DMACSoftSReq_BITMASK        ((0xFFFF))
+
+/** Macro defines for DMA Software Last Burst Request register */
+#define GPDMA_DMACSoftLBReq_Src(n)        (((1UL<<n)&0xFFFF))
+#define GPDMA_DMACSoftLBReq_BITMASK        ((0xFFFF))
+
+/** Macro defines for DMA Software Last Single Request register */
+#define GPDMA_DMACSoftLSReq_Src(n)         (((1UL<<n)&0xFFFF))
+#define GPDMA_DMACSoftLSReq_BITMASK        ((0xFFFF))
+
+/** DMA Configuration register bit description*/
+#define GPDMA_DMACConfig_E                ((0x01))     /**< DMA Controller enable*/
+#define GPDMA_DMACConfig_M                ((0x02))     /**< AHB Master endianness configuration*/
+#define GPDMA_DMACConfig_BITMASK        ((0x03))
+
+
+/** Macro defines for DMA Synchronization register */
+#define GPDMA_DMACSync_Src(n)            (((1UL<<n)&0xFFFF))
+#define GPDMA_DMACSync_BITMASK            ((0xFFFF))
+
+/**  Macro defines for DMA Request Select register */
+#define GPDMA_DMAReqSel_Input(n)        (((1UL<<(n-8))&0xFF))
+#define GPDMA_DMAReqSel_BITMASK            ((0xFF))
+
+/** DMA Channel Linked List Item registers bit mask*/
+#define GPDMA_DMACCxLLI_BITMASK         ((0xFFFFFFFC))
+
+/** DMA channel control registers bit description */
+#define GPDMA_DMACCxControl_TransferSize(n) (((n&0xFFF)<<0))     /**< Transfer size*/
+#define GPDMA_DMACCxControl_SBSize(n)        (((n&0x07)<<12))     /**< Source burst size*/
+#define GPDMA_DMACCxControl_DBSize(n)        (((n&0x07)<<15))     /**< Destination burst size*/
+#define GPDMA_DMACCxControl_SWidth(n)        (((n&0x07)<<18))     /**< Source transfer width*/
+#define GPDMA_DMACCxControl_DWidth(n)        (((n&0x07)<<21))     /**< Destination transfer width*/
+#define GPDMA_DMACCxControl_SI                ((1UL<<26))         /**< Source increment*/
+#define GPDMA_DMACCxControl_DI                ((1UL<<27))         /**< Destination increment*/
+#define GPDMA_DMACCxControl_Prot1            ((1UL<<28))         /**< Indicates that the access is in user mode or privileged mode*/
+#define GPDMA_DMACCxControl_Prot2            ((1UL<<29))         /**< Indicates that the access is bufferable or not bufferable*/
+#define GPDMA_DMACCxControl_Prot3            ((1UL<<30))         /**< Indicates that the access is cacheable or not cacheable*/
+#define GPDMA_DMACCxControl_I                ((1UL<<31))         /**< Terminal count interrupt enable bit */
+/** DMA channel control registers bit mask */
+#define GPDMA_DMACCxControl_BITMASK            ((0xFCFFFFFF))
+
+
+/** DMA Channel Configuration registers bit description*/
+#define GPDMA_DMACCxConfig_E                     ((1UL<<0))            /**< DMA control enable*/
+#define GPDMA_DMACCxConfig_SrcPeripheral(n)     (((n&0x1F)<<1))     /**< Source peripheral*/
+#define GPDMA_DMACCxConfig_DestPeripheral(n)     (((n&0x1F)<<6))     /**< Destination peripheral*/
+#define GPDMA_DMACCxConfig_TransferType(n)         (((n&0x7)<<11))     /**< This value indicates the type of transfer*/
+#define GPDMA_DMACCxConfig_IE                     ((1UL<<14))            /**< Interrupt error mask*/
+#define GPDMA_DMACCxConfig_ITC                     ((1UL<<15))         /**< Terminal count interrupt mask*/
+#define GPDMA_DMACCxConfig_L                     ((1UL<<16))         /**< Lock*/
+#define GPDMA_DMACCxConfig_A                     ((1UL<<17))         /**< Active*/
+#define GPDMA_DMACCxConfig_H                     ((1UL<<18))         /**< Halt*/
+/** DMA Channel Configuration registers bit mask */
+#define GPDMA_DMACCxConfig_BITMASK                ((0x7FFFF))
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/* Public Types --------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup GPDMA_Public_Types
+ * @{
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief GPDMA Channel configuration structure type definition
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    uint32_t ChannelNum;     /**< DMA channel number, should be in
+                                range from 0 to 7.
+                                Note: DMA channel 0 has the highest priority
+                                and DMA channel 7 the lowest priority.
+                                */
+    uint32_t TransferSize;    /**< Length/Size of transfer */
+    uint32_t TransferWidth;    /**< Transfer width - used for TransferType is GPDMA_TRANSFERTYPE_M2M only */
+    uint32_t SrcMemAddr;    /**< Physical Source Address, used in case TransferType is chosen as
+                                 GPDMA_TRANSFERTYPE_M2M or GPDMA_TRANSFERTYPE_M2P */
+    uint32_t DstMemAddr;    /**< Physical Destination Address, used in case TransferType is chosen as
+                                 GPDMA_TRANSFERTYPE_M2M or GPDMA_TRANSFERTYPE_P2M */
+    uint32_t TransferType;    /**< Transfer Type, should be one of the following:
+                            - GPDMA_TRANSFERTYPE_M2M: Memory to memory - DMA control
+                            - GPDMA_TRANSFERTYPE_M2P: Memory to peripheral - DMA control
+                            - GPDMA_TRANSFERTYPE_P2M: Peripheral to memory - DMA control
+                            - GPDMA_TRANSFERTYPE_P2P: Source peripheral to destination peripheral - DMA control
+                            */
+    uint32_t SrcConn;        /**< Peripheral Source Connection type, used in case TransferType is chosen as
+                            GPDMA_TRANSFERTYPE_P2M or GPDMA_TRANSFERTYPE_P2P, should be one of
+                            following:
+                             - GPDMA_CONN_SSP0_Tx: SSP0, Tx
+                             - GPDMA_CONN_SSP0_Rx: SSP0, Rx
+                             - GPDMA_CONN_SSP1_Tx: SSP1, Tx
+                             - GPDMA_CONN_SSP1_Rx: SSP1, Rx
+                             - GPDMA_CONN_ADC: ADC
+                             - GPDMA_CONN_I2S_Channel_0: I2S Channel 0
+                             - GPDMA_CONN_I2S_Channel_1: I2S Channel 1
+                             - GPDMA_CONN_DAC: DAC
+                             - GPDMA_CONN_UART0_Tx_MAT0_0: UART0 Tx / MAT0.0
+                             - GPDMA_CONN_UART0_Rx_MAT0_1: UART0 Rx / MAT0.1
+                             - GPDMA_CONN_UART1_Tx_MAT1_0: UART1 Tx / MAT1.0
+                             - GPDMA_CONN_UART1_Rx_MAT1_1: UART1 Rx / MAT1.1
+                             - GPDMA_CONN_UART2_Tx_MAT2_0: UART2 Tx / MAT2.0
+                             - GPDMA_CONN_UART2_Rx_MAT2_1: UART2 Rx / MAT2.1
+                             - GPDMA_CONN_UART3_Tx_MAT3_0: UART3 Tx / MAT3.0
+                             - GPDMA_CONN_UART3_Rx_MAT3_1: UART3 Rx / MAT3.1
+                             */
+    uint32_t DstConn;        /**< Peripheral Destination Connection type, used in case TransferType is chosen as
+                            GPDMA_TRANSFERTYPE_M2P or GPDMA_TRANSFERTYPE_P2P, should be one of
+                            following:
+                             - GPDMA_CONN_SSP0_Tx: SSP0, Tx
+                             - GPDMA_CONN_SSP0_Rx: SSP0, Rx
+                             - GPDMA_CONN_SSP1_Tx: SSP1, Tx
+                             - GPDMA_CONN_SSP1_Rx: SSP1, Rx
+                             - GPDMA_CONN_ADC: ADC
+                             - GPDMA_CONN_I2S_Channel_0: I2S Channel 0
+                             - GPDMA_CONN_I2S_Channel_1: I2S Channel 1
+                             - GPDMA_CONN_DAC: DAC
+                             - GPDMA_CONN_UART0_Tx_MAT0_0: UART0 Tx / MAT0.0
+                             - GPDMA_CONN_UART0_Rx_MAT0_1: UART0 Rx / MAT0.1
+                             - GPDMA_CONN_UART1_Tx_MAT1_0: UART1 Tx / MAT1.0
+                             - GPDMA_CONN_UART1_Rx_MAT1_1: UART1 Rx / MAT1.1
+                             - GPDMA_CONN_UART2_Tx_MAT2_0: UART2 Tx / MAT2.0
+                             - GPDMA_CONN_UART2_Rx_MAT2_1: UART2 Rx / MAT2.1
+                             - GPDMA_CONN_UART3_Tx_MAT3_0: UART3 Tx / MAT3.0
+                             - GPDMA_CONN_UART3_Rx_MAT3_1: UART3 Rx / MAT3.1
+                             */
+    uint32_t DMALLI;        /**< Linker List Item structure data address
+                            if there's no Linker List, set as '0'
+                            */
+} GPDMA_Channel_CFG_Type;
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief GPDMA Linker List Item structure type definition
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    uint32_t SrcAddr;    /**< Source Address */
+    uint32_t DstAddr;    /**< Destination address */
+    uint32_t NextLLI;    /**< Next LLI address, otherwise set to '0' */
+    uint32_t Control;    /**< GPDMA Control of this LLI */
+} GPDMA_LLI_Type;
+
+
+/** GPDMA call-back function type definitions */
+typedef void (fnGPDMACbs_Type)(uint32_t channelStatus);
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/* Public Macros -------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup GPDMA_Public_Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define PARAM_GPDMA_CHANNEL(n)    ((n>=0) && (n<=7))
+
+/** DMA Connection number definitions */
+#define GPDMA_CONN_SSP0_Tx             ((0UL))         /**< SSP0 Tx */
+#define GPDMA_CONN_SSP0_Rx             ((1UL))         /**< SSP0 Rx */
+#define GPDMA_CONN_SSP1_Tx             ((2UL))         /**< SSP1 Tx */
+#define GPDMA_CONN_SSP1_Rx             ((3UL))         /**< SSP1 Rx */
+#define GPDMA_CONN_ADC                 ((4UL))         /**< ADC */
+#define GPDMA_CONN_I2S_Channel_0     ((5UL))         /**< I2S channel 0 */
+#define GPDMA_CONN_I2S_Channel_1     ((6UL))         /**< I2S channel 1 */
+#define GPDMA_CONN_DAC                 ((7UL))         /**< DAC */
+#define GPDMA_CONN_UART0_Tx            ((8UL))         /**< UART0 Tx */
+#define GPDMA_CONN_UART0_Rx            ((9UL))         /**< UART0 Rx */
+#define GPDMA_CONN_UART1_Tx            ((10UL))         /**< UART1 Tx */
+#define GPDMA_CONN_UART1_Rx            ((11UL))         /**< UART1 Rx */
+#define GPDMA_CONN_UART2_Tx            ((12UL))         /**< UART2 Tx */
+#define GPDMA_CONN_UART2_Rx            ((13UL))         /**< UART2 Rx */
+#define GPDMA_CONN_UART3_Tx            ((14UL))         /**< UART3 Tx */
+#define GPDMA_CONN_UART3_Rx            ((15UL))         /**< UART3 Rx */
+#define GPDMA_CONN_MAT0_0             ((16UL))         /**< MAT0.0 */
+#define GPDMA_CONN_MAT0_1             ((17UL))         /**< MAT0.1 */
+#define GPDMA_CONN_MAT1_0             ((18UL))         /**< MAT1.0 */
+#define GPDMA_CONN_MAT1_1           ((19UL))         /**< MAT1.1 */
+#define GPDMA_CONN_MAT2_0           ((20UL))         /**< MAT2.0 */
+#define GPDMA_CONN_MAT2_1           ((21UL))         /**< MAT2.1 */
+#define GPDMA_CONN_MAT3_0             ((22UL))         /**< MAT3.0 */
+#define GPDMA_CONN_MAT3_1           ((23UL))         /**< MAT3.1 */
+
+#define PARAM_GPDMA_CONN(n)        ((n==GPDMA_CONN_SSP0_Tx) || (n==GPDMA_CONN_SSP0_Rx) \
+|| (n==GPDMA_CONN_SSP1_Tx) || (n==GPDMA_CONN_SSP1_Rx) \
+|| (n==GPDMA_CONN_ADC) || (n==GPDMA_CONN_I2S_Channel_0) \
+|| (n==GPDMA_CONN_I2S_Channel_1) || (n==GPDMA_CONN_DAC) \
+|| (n==GPDMA_CONN_UART0_Tx) || (n==GPDMA_CONN_UART0_Rx) \
+|| (n==GPDMA_CONN_UART1_Tx) || (n==GPDMA_CONN_UART1_Rx) \
+|| (n==GPDMA_CONN_UART2_Tx) || (n==GPDMA_CONN_UART2_Rx) \
+|| (n==GPDMA_CONN_UART3_Tx) || (n==GPDMA_CONN_UART3_Rx) \
+|| (n==GPDMA_CONN_MAT0_0) || (n==GPDMA_CONN_MAT0_1) \
+|| (n==GPDMA_CONN_MAT1_0) || (n==GPDMA_CONN_MAT1_1) \
+|| (n==GPDMA_CONN_MAT2_0) || (n==GPDMA_CONN_MAT2_1) \
+|| (n==GPDMA_CONN_MAT3_0) || (n==GPDMA_CONN_MAT3_1))
+
+
+/** GPDMA Transfer type definitions */
+#define GPDMA_TRANSFERTYPE_M2M         ((0UL))     /**< Memory to memory - DMA control */
+#define GPDMA_TRANSFERTYPE_M2P         ((1UL))     /**< Memory to peripheral - DMA control */
+#define GPDMA_TRANSFERTYPE_P2M         ((2UL))     /**< Peripheral to memory - DMA control */
+#define GPDMA_TRANSFERTYPE_P2P         ((3UL))     /**< Source peripheral to destination peripheral - DMA control */
+
+
+#define PARAM_GPDMA_TRANSFERTYPE(n) ((n==GPDMA_TRANSFERTYPE_M2M)||(n==GPDMA_TRANSFERTYPE_M2P) \
+||(n==GPDMA_TRANSFERTYPE_P2M)||(n==GPDMA_TRANSFERTYPE_P2P))
+
+
+/** Burst size in Source and Destination definitions */
+#define GPDMA_BSIZE_1     ((0UL)) /**< Burst size = 1 */
+#define GPDMA_BSIZE_4     ((1UL)) /**< Burst size = 4 */
+#define GPDMA_BSIZE_8     ((2UL)) /**< Burst size = 8 */
+#define GPDMA_BSIZE_16     ((3UL)) /**< Burst size = 16 */
+#define GPDMA_BSIZE_32     ((4UL)) /**< Burst size = 32 */
+#define GPDMA_BSIZE_64     ((5UL)) /**< Burst size = 64 */
+#define GPDMA_BSIZE_128 ((6UL)) /**< Burst size = 128 */
+#define GPDMA_BSIZE_256 ((7UL)) /**< Burst size = 256 */
+
+#define PARAM_GPDMA_BSIZE(n)    ((n==GPDMA_BSIZE_1) || (n==GPDMA_BSIZE_4) \
+|| (n==GPDMA_BSIZE_8) || (n==GPDMA_BSIZE_16) \
+|| (n==GPDMA_BSIZE_32) || (n==GPDMA_BSIZE_64) \
+|| (n==GPDMA_BSIZE_128) || (n==GPDMA_BSIZE_256))
+
+
+/** Width in Source transfer width and Destination transfer width definitions */
+#define GPDMA_WIDTH_BYTE         ((0UL)) /**< Width = 1 byte */
+#define GPDMA_WIDTH_HALFWORD     ((1UL)) /**< Width = 2 bytes */
+#define GPDMA_WIDTH_WORD         ((2UL)) /**< Width = 4 bytes */
+
+#define PARAM_GPDMA_WIDTH(n) ((n==GPDMA_WIDTH_BYTE) || (n==GPDMA_WIDTH_HALFWORD) \
+|| (n==GPDMA_WIDTH_WORD))
+
+
+/** DMA Request Select Mode definitions */
+#define GPDMA_REQSEL_UART     ((0UL)) /**< UART TX/RX is selected */
+#define GPDMA_REQSEL_TIMER     ((1UL)) /**< Timer match is selected */
+
+#define PARAM_GPDMA_REQSEL(n)    ((n==GPDMA_REQSEL_UART) || (n==GPDMA_REQSEL_TIMER))
+
+/** GPDMA Status type definitions */
+/** GPDMA Interrupt Status */
+#define GPDMA_STAT_INT            ((0UL))
+/** GPDMA Interrupt Terminal Count Request Status */
+#define GPDMA_STAT_INTTC        ((1UL))
+/** GPDMA Interrupt Error Status */
+#define GPDMA_STAT_INTERR        ((2UL))
+/** GPDMA Raw Interrupt Terminal Count Status */
+#define GPDMA_STAT_RAWINTTC        ((3UL))
+/** GPDMA Raw Error Interrupt Status */
+#define GPDMA_STAT_RAWINTERR    ((4UL))
+/** DMA Enabled Channel Status */
+#define GPDMA_STAT_ENABLED_CH    ((5UL))
+
+#define PARAM_GPDMA_STAT(n)    ((n==GPDMA_STAT_INT) || (n==GPDMA_STAT_INTTC) \
+|| (n==GPDMA_STAT_INTERR) || (n==GPDMA_STAT_RAWINTTC) \
+|| (n==GPDMA_STAT_RAWINTERR) || (n==GPDMA_STAT_ENABLED_CH))
+
+/** GPDMA status type definition that can be clear */
+/** GPDMA Interrupt Terminal Count Request Clear */
+#define GPDMA_STATCLR_INTTC        ((0UL))
+/** GPDMA Interrupt Error Clear */
+#define GPDMA_STATCLR_INTERR    ((1UL))
+
+#define GPDMA_STATCLR(n)    ((n==GPDMA_STATCLR_INTTC) || (n==GPDMA_STATCLR_INTERR))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup GPDMA_Public_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+void GPDMA_Init(void);
+Status GPDMA_Setup(GPDMA_Channel_CFG_Type *GPDMAChannelConfig, fnGPDMACbs_Type *pfnGPDMACbs);
+void GPDMA_ChannelCmd(uint8_t channelNum, FunctionalState NewState);
+void GPDMA_IntHandler(void);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* LPC17XX_GPDMA_H_ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */
diff -r 000000000000 -r 84d7747641aa lpc17xx_gpio.c
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lpc17xx_gpio.c	Sun Mar 20 18:45:15 2011 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,749 @@
+/***********************************************************************//**
+ * @file        lpc17xx_gpio.c
+ * @brief        Contains all functions support for GPIO firmware library on LPC17xx
+ * @version        2.0
+ * @date        21. May. 2010
+ * @author        NXP MCU SW Application Team
+ **************************************************************************
+ * Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only
+ * which provides customers with programming information regarding the
+ * products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties.
+ * NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the
+ * use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent,
+ * copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors
+ * reserves the right to make changes in the software without
+ * notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or
+ * warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified
+ * use without further testing or modification.
+ **********************************************************************/
+
+/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @addtogroup GPIO
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+#include "lpc17xx_gpio.h"
+
+/* If this source file built with example, the LPC17xx FW library configuration
+ * file in each example directory ("lpc17xx_libcfg.h") must be included,
+ * otherwise the default FW library configuration file must be included instead
+ */
+#ifdef __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__
+#include "lpc17xx_libcfg.h"
+#else
+#include "lpc17xx_libcfg_default.h"
+#endif /* __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__ */
+
+
+#ifdef _GPIO
+
+/* Private Functions ---------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+static LPC_GPIO_TypeDef *GPIO_GetPointer(uint8_t portNum);
+static GPIO_HalfWord_TypeDef *FIO_HalfWordGetPointer(uint8_t portNum);
+static GPIO_Byte_TypeDef *FIO_ByteGetPointer(uint8_t portNum);
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Get pointer to GPIO peripheral due to GPIO port
+ * @param[in]    portNum        Port Number value, should be in range from 0 to 4.
+ * @return        Pointer to GPIO peripheral
+ **********************************************************************/
+static LPC_GPIO_TypeDef *GPIO_GetPointer(uint8_t portNum)
+{
+    LPC_GPIO_TypeDef *pGPIO = 0;// = NULL;
+
+    switch (portNum) {
+    case 0:
+        pGPIO = LPC_GPIO0;
+        break;
+    case 1:
+        pGPIO = LPC_GPIO1;
+        break;
+    case 2:
+        pGPIO = LPC_GPIO2;
+        break;
+    case 3:
+        pGPIO = LPC_GPIO3;
+        break;
+    case 4:
+        pGPIO = LPC_GPIO4;
+        break;
+    default:
+        break;
+    }
+
+    return pGPIO;
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Get pointer to FIO peripheral in halfword accessible style
+ *                 due to FIO port
+ * @param[in]    portNum        Port Number value, should be in range from 0 to 4.
+ * @return        Pointer to FIO peripheral
+ **********************************************************************/
+static GPIO_HalfWord_TypeDef *FIO_HalfWordGetPointer(uint8_t portNum)
+{
+    GPIO_HalfWord_TypeDef *pFIO = 0;// = NULL;
+
+    switch (portNum) {
+    case 0:
+        pFIO = GPIO0_HalfWord;
+        break;
+    case 1:
+        pFIO = GPIO1_HalfWord;
+        break;
+    case 2:
+        pFIO = GPIO2_HalfWord;
+        break;
+    case 3:
+        pFIO = GPIO3_HalfWord;
+        break;
+    case 4:
+        pFIO = GPIO4_HalfWord;
+        break;
+    default:
+        break;
+    }
+
+    return pFIO;
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Get pointer to FIO peripheral in byte accessible style
+ *                 due to FIO port
+ * @param[in]    portNum        Port Number value, should be in range from 0 to 4.
+ * @return        Pointer to FIO peripheral
+ **********************************************************************/
+static GPIO_Byte_TypeDef *FIO_ByteGetPointer(uint8_t portNum)
+{
+    GPIO_Byte_TypeDef *pFIO = 0;// = NULL;
+
+    switch (portNum) {
+    case 0:
+        pFIO = GPIO0_Byte;
+        break;
+    case 1:
+        pFIO = GPIO1_Byte;
+        break;
+    case 2:
+        pFIO = GPIO2_Byte;
+        break;
+    case 3:
+        pFIO = GPIO3_Byte;
+        break;
+    case 4:
+        pFIO = GPIO4_Byte;
+        break;
+    default:
+        break;
+    }
+
+    return pFIO;
+}
+
+/* End of Private Functions --------------------------------------------------- */
+
+
+/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @addtogroup GPIO_Public_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+
+/* GPIO ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Set Direction for GPIO port.
+ * @param[in]    portNum        Port Number value, should be in range from 0 to 4
+ * @param[in]    bitValue    Value that contains all bits to set direction,
+ *                             in range from 0 to 0xFFFFFFFF.
+ *                             example: value 0x5 to set direction for bit 0 and bit 1.
+ * @param[in]    dir            Direction value, should be:
+ *                             - 0: Input.
+ *                             - 1: Output.
+ * @return        None
+ *
+ * Note: All remaining bits that are not activated in bitValue (value '0')
+ * will not be effected by this function.
+ **********************************************************************/
+void GPIO_SetDir(uint8_t portNum, uint32_t bitValue, uint8_t dir)
+{
+    LPC_GPIO_TypeDef *pGPIO = GPIO_GetPointer(portNum);
+
+    if (pGPIO != NULL) {
+        // Enable Output
+        if (dir) {
+            pGPIO->FIODIR |= bitValue;
+        }
+        // Enable Input
+        else {
+            pGPIO->FIODIR &= ~bitValue;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Set Value for bits that have output direction on GPIO port.
+ * @param[in]    portNum        Port number value, should be in range from 0 to 4
+ * @param[in]    bitValue    Value that contains all bits on GPIO to set,
+ *                             in range from 0 to 0xFFFFFFFF.
+ *                             example: value 0x5 to set bit 0 and bit 1.
+ * @return        None
+ *
+ * Note:
+ * - For all bits that has been set as input direction, this function will
+ * not effect.
+ * - For all remaining bits that are not activated in bitValue (value '0')
+ * will not be effected by this function.
+ **********************************************************************/
+void GPIO_SetValue(uint8_t portNum, uint32_t bitValue)
+{
+    LPC_GPIO_TypeDef *pGPIO = GPIO_GetPointer(portNum);
+
+    if (pGPIO != NULL) {
+        pGPIO->FIOSET = bitValue;
+    }
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Clear Value for bits that have output direction on GPIO port.
+ * @param[in]    portNum        Port number value, should be in range from 0 to 4
+ * @param[in]    bitValue    Value that contains all bits on GPIO to clear,
+ *                             in range from 0 to 0xFFFFFFFF.
+ *                             example: value 0x5 to clear bit 0 and bit 1.
+ * @return        None
+ *
+ * Note:
+ * - For all bits that has been set as input direction, this function will
+ * not effect.
+ * - For all remaining bits that are not activated in bitValue (value '0')
+ * will not be effected by this function.
+ **********************************************************************/
+void GPIO_ClearValue(uint8_t portNum, uint32_t bitValue)
+{
+    LPC_GPIO_TypeDef *pGPIO = GPIO_GetPointer(portNum);
+
+    if (pGPIO != NULL) {
+        pGPIO->FIOCLR = bitValue;
+    }
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Read Current state on port pin that have input direction of GPIO
+ * @param[in]    portNum        Port number to read value, in range from 0 to 4
+ * @return        Current value of GPIO port.
+ *
+ * Note: Return value contain state of each port pin (bit) on that GPIO regardless
+ * its direction is input or output.
+ **********************************************************************/
+uint32_t GPIO_ReadValue(uint8_t portNum)
+{
+    LPC_GPIO_TypeDef *pGPIO = GPIO_GetPointer(portNum);
+
+    if (pGPIO != NULL) {
+        return pGPIO->FIOPIN;
+    }
+
+    return (0);
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Enable GPIO interrupt (just used for P0.0-P0.30, P2.0-P2.13)
+ * @param[in]    portNum        Port number to read value, should be: 0 or 2
+ * @param[in]    bitValue    Value that contains all bits on GPIO to enable,
+ *                             in range from 0 to 0xFFFFFFFF.
+ * @param[in]    edgeState    state of edge, should be:
+ *                             - 0: Rising edge
+ *                             - 1: Falling edge
+ * @return        None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void GPIO_IntCmd(uint8_t portNum, uint32_t bitValue, uint8_t edgeState)
+{
+    if((portNum == 0)&&(edgeState == 0))
+        LPC_GPIOINT->IO0IntEnR = bitValue;
+    else if ((portNum == 2)&&(edgeState == 0))
+        LPC_GPIOINT->IO2IntEnR = bitValue;
+    else if ((portNum == 0)&&(edgeState == 1))
+        LPC_GPIOINT->IO0IntEnF = bitValue;
+    else if ((portNum == 2)&&(edgeState == 1))
+        LPC_GPIOINT->IO2IntEnF = bitValue;
+    else
+        //Error
+        while(1);
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Get GPIO Interrupt Status (just used for P0.0-P0.30, P2.0-P2.13)
+ * @param[in]    portNum        Port number to read value, should be: 0 or 2
+ * @param[in]    pinNum        Pin number, should be: 0..30(with port 0) and 0..13
+ *                             (with port 2)
+ * @param[in]    edgeState    state of edge, should be:
+ *                             - 0: Rising edge
+ *                             - 1: Falling edge
+ * @return        Bool    could be:
+ *                         - ENABLE: Interrupt has been generated due to a rising
+ *                                 edge on P0.0
+ *                         - DISABLE: A rising edge has not been detected on P0.0
+ **********************************************************************/
+FunctionalState GPIO_GetIntStatus(uint8_t portNum, uint32_t pinNum, uint8_t edgeState)
+{
+    if((portNum == 0) && (edgeState == 0))//Rising Edge
+        return (FunctionalState)(((LPC_GPIOINT->IO0IntStatR)>>pinNum)& 0x1);
+    else if ((portNum == 2) && (edgeState == 0))
+        return (FunctionalState)(((LPC_GPIOINT->IO2IntStatR)>>pinNum)& 0x1);
+    else if ((portNum == 0) && (edgeState == 1))//Falling Edge
+        return (FunctionalState)(((LPC_GPIOINT->IO0IntStatF)>>pinNum)& 0x1);
+    else if ((portNum == 2) && (edgeState == 1))
+        return (FunctionalState)(((LPC_GPIOINT->IO2IntStatF)>>pinNum)& 0x1);
+    else
+        //Error
+        while(1);
+}
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Clear GPIO interrupt (just used for P0.0-P0.30, P2.0-P2.13)
+ * @param[in]    portNum        Port number to read value, should be: 0 or 2
+ * @param[in]    bitValue    Value that contains all bits on GPIO to enable,
+ *                             in range from 0 to 0xFFFFFFFF.
+ * @return        None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void GPIO_ClearInt(uint8_t portNum, uint32_t bitValue)
+{
+    if(portNum == 0)
+        LPC_GPIOINT->IO0IntClr = bitValue;
+    else if (portNum == 2)
+        LPC_GPIOINT->IO2IntClr = bitValue;
+    else
+        //Invalid portNum
+        while(1);
+}
+
+/* FIO word accessible ----------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/* Stub function for FIO (word-accessible) style */
+
+/**
+ * @brief The same with GPIO_SetDir()
+ */
+void FIO_SetDir(uint8_t portNum, uint32_t bitValue, uint8_t dir)
+{
+    GPIO_SetDir(portNum, bitValue, dir);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief The same with GPIO_SetValue()
+ */
+void FIO_SetValue(uint8_t portNum, uint32_t bitValue)
+{
+    GPIO_SetValue(portNum, bitValue);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief The same with GPIO_ClearValue()
+ */
+void FIO_ClearValue(uint8_t portNum, uint32_t bitValue)
+{
+    GPIO_ClearValue(portNum, bitValue);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief The same with GPIO_ReadValue()
+ */
+uint32_t FIO_ReadValue(uint8_t portNum)
+{
+    return (GPIO_ReadValue(portNum));
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief The same with GPIO_IntCmd()
+ */
+void FIO_IntCmd(uint8_t portNum, uint32_t bitValue, uint8_t edgeState)
+{
+    GPIO_IntCmd(portNum, bitValue, edgeState);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief The same with GPIO_GetIntStatus()
+ */
+FunctionalState FIO_GetIntStatus(uint8_t portNum, uint32_t pinNum, uint8_t edgeState)
+{
+    return (GPIO_GetIntStatus(portNum, pinNum, edgeState));
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief The same with GPIO_ClearInt()
+ */
+void FIO_ClearInt(uint8_t portNum, uint32_t bitValue)
+{
+    GPIO_ClearInt(portNum, bitValue);
+}
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Set mask value for bits in FIO port
+ * @param[in]    portNum        Port number, in range from 0 to 4
+ * @param[in]    bitValue    Value that contains all bits in to set,
+ *                             in range from 0 to 0xFFFFFFFF.
+ * @param[in]    maskValue    Mask value contains state value for each bit:
+ *                             - 0: not mask.
+ *                             - 1: mask.
+ * @return        None
+ *
+ * Note:
+ * - All remaining bits that are not activated in bitValue (value '0')
+ * will not be effected by this function.
+ * - After executing this function, in mask register, value '0' on each bit
+ * enables an access to the corresponding physical pin via a read or write access,
+ * while value '1' on bit (masked) that corresponding pin will not be changed
+ * with write access and if read, will not be reflected in the updated pin.
+ **********************************************************************/
+void FIO_SetMask(uint8_t portNum, uint32_t bitValue, uint8_t maskValue)
+{
+    LPC_GPIO_TypeDef *pFIO = GPIO_GetPointer(portNum);
+    if(pFIO != NULL) {
+        // Mask
+        if (maskValue){
+            pFIO->FIOMASK |= bitValue;
+        }
+        // Un-mask
+        else {
+            pFIO->FIOMASK &= ~bitValue;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* FIO halfword accessible ------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Set direction for FIO port in halfword accessible style
+ * @param[in]    portNum        Port number, in range from 0 to 4
+ * @param[in]    halfwordNum    HalfWord part number, should be 0 (lower) or 1(upper)
+ * @param[in]    bitValue    Value that contains all bits in to set direction,
+ *                             in range from 0 to 0xFFFF.
+ * @param[in]    dir            Direction value, should be:
+ *                             - 0: Input.
+ *                             - 1: Output.
+ * @return        None
+ *
+ * Note: All remaining bits that are not activated in bitValue (value '0')
+ * will not be effected by this function.
+ **********************************************************************/
+void FIO_HalfWordSetDir(uint8_t portNum, uint8_t halfwordNum, uint16_t bitValue, uint8_t dir)
+{
+    GPIO_HalfWord_TypeDef *pFIO = FIO_HalfWordGetPointer(portNum);
+    if(pFIO != NULL) {
+        // Output direction
+        if (dir) {
+            // Upper
+            if(halfwordNum) {
+                pFIO->FIODIRU |= bitValue;
+            }
+            // lower
+            else {
+                pFIO->FIODIRL |= bitValue;
+            }
+        }
+        // Input direction
+        else {
+            // Upper
+            if(halfwordNum) {
+                pFIO->FIODIRU &= ~bitValue;
+            }
+            // lower
+            else {
+                pFIO->FIODIRL &= ~bitValue;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Set mask value for bits in FIO port in halfword accessible style
+ * @param[in]    portNum        Port number, in range from 0 to 4
+ * @param[in]    halfwordNum    HalfWord part number, should be 0 (lower) or 1(upper)
+ * @param[in]    bitValue    Value that contains all bits in to set,
+ *                             in range from 0 to 0xFFFF.
+ * @param[in]    maskValue    Mask value contains state value for each bit:
+ *                     - 0: not mask.
+ *                     - 1: mask.
+ * @return        None
+ *
+ * Note:
+ * - All remaining bits that are not activated in bitValue (value '0')
+ * will not be effected by this function.
+ * - After executing this function, in mask register, value '0' on each bit
+ * enables an access to the corresponding physical pin via a read or write access,
+ * while value '1' on bit (masked) that corresponding pin will not be changed
+ * with write access and if read, will not be reflected in the updated pin.
+ **********************************************************************/
+void FIO_HalfWordSetMask(uint8_t portNum, uint8_t halfwordNum, uint16_t bitValue, uint8_t maskValue)
+{
+    GPIO_HalfWord_TypeDef *pFIO = FIO_HalfWordGetPointer(portNum);
+    if(pFIO != NULL) {
+        // Mask
+        if (maskValue){
+            // Upper
+            if(halfwordNum) {
+                pFIO->FIOMASKU |= bitValue;
+            }
+            // lower
+            else {
+                pFIO->FIOMASKL |= bitValue;
+            }
+        }
+        // Un-mask
+        else {
+            // Upper
+            if(halfwordNum) {
+                pFIO->FIOMASKU &= ~bitValue;
+            }
+            // lower
+            else {
+                pFIO->FIOMASKL &= ~bitValue;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Set bits for FIO port in halfword accessible style
+ * @param[in]    portNum        Port number, in range from 0 to 4
+ * @param[in]    halfwordNum    HalfWord part number, should be 0 (lower) or 1(upper)
+ * @param[in]    bitValue    Value that contains all bits in to set,
+ *                             in range from 0 to 0xFFFF.
+ * @return        None
+ *
+ * Note:
+ * - For all bits that has been set as input direction, this function will
+ * not effect.
+ * - For all remaining bits that are not activated in bitValue (value '0')
+ * will not be effected by this function.
+ **********************************************************************/
+void FIO_HalfWordSetValue(uint8_t portNum, uint8_t halfwordNum, uint16_t bitValue)
+{
+    GPIO_HalfWord_TypeDef *pFIO = FIO_HalfWordGetPointer(portNum);
+    if(pFIO != NULL) {
+        // Upper
+        if(halfwordNum) {
+            pFIO->FIOSETU = bitValue;
+        }
+        // lower
+        else {
+            pFIO->FIOSETL = bitValue;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Clear bits for FIO port in halfword accessible style
+ * @param[in]    portNum        Port number, in range from 0 to 4
+ * @param[in]    halfwordNum    HalfWord part number, should be 0 (lower) or 1(upper)
+ * @param[in]    bitValue    Value that contains all bits in to clear,
+ *                             in range from 0 to 0xFFFF.
+ * @return        None
+ *
+ * Note:
+ * - For all bits that has been set as input direction, this function will
+ * not effect.
+ * - For all remaining bits that are not activated in bitValue (value '0')
+ * will not be effected by this function.
+ **********************************************************************/
+void FIO_HalfWordClearValue(uint8_t portNum, uint8_t halfwordNum, uint16_t bitValue)
+{
+    GPIO_HalfWord_TypeDef *pFIO = FIO_HalfWordGetPointer(portNum);
+    if(pFIO != NULL) {
+        // Upper
+        if(halfwordNum) {
+            pFIO->FIOCLRU = bitValue;
+        }
+        // lower
+        else {
+            pFIO->FIOCLRL = bitValue;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Read Current state on port pin that have input direction of GPIO
+ *                 in halfword accessible style.
+ * @param[in]    portNum        Port number, in range from 0 to 4
+ * @param[in]    halfwordNum    HalfWord part number, should be 0 (lower) or 1(upper)
+ * @return        Current value of FIO port pin of specified halfword.
+ * Note: Return value contain state of each port pin (bit) on that FIO regardless
+ * its direction is input or output.
+ **********************************************************************/
+uint16_t FIO_HalfWordReadValue(uint8_t portNum, uint8_t halfwordNum)
+{
+    GPIO_HalfWord_TypeDef *pFIO = FIO_HalfWordGetPointer(portNum);
+    if(pFIO != NULL) {
+        // Upper
+        if(halfwordNum) {
+            return (pFIO->FIOPINU);
+        }
+        // lower
+        else {
+            return (pFIO->FIOPINL);
+        }
+    }
+    return (0);
+}
+
+
+/* FIO Byte accessible ------------------------------------------------------------ */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Set direction for FIO port in byte accessible style
+ * @param[in]    portNum        Port number, in range from 0 to 4
+ * @param[in]    byteNum        Byte part number, should be in range from 0 to 3
+ * @param[in]    bitValue    Value that contains all bits in to set direction,
+ *                             in range from 0 to 0xFF.
+ * @param[in]    dir            Direction value, should be:
+ *                             - 0: Input.
+ *                             - 1: Output.
+ * @return        None
+ *
+ * Note: All remaining bits that are not activated in bitValue (value '0')
+ * will not be effected by this function.
+ **********************************************************************/
+void FIO_ByteSetDir(uint8_t portNum, uint8_t byteNum, uint8_t bitValue, uint8_t dir)
+{
+    GPIO_Byte_TypeDef *pFIO = FIO_ByteGetPointer(portNum);
+    if(pFIO != NULL) {
+        // Output direction
+        if (dir) {
+            if (byteNum <= 3) {
+                pFIO->FIODIR[byteNum] |= bitValue;
+            }
+        }
+        // Input direction
+        else {
+            if (byteNum <= 3) {
+                pFIO->FIODIR[byteNum] &= ~bitValue;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Set mask value for bits in FIO port in byte accessible style
+ * @param[in]    portNum        Port number, in range from 0 to 4
+ * @param[in]    byteNum        Byte part number, should be in range from 0 to 3
+ * @param[in]    bitValue    Value that contains all bits in to set mask,
+ *                             in range from 0 to 0xFF.
+ * @param[in]    maskValue    Mask value contains state value for each bit:
+ *                             - 0: not mask.
+ *                             - 1: mask.
+ * @return        None
+ *
+ * Note:
+ * - All remaining bits that are not activated in bitValue (value '0')
+ * will not be effected by this function.
+ * - After executing this function, in mask register, value '0' on each bit
+ * enables an access to the corresponding physical pin via a read or write access,
+ * while value '1' on bit (masked) that corresponding pin will not be changed
+ * with write access and if read, will not be reflected in the updated pin.
+ **********************************************************************/
+void FIO_ByteSetMask(uint8_t portNum, uint8_t byteNum, uint8_t bitValue, uint8_t maskValue)
+{
+    GPIO_Byte_TypeDef *pFIO = FIO_ByteGetPointer(portNum);
+    if(pFIO != NULL) {
+        // Mask
+        if (maskValue) {
+            if (byteNum <= 3) {
+                pFIO->FIOMASK[byteNum] |= bitValue;
+            }
+        }
+        // Un-mask
+        else {
+            if (byteNum <= 3) {
+                pFIO->FIOMASK[byteNum] &= ~bitValue;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Set bits for FIO port in byte accessible style
+ * @param[in]    portNum        Port number, in range from 0 to 4
+ * @param[in]    byteNum        Byte part number, should be in range from 0 to 3
+ * @param[in]    bitValue    Value that contains all bits in to set,
+ *                             in range from 0 to 0xFF.
+ * @return        None
+ *
+ * Note:
+ * - For all bits that has been set as input direction, this function will
+ * not effect.
+ * - For all remaining bits that are not activated in bitValue (value '0')
+ * will not be effected by this function.
+ **********************************************************************/
+void FIO_ByteSetValue(uint8_t portNum, uint8_t byteNum, uint8_t bitValue)
+{
+    GPIO_Byte_TypeDef *pFIO = FIO_ByteGetPointer(portNum);
+    if (pFIO != NULL) {
+        if (byteNum <= 3){
+            pFIO->FIOSET[byteNum] = bitValue;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Clear bits for FIO port in byte accessible style
+ * @param[in]    portNum        Port number, in range from 0 to 4
+ * @param[in]    byteNum        Byte part number, should be in range from 0 to 3
+ * @param[in]    bitValue    Value that contains all bits in to clear,
+ *                             in range from 0 to 0xFF.
+ * @return        None
+ *
+ * Note:
+ * - For all bits that has been set as input direction, this function will
+ * not effect.
+ * - For all remaining bits that are not activated in bitValue (value '0')
+ * will not be effected by this function.
+ **********************************************************************/
+void FIO_ByteClearValue(uint8_t portNum, uint8_t byteNum, uint8_t bitValue)
+{
+    GPIO_Byte_TypeDef *pFIO = FIO_ByteGetPointer(portNum);
+    if (pFIO != NULL) {
+        if (byteNum <= 3){
+            pFIO->FIOCLR[byteNum] = bitValue;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Read Current state on port pin that have input direction of GPIO
+ *                 in byte accessible style.
+ * @param[in]    portNum        Port number, in range from 0 to 4
+ * @param[in]    byteNum        Byte part number, should be in range from 0 to 3
+ * @return        Current value of FIO port pin of specified byte part.
+ * Note: Return value contain state of each port pin (bit) on that FIO regardless
+ * its direction is input or output.
+ **********************************************************************/
+uint8_t FIO_ByteReadValue(uint8_t portNum, uint8_t byteNum)
+{
+    GPIO_Byte_TypeDef *pFIO = FIO_ByteGetPointer(portNum);
+    if (pFIO != NULL) {
+        if (byteNum <= 3){
+            return (pFIO->FIOPIN[byteNum]);
+        }
+    }
+    return (0);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* _GPIO */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */
diff -r 000000000000 -r 84d7747641aa lpc17xx_gpio.h
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lpc17xx_gpio.h	Sun Mar 20 18:45:15 2011 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
+/***********************************************************************//**
+ * @file        lpc17xx_gpio.h
+ * @brief        Contains all macro definitions and function prototypes
+ *                 support for GPIO firmware library on LPC17xx
+ * @version        3.0
+ * @date        18. June. 2010
+ * @author        NXP MCU SW Application Team
+ **************************************************************************
+ * Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only
+ * which provides customers with programming information regarding the
+ * products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties.
+ * NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the
+ * use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent,
+ * copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors
+ * reserves the right to make changes in the software without
+ * notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or
+ * warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified
+ * use without further testing or modification.
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup GPIO GPIO
+ * @ingroup LPC1700CMSIS_FwLib_Drivers
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef LPC17XX_GPIO_H_
+#define LPC17XX_GPIO_H_
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+#include "LPC17xx.h"
+#include "lpc_types.h"
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+{
+#endif
+
+/* Public Macros -------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup GPIO_Public_Macros GPIO Public Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** Fast GPIO port 0 byte accessible definition */
+#define GPIO0_Byte    ((GPIO_Byte_TypeDef *)(LPC_GPIO0_BASE))
+/** Fast GPIO port 1 byte accessible definition */
+#define GPIO1_Byte    ((GPIO_Byte_TypeDef *)(LPC_GPIO1_BASE))
+/** Fast GPIO port 2 byte accessible definition */
+#define GPIO2_Byte    ((GPIO_Byte_TypeDef *)(LPC_GPIO2_BASE))
+/** Fast GPIO port 3 byte accessible definition */
+#define GPIO3_Byte    ((GPIO_Byte_TypeDef *)(LPC_GPIO3_BASE))
+/** Fast GPIO port 4 byte accessible definition */
+#define GPIO4_Byte    ((GPIO_Byte_TypeDef *)(LPC_GPIO4_BASE))
+
+
+/** Fast GPIO port 0 half-word accessible definition */
+#define GPIO0_HalfWord    ((GPIO_HalfWord_TypeDef *)(LPC_GPIO0_BASE))
+/** Fast GPIO port 1 half-word accessible definition */
+#define GPIO1_HalfWord    ((GPIO_HalfWord_TypeDef *)(LPC_GPIO1_BASE))
+/** Fast GPIO port 2 half-word accessible definition */
+#define GPIO2_HalfWord    ((GPIO_HalfWord_TypeDef *)(LPC_GPIO2_BASE))
+/** Fast GPIO port 3 half-word accessible definition */
+#define GPIO3_HalfWord    ((GPIO_HalfWord_TypeDef *)(LPC_GPIO3_BASE))
+/** Fast GPIO port 4 half-word accessible definition */
+#define GPIO4_HalfWord    ((GPIO_HalfWord_TypeDef *)(LPC_GPIO4_BASE))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Public Types --------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup GPIO_Public_Types GPIO Public Types
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Fast GPIO port byte type definition
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    __IO uint8_t FIODIR[4];        /**< FIO direction register in byte-align */
+       uint32_t RESERVED0[3];    /**< Reserved */
+    __IO uint8_t FIOMASK[4];    /**< FIO mask register in byte-align */
+    __IO uint8_t FIOPIN[4];        /**< FIO pin register in byte align */
+    __IO uint8_t FIOSET[4];        /**< FIO set register in byte-align */
+    __O  uint8_t FIOCLR[4];        /**< FIO clear register in byte-align */
+} GPIO_Byte_TypeDef;
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Fast GPIO port half-word type definition
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    __IO uint16_t FIODIRL;        /**< FIO direction register lower halfword part */
+    __IO uint16_t FIODIRU;        /**< FIO direction register upper halfword part */
+       uint32_t RESERVED0[3];    /**< Reserved */
+    __IO uint16_t FIOMASKL;        /**< FIO mask register lower halfword part */
+    __IO uint16_t FIOMASKU;        /**< FIO mask register upper halfword part */
+    __IO uint16_t FIOPINL;        /**< FIO pin register lower halfword part */
+    __IO uint16_t FIOPINU;        /**< FIO pin register upper halfword part */
+    __IO uint16_t FIOSETL;        /**< FIO set register lower halfword part */
+    __IO uint16_t FIOSETU;        /**< FIO set register upper halfword part */
+    __O  uint16_t FIOCLRL;        /**< FIO clear register lower halfword part */
+    __O  uint16_t FIOCLRU;        /**< FIO clear register upper halfword part */
+} GPIO_HalfWord_TypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup GPIO_Public_Functions GPIO Public Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* GPIO style ------------------------------- */
+void GPIO_SetDir(uint8_t portNum, uint32_t bitValue, uint8_t dir);
+void GPIO_SetValue(uint8_t portNum, uint32_t bitValue);
+void GPIO_ClearValue(uint8_t portNum, uint32_t bitValue);
+uint32_t GPIO_ReadValue(uint8_t portNum);
+void GPIO_IntCmd(uint8_t portNum, uint32_t bitValue, uint8_t edgeState);
+FunctionalState GPIO_GetIntStatus(uint8_t portNum, uint32_t pinNum, uint8_t edgeState);
+void GPIO_ClearInt(uint8_t portNum, uint32_t bitValue);
+
+/* FIO (word-accessible) style ------------------------------- */
+void FIO_SetDir(uint8_t portNum, uint32_t bitValue, uint8_t dir);
+void FIO_SetValue(uint8_t portNum, uint32_t bitValue);
+void FIO_ClearValue(uint8_t portNum, uint32_t bitValue);
+uint32_t FIO_ReadValue(uint8_t portNum);
+void FIO_SetMask(uint8_t portNum, uint32_t bitValue, uint8_t maskValue);
+void FIO_IntCmd(uint8_t portNum, uint32_t bitValue, uint8_t edgeState);
+FunctionalState FIO_GetIntStatus(uint8_t portNum, uint32_t pinNum, uint8_t edgeState);
+void FIO_ClearInt(uint8_t portNum, uint32_t pinNum);
+
+/* FIO (halfword-accessible) style ------------------------------- */
+void FIO_HalfWordSetDir(uint8_t portNum, uint8_t halfwordNum, uint16_t bitValue, uint8_t dir);
+void FIO_HalfWordSetMask(uint8_t portNum, uint8_t halfwordNum, uint16_t bitValue, uint8_t maskValue);
+void FIO_HalfWordSetValue(uint8_t portNum, uint8_t halfwordNum, uint16_t bitValue);
+void FIO_HalfWordClearValue(uint8_t portNum, uint8_t halfwordNum, uint16_t bitValue);
+uint16_t FIO_HalfWordReadValue(uint8_t portNum, uint8_t halfwordNum);
+
+/* FIO (byte-accessible) style ------------------------------- */
+void FIO_ByteSetDir(uint8_t portNum, uint8_t byteNum, uint8_t bitValue, uint8_t dir);
+void FIO_ByteSetMask(uint8_t portNum, uint8_t byteNum, uint8_t bitValue, uint8_t maskValue);
+void FIO_ByteSetValue(uint8_t portNum, uint8_t byteNum, uint8_t bitValue);
+void FIO_ByteClearValue(uint8_t portNum, uint8_t byteNum, uint8_t bitValue);
+uint8_t FIO_ByteReadValue(uint8_t portNum, uint8_t byteNum);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* LPC17XX_GPIO_H_ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */
diff -r 000000000000 -r 84d7747641aa lpc17xx_i2c.c
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lpc17xx_i2c.c	Sun Mar 20 18:45:15 2011 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,1373 @@
+/***********************************************************************//**
+ * @file        lpc17xx_i2c.c
+ * @brief        Contains all functions support for I2C firmware library on LPC17xx
+ * @version        2.0
+ * @date        21. May. 2010
+ * @author        NXP MCU SW Application Team
+ **************************************************************************
+ * Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only
+ * which provides customers with programming information regarding the
+ * products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties.
+ * NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the
+ * use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent,
+ * copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors
+ * reserves the right to make changes in the software without
+ * notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or
+ * warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified
+ * use without further testing or modification.
+ **********************************************************************/
+
+/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @addtogroup I2C
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+#include "lpc17xx_i2c.h"
+#include "lpc17xx_clkpwr.h"
+#include "lpc17xx_pinsel.h"
+
+
+/* If this source file built with example, the LPC17xx FW library configuration
+ * file in each example directory ("lpc17xx_libcfg.h") must be included,
+ * otherwise the default FW library configuration file must be included instead
+ */
+#ifdef __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__
+#include "lpc17xx_libcfg.h"
+#else
+#include "lpc17xx_libcfg_default.h"
+#endif /* __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__ */
+
+
+#ifdef _I2C
+
+
+/* Private Types -------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup I2C_Private_Types I2C Private Types
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief I2C device configuration structure type
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint32_t      txrx_setup;                         /* Transmission setup */
+  int32_t        dir;                                /* Current direction phase, 0 - write, 1 - read */
+} I2C_CFG_T;
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private Variables ---------------------------------------------------------- */
+/**
+ * @brief II2C driver data for I2C0, I2C1 and I2C2
+ */
+static I2C_CFG_T i2cdat[3];
+
+static uint32_t I2C_MasterComplete[3];
+static uint32_t I2C_SlaveComplete[3];
+
+static uint32_t I2C_MonitorBufferIndex;
+
+/* Private Functions ---------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/* Get I2C number */
+static int32_t I2C_getNum(LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx);
+
+/* Generate a start condition on I2C bus (in master mode only) */
+static uint32_t I2C_Start (LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx);
+
+/* Generate a stop condition on I2C bus (in master mode only) */
+static void I2C_Stop (LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx);
+
+/* I2C send byte subroutine */
+static uint32_t I2C_SendByte (LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx, uint8_t databyte);
+
+/* I2C get byte subroutine */
+static uint32_t I2C_GetByte (LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx, uint8_t *retdat, Bool ack);
+
+/* I2C set clock (hz) */
+static void I2C_SetClock (LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx, uint32_t target_clock);
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Convert from I2C peripheral to number
+ * @param[in]    I2Cx: I2C peripheral selected, should be:
+ *                 - LPC_I2C0
+ *                 - LPC_I2C1
+ *                 - LPC_I2C2
+ * @return         I2C number, could be: 0..2
+ *********************************************************************/
+static int32_t I2C_getNum(LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx){
+    if (I2Cx == LPC_I2C0) {
+        return (0);
+    } else if (I2Cx == LPC_I2C1) {
+        return (1);
+    } else if (I2Cx == LPC_I2C2) {
+        return (2);
+    }
+    return (-1);
+}
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Generate a start condition on I2C bus (in master mode only)
+ * @param[in]    I2Cx: I2C peripheral selected, should be:
+ *                 - LPC_I2C0
+ *                 - LPC_I2C1
+ *                 - LPC_I2C2
+ * @return         value of I2C status register after generate a start condition
+ *********************************************************************/
+static uint32_t I2C_Start (LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx)
+{
+    I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC;
+    I2Cx->I2CONSET = I2C_I2CONSET_STA;
+
+    // Wait for complete
+    while (!(I2Cx->I2CONSET & I2C_I2CONSET_SI));
+    I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_STAC;
+    return (I2Cx->I2STAT & I2C_STAT_CODE_BITMASK);
+}
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Generate a stop condition on I2C bus (in master mode only)
+ * @param[in]    I2Cx: I2C peripheral selected, should be:
+ *                 - LPC_I2C0
+ *                 - LPC_I2C1
+ *                 - LPC_I2C2
+ * @return         None
+ *********************************************************************/
+static void I2C_Stop (LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx)
+{
+
+    /* Make sure start bit is not active */
+    if (I2Cx->I2CONSET & I2C_I2CONSET_STA)
+    {
+        I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_STAC;
+    }
+    I2Cx->I2CONSET = I2C_I2CONSET_STO;
+    I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC;
+}
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Send a byte
+ * @param[in]    I2Cx: I2C peripheral selected, should be:
+ *                 - LPC_I2C0
+ *                 - LPC_I2C1
+ *                 - LPC_I2C2
+ * @param[in]    databyte: number of byte
+ * @return         value of I2C status register after sending
+ *********************************************************************/
+static uint32_t I2C_SendByte (LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx, uint8_t databyte)
+{
+    /* Make sure start bit is not active */
+    if (I2Cx->I2CONSET & I2C_I2CONSET_STA)
+    {
+        I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_STAC;
+    }
+    I2Cx->I2DAT = databyte & I2C_I2DAT_BITMASK;
+    I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC;
+
+    while (!(I2Cx->I2CONSET & I2C_I2CONSET_SI));
+    return (I2Cx->I2STAT & I2C_STAT_CODE_BITMASK);
+}
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Get a byte
+ * @param[in]    I2Cx: I2C peripheral selected, should be:
+ *                 - LPC_I2C0
+ *                 - LPC_I2C1
+ *                 - LPC_I2C2
+ * @param[out]    retdat    pointer to return data
+ * @param[in]    ack        assert acknowledge or not, should be: TRUE/FALSE
+ * @return         value of I2C status register after sending
+ *********************************************************************/
+static uint32_t I2C_GetByte (LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx, uint8_t *retdat, Bool ack)
+{
+    if (ack == TRUE)
+    {
+        I2Cx->I2CONSET = I2C_I2CONSET_AA;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_AAC;
+    }
+    I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC;
+
+    while (!(I2Cx->I2CONSET & I2C_I2CONSET_SI));
+    *retdat = (uint8_t) (I2Cx->I2DAT & I2C_I2DAT_BITMASK);
+    return (I2Cx->I2STAT & I2C_STAT_CODE_BITMASK);
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Setup clock rate for I2C peripheral
+ * @param[in]     I2Cx    I2C peripheral selected, should be:
+ *                 - LPC_I2C0
+ *                 - LPC_I2C1
+ *                 - LPC_I2C2
+ * @param[in]    target_clock : clock of SSP (Hz)
+ * @return         None
+ ***********************************************************************/
+static void I2C_SetClock (LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx, uint32_t target_clock)
+{
+    volatile uint32_t temp = 0;
+
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2Cx(I2Cx));
+
+    // Get PCLK of I2C controller
+    if (I2Cx == LPC_I2C0)
+    {
+        temp = CLKPWR_GetPCLK (CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_I2C0) / target_clock;
+    }
+    else if (I2Cx == LPC_I2C1)
+    {
+        temp = CLKPWR_GetPCLK (CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_I2C1) / target_clock;
+    }
+    else if (I2Cx == LPC_I2C2)
+    {
+        temp = CLKPWR_GetPCLK (CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_I2C2) / target_clock;
+    }
+
+    /* Set the I2C clock value to register */
+    I2Cx->I2SCLH = (uint32_t)(temp / 2);
+    I2Cx->I2SCLL = (uint32_t)(temp - I2Cx->I2SCLH);
+}
+/* End of Private Functions --------------------------------------------------- */
+
+
+/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @addtogroup I2C_Public_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Initializes the I2Cx peripheral with specified parameter.
+ * @param[in]    I2Cx    I2C peripheral selected, should be
+ *                 - LPC_I2C0
+ *                 - LPC_I2C1
+ *                 - LPC_I2C2
+ * @param[in]    clockrate Target clock rate value to initialized I2C
+ *                 peripheral (Hz)
+ * @return         None
+ *********************************************************************/
+void I2C_Init(LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx, uint32_t clockrate)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2Cx(I2Cx));
+
+    if (I2Cx==LPC_I2C0)
+    {
+        /* Set up clock and power for I2C0 module */
+        CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCI2C0, ENABLE);
+        /* As default, peripheral clock for I2C0 module
+         * is set to FCCLK / 2 */
+        CLKPWR_SetPCLKDiv(CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_I2C0, CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CCLK_DIV_2);
+    }
+    else if (I2Cx==LPC_I2C1)
+    {
+        /* Set up clock and power for I2C1 module */
+        CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCI2C1, ENABLE);
+        /* As default, peripheral clock for I2C1 module
+         * is set to FCCLK / 2 */
+        CLKPWR_SetPCLKDiv(CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_I2C1, CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CCLK_DIV_2);
+    }
+    else if (I2Cx==LPC_I2C2)
+    {
+        /* Set up clock and power for I2C2 module */
+        CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCI2C2, ENABLE);
+        /* As default, peripheral clock for I2C2 module
+         * is set to FCCLK / 2 */
+        CLKPWR_SetPCLKDiv(CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_I2C2, CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CCLK_DIV_2);
+    }
+    else {
+        // Up-Support this device
+        return;
+    }
+
+    /* Set clock rate */
+    I2C_SetClock(I2Cx, clockrate);
+    /* Set I2C operation to default */
+    I2Cx->I2CONCLR = (I2C_I2CONCLR_AAC | I2C_I2CONCLR_STAC | I2C_I2CONCLR_I2ENC);
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        De-initializes the I2C peripheral registers to their
+ *                  default reset values.
+ * @param[in]    I2Cx    I2C peripheral selected, should be
+ *              - LPC_I2C0
+ *                 - LPC_I2C1
+ *                 - LPC_I2C2
+ * @return         None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void I2C_DeInit(LPC_I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2Cx(I2Cx));
+
+    /* Disable I2C control */
+    I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_I2ENC;
+
+    if (I2Cx==LPC_I2C0)
+    {
+        /* Disable power for I2C0 module */
+        CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCI2C0, DISABLE);
+    }
+    else if (I2Cx==LPC_I2C1)
+    {
+        /* Disable power for I2C1 module */
+        CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCI2C1, DISABLE);
+    }
+    else if (I2Cx==LPC_I2C2)
+    {
+        /* Disable power for I2C2 module */
+        CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCI2C2, DISABLE);
+    }
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Enable or disable I2C peripheral's operation
+ * @param[in]    I2Cx I2C peripheral selected, should be
+ *              - LPC_I2C0
+ *                 - LPC_I2C1
+ *                 - LPC_I2C2
+ * @param[in]    NewState New State of I2Cx peripheral's operation
+ * @return         none
+ **********************************************************************/
+void I2C_Cmd(LPC_I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(NewState));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2Cx(I2Cx));
+
+    if (NewState == ENABLE)
+    {
+        I2Cx->I2CONSET = I2C_I2CONSET_I2EN;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_I2ENC;
+    }
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Enable/Disable interrupt for I2C peripheral
+ * @param[in]    I2Cx    I2C peripheral selected, should be:
+ *                 - LPC_I2C0
+ *                 - LPC_I2C1
+ *                 - LPC_I2C2
+ * @param[in]    NewState    New State of I2C peripheral interrupt in NVIC core
+ *                 should be:
+ *                 - ENABLE: enable interrupt for this I2C peripheral
+ *                 - DISABLE: disable interrupt for this I2C peripheral
+ * @return         None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void I2C_IntCmd (LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx, Bool NewState)
+{
+    if (NewState)
+    {
+        if(I2Cx == LPC_I2C0)
+        {
+            NVIC_EnableIRQ(I2C0_IRQn);
+        }
+        else if (I2Cx == LPC_I2C1)
+        {
+            NVIC_EnableIRQ(I2C1_IRQn);
+        }
+        else if (I2Cx == LPC_I2C2)
+        {
+            NVIC_EnableIRQ(I2C2_IRQn);
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if(I2Cx == LPC_I2C0)
+        {
+            NVIC_DisableIRQ(I2C0_IRQn);
+        }
+        else if (I2Cx == LPC_I2C1)
+        {
+            NVIC_DisableIRQ(I2C1_IRQn);
+        }
+        else if (I2Cx == LPC_I2C2)
+        {
+            NVIC_DisableIRQ(I2C2_IRQn);
+        }
+    }
+    return;
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         General Master Interrupt handler for I2C peripheral
+ * @param[in]    I2Cx    I2C peripheral selected, should be:
+ *                 - LPC_I2C
+ *                 - LPC_I2C1
+ *                 - LPC_I2C2
+ * @return         None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void I2C_MasterHandler (LPC_I2C_TypeDef  *I2Cx)
+{
+    int32_t tmp;
+    uint8_t returnCode;
+    I2C_M_SETUP_Type *txrx_setup;
+
+    tmp = I2C_getNum(I2Cx);
+    txrx_setup = (I2C_M_SETUP_Type *) i2cdat[tmp].txrx_setup;
+
+    returnCode = (I2Cx->I2STAT & I2C_STAT_CODE_BITMASK);
+    // Save current status
+    txrx_setup->status = returnCode;
+    // there's no relevant information
+    if (returnCode == I2C_I2STAT_NO_INF){
+        I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC;
+        return;
+    }
+
+    /* ----------------------------- TRANSMIT PHASE --------------------------*/
+    if (i2cdat[tmp].dir == 0){
+        switch (returnCode)
+        {
+        /* A start/repeat start condition has been transmitted -------------------*/
+        case I2C_I2STAT_M_TX_START:
+        case I2C_I2STAT_M_TX_RESTART:
+            I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_STAC;
+            /*
+             * If there's any transmit data, then start to
+             * send SLA+W right now, otherwise check whether if there's
+             * any receive data for next state.
+             */
+            if ((txrx_setup->tx_data != NULL) && (txrx_setup->tx_length != 0)){
+                I2Cx->I2DAT = (txrx_setup->sl_addr7bit << 1);
+                I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC;
+            } else {
+                goto next_stage;
+            }
+            break;
+
+        /* SLA+W has been transmitted, ACK has been received ----------------------*/
+        case I2C_I2STAT_M_TX_SLAW_ACK:
+        /* Data has been transmitted, ACK has been received */
+        case I2C_I2STAT_M_TX_DAT_ACK:
+            /* Send more data */
+            if ((txrx_setup->tx_count < txrx_setup->tx_length) \
+                    && (txrx_setup->tx_data != NULL)){
+                I2Cx->I2DAT =  *(uint8_t *)(txrx_setup->tx_data + txrx_setup->tx_count);
+                txrx_setup->tx_count++;
+                I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC;
+            }
+            // no more data, switch to next stage
+            else {
+next_stage:
+                // change direction
+                i2cdat[tmp].dir = 1;
+                // Check if any data to receive
+                if ((txrx_setup->rx_length != 0) && (txrx_setup->rx_data != NULL)){
+                        // check whether if we need to issue an repeat start
+                        if ((txrx_setup->tx_length != 0) && (txrx_setup->tx_data != NULL)){
+                            // Send out an repeat start command
+                            I2Cx->I2CONSET = I2C_I2CONSET_STA;
+                            I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_AAC | I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC;
+                        }
+                        // Don't need issue an repeat start, just goto send SLA+R
+                        else {
+                            goto send_slar;
+                        }
+                }
+                // no more data send, the go to end stage now
+                else {
+                    // success, goto end stage
+                    txrx_setup->status |= I2C_SETUP_STATUS_DONE;
+                    goto end_stage;
+                }
+            }
+            break;
+
+        /* SLA+W has been transmitted, NACK has been received ----------------------*/
+        case I2C_I2STAT_M_TX_SLAW_NACK:
+        /* Data has been transmitted, NACK has been received -----------------------*/
+        case I2C_I2STAT_M_TX_DAT_NACK:
+            // update status
+            txrx_setup->status |= I2C_SETUP_STATUS_NOACKF;
+            goto retry;
+        /* Arbitration lost in SLA+R/W or Data bytes -------------------------------*/
+        case I2C_I2STAT_M_TX_ARB_LOST:
+            // update status
+            txrx_setup->status |= I2C_SETUP_STATUS_ARBF;
+        default:
+            goto retry;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /* ----------------------------- RECEIVE PHASE --------------------------*/
+    else if (i2cdat[tmp].dir == 1){
+        switch (returnCode){
+            /* A start/repeat start condition has been transmitted ---------------------*/
+        case I2C_I2STAT_M_RX_START:
+        case I2C_I2STAT_M_RX_RESTART:
+            I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_STAC;
+            /*
+             * If there's any receive data, then start to
+             * send SLA+R right now, otherwise check whether if there's
+             * any receive data for end of state.
+             */
+            if ((txrx_setup->rx_data != NULL) && (txrx_setup->rx_length != 0)){
+send_slar:
+                I2Cx->I2DAT = (txrx_setup->sl_addr7bit << 1) | 0x01;
+                I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC;
+            } else {
+                // Success, goto end stage
+                txrx_setup->status |= I2C_SETUP_STATUS_DONE;
+                goto end_stage;
+            }
+            break;
+
+        /* SLA+R has been transmitted, ACK has been received -----------------*/
+        case I2C_I2STAT_M_RX_SLAR_ACK:
+            if (txrx_setup->rx_count < (txrx_setup->rx_length - 1)) {
+                /*Data will be received,  ACK will be return*/
+                I2Cx->I2CONSET = I2C_I2CONSET_AA;
+            }
+            else {
+                /*Last data will be received,  NACK will be return*/
+                I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONSET_AA;
+            }
+            I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC;
+            break;
+
+        /* Data has been received, ACK has been returned ----------------------*/
+        case I2C_I2STAT_M_RX_DAT_ACK:
+            // Note save data and increase counter first, then check later
+            /* Save data  */
+            if ((txrx_setup->rx_data != NULL) && (txrx_setup->rx_count < txrx_setup->rx_length)){
+                *(uint8_t *)(txrx_setup->rx_data + txrx_setup->rx_count) = (I2Cx->I2DAT & I2C_I2DAT_BITMASK);
+                txrx_setup->rx_count++;
+            }
+            if (txrx_setup->rx_count < (txrx_setup->rx_length - 1)) {
+                /*Data will be received,  ACK will be return*/
+                I2Cx->I2CONSET = I2C_I2CONSET_AA;
+            }
+            else {
+                /*Last data will be received,  NACK will be return*/
+                I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONSET_AA;
+            }
+
+            I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC;
+            break;
+
+        /* Data has been received, NACK has been return -------------------------*/
+        case I2C_I2STAT_M_RX_DAT_NACK:
+            /* Save the last data */
+            if ((txrx_setup->rx_data != NULL) && (txrx_setup->rx_count < txrx_setup->rx_length)){
+                *(uint8_t *)(txrx_setup->rx_data + txrx_setup->rx_count) = (I2Cx->I2DAT & I2C_I2DAT_BITMASK);
+                txrx_setup->rx_count++;
+            }
+            // success, go to end stage
+            txrx_setup->status |= I2C_SETUP_STATUS_DONE;
+            goto end_stage;
+
+        /* SLA+R has been transmitted, NACK has been received ------------------*/
+        case I2C_I2STAT_M_RX_SLAR_NACK:
+            // update status
+            txrx_setup->status |= I2C_SETUP_STATUS_NOACKF;
+            goto retry;
+
+        /* Arbitration lost ----------------------------------------------------*/
+        case I2C_I2STAT_M_RX_ARB_LOST:
+            // update status
+            txrx_setup->status |= I2C_SETUP_STATUS_ARBF;
+        default:
+retry:
+            // check if retransmission is available
+            if (txrx_setup->retransmissions_count < txrx_setup->retransmissions_max){
+                // Clear tx count
+                txrx_setup->tx_count = 0;
+                I2Cx->I2CONSET = I2C_I2CONSET_STA;
+                I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_AAC | I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC;
+                txrx_setup->retransmissions_count++;
+            }
+            // End of stage
+            else {
+end_stage:
+                // Disable interrupt
+                I2C_IntCmd(I2Cx, FALSE);
+                // Send stop
+                I2C_Stop(I2Cx);
+
+                I2C_MasterComplete[tmp] = TRUE;
+            }
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         General Slave Interrupt handler for I2C peripheral
+ * @param[in]    I2Cx    I2C peripheral selected, should be:
+ *              - LPC_I2C0
+ *              - LPC_I2C1
+ *              - LPC_I2C2
+ * @return         None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void I2C_SlaveHandler (LPC_I2C_TypeDef  *I2Cx)
+{
+    int32_t tmp;
+    uint8_t returnCode;
+    I2C_S_SETUP_Type *txrx_setup;
+    uint32_t timeout;
+
+    tmp = I2C_getNum(I2Cx);
+    txrx_setup = (I2C_S_SETUP_Type *) i2cdat[tmp].txrx_setup;
+
+    returnCode = (I2Cx->I2STAT & I2C_STAT_CODE_BITMASK);
+    // Save current status
+    txrx_setup->status = returnCode;
+    // there's no relevant information
+    if (returnCode == I2C_I2STAT_NO_INF){
+        I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC;
+        return;
+    }
+
+
+    switch (returnCode)
+    {
+
+    /* No status information */
+    case I2C_I2STAT_NO_INF:
+        I2Cx->I2CONSET = I2C_I2CONSET_AA;
+        I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC;
+        break;
+
+    /* Reading phase -------------------------------------------------------- */
+    /* Own SLA+R has been received, ACK has been returned */
+    case I2C_I2STAT_S_RX_SLAW_ACK:
+    /* General call address has been received, ACK has been returned */
+    case I2C_I2STAT_S_RX_GENCALL_ACK:
+        I2Cx->I2CONSET = I2C_I2CONSET_AA;
+        I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC;
+        break;
+
+    /* Previously addressed with own SLA;
+     * DATA byte has been received;
+     * ACK has been returned */
+    case I2C_I2STAT_S_RX_PRE_SLA_DAT_ACK:
+    /* DATA has been received, ACK hasn been return */
+    case I2C_I2STAT_S_RX_PRE_GENCALL_DAT_ACK:
+        /*
+         * All data bytes that over-flow the specified receive
+         * data length, just ignore them.
+         */
+        if ((txrx_setup->rx_count < txrx_setup->rx_length) \
+                && (txrx_setup->rx_data != NULL)){
+            *(uint8_t *)(txrx_setup->rx_data + txrx_setup->rx_count) = (uint8_t)I2Cx->I2DAT;
+            txrx_setup->rx_count++;
+        }
+        I2Cx->I2CONSET = I2C_I2CONSET_AA;
+        I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC;
+        break;
+
+    /* Previously addressed with own SLA;
+     * DATA byte has been received;
+     * NOT ACK has been returned */
+    case I2C_I2STAT_S_RX_PRE_SLA_DAT_NACK:
+    /* DATA has been received, NOT ACK has been returned */
+    case I2C_I2STAT_S_RX_PRE_GENCALL_DAT_NACK:
+        I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC;
+        break;
+
+    /*
+     * Note that: Return code only let us know a stop condition mixed
+     * with a repeat start condition in the same code value.
+     * So we should provide a time-out. In case this is really a stop
+     * condition, this will return back after time out condition. Otherwise,
+     * next session that is slave receive data will be completed.
+     */
+
+    /* A Stop or a repeat start condition */
+    case I2C_I2STAT_S_RX_STA_STO_SLVREC_SLVTRX:
+        // Temporally lock the interrupt for timeout condition
+        I2C_IntCmd(I2Cx, FALSE);
+        I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC;
+        // enable time out
+        timeout = I2C_SLAVE_TIME_OUT;
+        while(1){
+            if (I2Cx->I2CONSET & I2C_I2CONSET_SI){
+                // re-Enable interrupt
+                I2C_IntCmd(I2Cx, TRUE);
+                break;
+            } else {
+                timeout--;
+                if (timeout == 0){
+                    // timeout occur, it's really a stop condition
+                    txrx_setup->status |= I2C_SETUP_STATUS_DONE;
+                    goto s_int_end;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        break;
+
+    /* Writing phase -------------------------------------------------------- */
+    /* Own SLA+R has been received, ACK has been returned */
+    case I2C_I2STAT_S_TX_SLAR_ACK:
+    /* Data has been transmitted, ACK has been received */
+    case I2C_I2STAT_S_TX_DAT_ACK:
+        /*
+         * All data bytes that over-flow the specified receive
+         * data length, just ignore them.
+         */
+        if ((txrx_setup->tx_count < txrx_setup->tx_length) \
+                && (txrx_setup->tx_data != NULL)){
+            I2Cx->I2DAT = *(uint8_t *) (txrx_setup->tx_data + txrx_setup->tx_count);
+            txrx_setup->tx_count++;
+        }
+        I2Cx->I2CONSET = I2C_I2CONSET_AA;
+        I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC;
+        break;
+
+    /* Data has been transmitted, NACK has been received,
+     * that means there's no more data to send, exit now */
+    /*
+     * Note: Don't wait for stop event since in slave transmit mode,
+     * since there no proof lets us know when a stop signal has been received
+     * on slave side.
+     */
+    case I2C_I2STAT_S_TX_DAT_NACK:
+        I2Cx->I2CONSET = I2C_I2CONSET_AA;
+        I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC;
+        txrx_setup->status |= I2C_SETUP_STATUS_DONE;
+        goto s_int_end;
+
+    // Other status must be captured
+    default:
+s_int_end:
+        // Disable interrupt
+        I2C_IntCmd(I2Cx, FALSE);
+        I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_AAC | I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC | I2C_I2CONCLR_STAC;
+        I2C_SlaveComplete[tmp] = TRUE;
+        break;
+    }
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Transmit and Receive data in master mode
+ * @param[in]    I2Cx            I2C peripheral selected, should be:
+ *              - LPC_I2C0
+ *                 - LPC_I2C1
+ *                 - LPC_I2C2
+ * @param[in]    TransferCfg        Pointer to a I2C_M_SETUP_Type structure that
+ *                                 contains specified information about the
+ *                                 configuration for master transfer.
+ * @param[in]    Opt                a I2C_TRANSFER_OPT_Type type that selected for
+ *                                 interrupt or polling mode.
+ * @return         SUCCESS or ERROR
+ *
+ * Note:
+ * - In case of using I2C to transmit data only, either transmit length set to 0
+ * or transmit data pointer set to NULL.
+ * - In case of using I2C to receive data only, either receive length set to 0
+ * or receive data pointer set to NULL.
+ * - In case of using I2C to transmit followed by receive data, transmit length,
+ * transmit data pointer, receive length and receive data pointer should be set
+ * corresponding.
+ **********************************************************************/
+Status I2C_MasterTransferData(LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx, I2C_M_SETUP_Type *TransferCfg, \
+                                I2C_TRANSFER_OPT_Type Opt)
+{
+    uint8_t *txdat;
+    uint8_t *rxdat;
+    uint32_t CodeStatus;
+    uint8_t tmp;
+
+    // reset all default state
+    txdat = (uint8_t *) TransferCfg->tx_data;
+    rxdat = (uint8_t *) TransferCfg->rx_data;
+    // Reset I2C setup value to default state
+    TransferCfg->tx_count = 0;
+    TransferCfg->rx_count = 0;
+    TransferCfg->status = 0;
+
+    if (Opt == I2C_TRANSFER_POLLING){
+
+        /* First Start condition -------------------------------------------------------------- */
+        TransferCfg->retransmissions_count = 0;
+retry:
+        // reset all default state
+        txdat = (uint8_t *) TransferCfg->tx_data;
+        rxdat = (uint8_t *) TransferCfg->rx_data;
+        // Reset I2C setup value to default state
+        TransferCfg->tx_count = 0;
+        TransferCfg->rx_count = 0;
+        CodeStatus = 0;
+
+        // Start command
+        CodeStatus = I2C_Start(I2Cx);
+        if ((CodeStatus != I2C_I2STAT_M_TX_START) \
+                && (CodeStatus != I2C_I2STAT_M_TX_RESTART)){
+            TransferCfg->retransmissions_count++;
+            if (TransferCfg->retransmissions_count > TransferCfg->retransmissions_max){
+                // save status
+                TransferCfg->status = CodeStatus;
+                goto error;
+            } else {
+                goto retry;
+            }
+        }
+
+        /* In case of sending data first --------------------------------------------------- */
+        if ((TransferCfg->tx_length != 0) && (TransferCfg->tx_data != NULL)){
+
+            /* Send slave address + WR direction bit = 0 ----------------------------------- */
+            CodeStatus = I2C_SendByte(I2Cx, (TransferCfg->sl_addr7bit << 1));
+            if (CodeStatus != I2C_I2STAT_M_TX_SLAW_ACK){
+                TransferCfg->retransmissions_count++;
+                if (TransferCfg->retransmissions_count > TransferCfg->retransmissions_max){
+                    // save status
+                    TransferCfg->status = CodeStatus | I2C_SETUP_STATUS_NOACKF;
+                    goto error;
+                } else {
+                    goto retry;
+                }
+            }
+
+            /* Send a number of data bytes ---------------------------------------- */
+            while (TransferCfg->tx_count < TransferCfg->tx_length)
+            {
+                CodeStatus = I2C_SendByte(I2Cx, *txdat);
+                if (CodeStatus != I2C_I2STAT_M_TX_DAT_ACK){
+                    TransferCfg->retransmissions_count++;
+                    if (TransferCfg->retransmissions_count > TransferCfg->retransmissions_max){
+                        // save status
+                        TransferCfg->status = CodeStatus | I2C_SETUP_STATUS_NOACKF;
+                        goto error;
+                    } else {
+                        goto retry;
+                    }
+                }
+
+                txdat++;
+                TransferCfg->tx_count++;
+            }
+        }
+
+        /* Second Start condition (Repeat Start) ------------------------------------------- */
+        if ((TransferCfg->tx_length != 0) && (TransferCfg->tx_data != NULL) \
+                && (TransferCfg->rx_length != 0) && (TransferCfg->rx_data != NULL)){
+
+            CodeStatus = I2C_Start(I2Cx);
+            if ((CodeStatus != I2C_I2STAT_M_RX_START) \
+                    && (CodeStatus != I2C_I2STAT_M_RX_RESTART)){
+                TransferCfg->retransmissions_count++;
+                if (TransferCfg->retransmissions_count > TransferCfg->retransmissions_max){
+                    // Update status
+                    TransferCfg->status = CodeStatus;
+                    goto error;
+                } else {
+                    goto retry;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        /* Then, start reading after sending data -------------------------------------- */
+        if ((TransferCfg->rx_length != 0) && (TransferCfg->rx_data != NULL)){
+            /* Send slave address + RD direction bit = 1 ----------------------------------- */
+
+            CodeStatus = I2C_SendByte(I2Cx, ((TransferCfg->sl_addr7bit << 1) | 0x01));
+            if (CodeStatus != I2C_I2STAT_M_RX_SLAR_ACK){
+                TransferCfg->retransmissions_count++;
+                if (TransferCfg->retransmissions_count > TransferCfg->retransmissions_max){
+                    // update status
+                    TransferCfg->status = CodeStatus | I2C_SETUP_STATUS_NOACKF;
+                    goto error;
+                } else {
+                    goto retry;
+                }
+            }
+
+            /* Receive a number of data bytes ------------------------------------------------- */
+            while (TransferCfg->rx_count < TransferCfg->rx_length){
+
+                /*
+                 * Note that: if data length is only one, the master should not
+                 * issue an ACK signal on bus after reading to avoid of next data frame
+                 * on slave side
+                 */
+                if (TransferCfg->rx_count < (TransferCfg->rx_length - 1)){
+                    // Issue an ACK signal for next data frame
+                    CodeStatus = I2C_GetByte(I2Cx, &tmp, TRUE);
+                    if (CodeStatus != I2C_I2STAT_M_RX_DAT_ACK){
+                        TransferCfg->retransmissions_count++;
+                        if (TransferCfg->retransmissions_count > TransferCfg->retransmissions_max){
+                            // update status
+                            TransferCfg->status = CodeStatus;
+                            goto error;
+                        } else {
+                            goto retry;
+                        }
+                    }
+                } else {
+                    // Do not issue an ACK signal
+                    CodeStatus = I2C_GetByte(I2Cx, &tmp, FALSE);
+                    if (CodeStatus != I2C_I2STAT_M_RX_DAT_NACK){
+                        TransferCfg->retransmissions_count++;
+                        if (TransferCfg->retransmissions_count > TransferCfg->retransmissions_max){
+                            // update status
+                            TransferCfg->status = CodeStatus;
+                            goto error;
+                        } else {
+                            goto retry;
+                        }
+                    }
+                }
+                *rxdat++ = tmp;
+                TransferCfg->rx_count++;
+            }
+        }
+
+        /* Send STOP condition ------------------------------------------------- */
+        I2C_Stop(I2Cx);
+        return SUCCESS;
+
+error:
+        // Send stop condition
+        I2C_Stop(I2Cx);
+        return ERROR;
+    }
+
+    else if (Opt == I2C_TRANSFER_INTERRUPT){
+        // Setup tx_rx data, callback and interrupt handler
+        tmp = I2C_getNum(I2Cx);
+        i2cdat[tmp].txrx_setup = (uint32_t) TransferCfg;
+        // Set direction phase, write first
+        i2cdat[tmp].dir = 0;
+
+        /* First Start condition -------------------------------------------------------------- */
+        I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC;
+        I2Cx->I2CONSET = I2C_I2CONSET_STA;
+        I2C_IntCmd(I2Cx, TRUE);
+
+        return (SUCCESS);
+    }
+
+    return ERROR;
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Receive and Transmit data in slave mode
+ * @param[in]    I2Cx            I2C peripheral selected, should be
+ *                - LPC_I2C0
+ *                 - LPC_I2C1
+ *                 - LPC_I2C2
+ * @param[in]    TransferCfg        Pointer to a I2C_S_SETUP_Type structure that
+ *                                 contains specified information about the
+ *                                 configuration for master transfer.
+ * @param[in]    Opt                I2C_TRANSFER_OPT_Type type that selected for
+ *                                 interrupt or polling mode.
+ * @return         SUCCESS or ERROR
+ *
+ * Note:
+ * The mode of slave's operation depends on the command sent from master on
+ * the I2C bus. If the master send a SLA+W command, this sub-routine will
+ * use receive data length and receive data pointer. If the master send a SLA+R
+ * command, this sub-routine will use transmit data length and transmit data
+ * pointer.
+ * If the master issue an repeat start command or a stop command, the slave will
+ * enable an time out condition, during time out condition, if there's no activity
+ * on I2C bus, the slave will exit, otherwise (i.e. the master send a SLA+R/W),
+ * the slave then switch to relevant operation mode. The time out should be used
+ * because the return status code can not show difference from stop and repeat
+ * start command in slave operation.
+ * In case of the expected data length from master is greater than data length
+ * that slave can support:
+ * - In case of reading operation (from master): slave will return I2C_I2DAT_IDLE_CHAR
+ * value.
+ * - In case of writing operation (from master): slave will ignore remain data from master.
+ **********************************************************************/
+Status I2C_SlaveTransferData(LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx, I2C_S_SETUP_Type *TransferCfg, \
+                                I2C_TRANSFER_OPT_Type Opt)
+{
+    uint8_t *txdat;
+    uint8_t *rxdat;
+    volatile uint32_t CodeStatus = 0;
+    uint32_t timeout;
+    int32_t time_en;
+    int32_t tmp;
+
+    // reset all default state
+    txdat = (uint8_t *) TransferCfg->tx_data;
+    rxdat = (uint8_t *) TransferCfg->rx_data;
+    // Reset I2C setup value to default state
+    TransferCfg->tx_count = 0;
+    TransferCfg->rx_count = 0;
+    TransferCfg->status = 0;
+
+
+    // Polling option
+    if (Opt == I2C_TRANSFER_POLLING){
+
+        /* Set AA bit to ACK command on I2C bus */
+        I2Cx->I2CONSET = I2C_I2CONSET_AA;
+        /* Clear SI bit to be ready ... */
+        I2Cx->I2CONCLR = (I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC | I2C_I2CONCLR_STAC);
+
+        time_en = 0;
+        timeout = 0;
+
+        while (1)
+        {
+            /* Check SI flag ready */
+            if (I2Cx->I2CONSET & I2C_I2CONSET_SI)
+            {
+                time_en = 0;
+
+                switch (CodeStatus = (I2Cx->I2STAT & I2C_STAT_CODE_BITMASK))
+                {
+
+                /* No status information */
+                case I2C_I2STAT_NO_INF:
+                    I2Cx->I2CONSET = I2C_I2CONSET_AA;
+                    I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC;
+                    break;
+
+                /* Reading phase -------------------------------------------------------- */
+                /* Own SLA+R has been received, ACK has been returned */
+                case I2C_I2STAT_S_RX_SLAW_ACK:
+                /* General call address has been received, ACK has been returned */
+                case I2C_I2STAT_S_RX_GENCALL_ACK:
+                    I2Cx->I2CONSET = I2C_I2CONSET_AA;
+                    I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC;
+                    break;
+
+                /* Previously addressed with own SLA;
+                 * DATA byte has been received;
+                 * ACK has been returned */
+                case I2C_I2STAT_S_RX_PRE_SLA_DAT_ACK:
+                /* DATA has been received, ACK hasn been return */
+                case I2C_I2STAT_S_RX_PRE_GENCALL_DAT_ACK:
+                    /*
+                     * All data bytes that over-flow the specified receive
+                     * data length, just ignore them.
+                     */
+                    if ((TransferCfg->rx_count < TransferCfg->rx_length) \
+                            && (TransferCfg->rx_data != NULL)){
+                        *rxdat++ = (uint8_t)I2Cx->I2DAT;
+                        TransferCfg->rx_count++;
+                    }
+                    I2Cx->I2CONSET = I2C_I2CONSET_AA;
+                    I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC;
+                    break;
+
+                /* Previously addressed with own SLA;
+                 * DATA byte has been received;
+                 * NOT ACK has been returned */
+                case I2C_I2STAT_S_RX_PRE_SLA_DAT_NACK:
+                /* DATA has been received, NOT ACK has been returned */
+                case I2C_I2STAT_S_RX_PRE_GENCALL_DAT_NACK:
+                    I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC;
+                    break;
+
+                /*
+                 * Note that: Return code only let us know a stop condition mixed
+                 * with a repeat start condition in the same code value.
+                 * So we should provide a time-out. In case this is really a stop
+                 * condition, this will return back after time out condition. Otherwise,
+                 * next session that is slave receive data will be completed.
+                 */
+
+                /* A Stop or a repeat start condition */
+                case I2C_I2STAT_S_RX_STA_STO_SLVREC_SLVTRX:
+                    I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC;
+                    // enable time out
+                    time_en = 1;
+                    timeout = 0;
+                    break;
+
+                /* Writing phase -------------------------------------------------------- */
+                /* Own SLA+R has been received, ACK has been returned */
+                case I2C_I2STAT_S_TX_SLAR_ACK:
+                /* Data has been transmitted, ACK has been received */
+                case I2C_I2STAT_S_TX_DAT_ACK:
+                    /*
+                     * All data bytes that over-flow the specified receive
+                     * data length, just ignore them.
+                     */
+                    if ((TransferCfg->tx_count < TransferCfg->tx_length) \
+                            && (TransferCfg->tx_data != NULL)){
+                        I2Cx->I2DAT = *txdat++;
+                        TransferCfg->tx_count++;
+                    }
+                    I2Cx->I2CONSET = I2C_I2CONSET_AA;
+                    I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC;
+                    break;
+
+                /* Data has been transmitted, NACK has been received,
+                 * that means there's no more data to send, exit now */
+                /*
+                 * Note: Don't wait for stop event since in slave transmit mode,
+                 * since there no proof lets us know when a stop signal has been received
+                 * on slave side.
+                 */
+                case I2C_I2STAT_S_TX_DAT_NACK:
+                    I2Cx->I2CONSET = I2C_I2CONSET_AA;
+                    I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC;
+                    // enable time out
+                    time_en = 1;
+                    timeout = 0;
+                    break;
+
+                // Other status must be captured
+                default:
+                    I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC;
+                    goto s_error;
+                }
+            } else if (time_en){
+                if (timeout++ > I2C_SLAVE_TIME_OUT){
+                    // it's really a stop condition, goto end stage
+                    goto s_end_stage;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+s_end_stage:
+        /* Clear AA bit to disable ACK on I2C bus */
+        I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_AAC;
+        // Check if there's no error during operation
+        // Update status
+        TransferCfg->status = CodeStatus | I2C_SETUP_STATUS_DONE;
+        return SUCCESS;
+
+s_error:
+        /* Clear AA bit to disable ACK on I2C bus */
+        I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_AAC;
+        // Update status
+        TransferCfg->status = CodeStatus;
+        return ERROR;
+    }
+
+    else if (Opt == I2C_TRANSFER_INTERRUPT){
+        // Setup tx_rx data, callback and interrupt handler
+        tmp = I2C_getNum(I2Cx);
+        i2cdat[tmp].txrx_setup = (uint32_t) TransferCfg;
+        // Set direction phase, read first
+        i2cdat[tmp].dir = 1;
+
+        // Enable AA
+        I2Cx->I2CONSET = I2C_I2CONSET_AA;
+        I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC | I2C_I2CONCLR_STAC;
+        I2C_IntCmd(I2Cx, TRUE);
+
+        return (SUCCESS);
+    }
+
+    return ERROR;
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Set Own slave address in I2C peripheral corresponding to
+ *                 parameter specified in OwnSlaveAddrConfigStruct.
+ * @param[in]    I2Cx    I2C peripheral selected, should be
+ *                - LPC_I2C0
+ *                 - LPC_I2C1
+ *                 - LPC_I2C2
+ * @param[in]    OwnSlaveAddrConfigStruct    Pointer to a I2C_OWNSLAVEADDR_CFG_Type
+ *                 structure that contains the configuration information for the
+*               specified I2C slave address.
+ * @return         None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void I2C_SetOwnSlaveAddr(LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx, I2C_OWNSLAVEADDR_CFG_Type *OwnSlaveAddrConfigStruct)
+{
+    uint32_t tmp;
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2Cx(I2Cx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2C_SLAVEADDR_CH(OwnSlaveAddrConfigStruct->SlaveAddrChannel));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(OwnSlaveAddrConfigStruct->GeneralCallState));
+
+    tmp = (((uint32_t)(OwnSlaveAddrConfigStruct->SlaveAddr_7bit << 1)) \
+            | ((OwnSlaveAddrConfigStruct->GeneralCallState == ENABLE) ? 0x01 : 0x00))& I2C_I2ADR_BITMASK;
+    switch (OwnSlaveAddrConfigStruct->SlaveAddrChannel)
+    {
+    case 0:
+        I2Cx->I2ADR0 = tmp;
+        I2Cx->I2MASK0 = I2C_I2MASK_MASK((uint32_t) \
+                (OwnSlaveAddrConfigStruct->SlaveAddrMaskValue));
+        break;
+    case 1:
+        I2Cx->I2ADR1 = tmp;
+        I2Cx->I2MASK1 = I2C_I2MASK_MASK((uint32_t) \
+                (OwnSlaveAddrConfigStruct->SlaveAddrMaskValue));
+        break;
+    case 2:
+        I2Cx->I2ADR2 = tmp;
+        I2Cx->I2MASK2 = I2C_I2MASK_MASK((uint32_t) \
+                (OwnSlaveAddrConfigStruct->SlaveAddrMaskValue));
+        break;
+    case 3:
+        I2Cx->I2ADR3 = tmp;
+        I2Cx->I2MASK3 = I2C_I2MASK_MASK((uint32_t) \
+                (OwnSlaveAddrConfigStruct->SlaveAddrMaskValue));
+        break;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Configures functionality in I2C monitor mode
+ * @param[in]    I2Cx    I2C peripheral selected, should be
+ *               - LPC_I2C0
+ *                 - LPC_I2C1
+ *                 - LPC_I2C2
+ * @param[in]    MonitorCfgType Monitor Configuration type, should be:
+ *                 - I2C_MONITOR_CFG_SCL_OUTPUT: I2C module can 'stretch'
+ *                 the clock line (hold it low) until it has had time to
+ *                 respond to an I2C interrupt.
+ *                 - I2C_MONITOR_CFG_MATCHALL: When this bit is set to '1'
+ *                 and the I2C is in monitor mode, an interrupt will be
+ *                 generated on ANY address received.
+ * @param[in]    NewState New State of this function, should be:
+ *                 - ENABLE: Enable this function.
+ *                 - DISABLE: Disable this function.
+ * @return        None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void I2C_MonitorModeConfig(LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx, uint32_t MonitorCfgType, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2Cx(I2Cx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2C_MONITOR_CFG(MonitorCfgType));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(NewState));
+
+    if (NewState == ENABLE)
+    {
+        I2Cx->MMCTRL |= MonitorCfgType;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        I2Cx->MMCTRL &= (~MonitorCfgType) & I2C_I2MMCTRL_BITMASK;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Enable/Disable I2C monitor mode
+ * @param[in]    I2Cx    I2C peripheral selected, should be
+ *                - LPC_I2C0
+ *                 - LPC_I2C1
+ *                 - LPC_I2C2
+ * @param[in]    NewState New State of this function, should be:
+ *                 - ENABLE: Enable monitor mode.
+ *                 - DISABLE: Disable monitor mode.
+ * @return        None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void I2C_MonitorModeCmd(LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2Cx(I2Cx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(NewState));
+
+    if (NewState == ENABLE)
+    {
+        I2Cx->MMCTRL |= I2C_I2MMCTRL_MM_ENA;
+        I2Cx->I2CONSET = I2C_I2CONSET_AA;
+        I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC | I2C_I2CONCLR_STAC;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        I2Cx->MMCTRL &= (~I2C_I2MMCTRL_MM_ENA) & I2C_I2MMCTRL_BITMASK;
+        I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC | I2C_I2CONCLR_STAC | I2C_I2CONCLR_AAC;
+    }
+    I2C_MonitorBufferIndex = 0;
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Get data from I2C data buffer in monitor mode.
+ * @param[in]    I2Cx    I2C peripheral selected, should be
+ *                - LPC_I2C0
+ *                 - LPC_I2C1
+ *                 - LPC_I2C2
+ * @return        None
+ * Note:    In monitor mode, the I2C module may lose the ability to stretch
+ * the clock (stall the bus) if the ENA_SCL bit is not set. This means that
+ * the processor will have a limited amount of time to read the contents of
+ * the data received on the bus. If the processor reads the I2DAT shift
+ * register, as it ordinarily would, it could have only one bit-time to
+ * respond to the interrupt before the received data is overwritten by
+ * new data.
+ **********************************************************************/
+uint8_t I2C_MonitorGetDatabuffer(LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2Cx(I2Cx));
+    return ((uint8_t)(I2Cx->I2DATA_BUFFER));
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Get data from I2C data buffer in monitor mode.
+ * @param[in]    I2Cx    I2C peripheral selected, should be
+ *                - LPC_I2C0
+ *                 - LPC_I2C1
+ *                 - LPC_I2C2
+ * @return        None
+ * Note:    In monitor mode, the I2C module may lose the ability to stretch
+ * the clock (stall the bus) if the ENA_SCL bit is not set. This means that
+ * the processor will have a limited amount of time to read the contents of
+ * the data received on the bus. If the processor reads the I2DAT shift
+ * register, as it ordinarily would, it could have only one bit-time to
+ * respond to the interrupt before the received data is overwritten by
+ * new data.
+ **********************************************************************/
+BOOL_8 I2C_MonitorHandler(LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx, uint8_t *buffer, uint32_t size)
+{
+    BOOL_8 ret=FALSE;
+
+    I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC;
+
+    buffer[I2C_MonitorBufferIndex] = (uint8_t)(I2Cx->I2DATA_BUFFER);
+    I2C_MonitorBufferIndex++;
+    if(I2C_MonitorBufferIndex >= size)
+    {
+        ret = TRUE;
+    }
+    return ret;
+}
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Get status of Master Transfer
+ * @param[in]    I2Cx    I2C peripheral selected, should be:
+ *              - LPC_I2C0
+ *                 - LPC_I2C1
+ *                 - LPC_I2C2
+ * @return         Master transfer status, could be:
+ *                 - TRUE    master transfer completed
+ *                 - FALSE master transfer have not completed yet
+ **********************************************************************/
+uint32_t I2C_MasterTransferComplete(LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx)
+{
+    uint32_t retval, tmp;
+    tmp = I2C_getNum(I2Cx);
+    retval = I2C_MasterComplete[tmp];
+    I2C_MasterComplete[tmp] = FALSE;
+    return retval;
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Get status of Slave Transfer
+ * @param[in]    I2Cx    I2C peripheral selected, should be:
+ *                 - LPC_I2C0
+ *                 - LPC_I2C1
+ *                 - LPC_I2C2
+ * @return         Complete status, could be: TRUE/FALSE
+ **********************************************************************/
+uint32_t I2C_SlaveTransferComplete(LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx)
+{
+    uint32_t retval, tmp;
+    tmp = I2C_getNum(I2Cx);
+    retval = I2C_SlaveComplete[tmp];
+    I2C_SlaveComplete[tmp] = FALSE;
+    return retval;
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* _I2C */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */
diff -r 000000000000 -r 84d7747641aa lpc17xx_i2c.h
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lpc17xx_i2c.h	Sun Mar 20 18:45:15 2011 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,377 @@
+/***********************************************************************//**
+ * @file        lpc17xx_i2c.h
+ * @brief        Contains all macro definitions and function prototypes
+ *                 support for I2C firmware library on LPC17xx
+ * @version        2.0
+ * @date        21. May. 2010
+ * @author        NXP MCU SW Application Team
+ **************************************************************************
+ * Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only
+ * which provides customers with programming information regarding the
+ * products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties.
+ * NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the
+ * use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent,
+ * copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors
+ * reserves the right to make changes in the software without
+ * notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or
+ * warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified
+ * use without further testing or modification.
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup I2C I2C
+ * @ingroup LPC1700CMSIS_FwLib_Drivers
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef LPC17XX_I2C_H_
+#define LPC17XX_I2C_H_
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+#include "LPC17xx.h"
+#include "lpc_types.h"
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+{
+#endif
+
+
+/* Private Macros ------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup I2C_Private_Macros I2C Private Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* --------------------- BIT DEFINITIONS -------------------------------------- */
+/*******************************************************************//**
+ * I2C Control Set register description
+ *********************************************************************/
+#define I2C_I2CONSET_AA                ((0x04)) /*!< Assert acknowledge flag */
+#define I2C_I2CONSET_SI                ((0x08)) /*!< I2C interrupt flag */
+#define I2C_I2CONSET_STO            ((0x10)) /*!< STOP flag */
+#define I2C_I2CONSET_STA            ((0x20)) /*!< START flag */
+#define I2C_I2CONSET_I2EN            ((0x40)) /*!< I2C interface enable */
+
+/*******************************************************************//**
+ * I2C Control Clear register description
+ *********************************************************************/
+/** Assert acknowledge Clear bit */
+#define I2C_I2CONCLR_AAC            ((1<<2))
+/** I2C interrupt Clear bit */
+#define I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC            ((1<<3))
+/** START flag Clear bit */
+#define I2C_I2CONCLR_STAC            ((1<<5))
+/** I2C interface Disable bit */
+#define I2C_I2CONCLR_I2ENC            ((1<<6))
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * I2C Status Code definition (I2C Status register)
+ *********************************************************************/
+/* Return Code in I2C status register */
+#define I2C_STAT_CODE_BITMASK        ((0xF8))
+
+/* I2C return status code definitions ----------------------------- */
+
+/** No relevant information */
+#define I2C_I2STAT_NO_INF                        ((0xF8))
+
+/* Master transmit mode -------------------------------------------- */
+/** A start condition has been transmitted */
+#define I2C_I2STAT_M_TX_START                    ((0x08))
+/** A repeat start condition has been transmitted */
+#define I2C_I2STAT_M_TX_RESTART                    ((0x10))
+/** SLA+W has been transmitted, ACK has been received */
+#define I2C_I2STAT_M_TX_SLAW_ACK                ((0x18))
+/** SLA+W has been transmitted, NACK has been received */
+#define I2C_I2STAT_M_TX_SLAW_NACK                ((0x20))
+/** Data has been transmitted, ACK has been received */
+#define I2C_I2STAT_M_TX_DAT_ACK                    ((0x28))
+/** Data has been transmitted, NACK has been received */
+#define I2C_I2STAT_M_TX_DAT_NACK                ((0x30))
+/** Arbitration lost in SLA+R/W or Data bytes */
+#define I2C_I2STAT_M_TX_ARB_LOST                ((0x38))
+
+/* Master receive mode -------------------------------------------- */
+/** A start condition has been transmitted */
+#define I2C_I2STAT_M_RX_START                    ((0x08))
+/** A repeat start condition has been transmitted */
+#define I2C_I2STAT_M_RX_RESTART                    ((0x10))
+/** Arbitration lost */
+#define I2C_I2STAT_M_RX_ARB_LOST                ((0x38))
+/** SLA+R has been transmitted, ACK has been received */
+#define I2C_I2STAT_M_RX_SLAR_ACK                ((0x40))
+/** SLA+R has been transmitted, NACK has been received */
+#define I2C_I2STAT_M_RX_SLAR_NACK                ((0x48))
+/** Data has been received, ACK has been returned */
+#define I2C_I2STAT_M_RX_DAT_ACK                    ((0x50))
+/** Data has been received, NACK has been return */
+#define I2C_I2STAT_M_RX_DAT_NACK                ((0x58))
+
+/* Slave receive mode -------------------------------------------- */
+/** Own slave address has been received, ACK has been returned */
+#define I2C_I2STAT_S_RX_SLAW_ACK                ((0x60))
+
+/** Arbitration lost in SLA+R/W as master */
+#define I2C_I2STAT_S_RX_ARB_LOST_M_SLA            ((0x68))
+/** Own SLA+W has been received, ACK returned */
+//#define I2C_I2STAT_S_RX_SLAW_ACK                ((0x68))
+
+/** General call address has been received, ACK has been returned */
+#define I2C_I2STAT_S_RX_GENCALL_ACK                ((0x70))
+
+/** Arbitration lost in SLA+R/W (GENERAL CALL) as master */
+#define I2C_I2STAT_S_RX_ARB_LOST_M_GENCALL        ((0x78))
+/** General call address has been received, ACK has been returned */
+//#define I2C_I2STAT_S_RX_GENCALL_ACK                ((0x78))
+
+/** Previously addressed with own SLV address;
+ * Data has been received, ACK has been return */
+#define I2C_I2STAT_S_RX_PRE_SLA_DAT_ACK            ((0x80))
+/** Previously addressed with own SLA;
+ * Data has been received and NOT ACK has been return */
+#define I2C_I2STAT_S_RX_PRE_SLA_DAT_NACK        ((0x88))
+/** Previously addressed with General Call;
+ * Data has been received and ACK has been return */
+#define I2C_I2STAT_S_RX_PRE_GENCALL_DAT_ACK        ((0x90))
+/** Previously addressed with General Call;
+ * Data has been received and NOT ACK has been return */
+#define I2C_I2STAT_S_RX_PRE_GENCALL_DAT_NACK    ((0x98))
+/** A STOP condition or repeated START condition has
+ * been received while still addressed as SLV/REC
+ * (Slave Receive) or SLV/TRX (Slave Transmit) */
+#define I2C_I2STAT_S_RX_STA_STO_SLVREC_SLVTRX    ((0xA0))
+
+/** Slave transmit mode */
+/** Own SLA+R has been received, ACK has been returned */
+#define I2C_I2STAT_S_TX_SLAR_ACK                ((0xA8))
+
+/** Arbitration lost in SLA+R/W as master */
+#define I2C_I2STAT_S_TX_ARB_LOST_M_SLA            ((0xB0))
+/** Own SLA+R has been received, ACK has been returned */
+//#define I2C_I2STAT_S_TX_SLAR_ACK                ((0xB0))
+
+/** Data has been transmitted, ACK has been received */
+#define I2C_I2STAT_S_TX_DAT_ACK                    ((0xB8))
+/** Data has been transmitted, NACK has been received */
+#define I2C_I2STAT_S_TX_DAT_NACK                ((0xC0))
+/** Last data byte in I2DAT has been transmitted (AA = 0);
+ ACK has been received */
+#define I2C_I2STAT_S_TX_LAST_DAT_ACK            ((0xC8))
+
+/** Time out in case of using I2C slave mode */
+#define I2C_SLAVE_TIME_OUT                        0x10000UL
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * I2C Data register definition
+ *********************************************************************/
+/** Mask for I2DAT register*/
+#define I2C_I2DAT_BITMASK            ((0xFF))
+
+/** Idle data value will be send out in slave mode in case of the actual
+ * expecting data requested from the master is greater than its sending data
+ * length that can be supported */
+#define I2C_I2DAT_IDLE_CHAR            (0xFF)
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * I2C Monitor mode control register description
+ *********************************************************************/
+#define I2C_I2MMCTRL_MM_ENA            ((1<<0))        /**< Monitor mode enable */
+#define I2C_I2MMCTRL_ENA_SCL        ((1<<1))        /**< SCL output enable */
+#define I2C_I2MMCTRL_MATCH_ALL        ((1<<2))        /**< Select interrupt register match */
+#define I2C_I2MMCTRL_BITMASK        ((0x07))        /**< Mask for I2MMCTRL register */
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * I2C Data buffer register description
+ *********************************************************************/
+/** I2C Data buffer register bit mask */
+#define I2DATA_BUFFER_BITMASK        ((0xFF))
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * I2C Slave Address registers definition
+ *********************************************************************/
+/** General Call enable bit */
+#define I2C_I2ADR_GC                ((1<<0))
+/** I2C Slave Address registers bit mask */
+#define I2C_I2ADR_BITMASK            ((0xFF))
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * I2C Mask Register definition
+ *********************************************************************/
+/** I2C Mask Register mask field */
+#define I2C_I2MASK_MASK(n)            ((n&0xFE))
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * I2C SCL HIGH duty cycle Register definition
+ *********************************************************************/
+/** I2C SCL HIGH duty cycle Register bit mask */
+#define I2C_I2SCLH_BITMASK            ((0xFFFF))
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * I2C SCL LOW duty cycle Register definition
+ *********************************************************************/
+/** I2C SCL LOW duty cycle Register bit mask */
+#define I2C_I2SCLL_BITMASK            ((0xFFFF))
+
+/* I2C status values */
+#define I2C_SETUP_STATUS_ARBF   (1<<8)    /**< Arbitration false */
+#define I2C_SETUP_STATUS_NOACKF (1<<9)    /**< No ACK returned */
+#define I2C_SETUP_STATUS_DONE   (1<<10)    /**< Status DONE */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * I2C monitor control configuration defines
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define I2C_MONITOR_CFG_SCL_OUTPUT    I2C_I2MMCTRL_ENA_SCL        /**< SCL output enable */
+#define I2C_MONITOR_CFG_MATCHALL    I2C_I2MMCTRL_MATCH_ALL        /**< Select interrupt register match */
+
+/* ---------------- CHECK PARAMETER DEFINITIONS ---------------------------- */
+/* Macros check I2C slave address */
+#define PARAM_I2C_SLAVEADDR_CH(n)    ((n)<=3)
+
+/** Macro to determine if it is valid SSP port number */
+#define PARAM_I2Cx(n)    ((((uint32_t *)n)==((uint32_t *)LPC_I2C0)) \
+|| (((uint32_t *)n)==((uint32_t *)LPC_I2C1)) \
+|| (((uint32_t *)n)==((uint32_t *)LPC_I2C2)))
+
+/* Macros check I2C monitor configuration type */
+#define PARAM_I2C_MONITOR_CFG(n) ((n==I2C_MONITOR_CFG_SCL_OUTPUT) || (I2C_MONITOR_CFG_MATCHALL))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+
+/* Public Types --------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup I2C_Public_Types I2C Public Types
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief I2C Own slave address setting structure
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    uint8_t SlaveAddrChannel;    /**< Slave Address channel in I2C control,
+                                should be in range from 0..3
+                                */
+    uint8_t SlaveAddr_7bit;        /**< Value of 7-bit slave address */
+    uint8_t GeneralCallState;    /**< Enable/Disable General Call Functionality
+                                when I2C control being in Slave mode, should be:
+                                - ENABLE: Enable General Call function.
+                                - DISABLE: Disable General Call function.
+                                */
+    uint8_t SlaveAddrMaskValue;    /**< Any bit in this 8-bit value (bit 7:1)
+                                which is set to '1' will cause an automatic compare on
+                                the corresponding bit of the received address when it
+                                is compared to the SlaveAddr_7bit value associated with this
+                                mask register. In other words, bits in SlaveAddr_7bit value
+                                which are masked are not taken into account in determining
+                                an address match
+                                */
+} I2C_OWNSLAVEADDR_CFG_Type;
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Master transfer setup data structure definitions
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint32_t          sl_addr7bit;                /**< Slave address in 7bit mode */
+  uint8_t*          tx_data;                    /**< Pointer to Transmit data - NULL if data transmit
+                                                      is not used */
+  uint32_t          tx_length;                    /**< Transmit data length - 0 if data transmit
+                                                      is not used*/
+  uint32_t          tx_count;                    /**< Current Transmit data counter */
+  uint8_t*          rx_data;                    /**< Pointer to Receive data - NULL if data receive
+                                                      is not used */
+  uint32_t          rx_length;                    /**< Receive data length - 0 if data receive is
+                                                       not used */
+  uint32_t          rx_count;                    /**< Current Receive data counter */
+  uint32_t          retransmissions_max;        /**< Max Re-Transmission value */
+  uint32_t          retransmissions_count;        /**< Current Re-Transmission counter */
+  uint32_t          status;                        /**< Current status of I2C activity */
+  void                 (*callback)(void);            /**< Pointer to Call back function when transmission complete
+                                                    used in interrupt transfer mode */
+} I2C_M_SETUP_Type;
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Slave transfer setup data structure definitions
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint8_t*          tx_data;
+  uint32_t          tx_length;
+  uint32_t          tx_count;
+  uint8_t*          rx_data;
+  uint32_t          rx_length;
+  uint32_t          rx_count;
+  uint32_t          status;
+  void                 (*callback)(void);
+} I2C_S_SETUP_Type;
+
+/**
+ * @brief Transfer option type definitions
+ */
+typedef enum {
+    I2C_TRANSFER_POLLING = 0,        /**< Transfer in polling mode */
+    I2C_TRANSFER_INTERRUPT            /**< Transfer in interrupt mode */
+} I2C_TRANSFER_OPT_Type;
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup I2C_Public_Functions I2C Public Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* I2C Init/DeInit functions ---------- */
+void I2C_Init(LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx, uint32_t clockrate);
+void I2C_DeInit(LPC_I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx);
+//void I2C_SetClock (LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx, uint32_t target_clock);
+void I2C_Cmd(LPC_I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState);
+
+/* I2C transfer data functions -------- */
+Status I2C_MasterTransferData(LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx, \
+        I2C_M_SETUP_Type *TransferCfg, I2C_TRANSFER_OPT_Type Opt);
+Status I2C_SlaveTransferData(LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx, \
+        I2C_S_SETUP_Type *TransferCfg, I2C_TRANSFER_OPT_Type Opt);
+uint32_t I2C_MasterTransferComplete(LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx);
+uint32_t I2C_SlaveTransferComplete(LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx);
+
+
+void I2C_SetOwnSlaveAddr(LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx, I2C_OWNSLAVEADDR_CFG_Type *OwnSlaveAddrConfigStruct);
+uint8_t I2C_GetLastStatusCode(LPC_I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx);
+
+/* I2C Monitor functions ---------------*/
+void I2C_MonitorModeConfig(LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx, uint32_t MonitorCfgType, FunctionalState NewState);
+void I2C_MonitorModeCmd(LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState);
+uint8_t I2C_MonitorGetDatabuffer(LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx);
+BOOL_8 I2C_MonitorHandler(LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx, uint8_t *buffer, uint32_t size);
+
+/* I2C Interrupt handler functions ------*/
+void I2C_IntCmd (LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx, Bool NewState);
+void I2C_MasterHandler (LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx);
+void I2C_SlaveHandler (LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx);
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* LPC17XX_I2C_H_ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */
diff -r 000000000000 -r 84d7747641aa lpc17xx_i2s.c
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lpc17xx_i2s.c	Sun Mar 20 18:45:15 2011 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,594 @@
+/***********************************************************************//**
+ * @file        lpc17xx_i2s.c
+ * @brief        Contains all functions support for I2S firmware library on LPC17xx
+ * @version        3.1
+ * @date        23. Sep. 2010
+ * @author        NXP MCU SW Application Team
+ **************************************************************************
+ * Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only
+ * which provides customers with programming information regarding the
+ * products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties.
+ * NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the
+ * use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent,
+ * copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors
+ * reserves the right to make changes in the software without
+ * notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or
+ * warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified
+ * use without further testing or modification.
+ **********************************************************************/
+
+/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @addtogroup I2S
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+#include "lpc17xx_i2s.h"
+#include "lpc17xx_clkpwr.h"
+
+
+/* If this source file built with example, the LPC17xx FW library configuration
+ * file in each example directory ("lpc17xx_libcfg.h") must be included,
+ * otherwise the default FW library configuration file must be included instead
+ */
+#ifdef __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__
+#include "lpc17xx_libcfg.h"
+#else
+#include "lpc17xx_libcfg_default.h"
+#endif /* __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__ */
+
+
+#ifdef _I2S
+
+/* Private Functions ---------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+static uint8_t i2s_GetWordWidth(LPC_I2S_TypeDef *I2Sx, uint8_t TRMode);
+static uint8_t i2s_GetChannel(LPC_I2S_TypeDef *I2Sx, uint8_t TRMode);
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Get I2S wordwidth value
+ * @param[in]    I2Sx I2S peripheral selected, should be: LPC_I2S
+ * @param[in]    TRMode is the I2S mode, should be:
+ *                 - I2S_TX_MODE = 0: transmit mode
+ *                 - I2S_RX_MODE = 1: receive mode
+ * @return         The wordwidth value, should be: 8,16 or 32
+ *********************************************************************/
+static uint8_t i2s_GetWordWidth(LPC_I2S_TypeDef *I2Sx, uint8_t TRMode) {
+    uint8_t value;
+
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2Sx(I2Sx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2S_TRX(TRMode));
+
+    if (TRMode == I2S_TX_MODE) {
+        value = (I2Sx->I2SDAO) & 0x03; /* get wordwidth bit */
+    } else {
+        value = (I2Sx->I2SDAI) & 0x03; /* get wordwidth bit */
+    }
+    switch (value) {
+    case I2S_WORDWIDTH_8:
+        return 8;
+    case I2S_WORDWIDTH_16:
+        return 16;
+    default:
+        return 32;
+    }
+}
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Get I2S channel value
+ * @param[in]    I2Sx I2S peripheral selected, should be: LPC_I2S
+ * @param[in]    TRMode is the I2S mode, should be:
+ *                 - I2S_TX_MODE = 0: transmit mode
+ *                 - I2S_RX_MODE = 1: receive mode
+ * @return         The channel value, should be: 1(mono) or 2(stereo)
+ *********************************************************************/
+static uint8_t i2s_GetChannel(LPC_I2S_TypeDef *I2Sx, uint8_t TRMode) {
+    uint8_t value;
+
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2Sx(I2Sx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2S_TRX(TRMode));
+
+    if (TRMode == I2S_TX_MODE) {
+        value = ((I2Sx->I2SDAO) & 0x04)>>2; /* get bit[2] */
+    } else {
+        value = ((I2Sx->I2SDAI) & 0x04)>>2; /* get bit[2] */
+    }
+        if(value == I2S_MONO) return 1;
+          return 2;
+}
+
+/* End of Private Functions --------------------------------------------------- */
+
+
+/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @addtogroup I2S_Public_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Initialize I2S
+ *                     - Turn on power and clock
+ * @param[in]    I2Sx I2S peripheral selected, should be: LPC_I2S
+ * @return         none
+ *********************************************************************/
+void I2S_Init(LPC_I2S_TypeDef *I2Sx) {
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2Sx(I2Sx));
+
+    // Turn on power and clock
+    CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR(CLKPWR_PCONP_PCI2S, ENABLE);
+    LPC_I2S->I2SDAI = LPC_I2S->I2SDAO = 0x00;
+}
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Configuration I2S, setting:
+ *                     - master/slave mode
+ *                     - wordwidth value
+ *                     - channel mode
+ * @param[in]    I2Sx I2S peripheral selected, should be: LPC_I2S
+ * @param[in]    TRMode transmit/receive mode, should be:
+ *                     - I2S_TX_MODE = 0: transmit mode
+ *                     - I2S_RX_MODE = 1: receive mode
+ * @param[in]    ConfigStruct pointer to I2S_CFG_Type structure
+ *              which will be initialized.
+ * @return         none
+ *********************************************************************/
+void I2S_Config(LPC_I2S_TypeDef *I2Sx, uint8_t TRMode, I2S_CFG_Type* ConfigStruct)
+{
+    uint32_t bps, config;
+
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2Sx(I2Sx));
+
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2S_WORDWIDTH(ConfigStruct->wordwidth));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2S_CHANNEL(ConfigStruct->mono));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2S_STOP(ConfigStruct->stop));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2S_RESET(ConfigStruct->reset));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2S_WS_SEL(ConfigStruct->ws_sel));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2S_MUTE(ConfigStruct->mute));
+
+    /* Setup clock */
+    bps = (ConfigStruct->wordwidth +1)*8;
+
+    /* Calculate audio config */
+    config = (bps - 1)<<6 | (ConfigStruct->ws_sel)<<5 | (ConfigStruct->reset)<<4 |
+        (ConfigStruct->stop)<<3 | (ConfigStruct->mono)<<2 | (ConfigStruct->wordwidth);
+
+    if(TRMode == I2S_RX_MODE){
+        LPC_I2S->I2SDAI = config;
+    }else{
+        LPC_I2S->I2SDAO = config;
+    }
+}
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        DeInitial both I2S transmit or receive
+ * @param[in]    I2Sx I2S peripheral selected, should be: LPC_I2S
+ * @return         none
+ *********************************************************************/
+void I2S_DeInit(LPC_I2S_TypeDef *I2Sx) {
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2Sx(I2Sx));
+
+    // Turn off power and clock
+    CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR(CLKPWR_PCONP_PCI2S, DISABLE);
+}
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Get I2S Buffer Level
+ * @param[in]    I2Sx I2S peripheral selected, should be: LPC_I2S
+ * @param[in]    TRMode Transmit/receive mode, should be:
+ *                     - I2S_TX_MODE = 0: transmit mode
+ *                     - I2S_RX_MODE = 1: receive mode
+ * @return         current level of Transmit/Receive Buffer
+ *********************************************************************/
+uint8_t I2S_GetLevel(LPC_I2S_TypeDef *I2Sx, uint8_t TRMode)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2Sx(I2Sx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2S_TRX(TRMode));
+
+    if(TRMode == I2S_TX_MODE)
+    {
+        return ((I2Sx->I2SSTATE >> 16) & 0xFF);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        return ((I2Sx->I2SSTATE >> 8) & 0xFF);
+    }
+}
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        I2S Start: clear all STOP,RESET and MUTE bit, ready to operate
+ * @param[in]    I2Sx I2S peripheral selected, should be: LPC_I2S
+ * @return         none
+ *********************************************************************/
+void I2S_Start(LPC_I2S_TypeDef *I2Sx)
+{
+    //Clear STOP,RESET and MUTE bit
+    I2Sx->I2SDAO &= ~I2S_DAI_RESET;
+    I2Sx->I2SDAI &= ~I2S_DAI_RESET;
+    I2Sx->I2SDAO &= ~I2S_DAI_STOP;
+    I2Sx->I2SDAI &= ~I2S_DAI_STOP;
+    I2Sx->I2SDAO &= ~I2S_DAI_MUTE;
+}
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        I2S Send data
+ * @param[in]    I2Sx I2S peripheral selected, should be: LPC_I2S
+ * @param[in]    BufferData pointer to uint32_t is the data will be send
+ * @return         none
+ *********************************************************************/
+void I2S_Send(LPC_I2S_TypeDef *I2Sx, uint32_t BufferData) {
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2Sx(I2Sx));
+
+    I2Sx->I2STXFIFO = BufferData;
+}
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        I2S Receive Data
+ * @param[in]    I2Sx pointer to LPC_I2S_TypeDef
+ * @return         received value
+ *********************************************************************/
+uint32_t I2S_Receive(LPC_I2S_TypeDef* I2Sx) {
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2Sx(I2Sx));
+
+    return (I2Sx->I2SRXFIFO);
+
+}
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        I2S Pause
+ * @param[in]    I2Sx I2S peripheral selected, should be: LPC_I2S
+ * @param[in]    TRMode is transmit/receive mode, should be:
+ *                 - I2S_TX_MODE = 0: transmit mode
+ *                 - I2S_RX_MODE = 1: receive mode
+ * @return         none
+ *********************************************************************/
+void I2S_Pause(LPC_I2S_TypeDef *I2Sx, uint8_t TRMode) {
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2Sx(I2Sx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2S_TRX(TRMode));
+
+    if (TRMode == I2S_TX_MODE) //Transmit mode
+    {
+        I2Sx->I2SDAO |= I2S_DAO_STOP;
+    } else //Receive mode
+    {
+        I2Sx->I2SDAI |= I2S_DAI_STOP;
+    }
+}
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        I2S Mute
+ * @param[in]    I2Sx I2S peripheral selected, should be: LPC_I2S
+ * @param[in]    TRMode is transmit/receive mode, should be:
+ *                 - I2S_TX_MODE = 0: transmit mode
+ *                 - I2S_RX_MODE = 1: receive mode
+ * @return         none
+ *********************************************************************/
+void I2S_Mute(LPC_I2S_TypeDef *I2Sx, uint8_t TRMode) {
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2Sx(I2Sx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2S_TRX(TRMode));
+
+    if (TRMode == I2S_TX_MODE) //Transmit mode
+    {
+        I2Sx->I2SDAO |= I2S_DAO_MUTE;
+    } else //Receive mode
+    {
+        I2Sx->I2SDAI |= I2S_DAI_MUTE;
+    }
+}
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        I2S Stop
+ * @param[in]    I2Sx I2S peripheral selected, should be: LPC_I2S
+ * @param[in]    TRMode is transmit/receive mode, should be:
+ *                 - I2S_TX_MODE = 0: transmit mode
+ *                 - I2S_RX_MODE = 1: receive mode
+ * @return         none
+ *********************************************************************/
+void I2S_Stop(LPC_I2S_TypeDef *I2Sx, uint8_t TRMode) {
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2Sx(I2Sx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2S_TRX(TRMode));
+
+    if (TRMode == I2S_TX_MODE) //Transmit mode
+    {
+        I2Sx->I2SDAO &= ~I2S_DAO_MUTE;
+        I2Sx->I2SDAO |= I2S_DAO_STOP;
+        I2Sx->I2SDAO |= I2S_DAO_RESET;
+    } else //Receive mode
+    {
+        I2Sx->I2SDAI |= I2S_DAI_STOP;
+        I2Sx->I2SDAI |= I2S_DAI_RESET;
+    }
+}
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Set frequency for I2S
+ * @param[in]    I2Sx I2S peripheral selected, should be: LPC_I2S
+ * @param[in]    Freq is the frequency for I2S will be set. It can range
+ *                 from 16-96 kHz(16, 22.05, 32, 44.1, 48, 96kHz)
+ * @param[in]    TRMode is transmit/receive mode, should be:
+ *                 - I2S_TX_MODE = 0: transmit mode
+ *                 - I2S_RX_MODE = 1: receive mode
+ * @return         Status: ERROR or SUCCESS
+ *********************************************************************/
+Status I2S_FreqConfig(LPC_I2S_TypeDef *I2Sx, uint32_t Freq, uint8_t TRMode) {
+
+    uint32_t i2sMclk;
+    uint8_t bitrate, channel, wordwidth;
+
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2Sx(I2Sx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PRAM_I2S_FREQ(Freq));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2S_TRX(TRMode));
+
+    //set i2s reference is i2s_pclk/2 as default
+    i2sMclk = CLKPWR_GetPCLK(CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_I2S)/2;
+    I2Sx->I2STXRATE = 1  | (1<<8);
+    I2Sx->I2SRXRATE = 1  | (1<<8);
+    if(TRMode == I2S_TX_MODE)
+    {
+        channel = i2s_GetChannel(I2Sx,I2S_TX_MODE);
+        wordwidth = i2s_GetWordWidth(I2Sx,I2S_TX_MODE);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        channel = i2s_GetChannel(I2Sx,I2S_RX_MODE);
+        wordwidth = i2s_GetWordWidth(I2Sx,I2S_RX_MODE);
+    }
+    bitrate = i2sMclk/(Freq * channel * wordwidth) - 1;
+    if (TRMode == I2S_TX_MODE)// Transmitter
+    {
+        I2Sx->I2STXBITRATE = bitrate;
+    } else //Receiver
+    {
+        I2Sx->I2SRXBITRATE = bitrate;
+    }
+    return SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        I2S set bitrate
+ * @param[in]    I2Sx I2S peripheral selected, should be: LPC_I2S
+ * @param[in]    bitrate value will be set
+ *                 bitrate value should be in range: 0 .. 63
+ * @param[in]    TRMode is transmit/receive mode, should be:
+ *                 - I2S_TX_MODE = 0: transmit mode
+ *                 - I2S_RX_MODE = 1: receive mode
+ * @return         none
+ *********************************************************************/
+void I2S_SetBitRate(LPC_I2S_TypeDef *I2Sx, uint8_t bitrate, uint8_t TRMode)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2Sx(I2Sx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2S_BITRATE(bitrate));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2S_TRX(TRMode));
+
+    if(TRMode == I2S_TX_MODE)
+    {
+        I2Sx->I2STXBITRATE = bitrate;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        I2Sx->I2SRXBITRATE = bitrate;
+    }
+}
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Configuration operating mode for I2S
+ * @param[in]    I2Sx I2S peripheral selected, should be: LPC_I2S
+ * @param[in]    ModeConfig pointer to I2S_MODEConf_Type will be used to
+ *                 configure
+ * @param[in]    TRMode is transmit/receive mode, should be:
+ *                 - I2S_TX_MODE = 0: transmit mode
+ *                 - I2S_RX_MODE = 1: receive mode
+ * @return         none
+ *********************************************************************/
+void I2S_ModeConfig(LPC_I2S_TypeDef *I2Sx, I2S_MODEConf_Type* ModeConfig,
+        uint8_t TRMode)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2Sx(I2Sx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2S_CLKSEL(ModeConfig->clksel));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2S_4PIN(ModeConfig->fpin));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2S_MCLK(ModeConfig->mcena));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2S_TRX(TRMode));
+
+    if (TRMode == I2S_TX_MODE) {
+        I2Sx->I2STXMODE &= ~0x0F; //clear bit 3:0 in I2STXMODE register
+        if (ModeConfig->clksel == I2S_CLKSEL_MCLK) {
+            I2Sx->I2STXMODE |= 0x02;
+        }
+        if (ModeConfig->fpin == I2S_4PIN_ENABLE) {
+            I2Sx->I2STXMODE |= (1 << 2);
+        }
+        if (ModeConfig->mcena == I2S_MCLK_ENABLE) {
+            I2Sx->I2STXMODE |= (1 << 3);
+        }
+    } else {
+        I2Sx->I2SRXMODE &= ~0x0F; //clear bit 3:0 in I2STXMODE register
+        if (ModeConfig->clksel == I2S_CLKSEL_MCLK) {
+            I2Sx->I2SRXMODE |= 0x02;
+        }
+        if (ModeConfig->fpin == I2S_4PIN_ENABLE) {
+            I2Sx->I2SRXMODE |= (1 << 2);
+        }
+        if (ModeConfig->mcena == I2S_MCLK_ENABLE) {
+            I2Sx->I2SRXMODE |= (1 << 3);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Configure DMA operation for I2S
+ * @param[in]    I2Sx I2S peripheral selected, should be: LPC_I2S
+ * @param[in]    DMAConfig pointer to I2S_DMAConf_Type will be used to configure
+ * @param[in]    TRMode is transmit/receive mode, should be:
+ *                 - I2S_TX_MODE = 0: transmit mode
+ *                 - I2S_RX_MODE = 1: receive mode
+ * @return         none
+ *********************************************************************/
+void I2S_DMAConfig(LPC_I2S_TypeDef *I2Sx, I2S_DMAConf_Type* DMAConfig,
+        uint8_t TRMode)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2Sx(I2Sx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2S_DMA(DMAConfig->DMAIndex));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2S_DMA_DEPTH(DMAConfig->depth));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2S_TRX(TRMode));
+
+    if (TRMode == I2S_RX_MODE) {
+        if (DMAConfig->DMAIndex == I2S_DMA_1) {
+            LPC_I2S->I2SDMA1 = (DMAConfig->depth) << 8;
+        } else {
+            LPC_I2S->I2SDMA2 = (DMAConfig->depth) << 8;
+        }
+    } else {
+        if (DMAConfig->DMAIndex == I2S_DMA_1) {
+            LPC_I2S->I2SDMA1 = (DMAConfig->depth) << 16;
+        } else {
+            LPC_I2S->I2SDMA2 = (DMAConfig->depth) << 16;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Enable/Disable DMA operation for I2S
+ * @param[in]    I2Sx: I2S peripheral selected, should be: LPC_I2S
+ * @param[in]    DMAIndex chose what DMA is used, should be:
+ *                 - I2S_DMA_1 = 0: DMA1
+ *                 - I2S_DMA_2 = 1: DMA2
+ * @param[in]    TRMode is transmit/receive mode, should be:
+ *                 - I2S_TX_MODE = 0: transmit mode
+ *                 - I2S_RX_MODE = 1: receive mode
+ * @param[in]    NewState is new state of DMA operation, should be:
+ *                 - ENABLE
+ *                 - DISABLE
+ * @return         none
+ *********************************************************************/
+void I2S_DMACmd(LPC_I2S_TypeDef *I2Sx, uint8_t DMAIndex, uint8_t TRMode,
+        FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2Sx(I2Sx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(NewState));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2S_DMA(DMAIndex));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2S_TRX(TRMode));
+
+    if (TRMode == I2S_RX_MODE) {
+        if (DMAIndex == I2S_DMA_1) {
+            if (NewState == ENABLE)
+                I2Sx->I2SDMA1 |= 0x01;
+            else
+                I2Sx->I2SDMA1 &= ~0x01;
+        } else {
+            if (NewState == ENABLE)
+                I2Sx->I2SDMA2 |= 0x01;
+            else
+                I2Sx->I2SDMA2 &= ~0x01;
+        }
+    } else {
+        if (DMAIndex == I2S_DMA_1) {
+            if (NewState == ENABLE)
+                I2Sx->I2SDMA1 |= 0x02;
+            else
+                I2Sx->I2SDMA1 &= ~0x02;
+        } else {
+            if (NewState == ENABLE)
+                I2Sx->I2SDMA2 |= 0x02;
+            else
+                I2Sx->I2SDMA2 &= ~0x02;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Configure IRQ for I2S
+ * @param[in]    I2Sx I2S peripheral selected, should be: LPC_I2S
+ * @param[in]    TRMode is transmit/receive mode, should be:
+ *                 - I2S_TX_MODE = 0: transmit mode
+ *                 - I2S_RX_MODE = 1: receive mode
+ * @param[in]    level is the FIFO level that triggers IRQ request
+ * @return         none
+ *********************************************************************/
+void I2S_IRQConfig(LPC_I2S_TypeDef *I2Sx, uint8_t TRMode, uint8_t level) {
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2Sx(I2Sx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2S_TRX(TRMode));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2S_IRQ_LEVEL(level));
+
+    if (TRMode == I2S_RX_MODE) {
+        I2Sx->I2SIRQ |= (level << 8);
+    } else {
+        I2Sx->I2SIRQ |= (level << 16);
+    }
+}
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Enable/Disable IRQ for I2S
+ * @param[in]    I2Sx I2S peripheral selected, should be: LPC_I2S
+ * @param[in]    TRMode is transmit/receive mode, should be:
+ *                 - I2S_TX_MODE = 0: transmit mode
+ *                 - I2S_RX_MODE = 1: receive mode
+ * @param[in]    NewState is new state of DMA operation, should be:
+ *                 - ENABLE
+ *                 - DISABLE
+ * @return         none
+ *********************************************************************/
+void I2S_IRQCmd(LPC_I2S_TypeDef *I2Sx, uint8_t TRMode, FunctionalState NewState) {
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2Sx(I2Sx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(NewState));
+
+    if (TRMode == I2S_RX_MODE) {
+        if (NewState == ENABLE)
+            I2Sx->I2SIRQ |= 0x01;
+        else
+            I2Sx->I2SIRQ &= ~0x01;
+        //Enable DMA
+
+    } else {
+        if (NewState == ENABLE)
+            I2Sx->I2SIRQ |= 0x02;
+        else
+            I2Sx->I2SIRQ &= ~0x02;
+    }
+}
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Get I2S interrupt status
+ * @param[in]    I2Sx I2S peripheral selected, should be: LPC_I2S
+ * @param[in]    TRMode is transmit/receive mode, should be:
+ *                 - I2S_TX_MODE = 0: transmit mode
+ *                 - I2S_RX_MODE = 1: receive mode
+ * @return         FunctionState    should be:
+ *                 - ENABLE: interrupt is enable
+ *                 - DISABLE: interrupt is disable
+ *********************************************************************/
+FunctionalState I2S_GetIRQStatus(LPC_I2S_TypeDef *I2Sx,uint8_t TRMode)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2Sx(I2Sx));
+    if(TRMode == I2S_TX_MODE)
+        return (FunctionalState)((I2Sx->I2SIRQ >> 1)&0x01);
+    else
+        return (FunctionalState)((I2Sx->I2SIRQ)&0x01);
+}
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Get I2S interrupt depth
+ * @param[in]    I2Sx I2S peripheral selected, should be: LPC_I2S
+ * @param[in]    TRMode is transmit/receive mode, should be:
+ *                 - I2S_TX_MODE = 0: transmit mode
+ *                 - I2S_RX_MODE = 1: receive mode
+ * @return         depth of FIFO level on which to create an irq request
+ *********************************************************************/
+uint8_t I2S_GetIRQDepth(LPC_I2S_TypeDef *I2Sx,uint8_t TRMode)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_I2Sx(I2Sx));
+    if(TRMode == I2S_TX_MODE)
+        return (((I2Sx->I2SIRQ)>>16)&0xFF);
+    else
+        return (((I2Sx->I2SIRQ)>>8)&0xFF);
+}
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* _I2S */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */
+
diff -r 000000000000 -r 84d7747641aa lpc17xx_i2s.h
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lpc17xx_i2s.h	Sun Mar 20 18:45:15 2011 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,372 @@
+/***********************************************************************//**
+ * @file        lpc17xx_i2s.h
+ * @brief        Contains all macro definitions and function prototypes
+ *                 support for I2S firmware library on LPC17xx
+ * @version        3.0
+ * @date        18. June. 2010
+ * @author        NXP MCU SW Application Team
+ **************************************************************************
+ * Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only
+ * which provides customers with programming information regarding the
+ * products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties.
+ * NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the
+ * use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent,
+ * copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors
+ * reserves the right to make changes in the software without
+ * notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or
+ * warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified
+ * use without further testing or modification.
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup I2S I2S
+ * @ingroup LPC1700CMSIS_FwLib_Drivers
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef LPC17XX_I2S_H_
+#define LPC17XX_I2S_H_
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+#include "LPC17xx.h"
+#include "lpc_types.h"
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+{
+#endif
+
+/* Public Macros -------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup I2S_Public_Macros I2S Public Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * I2S configuration parameter defines
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** I2S Wordwidth bit */
+#define I2S_WORDWIDTH_8        ((uint32_t)(0))
+#define I2S_WORDWIDTH_16    ((uint32_t)(1))
+#define I2S_WORDWIDTH_32    ((uint32_t)(3))
+/** I2S Channel bit */
+#define I2S_STEREO            ((uint32_t)(0))
+#define I2S_MONO            ((uint32_t)(1))
+/** I2S Master/Slave mode bit */
+#define I2S_MASTER_MODE        ((uint8_t)(0))
+#define I2S_SLAVE_MODE        ((uint8_t)(1))
+/** I2S Stop bit */
+#define I2S_STOP_ENABLE        ((uint8_t)(1))
+#define I2S_STOP_DISABLE    ((uint8_t)(0))
+/** I2S Reset bit */
+#define I2S_RESET_ENABLE    ((uint8_t)(1))
+#define I2S_RESET_DISABLE    ((uint8_t)(0))
+/** I2S Mute bit */
+#define I2S_MUTE_ENABLE        ((uint8_t)(1))
+#define I2S_MUTE_DISABLE    ((uint8_t)(0))
+/** I2S Transmit/Receive bit */
+#define I2S_TX_MODE            ((uint8_t)(0))
+#define I2S_RX_MODE            ((uint8_t)(1))
+/** I2S Clock Select bit */
+#define I2S_CLKSEL_FRDCLK    ((uint8_t)(0))
+#define I2S_CLKSEL_MCLK        ((uint8_t)(2))
+/** I2S 4-pin Mode bit */
+#define I2S_4PIN_ENABLE     ((uint8_t)(1))
+#define I2S_4PIN_DISABLE     ((uint8_t)(0))
+/** I2S MCLK Enable bit */
+#define I2S_MCLK_ENABLE        ((uint8_t)(1))
+#define I2S_MCLK_DISABLE    ((uint8_t)(0))
+/** I2S select DMA bit */
+#define I2S_DMA_1            ((uint8_t)(0))
+#define I2S_DMA_2            ((uint8_t)(1))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private Macros ------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup I2S_Private_Macros I2S Private Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for DAO-Digital Audio Output register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** I2S wordwide - the number of bytes in data*/
+#define I2S_DAO_WORDWIDTH_8        ((uint32_t)(0))        /** 8 bit    */
+#define I2S_DAO_WORDWIDTH_16    ((uint32_t)(1))        /** 16 bit    */
+#define I2S_DAO_WORDWIDTH_32    ((uint32_t)(3))        /** 32 bit    */
+/** I2S control mono or stereo format */
+#define I2S_DAO_MONO            ((uint32_t)(1<<2))
+/** I2S control stop mode */
+#define I2S_DAO_STOP            ((uint32_t)(1<<3))
+/** I2S control reset mode */
+#define I2S_DAO_RESET            ((uint32_t)(1<<4))
+/** I2S control master/slave mode */
+#define I2S_DAO_SLAVE            ((uint32_t)(1<<5))
+/** I2S word select half period minus one */
+#define I2S_DAO_WS_HALFPERIOD(n)    ((uint32_t)(n<<6))
+/** I2S control mute mode */
+#define I2S_DAO_MUTE            ((uint32_t)(1<<15))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for DAI-Digital Audio Input register
+**********************************************************************/
+/** I2S wordwide - the number of bytes in data*/
+#define I2S_DAI_WORDWIDTH_8        ((uint32_t)(0))        /** 8 bit    */
+#define I2S_DAI_WORDWIDTH_16    ((uint32_t)(1))        /** 16 bit    */
+#define I2S_DAI_WORDWIDTH_32    ((uint32_t)(3))        /** 32 bit    */
+/** I2S control mono or stereo format */
+#define I2S_DAI_MONO            ((uint32_t)(1<<2))
+/** I2S control stop mode */
+#define I2S_DAI_STOP            ((uint32_t)(1<<3))
+/** I2S control reset mode */
+#define I2S_DAI_RESET            ((uint32_t)(1<<4))
+/** I2S control master/slave mode */
+#define I2S_DAI_SLAVE            ((uint32_t)(1<<5))
+/** I2S word select half period minus one (9 bits)*/
+#define I2S_DAI_WS_HALFPERIOD(n)    ((uint32_t)((n&0x1FF)<<6))
+/** I2S control mute mode */
+#define I2S_DAI_MUTE            ((uint32_t)(1<<15))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for STAT register (Status Feedback register)
+**********************************************************************/
+/** I2S Status Receive or Transmit Interrupt */
+#define I2S_STATE_IRQ        ((uint32_t)(1))
+/** I2S Status Receive or Transmit DMA1 */
+#define I2S_STATE_DMA1        ((uint32_t)(1<<1))
+/** I2S Status Receive or Transmit DMA2 */
+#define I2S_STATE_DMA2        ((uint32_t)(1<<2))
+/** I2S Status Current level of the Receive FIFO (5 bits)*/
+#define I2S_STATE_RX_LEVEL(n)    ((uint32_t)((n&1F)<<8))
+/** I2S Status Current level of the Transmit FIFO (5 bits)*/
+#define I2S_STATE_TX_LEVEL(n)    ((uint32_t)((n&1F)<<16))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for DMA1 register (DMA1 Configuration register)
+**********************************************************************/
+/** I2S control DMA1 for I2S receive */
+#define I2S_DMA1_RX_ENABLE        ((uint32_t)(1))
+/** I2S control DMA1 for I2S transmit */
+#define I2S_DMA1_TX_ENABLE        ((uint32_t)(1<<1))
+/** I2S set FIFO level that trigger a receive DMA request on DMA1 */
+#define I2S_DMA1_RX_DEPTH(n)    ((uint32_t)((n&0x1F)<<8))
+/** I2S set FIFO level that trigger a transmit DMA request on DMA1 */
+#define I2S_DMA1_TX_DEPTH(n)    ((uint32_t)((n&0x1F)<<16))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for DMA2 register (DMA2 Configuration register)
+**********************************************************************/
+/** I2S control DMA2 for I2S receive */
+#define I2S_DMA2_RX_ENABLE        ((uint32_t)(1))
+/** I2S control DMA1 for I2S transmit */
+#define I2S_DMA2_TX_ENABLE        ((uint32_t)(1<<1))
+/** I2S set FIFO level that trigger a receive DMA request on DMA1 */
+#define I2S_DMA2_RX_DEPTH(n)    ((uint32_t)((n&0x1F)<<8))
+/** I2S set FIFO level that trigger a transmit DMA request on DMA1 */
+#define I2S_DMA2_TX_DEPTH(n)    ((uint32_t)((n&0x1F)<<16))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+* Macro defines for IRQ register (Interrupt Request Control register)
+**********************************************************************/
+/** I2S control I2S receive interrupt */
+#define I2S_IRQ_RX_ENABLE        ((uint32_t)(1))
+/** I2S control I2S transmit interrupt */
+#define I2S_IRQ_TX_ENABLE        ((uint32_t)(1<<1))
+/** I2S set the FIFO level on which to create an irq request */
+#define I2S_IRQ_RX_DEPTH(n)        ((uint32_t)((n&0x1F)<<8))
+/** I2S set the FIFO level on which to create an irq request */
+#define I2S_IRQ_TX_DEPTH(n)        ((uint32_t)((n&0x1F)<<16))
+
+/********************************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for TXRATE/RXRATE register (Transmit/Receive Clock Rate register)
+*********************************************************************************/
+/** I2S Transmit MCLK rate denominator */
+#define I2S_TXRATE_Y_DIVIDER(n)    ((uint32_t)(n&0xFF))
+/** I2S Transmit MCLK rate denominator */
+#define I2S_TXRATE_X_DIVIDER(n)    ((uint32_t)((n&0xFF)<<8))
+/** I2S Receive MCLK rate denominator */
+#define I2S_RXRATE_Y_DIVIDER(n)    ((uint32_t)(n&0xFF))
+/** I2S Receive MCLK rate denominator */
+#define I2S_RXRATE_X_DIVIDER(n)    ((uint32_t)((n&0xFF)<<8))
+
+/*************************************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for TXBITRATE & RXBITRATE register (Transmit/Receive Bit Rate register)
+**************************************************************************************/
+#define I2S_TXBITRATE(n)    ((uint32_t)(n&0x3F))
+#define I2S_RXBITRATE(n)    ((uint32_t)(n&0x3F))
+
+/**********************************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for TXMODE/RXMODE register (Transmit/Receive Mode Control register)
+************************************************************************************/
+/** I2S Transmit select clock source (2 bits)*/
+#define I2S_TXMODE_CLKSEL(n)    ((uint32_t)(n&0x03))
+/** I2S Transmit control 4-pin mode */
+#define I2S_TXMODE_4PIN_ENABLE    ((uint32_t)(1<<2))
+/** I2S Transmit control the TX_MCLK output */
+#define I2S_TXMODE_MCENA        ((uint32_t)(1<<3))
+/** I2S Receive select clock source */
+#define I2S_RXMODE_CLKSEL(n)    ((uint32_t)(n&0x03))
+/** I2S Receive control 4-pin mode */
+#define I2S_RXMODE_4PIN_ENABLE    ((uint32_t)(1<<2))
+/** I2S Receive control the TX_MCLK output */
+#define I2S_RXMODE_MCENA        ((uint32_t)(1<<3))
+
+
+/* ---------------- CHECK PARAMETER DEFINITIONS ---------------------------- */
+/** Macro to determine if it is valid I2S peripheral */
+#define PARAM_I2Sx(n)    (((uint32_t *)n)==((uint32_t *)LPC_I2S))
+/** Macro to check Data to send valid */
+#define PRAM_I2S_FREQ(freq)        ((freq>=16000)&&(freq <= 96000))
+/* Macro check I2S word width type */
+#define PARAM_I2S_WORDWIDTH(n)    ((n==I2S_WORDWIDTH_8)||(n==I2S_WORDWIDTH_16)\
+||(n==I2S_WORDWIDTH_32))
+/* Macro check I2S channel type */
+#define PARAM_I2S_CHANNEL(n)    ((n==I2S_STEREO)||(n==I2S_MONO))
+/* Macro check I2S master/slave mode */
+#define PARAM_I2S_WS_SEL(n)        ((n==I2S_MASTER_MODE)||(n==I2S_SLAVE_MODE))
+/* Macro check I2S stop mode */
+#define PARAM_I2S_STOP(n)    ((n==I2S_STOP_ENABLE)||(n==I2S_STOP_DISABLE))
+/* Macro check I2S reset mode */
+#define PARAM_I2S_RESET(n)    ((n==I2S_RESET_ENABLE)||(n==I2S_RESET_DISABLE))
+/* Macro check I2S reset mode */
+#define PARAM_I2S_MUTE(n)    ((n==I2S_MUTE_ENABLE)||(n==I2S_MUTE_DISABLE))
+/* Macro check I2S transmit/receive mode */
+#define PARAM_I2S_TRX(n)         ((n==I2S_TX_MODE)||(n==I2S_RX_MODE))
+/* Macro check I2S clock select mode */
+#define PARAM_I2S_CLKSEL(n)        ((n==I2S_CLKSEL_FRDCLK)||(n==I2S_CLKSEL_MCLK))
+/* Macro check I2S 4-pin mode */
+#define PARAM_I2S_4PIN(n)    ((n==I2S_4PIN_ENABLE)||(n==I2S_4PIN_DISABLE))
+/* Macro check I2S MCLK mode */
+#define PARAM_I2S_MCLK(n)    ((n==I2S_MCLK_ENABLE)||(n==I2S_MCLK_DISABLE))
+/* Macro check I2S DMA mode */
+#define PARAM_I2S_DMA(n)        ((n==I2S_DMA_1)||(n==I2S_DMA_2))
+/* Macro check I2S DMA depth value */
+#define PARAM_I2S_DMA_DEPTH(n)    ((n)<=31)
+/* Macro check I2S irq level value */
+#define PARAM_I2S_IRQ_LEVEL(n)    ((n)<=31)
+/* Macro check I2S half-period value */
+#define PARAM_I2S_HALFPERIOD(n)    ((n>0)&&(n<512))
+/* Macro check I2S bit-rate value */
+#define PARAM_I2S_BITRATE(n)    ((n)<=63)
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+
+/* Public Types --------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup I2S_Public_Types I2S Public Types
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief I2S configuration structure definition
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    uint8_t wordwidth;        /** the number of bytes in data as follow:
+                            -I2S_WORDWIDTH_8: 8 bit data
+                            -I2S_WORDWIDTH_16: 16 bit data
+                            -I2S_WORDWIDTH_32: 32 bit data */
+    uint8_t    mono;             /** Set mono/stereo mode, should be:
+                            - I2S_STEREO: stereo mode
+                            - I2S_MONO: mono mode */
+    uint8_t stop;            /** Disables accesses on FIFOs, should be:
+                            - I2S_STOP_ENABLE: enable stop mode
+                            - I2S_STOP_DISABLE: disable stop mode */
+    uint8_t reset;            /** Asynchronously reset tje transmit channel and FIFO, should be:
+                            - I2S_RESET_ENABLE: enable reset mode
+                            - I2S_RESET_DISABLE: disable reset mode */
+    uint8_t ws_sel;            /** Set Master/Slave mode, should be:
+                            - I2S_MASTER_MODE: I2S master mode
+                            - I2S_SLAVE_MODE: I2S slave mode */
+    uint8_t mute;            /** MUTE mode: when true, the transmit channel sends only zeroes, shoule be:
+                            - I2S_MUTE_ENABLE: enable mute mode
+                            - I2S_MUTE_DISABLE: disable mute mode */
+    uint8_t Reserved0[2];
+} I2S_CFG_Type;
+
+/**
+ * @brief I2S DMA configuration structure definition
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    uint8_t DMAIndex;        /** Select DMA1 or DMA2, should be:
+                            - I2S_DMA_1: DMA1
+                            - I2S_DMA_2: DMA2 */
+    uint8_t depth;            /** FIFO level that triggers a DMA request */
+    uint8_t Reserved0[2];
+}I2S_DMAConf_Type;
+
+/**
+ * @brief I2S mode configuration structure definition
+ */
+typedef struct{
+    uint8_t clksel;            /** Clock source selection, should be:
+                            - I2S_CLKSEL_FRDCLK: Select the fractional rate divider clock output
+                            - I2S_CLKSEL_MCLK: Select the MCLK signal as the clock source */
+    uint8_t fpin;            /** Select four pin mode, should be:
+                            - I2S_4PIN_ENABLE: 4-pin enable
+                            - I2S_4PIN_DISABLE: 4-pin disable */
+    uint8_t mcena;            /** Select MCLK mode, should be:
+                            - I2S_MCLK_ENABLE: MCLK enable for output
+                            - I2S_MCLK_DISABLE: MCLK disable for output */
+    uint8_t Reserved;
+}I2S_MODEConf_Type;
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup I2S_Public_Functions I2S Public Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+/* I2S Init/DeInit functions ---------*/
+void I2S_Init(LPC_I2S_TypeDef *I2Sx);
+void I2S_DeInit(LPC_I2S_TypeDef *I2Sx);
+
+/* I2S configuration functions --------*/
+void I2S_Config(LPC_I2S_TypeDef *I2Sx, uint8_t TRMode, I2S_CFG_Type* ConfigStruct);
+Status I2S_FreqConfig(LPC_I2S_TypeDef *I2Sx, uint32_t Freq, uint8_t TRMode);
+void I2S_SetBitRate(LPC_I2S_TypeDef *I2Sx, uint8_t bitrate, uint8_t TRMode);
+void I2S_ModeConfig(LPC_I2S_TypeDef *I2Sx, I2S_MODEConf_Type* ModeConfig, uint8_t TRMode);
+uint8_t I2S_GetLevel(LPC_I2S_TypeDef *I2Sx, uint8_t TRMode);
+
+/* I2S operate functions -------------*/
+void I2S_Send(LPC_I2S_TypeDef *I2Sx, uint32_t BufferData);
+uint32_t I2S_Receive(LPC_I2S_TypeDef* I2Sx);
+void I2S_Start(LPC_I2S_TypeDef *I2Sx);
+void I2S_Pause(LPC_I2S_TypeDef *I2Sx, uint8_t TRMode);
+void I2S_Mute(LPC_I2S_TypeDef *I2Sx, uint8_t TRMode);
+void I2S_Stop(LPC_I2S_TypeDef *I2Sx, uint8_t TRMode);
+
+/* I2S DMA functions ----------------*/
+void I2S_DMAConfig(LPC_I2S_TypeDef *I2Sx, I2S_DMAConf_Type* DMAConfig, uint8_t TRMode);
+void I2S_DMACmd(LPC_I2S_TypeDef *I2Sx, uint8_t DMAIndex,uint8_t TRMode, FunctionalState NewState);
+
+/* I2S IRQ functions ----------------*/
+void I2S_IRQCmd(LPC_I2S_TypeDef *I2Sx,uint8_t TRMode, FunctionalState NewState);
+void I2S_IRQConfig(LPC_I2S_TypeDef *I2Sx, uint8_t TRMode, uint8_t level);
+FunctionalState I2S_GetIRQStatus(LPC_I2S_TypeDef *I2Sx,uint8_t TRMode);
+uint8_t I2S_GetIRQDepth(LPC_I2S_TypeDef *I2Sx,uint8_t TRMode);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* LPC17XX_SSP_H_ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */
diff -r 000000000000 -r 84d7747641aa lpc17xx_libcfg_default.c
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lpc17xx_libcfg_default.c	Sun Mar 20 18:45:15 2011 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/***********************************************************************//**
+ * @file        lpc17xx_libcfg_default.c
+ * @brief        Library configuration source file (default),
+ *                 used to build library without examples.
+ * @version        2.0
+ * @date        21. May. 2010
+ * @author        NXP MCU SW Application Team
+ **************************************************************************
+ * Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only
+ * which provides customers with programming information regarding the
+ * products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties.
+ * NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the
+ * use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent,
+ * copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors
+ * reserves the right to make changes in the software without
+ * notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or
+ * warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified
+ * use without further testing or modification.
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+/* Library group ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @addtogroup LIBCFG_DEFAULT
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+#include "lpc17xx_libcfg_default.h"
+
+/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @addtogroup LIBCFG_DEFAULT_Public_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__
+
+#ifdef  DEBUG
+/*******************************************************************************
+* @brief        Reports the name of the source file and the source line number
+*                 where the CHECK_PARAM error has occurred.
+* @param[in]    file Pointer to the source file name
+* @param[in]    line assert_param error line source number
+* @return        None
+*******************************************************************************/
+void check_failed(uint8_t *file, uint32_t line)
+{
+    /* User can add his own implementation to report the file name and line number,
+     ex: printf("Wrong parameters value: file %s on line %d\r\n", file, line) */
+
+    /* Infinite loop */
+    while(1);
+}
+#endif /* DEBUG */
+
+#endif /* __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */
diff -r 000000000000 -r 84d7747641aa lpc17xx_libcfg_default.h
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lpc17xx_libcfg_default.h	Sun Mar 20 18:45:15 2011 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
+/***********************************************************************//**
+ * @file        lpc17xx_libcfg_default.h
+ * @brief        Default Library configuration header file
+ * @version        2.0
+ * @date        21. May. 2010
+ * @author        NXP MCU SW Application Team
+ **************************************************************************
+ * Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only
+ * which provides customers with programming information regarding the
+ * products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties.
+ * NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the
+ * use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent,
+ * copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors
+ * reserves the right to make changes in the software without
+ * notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or
+ * warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified
+ * use without further testing or modification.
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+/* Library Configuration group ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup LIBCFG_DEFAULT LIBCFG_DEFAULT
+ * @ingroup LPC1700CMSIS_FwLib_Drivers
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef LPC17XX_LIBCFG_DEFAULT_H_
+#define LPC17XX_LIBCFG_DEFAULT_H_
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+#include "lpc_types.h"
+
+
+/* Public Macros -------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup LIBCFG_DEFAULT_Public_Macros LIBCFG_DEFAULT Public Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/************************** DEBUG MODE DEFINITIONS *********************************/
+/* Un-comment the line below to compile the library in DEBUG mode, this will expanse
+   the "CHECK_PARAM" macro in the FW library code */
+
+#define DEBUG
+
+
+/******************* PERIPHERAL FW LIBRARY CONFIGURATION DEFINITIONS ***********************/
+/* Comment the line below to disable the specific peripheral inclusion */
+
+/* DEBUG_FRAMWORK ------------------------------ */
+#define _DBGFWK
+
+/* GPIO ------------------------------- */
+#define _GPIO
+
+/* EXTI ------------------------------- */
+#define _EXTI
+
+/* UART ------------------------------- */
+#define _UART
+#define _UART0
+#define _UART1
+#define _UART2
+#define _UART3
+
+/* SPI ------------------------------- */
+#define _SPI
+
+/* SYSTICK --------------------------- */
+#define _SYSTICK
+
+/* SSP ------------------------------- */
+#define _SSP
+#define _SSP0
+#define _SSP1
+
+
+/* I2C ------------------------------- */
+#define _I2C
+#define _I2C0
+#define _I2C1
+#define _I2C2
+
+/* TIMER ------------------------------- */
+#define _TIM
+
+/* WDT ------------------------------- */
+#define _WDT
+
+
+/* GPDMA ------------------------------- */
+#define _GPDMA
+
+
+/* DAC ------------------------------- */
+#define _DAC
+
+/* DAC ------------------------------- */
+#define _ADC
+
+
+/* PWM ------------------------------- */
+#define _PWM
+#define _PWM1
+
+/* RTC ------------------------------- */
+#define _RTC
+
+/* I2S ------------------------------- */
+#define _I2S
+
+/* USB device ------------------------------- */
+#define _USBDEV
+#define _USB_DMA
+
+/* QEI ------------------------------- */
+#define _QEI
+
+/* MCPWM ------------------------------- */
+#define _MCPWM
+
+/* CAN--------------------------------*/
+#define _CAN
+
+/* RIT ------------------------------- */
+#define _RIT
+
+/* EMAC ------------------------------ */
+#define _EMAC
+
+/************************** GLOBAL/PUBLIC MACRO DEFINITIONS *********************************/
+
+#ifdef  DEBUG
+/*******************************************************************************
+* @brief        The CHECK_PARAM macro is used for function's parameters check.
+*                 It is used only if the library is compiled in DEBUG mode.
+* @param[in]    expr - If expr is false, it calls check_failed() function
+*                        which reports the name of the source file and the source
+*                        line number of the call that failed.
+*                    - If expr is true, it returns no value.
+* @return        None
+*******************************************************************************/
+#define CHECK_PARAM(expr) (((expr) != 0) ? (void)0 : check_failed((uint8_t *)__FILE__, __LINE__))
+#else
+#define CHECK_PARAM(expr)
+#endif /* DEBUG */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup LIBCFG_DEFAULT_Public_Functions LIBCFG_DEFAULT Public Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifdef  DEBUG
+void check_failed(uint8_t *file, uint32_t line);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* LPC17XX_LIBCFG_DEFAULT_H_ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */
diff -r 000000000000 -r 84d7747641aa lpc17xx_mcpwm.c
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lpc17xx_mcpwm.c	Sun Mar 20 18:45:15 2011 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,497 @@
+/***********************************************************************//**
+ * @file        lpc17xx_mcpwm.c
+ * @brief        Contains all functions support for Motor Control PWM firmware
+ *                 library on LPC17xx
+ * @version        2.0
+ * @date        21. May. 2010
+ * @author        NXP MCU SW Application Team
+ **************************************************************************
+ * Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only
+ * which provides customers with programming information regarding the
+ * products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties.
+ * NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the
+ * use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent,
+ * copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors
+ * reserves the right to make changes in the software without
+ * notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or
+ * warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified
+ * use without further testing or modification.
+ **********************************************************************/
+
+/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @addtogroup MCPWM
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+#include "lpc17xx_mcpwm.h"
+#include "lpc17xx_clkpwr.h"
+
+/* If this source file built with example, the LPC17xx FW library configuration
+ * file in each example directory ("lpc17xx_libcfg.h") must be included,
+ * otherwise the default FW library configuration file must be included instead
+ */
+#ifdef __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__
+#include "lpc17xx_libcfg.h"
+#else
+#include "lpc17xx_libcfg_default.h"
+#endif /* __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__ */
+
+
+#ifdef _MCPWM
+
+/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @addtogroup MCPWM_Public_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Initializes the MCPWM peripheral
+ * @param[in]    MCPWMx         Motor Control PWM peripheral selected,
+ *                 Should be: LPC_MCPWM
+ * @return        None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void MCPWM_Init(LPC_MCPWM_TypeDef *MCPWMx)
+{
+
+    /* Turn On MCPWM PCLK */
+    CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCMC, ENABLE);
+    /* As default, peripheral clock for MCPWM module
+     * is set to FCCLK / 2 */
+    // CLKPWR_SetPCLKDiv(CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_MC, CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CCLK_DIV_2);
+
+    MCPWMx->MCCAP_CLR = MCPWM_CAPCLR_CAP(0) | MCPWM_CAPCLR_CAP(1) | MCPWM_CAPCLR_CAP(2);
+    MCPWMx->MCINTFLAG_CLR = MCPWM_INT_ILIM(0) | MCPWM_INT_ILIM(1) | MCPWM_INT_ILIM(2) \
+                            | MCPWM_INT_IMAT(0) | MCPWM_INT_IMAT(1) | MCPWM_INT_IMAT(2) \
+                            | MCPWM_INT_ICAP(0) | MCPWM_INT_ICAP(1) | MCPWM_INT_ICAP(2);
+    MCPWMx->MCINTEN_CLR = MCPWM_INT_ILIM(0) | MCPWM_INT_ILIM(1) | MCPWM_INT_ILIM(2) \
+                            | MCPWM_INT_IMAT(0) | MCPWM_INT_IMAT(1) | MCPWM_INT_IMAT(2) \
+                            | MCPWM_INT_ICAP(0) | MCPWM_INT_ICAP(1) | MCPWM_INT_ICAP(2);
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Configures each channel in MCPWM peripheral according to the
+ *                 specified parameters in the MCPWM_CHANNEL_CFG_Type.
+ * @param[in]    MCPWMx             Motor Control PWM peripheral selected
+ *                                 should be: LPC_MCPWM
+ * @param[in]    channelNum        Channel number, should be: 0..2.
+ * @param[in]    channelSetup    Pointer to a MCPWM_CHANNEL_CFG_Type structure
+*                                that contains the configuration information for the
+*                                specified MCPWM channel.
+ * @return        None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void MCPWM_ConfigChannel(LPC_MCPWM_TypeDef *MCPWMx, uint32_t channelNum,
+                        MCPWM_CHANNEL_CFG_Type * channelSetup)
+{
+    if (channelNum <= 2) {
+        if (channelNum == 0) {
+            MCPWMx->MCTIM0 = channelSetup->channelTimercounterValue;
+            MCPWMx->MCPER0 = channelSetup->channelPeriodValue;
+            MCPWMx->MCPW0 = channelSetup->channelPulsewidthValue;
+        } else if (channelNum == 1) {
+            MCPWMx->MCTIM1 = channelSetup->channelTimercounterValue;
+            MCPWMx->MCPER1 = channelSetup->channelPeriodValue;
+            MCPWMx->MCPW1 = channelSetup->channelPulsewidthValue;
+        } else if (channelNum == 2) {
+            MCPWMx->MCTIM2 = channelSetup->channelTimercounterValue;
+            MCPWMx->MCPER2 = channelSetup->channelPeriodValue;
+            MCPWMx->MCPW2 = channelSetup->channelPulsewidthValue;
+        } else {
+            return;
+        }
+
+        if (channelSetup->channelType /* == MCPWM_CHANNEL_CENTER_MODE */){
+            MCPWMx->MCCON_SET = MCPWM_CON_CENTER(channelNum);
+        } else {
+            MCPWMx->MCCON_CLR = MCPWM_CON_CENTER(channelNum);
+        }
+
+        if (channelSetup->channelPolarity /* == MCPWM_CHANNEL_PASSIVE_HI */){
+            MCPWMx->MCCON_SET = MCPWM_CON_POLAR(channelNum);
+        } else {
+            MCPWMx->MCCON_CLR = MCPWM_CON_POLAR(channelNum);
+        }
+
+        if (channelSetup->channelDeadtimeEnable /* == ENABLE */){
+            MCPWMx->MCCON_SET = MCPWM_CON_DTE(channelNum);
+            MCPWMx->MCDEADTIME &= ~(MCPWM_DT(channelNum, 0x3FF));
+            MCPWMx->MCDEADTIME |= MCPWM_DT(channelNum, channelSetup->channelDeadtimeValue);
+        } else {
+            MCPWMx->MCCON_CLR = MCPWM_CON_DTE(channelNum);
+        }
+
+        if (channelSetup->channelUpdateEnable /* == ENABLE */){
+            MCPWMx->MCCON_CLR = MCPWM_CON_DISUP(channelNum);
+        } else {
+            MCPWMx->MCCON_SET = MCPWM_CON_DISUP(channelNum);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Write to MCPWM shadow registers - Update the value for period
+ *                 and pulse width in MCPWM peripheral.
+ * @param[in]    MCPWMx             Motor Control PWM peripheral selected
+ *                                 Should be: LPC_MCPWM
+ * @param[in]    channelNum        Channel Number, should be: 0..2.
+ * @param[in]    channelSetup    Pointer to a MCPWM_CHANNEL_CFG_Type structure
+*                                that contains the configuration information for the
+*                                specified MCPWM channel.
+ * @return        None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void MCPWM_WriteToShadow(LPC_MCPWM_TypeDef *MCPWMx, uint32_t channelNum,
+                                MCPWM_CHANNEL_CFG_Type *channelSetup)
+{
+    if (channelNum == 0){
+        MCPWMx->MCPER0 = channelSetup->channelPeriodValue;
+        MCPWMx->MCPW0 = channelSetup->channelPulsewidthValue;
+    } else if (channelNum == 1) {
+        MCPWMx->MCPER1 = channelSetup->channelPeriodValue;
+        MCPWMx->MCPW1 = channelSetup->channelPulsewidthValue;
+    } else if (channelNum == 2) {
+        MCPWMx->MCPER2 = channelSetup->channelPeriodValue;
+        MCPWMx->MCPW2 = channelSetup->channelPulsewidthValue;
+    }
+}
+
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Configures capture function in MCPWM peripheral
+ * @param[in]    MCPWMx             Motor Control PWM peripheral selected
+ *                                 Should be: LPC_MCPWM
+ * @param[in]    channelNum        MCI (Motor Control Input pin) number
+ *                                 Should be: 0..2
+ * @param[in]    captureConfig    Pointer to a MCPWM_CAPTURE_CFG_Type structure
+*                                that contains the configuration information for the
+*                                specified MCPWM capture.
+ * @return
+ **********************************************************************/
+void MCPWM_ConfigCapture(LPC_MCPWM_TypeDef *MCPWMx, uint32_t channelNum,
+                        MCPWM_CAPTURE_CFG_Type *captureConfig)
+{
+    if (channelNum <= 2) {
+
+        if (captureConfig->captureFalling /* == ENABLE */) {
+            MCPWMx->MCCAPCON_SET = MCPWM_CAPCON_CAPMCI_FE(captureConfig->captureChannel, channelNum);
+        } else {
+            MCPWMx->MCCAPCON_CLR = MCPWM_CAPCON_CAPMCI_FE(captureConfig->captureChannel, channelNum);
+        }
+
+        if (captureConfig->captureRising /* == ENABLE */) {
+            MCPWMx->MCCAPCON_SET = MCPWM_CAPCON_CAPMCI_RE(captureConfig->captureChannel, channelNum);
+        } else {
+            MCPWMx->MCCAPCON_CLR = MCPWM_CAPCON_CAPMCI_RE(captureConfig->captureChannel, channelNum);
+        }
+
+        if (captureConfig->timerReset /* == ENABLE */){
+            MCPWMx->MCCAPCON_SET = MCPWM_CAPCON_RT(captureConfig->captureChannel);
+        } else {
+            MCPWMx->MCCAPCON_CLR = MCPWM_CAPCON_RT(captureConfig->captureChannel);
+        }
+
+        if (captureConfig->hnfEnable /* == ENABLE */){
+            MCPWMx->MCCAPCON_SET = MCPWM_CAPCON_HNFCAP(channelNum);
+        } else {
+            MCPWMx->MCCAPCON_CLR = MCPWM_CAPCON_HNFCAP(channelNum);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Clears current captured value in specified capture channel
+ * @param[in]    MCPWMx         Motor Control PWM peripheral selected
+ *                             Should be: LPC_MCPWM
+ * @param[in]    captureChannel    Capture channel number, should be: 0..2
+ * @return        None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void MCPWM_ClearCapture(LPC_MCPWM_TypeDef *MCPWMx, uint32_t captureChannel)
+{
+    MCPWMx->MCCAP_CLR = MCPWM_CAPCLR_CAP(captureChannel);
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Get current captured value in specified capture channel
+ * @param[in]    MCPWMx         Motor Control PWM peripheral selected,
+ *                             Should be: LPC_MCPWM
+ * @param[in]    captureChannel    Capture channel number, should be: 0..2
+ * @return        None
+ **********************************************************************/
+uint32_t MCPWM_GetCapture(LPC_MCPWM_TypeDef *MCPWMx, uint32_t captureChannel)
+{
+    if (captureChannel == 0){
+        return (MCPWMx->MCCR0);
+    } else if (captureChannel == 1) {
+        return (MCPWMx->MCCR1);
+    } else if (captureChannel == 2) {
+        return (MCPWMx->MCCR2);
+    }
+    return (0);
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Configures Count control in MCPWM peripheral
+ * @param[in]    MCPWMx         Motor Control PWM peripheral selected
+ *                             Should be: LPC_MCPWM
+ * @param[in]    channelNum    Channel number, should be: 0..2
+ * @param[in]    countMode    Count mode, should be:
+ *                             - ENABLE: Enables count mode.
+ *                             - DISABLE: Disable count mode, the channel is in timer mode.
+ * @param[in]    countConfig    Pointer to a MCPWM_COUNT_CFG_Type structure
+*                            that contains the configuration information for the
+*                            specified MCPWM count control.
+ * @return        None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void MCPWM_CountConfig(LPC_MCPWM_TypeDef *MCPWMx, uint32_t channelNum,
+                    uint32_t countMode, MCPWM_COUNT_CFG_Type *countConfig)
+{
+    if (channelNum <= 2) {
+        if (countMode /* == ENABLE */){
+            MCPWMx->MCCNTCON_SET = MCPWM_CNTCON_CNTR(channelNum);
+            if (countConfig->countFalling /* == ENABLE */) {
+                MCPWMx->MCCNTCON_SET = MCPWM_CNTCON_TCMCI_FE(countConfig->counterChannel,channelNum);
+            } else {
+                MCPWMx->MCCNTCON_CLR = MCPWM_CNTCON_TCMCI_FE(countConfig->counterChannel,channelNum);
+            }
+            if (countConfig->countRising /* == ENABLE */) {
+                MCPWMx->MCCNTCON_SET = MCPWM_CNTCON_TCMCI_RE(countConfig->counterChannel,channelNum);
+            } else {
+                MCPWMx->MCCNTCON_CLR = MCPWM_CNTCON_TCMCI_RE(countConfig->counterChannel,channelNum);
+            }
+        } else {
+            MCPWMx->MCCNTCON_CLR = MCPWM_CNTCON_CNTR(channelNum);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Start MCPWM activity for each MCPWM channel
+ * @param[in]    MCPWMx         Motor Control PWM peripheral selected
+ *                             Should be: LPC_MCPWM
+ * @param[in]    channel0    State of this command on channel 0:
+ *                             - ENABLE: 'Start' command will effect on channel 0
+ *                             - DISABLE: 'Start' command will not effect on channel 0
+ * @param[in]    channel1    State of this command on channel 1:
+ *                             - ENABLE: 'Start' command will effect on channel 1
+ *                             - DISABLE: 'Start' command will not effect on channel 1
+ * @param[in]    channel2    State of this command on channel 2:
+ *                             - ENABLE: 'Start' command will effect on channel 2
+ *                             - DISABLE: 'Start' command will not effect on channel 2
+ * @return        None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void MCPWM_Start(LPC_MCPWM_TypeDef *MCPWMx, uint32_t channel0,
+                    uint32_t channel1, uint32_t channel2)
+{
+    uint32_t regVal = 0;
+    regVal = (channel0 ? MCPWM_CON_RUN(0) : 0) | (channel1 ? MCPWM_CON_RUN(1) : 0) \
+                | (channel2 ? MCPWM_CON_RUN(2) : 0);
+    MCPWMx->MCCON_SET = regVal;
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Stop MCPWM activity for each MCPWM channel
+ * @param[in]    MCPWMx         Motor Control PWM peripheral selected
+ *                             Should be: LPC_MCPWM
+ * @param[in]    channel0    State of this command on channel 0:
+ *                             - ENABLE: 'Stop' command will effect on channel 0
+ *                             - DISABLE: 'Stop' command will not effect on channel 0
+ * @param[in]    channel1    State of this command on channel 1:
+ *                             - ENABLE: 'Stop' command will effect on channel 1
+ *                             - DISABLE: 'Stop' command will not effect on channel 1
+ * @param[in]    channel2    State of this command on channel 2:
+ *                             - ENABLE: 'Stop' command will effect on channel 2
+ *                             - DISABLE: 'Stop' command will not effect on channel 2
+ * @return        None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void MCPWM_Stop(LPC_MCPWM_TypeDef *MCPWMx, uint32_t channel0,
+        uint32_t channel1, uint32_t channel2)
+{
+    uint32_t regVal = 0;
+    regVal = (channel0 ? MCPWM_CON_RUN(0) : 0) | (channel1 ? MCPWM_CON_RUN(1) : 0) \
+                | (channel2 ? MCPWM_CON_RUN(2) : 0);
+    MCPWMx->MCCON_CLR = regVal;
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Enables/Disables 3-phase AC motor mode on MCPWM peripheral
+ * @param[in]    MCPWMx         Motor Control PWM peripheral selected
+ *                             Should be: LPC_MCPWM
+ * @param[in]    acMode        State of this command, should be:
+ *                             - ENABLE.
+ *                             - DISABLE.
+ * @return        None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void MCPWM_ACMode(LPC_MCPWM_TypeDef *MCPWMx, uint32_t acMode)
+{
+    if (acMode){
+        MCPWMx->MCCON_SET = MCPWM_CON_ACMODE;
+    } else {
+        MCPWMx->MCCON_CLR = MCPWM_CON_ACMODE;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Enables/Disables 3-phase DC motor mode on MCPWM peripheral
+ * @param[in]    MCPWMx             Motor Control PWM peripheral selected
+ *                                 Should be: LPC_MCPWM
+ * @param[in]    dcMode            State of this command, should be:
+ *                                 - ENABLE.
+ *                                 - DISABLE.
+ * @param[in]    outputInvered    Polarity of the MCOB outputs for all 3 channels,
+ *                                 should be:
+ *                                 - ENABLE: The MCOB outputs have opposite polarity
+ *                                     from the MCOA outputs.
+ *                                 - DISABLE: The MCOB outputs have the same basic
+ *                                     polarity as the MCOA outputs.
+ * @param[in]    outputPattern    A value contains bits that enables/disables the specified
+ *                                 output pins route to the internal MCOA0 signal, should be:
+                                - MCPWM_PATENT_A0:      MCOA0 tracks internal MCOA0
+                                - MCPWM_PATENT_B0:      MCOB0 tracks internal MCOA0
+                                - MCPWM_PATENT_A1:      MCOA1 tracks internal MCOA0
+                                - MCPWM_PATENT_B1:      MCOB1 tracks internal MCOA0
+                                - MCPWM_PATENT_A2:      MCOA2 tracks internal MCOA0
+                                - MCPWM_PATENT_B2:      MCOB2 tracks internal MCOA0
+ * @return        None
+ *
+ * Note: all these outputPatent values above can be ORed together for using as input parameter.
+ **********************************************************************/
+void MCPWM_DCMode(LPC_MCPWM_TypeDef *MCPWMx, uint32_t dcMode,
+                    uint32_t outputInvered, uint32_t outputPattern)
+{
+    if (dcMode){
+        MCPWMx->MCCON_SET = MCPWM_CON_DCMODE;
+    } else {
+        MCPWMx->MCCON_CLR = MCPWM_CON_DCMODE;
+    }
+
+    if (outputInvered) {
+        MCPWMx->MCCON_SET = MCPWM_CON_INVBDC;
+    } else {
+        MCPWMx->MCCON_CLR = MCPWM_CON_INVBDC;
+    }
+
+    MCPWMx->MCCCP = outputPattern;
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Configures the specified interrupt in MCPWM peripheral
+ * @param[in]    MCPWMx         Motor Control PWM peripheral selected
+ *                             Should be: LPC_MCPWM
+ * @param[in]    ulIntType    Interrupt type, should be:
+ *                             - MCPWM_INTFLAG_LIM0: Limit interrupt for channel (0)
+ *                             - MCPWM_INTFLAG_MAT0: Match interrupt for channel (0)
+ *                             - MCPWM_INTFLAG_CAP0: Capture interrupt for channel (0)
+ *                             - MCPWM_INTFLAG_LIM1: Limit interrupt for channel (1)
+ *                             - MCPWM_INTFLAG_MAT1: Match interrupt for channel (1)
+ *                             - MCPWM_INTFLAG_CAP1: Capture interrupt for channel (1)
+ *                             - MCPWM_INTFLAG_LIM2: Limit interrupt for channel (2)
+ *                             - MCPWM_INTFLAG_MAT2: Match interrupt for channel (2)
+ *                             - MCPWM_INTFLAG_CAP2: Capture interrupt for channel (2)
+ *                             - MCPWM_INTFLAG_ABORT: Fast abort interrupt
+ * @param[in]    NewState    New State of this command, should be:
+ *                             - ENABLE.
+ *                             - DISABLE.
+ * @return        None
+ *
+ * Note: all these ulIntType values above can be ORed together for using as input parameter.
+ **********************************************************************/
+void MCPWM_IntConfig(LPC_MCPWM_TypeDef *MCPWMx, uint32_t ulIntType, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+    if (NewState) {
+        MCPWMx->MCINTEN_SET = ulIntType;
+    } else {
+        MCPWMx->MCINTEN_CLR = ulIntType;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Sets/Forces the specified interrupt for MCPWM peripheral
+ * @param[in]    MCPWMx         Motor Control PWM peripheral selected
+ *                             Should be LPC_MCPWM
+ * @param[in]    ulIntType    Interrupt type, should be:
+ *                             - MCPWM_INTFLAG_LIM0: Limit interrupt for channel (0)
+ *                             - MCPWM_INTFLAG_MAT0: Match interrupt for channel (0)
+ *                             - MCPWM_INTFLAG_CAP0: Capture interrupt for channel (0)
+ *                             - MCPWM_INTFLAG_LIM1: Limit interrupt for channel (1)
+ *                             - MCPWM_INTFLAG_MAT1: Match interrupt for channel (1)
+ *                             - MCPWM_INTFLAG_CAP1: Capture interrupt for channel (1)
+ *                             - MCPWM_INTFLAG_LIM2: Limit interrupt for channel (2)
+ *                             - MCPWM_INTFLAG_MAT2: Match interrupt for channel (2)
+ *                             - MCPWM_INTFLAG_CAP2: Capture interrupt for channel (2)
+ *                             - MCPWM_INTFLAG_ABORT: Fast abort interrupt
+ * @return        None
+ * Note: all these ulIntType values above can be ORed together for using as input parameter.
+ **********************************************************************/
+void MCPWM_IntSet(LPC_MCPWM_TypeDef *MCPWMx, uint32_t ulIntType)
+{
+    MCPWMx->MCINTFLAG_SET = ulIntType;
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Clear the specified interrupt pending for MCPWM peripheral
+ * @param[in]    MCPWMx         Motor Control PWM peripheral selected,
+ *                             should be: LPC_MCPWM
+ * @param[in]    ulIntType    Interrupt type, should be:
+ *                             - MCPWM_INTFLAG_LIM0: Limit interrupt for channel (0)
+ *                             - MCPWM_INTFLAG_MAT0: Match interrupt for channel (0)
+ *                             - MCPWM_INTFLAG_CAP0: Capture interrupt for channel (0)
+ *                             - MCPWM_INTFLAG_LIM1: Limit interrupt for channel (1)
+ *                             - MCPWM_INTFLAG_MAT1: Match interrupt for channel (1)
+ *                             - MCPWM_INTFLAG_CAP1: Capture interrupt for channel (1)
+ *                             - MCPWM_INTFLAG_LIM2: Limit interrupt for channel (2)
+ *                             - MCPWM_INTFLAG_MAT2: Match interrupt for channel (2)
+ *                             - MCPWM_INTFLAG_CAP2: Capture interrupt for channel (2)
+ *                             - MCPWM_INTFLAG_ABORT: Fast abort interrupt
+ * @return        None
+ * Note: all these ulIntType values above can be ORed together for using as input parameter.
+ **********************************************************************/
+void MCPWM_IntClear(LPC_MCPWM_TypeDef *MCPWMx, uint32_t ulIntType)
+{
+    MCPWMx->MCINTFLAG_CLR = ulIntType;
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Check whether if the specified interrupt in MCPWM is set or not
+ * @param[in]    MCPWMx         Motor Control PWM peripheral selected,
+ *                             should be: LPC_MCPWM
+ * @param[in]    ulIntType    Interrupt type, should be:
+ *                             - MCPWM_INTFLAG_LIM0: Limit interrupt for channel (0)
+ *                             - MCPWM_INTFLAG_MAT0: Match interrupt for channel (0)
+ *                             - MCPWM_INTFLAG_CAP0: Capture interrupt for channel (0)
+ *                             - MCPWM_INTFLAG_LIM1: Limit interrupt for channel (1)
+ *                             - MCPWM_INTFLAG_MAT1: Match interrupt for channel (1)
+ *                             - MCPWM_INTFLAG_CAP1: Capture interrupt for channel (1)
+ *                             - MCPWM_INTFLAG_LIM2: Limit interrupt for channel (2)
+ *                             - MCPWM_INTFLAG_MAT2: Match interrupt for channel (2)
+ *                             - MCPWM_INTFLAG_CAP2: Capture interrupt for channel (2)
+ *                             - MCPWM_INTFLAG_ABORT: Fast abort interrupt
+ * @return        None
+ **********************************************************************/
+FlagStatus MCPWM_GetIntStatus(LPC_MCPWM_TypeDef *MCPWMx, uint32_t ulIntType)
+{
+    return ((MCPWMx->MCINTFLAG & ulIntType) ? SET : RESET);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* _MCPWM */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */
diff -r 000000000000 -r 84d7747641aa lpc17xx_mcpwm.h
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lpc17xx_mcpwm.h	Sun Mar 20 18:45:15 2011 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,317 @@
+/***********************************************************************//**
+ * @file        lpc17xx_mcpwm.h
+ * @brief        Contains all macro definitions and function prototypes
+ *                 support for Motor Control PWM firmware library on LPC17xx
+ * @version        2.0
+ * @date        21. May. 2010
+ * @author        NXP MCU SW Application Team
+ **************************************************************************
+ * Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only
+ * which provides customers with programming information regarding the
+ * products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties.
+ * NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the
+ * use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent,
+ * copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors
+ * reserves the right to make changes in the software without
+ * notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or
+ * warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified
+ * use without further testing or modification.
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup MCPWM MCPWM
+ * @ingroup LPC1700CMSIS_FwLib_Drivers
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef LPC17XX_MCPWM_H_
+#define LPC17XX_MCPWM_H_
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+#include "LPC17xx.h"
+#include "lpc_types.h"
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+{
+#endif
+
+/* Public Macros -------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup MCPWM_Public_Macros MCPWM Public Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+
+
+/** Edge aligned mode for channel in MCPWM */
+#define MCPWM_CHANNEL_EDGE_MODE            ((uint32_t)(0))
+/** Center aligned mode for channel in MCPWM */
+#define MCPWM_CHANNEL_CENTER_MODE        ((uint32_t)(1))
+
+/** Polarity of the MCOA and MCOB pins: Passive state is LOW, active state is HIGH */
+#define MCPWM_CHANNEL_PASSIVE_LO        ((uint32_t)(0))
+/** Polarity of the MCOA and MCOB pins: Passive state is HIGH, active state is LOW */
+#define MCPWM_CHANNEL_PASSIVE_HI        ((uint32_t)(1))
+
+/* Output Patent in 3-phase DC mode, the internal MCOA0 signal is routed to any or all of
+ * the six output pins under the control of the bits in this register */
+#define MCPWM_PATENT_A0        ((uint32_t)(1<<0))    /**< MCOA0 tracks internal MCOA0 */
+#define MCPWM_PATENT_B0        ((uint32_t)(1<<1))    /**< MCOB0 tracks internal MCOA0 */
+#define MCPWM_PATENT_A1        ((uint32_t)(1<<2))    /**< MCOA1 tracks internal MCOA0 */
+#define MCPWM_PATENT_B1        ((uint32_t)(1<<3))    /**< MCOB1 tracks internal MCOA0 */
+#define MCPWM_PATENT_A2        ((uint32_t)(1<<4))    /**< MCOA2 tracks internal MCOA0 */
+#define MCPWM_PATENT_B2        ((uint32_t)(1<<5))    /**< MCOB2 tracks internal MCOA0 */
+
+/* Interrupt type in MCPWM */
+/** Limit interrupt for channel (0) */
+#define MCPWM_INTFLAG_LIM0    MCPWM_INT_ILIM(0)
+/** Match interrupt for channel (0) */
+#define MCPWM_INTFLAG_MAT0    MCPWM_INT_IMAT(0)
+/** Capture interrupt for channel (0) */
+#define MCPWM_INTFLAG_CAP0    MCPWM_INT_ICAP(0)
+
+/** Limit interrupt for channel (1) */
+#define MCPWM_INTFLAG_LIM1    MCPWM_INT_ILIM(1)
+/** Match interrupt for channel (1) */
+#define MCPWM_INTFLAG_MAT1    MCPWM_INT_IMAT(1)
+/** Capture interrupt for channel (1) */
+#define MCPWM_INTFLAG_CAP1    MCPWM_INT_ICAP(1)
+
+/** Limit interrupt for channel (2) */
+#define MCPWM_INTFLAG_LIM2    MCPWM_INT_ILIM(2)
+/** Match interrupt for channel (2) */
+#define MCPWM_INTFLAG_MAT2    MCPWM_INT_IMAT(2)
+/** Capture interrupt for channel (2) */
+#define MCPWM_INTFLAG_CAP2    MCPWM_INT_ICAP(2)
+
+/** Fast abort interrupt */
+#define MCPWM_INTFLAG_ABORT    MCPWM_INT_ABORT
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private Macros ------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup MCPWM_Private_Macros MCPWM Private Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for MCPWM Control register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/* MCPWM Control register, these macro definitions below can be applied for these
+ * register type:
+ * - MCPWM Control read address
+ * - MCPWM Control set address
+ * - MCPWM Control clear address
+ */
+#define MCPWM_CON_RUN(n)        (((n>=0)&&(n<=2)) ? ((uint32_t)(1<<((n*8)+0))) : (0))        /**< Stops/starts timer channel n */
+#define MCPWM_CON_CENTER(n)        (((n)<=2) ? ((uint32_t)(1<<((n*8)+1))) : (0))        /**< Edge/center aligned operation for channel n */
+#define MCPWM_CON_POLAR(n)        (((n)<=2) ? ((uint32_t)(1<<((n*8)+2))) : (0))        /**< Select polarity of the MCOAn and MCOBn pin */
+#define MCPWM_CON_DTE(n)        (((n)<=2) ? ((uint32_t)(1<<((n*8)+3))) : (0))        /**< Control the dead-time feature for channel n */
+#define MCPWM_CON_DISUP(n)        (((n)<=2) ? ((uint32_t)(1<<((n*8)+4))) : (0))        /**< Enable/Disable update of functional register for channel n */
+#define MCPWM_CON_INVBDC        ((uint32_t)(1<<29))                                        /**< Control the polarity for all 3 channels */
+#define MCPWM_CON_ACMODE        ((uint32_t)(1<<30))                                        /**< 3-phase AC mode select */
+#define MCPWM_CON_DCMODE        ((uint32_t)(1UL<<31))                                        /**< 3-phase DC mode select */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for MCPWM Capture Control register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/* Capture Control register, these macro definitions below can be applied for these
+ * register type:
+ * - MCPWM Capture Control read address
+ * - MCPWM Capture Control set address
+ * - MCPWM Capture control clear address
+ */
+/** Enables/Disable channel (cap) capture event on a rising edge on MCI(mci) */
+#define MCPWM_CAPCON_CAPMCI_RE(cap,mci)    ((((cap)<=2)&&((mci)<=2)) ? ((uint32_t)(1<<((cap*6)+(mci*2)+0))) : (0))
+/** Enables/Disable channel (cap) capture event on a falling edge on MCI(mci) */
+#define MCPWM_CAPCON_CAPMCI_FE(cap,mci)    ((((cap)<=2)&&((mci)<=2)) ? ((uint32_t)(1<<((cap*6)+(mci*2)+1))) : (0))
+/** TC(n) is reset by channel (n) capture event */
+#define MCPWM_CAPCON_RT(n)                (((n)<=2) ? ((uint32_t)(1<<(18+(n)))) : (0))
+/** Hardware noise filter: channel (n) capture events are delayed */
+#define MCPWM_CAPCON_HNFCAP(n)            (((n)<=2) ? ((uint32_t)(1<<(21+(n)))) : (0))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for MCPWM Interrupt register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/* Interrupt registers, these macro definitions below can be applied for these
+ * register type:
+ * - MCPWM Interrupt Enable read address
+ * - MCPWM Interrupt Enable set address
+ * - MCPWM Interrupt Enable clear address
+ * - MCPWM Interrupt Flags read address
+ * - MCPWM Interrupt Flags set address
+ * - MCPWM Interrupt Flags clear address
+ */
+/** Limit interrupt for channel (n) */
+#define MCPWM_INT_ILIM(n)    (((n>=0)&&(n<=2)) ? ((uint32_t)(1<<((n*4)+0))) : (0))
+/** Match interrupt for channel (n) */
+#define MCPWM_INT_IMAT(n)    (((n>=0)&&(n<=2)) ? ((uint32_t)(1<<((n*4)+1))) : (0))
+/** Capture interrupt for channel (n) */
+#define MCPWM_INT_ICAP(n)    (((n>=0)&&(n<=2)) ? ((uint32_t)(1<<((n*4)+2))) : (0))
+/** Fast abort interrupt */
+#define MCPWM_INT_ABORT        ((uint32_t)(1<<15))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for MCPWM Count Control register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/* MCPWM Count Control register, these macro definitions below can be applied for these
+ * register type:
+ * - MCPWM Count Control read address
+ * - MCPWM Count Control set address
+ * - MCPWM Count Control clear address
+ */
+/** Counter(tc) advances on a rising edge on MCI(mci) pin */
+#define MCPWM_CNTCON_TCMCI_RE(tc,mci)    ((((tc)<=2)&&((mci)<=2)) ? ((uint32_t)(1<<((6*tc)+(2*mci)+0))) : (0))
+/** Counter(cnt) advances on a falling edge on MCI(mci) pin */
+#define MCPWM_CNTCON_TCMCI_FE(tc,mci)    ((((tc)<=2)&&((mci)<=2)) ? ((uint32_t)(1<<((6*tc)+(2*mci)+1))) : (0))
+/** Channel (n) is in counter mode */
+#define MCPWM_CNTCON_CNTR(n)            (((n)<=2) ? ((uint32_t)(1<<(29+n))) : (0))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for MCPWM Dead-time register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** Dead time value x for channel n */
+#define MCPWM_DT(n,x)        (((n)<=2) ? ((uint32_t)((x&0x3FF)<<(n*10))) : (0))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for MCPWM Communication Pattern register
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define MCPWM_CP_A0        ((uint32_t)(1<<0))    /**< MCOA0 tracks internal MCOA0 */
+#define MCPWM_CP_B0        ((uint32_t)(1<<1))    /**< MCOB0 tracks internal MCOA0 */
+#define MCPWM_CP_A1        ((uint32_t)(1<<2))    /**< MCOA1 tracks internal MCOA0 */
+#define MCPWM_CP_B1        ((uint32_t)(1<<3))    /**< MCOB1 tracks internal MCOA0 */
+#define MCPWM_CP_A2        ((uint32_t)(1<<4))    /**< MCOA2 tracks internal MCOA0 */
+#define MCPWM_CP_B2        ((uint32_t)(1<<5))    /**< MCOB2 tracks internal MCOA0 */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for MCPWM Capture clear address register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** Clear the MCCAP (n) register */
+#define MCPWM_CAPCLR_CAP(n)        (((n)<=2) ? ((uint32_t)(1<<n)) : (0))
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/* Public Types --------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup MCPWM_Public_Types MCPWM Public Types
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Motor Control PWM Channel Configuration structure type definition
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    uint32_t channelType;                    /**< Edge/center aligned mode for this channel,
+                                                should be:
+                                                - MCPWM_CHANNEL_EDGE_MODE: Channel is in Edge mode
+                                                - MCPWM_CHANNEL_CENTER_MODE: Channel is in Center mode
+                                                */
+    uint32_t channelPolarity;                /**< Polarity of the MCOA and MCOB pins, should be:
+                                                - MCPWM_CHANNEL_PASSIVE_LO: Passive state is LOW, active state is HIGH
+                                                - MCPWM_CHANNEL_PASSIVE_HI: Passive state is HIGH, active state is LOW
+                                                */
+    uint32_t channelDeadtimeEnable;            /**< Enable/Disable DeadTime function for channel, should be:
+                                                - ENABLE.
+                                                - DISABLE.
+                                                */
+    uint32_t channelDeadtimeValue;            /**< DeadTime value, should be less than 0x3FF */
+    uint32_t channelUpdateEnable;            /**< Enable/Disable updates of functional registers,
+                                                 should be:
+                                                - ENABLE.
+                                                - DISABLE.
+                                                */
+    uint32_t channelTimercounterValue;        /**< MCPWM Timer Counter value */
+    uint32_t channelPeriodValue;            /**< MCPWM Period value */
+    uint32_t channelPulsewidthValue;        /**< MCPWM Pulse Width value */
+} MCPWM_CHANNEL_CFG_Type;
+
+/**
+ * @brief MCPWM Capture Configuration type definition
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    uint32_t captureChannel;        /**< Capture Channel Number, should be in range from 0 to 2 */
+    uint32_t captureRising;            /**< Enable/Disable Capture on Rising Edge event, should be:
+                                        - ENABLE.
+                                        - DISABLE.
+                                        */
+    uint32_t captureFalling;        /**< Enable/Disable Capture on Falling Edge event, should be:
+                                        - ENABLE.
+                                        - DISABLE.
+                                        */
+    uint32_t timerReset;            /**< Enable/Disable Timer reset function an capture, should be:
+                                        - ENABLE.
+                                        - DISABLE.
+                                        */
+    uint32_t hnfEnable;                /**< Enable/Disable Hardware noise filter function, should be:
+                                        - ENABLE.
+                                        - DISABLE.
+                                        */
+} MCPWM_CAPTURE_CFG_Type;
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief MCPWM Count Control Configuration type definition
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    uint32_t counterChannel;        /**< Counter Channel Number, should be in range from 0 to 2 */
+    uint32_t countRising;            /**< Enable/Disable Capture on Rising Edge event, should be:
+                                        - ENABLE.
+                                        - DISABLE.
+                                        */
+    uint32_t countFalling;        /**< Enable/Disable Capture on Falling Edge event, should be:
+                                        - ENABLE.
+                                        - DISABLE.
+                                        */
+} MCPWM_COUNT_CFG_Type;
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup MCPWM_Public_Functions MCPWM Public Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+void MCPWM_Init(LPC_MCPWM_TypeDef *MCPWMx);
+void MCPWM_ConfigChannel(LPC_MCPWM_TypeDef *MCPWMx, uint32_t channelNum,
+                        MCPWM_CHANNEL_CFG_Type * channelSetup);
+void MCPWM_WriteToShadow(LPC_MCPWM_TypeDef *MCPWMx, uint32_t channelNum,
+                        MCPWM_CHANNEL_CFG_Type *channelSetup);
+void MCPWM_ConfigCapture(LPC_MCPWM_TypeDef *MCPWMx, uint32_t channelNum,
+                        MCPWM_CAPTURE_CFG_Type *captureConfig);
+void MCPWM_ClearCapture(LPC_MCPWM_TypeDef *MCPWMx, uint32_t captureChannel);
+uint32_t MCPWM_GetCapture(LPC_MCPWM_TypeDef *MCPWMx, uint32_t captureChannel);
+void MCPWM_CountConfig(LPC_MCPWM_TypeDef *MCPWMx, uint32_t channelNum,
+                    uint32_t countMode, MCPWM_COUNT_CFG_Type *countConfig);
+void MCPWM_Start(LPC_MCPWM_TypeDef *MCPWMx,uint32_t channel0, uint32_t channel1, uint32_t channel2);
+void MCPWM_Stop(LPC_MCPWM_TypeDef *MCPWMx,uint32_t channel0, uint32_t channel1, uint32_t channel2);
+void MCPWM_ACMode(LPC_MCPWM_TypeDef *MCPWMx,uint32_t acMode);
+void MCPWM_DCMode(LPC_MCPWM_TypeDef *MCPWMx, uint32_t dcMode,
+                    uint32_t outputInvered, uint32_t outputPattern);
+void MCPWM_IntConfig(LPC_MCPWM_TypeDef *MCPWMx, uint32_t ulIntType, FunctionalState NewState);
+void MCPWM_IntSet(LPC_MCPWM_TypeDef *MCPWMx, uint32_t ulIntType);
+void MCPWM_IntClear(LPC_MCPWM_TypeDef *MCPWMx, uint32_t ulIntType);
+FlagStatus MCPWM_GetIntStatus(LPC_MCPWM_TypeDef *MCPWMx, uint32_t ulIntType);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* LPC17XX_MCPWM_H_ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */
diff -r 000000000000 -r 84d7747641aa lpc17xx_nvic.c
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lpc17xx_nvic.c	Sun Mar 20 18:45:15 2011 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+/***********************************************************************//**
+ * @file		lpc17xx_nvic.c
+ * @brief		Contains all expansion functions support for
+ * 				NVIC firmware library on LPC17xx. The main
+ * 				NVIC functions are defined in core_cm3.h
+ * @version		2.0
+ * @date		21. May. 2010
+ * @author		NXP MCU SW Application Team
+ **************************************************************************
+ * Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only
+ * which provides customers with programming information regarding the
+ * products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties.
+ * NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the
+ * use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent,
+ * copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors
+ * reserves the right to make changes in the software without
+ * notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or
+ * warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified
+ * use without further testing or modification.
+ **********************************************************************/
+
+/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @addtogroup NVIC
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+#include "lpc17xx_nvic.h"
+
+
+/* Private Macros ------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @addtogroup NVIC_Private_Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Vector table offset bit mask */
+#define NVIC_VTOR_MASK              0x3FFFFF80
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @addtogroup NVIC_Public_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************//**
+ * @brief		De-initializes the NVIC peripheral registers to their default
+ * 				reset values.
+ * @param		None
+ * @return      None
+ *
+ * These following NVIC peripheral registers will be de-initialized:
+ * - Disable Interrupt (32 IRQ interrupt sources that matched with LPC17xx)
+ * - Clear all Pending Interrupts (32 IRQ interrupt source that matched with LPC17xx)
+ * - Clear all Interrupt Priorities (32 IRQ interrupt source that matched with LPC17xx)
+ *******************************************************************************/
+void NVIC_DeInit(void)
+{
+	uint8_t tmp;
+
+	/* Disable all interrupts */
+	NVIC->ICER[0] = 0xFFFFFFFF;
+	NVIC->ICER[1] = 0x00000001;
+	/* Clear all pending interrupts */
+	NVIC->ICPR[0] = 0xFFFFFFFF;
+	NVIC->ICPR[1] = 0x00000001;
+
+	/* Clear all interrupt priority */
+	for (tmp = 0; tmp < 32; tmp++) {
+		NVIC->IP[tmp] = 0x00;
+	}
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************//**
+ * @brief			De-initializes the SCB peripheral registers to their default
+ *                  reset values.
+ * @param			none
+ * @return 			none
+ *
+ * These following SCB NVIC peripheral registers will be de-initialized:
+ * - Interrupt Control State register
+ * - Interrupt Vector Table Offset register
+ * - Application Interrupt/Reset Control register
+ * - System Control register
+ * - Configuration Control register
+ * - System Handlers Priority Registers
+ * - System Handler Control and State Register
+ * - Configurable Fault Status Register
+ * - Hard Fault Status Register
+ * - Debug Fault Status Register
+ *******************************************************************************/
+void NVIC_SCBDeInit(void)
+{
+	uint8_t tmp;
+
+	SCB->ICSR = 0x0A000000;
+	SCB->VTOR = 0x00000000;
+	SCB->AIRCR = 0x05FA0000;
+	SCB->SCR = 0x00000000;
+	SCB->CCR = 0x00000000;
+
+	for (tmp = 0; tmp < 32; tmp++) {
+		SCB->SHP[tmp] = 0x00;
+	}
+
+	SCB->SHCSR = 0x00000000;
+	SCB->CFSR = 0xFFFFFFFF;
+	SCB->HFSR = 0xFFFFFFFF;
+	SCB->DFSR = 0xFFFFFFFF;
+}
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************//**
+ * @brief		Set Vector Table Offset value
+ * @param		offset Offset value
+ * @return      None
+ *******************************************************************************/
+void NVIC_SetVTOR(uint32_t offset)
+{
+//	SCB->VTOR  = (offset & NVIC_VTOR_MASK);
+	SCB->VTOR  = offset;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */
diff -r 000000000000 -r 84d7747641aa lpc17xx_nvic.h
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lpc17xx_nvic.h	Sun Mar 20 18:45:15 2011 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/***********************************************************************//**
+ * @file		lpc17xx_nvic.h
+ * @brief		Contains all macro definitions and function prototypes
+ * 				support for Nesting Vectored Interrupt firmware library
+ * 				on LPC17xx
+ * @version		2.0
+ * @date		21. May. 2010
+ * @author		NXP MCU SW Application Team
+ **************************************************************************
+ * Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only
+ * which provides customers with programming information regarding the
+ * products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties.
+ * NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the
+ * use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent,
+ * copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors
+ * reserves the right to make changes in the software without
+ * notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or
+ * warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified
+ * use without further testing or modification.
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup NVIC NVIC
+ * @ingroup LPC1700CMSIS_FwLib_Drivers
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef LPC17XX_NVIC_H_
+#define LPC17XX_NVIC_H_
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+#include "LPC17xx.h"
+#include "lpc_types.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+{
+#endif
+
+
+/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup NVIC_Public_Functions NVIC Public Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+void NVIC_DeInit(void);
+void NVIC_SCBDeInit(void);
+void NVIC_SetVTOR(uint32_t offset);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* LPC17XX_NVIC_H_ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */
diff -r 000000000000 -r 84d7747641aa lpc17xx_pinsel.c
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lpc17xx_pinsel.c	Sun Mar 20 18:45:15 2011 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,307 @@
+/***********************************************************************//**
+ * @file        lpc17xx_pinsel.c
+ * @brief        Contains all functions support for Pin connect block firmware
+ *                 library on LPC17xx
+ * @version        2.0
+ * @date        21. May. 2010
+ * @author        NXP MCU SW Application Team
+ **************************************************************************
+ * Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only
+ * which provides customers with programming information regarding the
+ * products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties.
+ * NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the
+ * use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent,
+ * copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors
+ * reserves the right to make changes in the software without
+ * notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or
+ * warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified
+ * use without further testing or modification.
+ **********************************************************************/
+
+/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @addtogroup PINSEL
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+#include "lpc17xx_pinsel.h"
+
+/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+static void set_PinFunc ( uint8_t portnum, uint8_t pinnum, uint8_t funcnum);
+static void set_ResistorMode ( uint8_t portnum, uint8_t pinnum, uint8_t modenum);
+static void set_OpenDrainMode( uint8_t portnum, uint8_t pinnum, uint8_t modenum);
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Setup the pin selection function
+ * @param[in]    portnum PORT number,
+ *                 should be one of the following:
+ *                 - PINSEL_PORT_0    : Port 0
+ *                 - PINSEL_PORT_1    : Port 1
+ *                 - PINSEL_PORT_2    : Port 2
+ *                 - PINSEL_PORT_3    : Port 3
+ *
+ * @param[in]    pinnum    Pin number,
+ *                 should be one of the following:
+                - PINSEL_PIN_0 : Pin 0
+                - PINSEL_PIN_1 : Pin 1
+                - PINSEL_PIN_2 : Pin 2
+                - PINSEL_PIN_3 : Pin 3
+                - PINSEL_PIN_4 : Pin 4
+                - PINSEL_PIN_5 : Pin 5
+                - PINSEL_PIN_6 : Pin 6
+                - PINSEL_PIN_7 : Pin 7
+                - PINSEL_PIN_8 : Pin 8
+                - PINSEL_PIN_9 : Pin 9
+                - PINSEL_PIN_10 : Pin 10
+                - PINSEL_PIN_11 : Pin 11
+                - PINSEL_PIN_12 : Pin 12
+                - PINSEL_PIN_13 : Pin 13
+                - PINSEL_PIN_14 : Pin 14
+                - PINSEL_PIN_15 : Pin 15
+                - PINSEL_PIN_16 : Pin 16
+                - PINSEL_PIN_17 : Pin 17
+                - PINSEL_PIN_18 : Pin 18
+                - PINSEL_PIN_19 : Pin 19
+                - PINSEL_PIN_20 : Pin 20
+                - PINSEL_PIN_21 : Pin 21
+                - PINSEL_PIN_22 : Pin 22
+                - PINSEL_PIN_23 : Pin 23
+                - PINSEL_PIN_24 : Pin 24
+                - PINSEL_PIN_25 : Pin 25
+                - PINSEL_PIN_26 : Pin 26
+                - PINSEL_PIN_27 : Pin 27
+                - PINSEL_PIN_28 : Pin 28
+                - PINSEL_PIN_29 : Pin 29
+                - PINSEL_PIN_30 : Pin 30
+                - PINSEL_PIN_31 : Pin 31
+
+ * @param[in]     funcnum Function number,
+ *                 should be one of the following:
+ *                - PINSEL_FUNC_0 : default function
+ *                - PINSEL_FUNC_1 : first alternate function
+ *                - PINSEL_FUNC_2 : second alternate function
+ *                - PINSEL_FUNC_3 : third alternate function
+ *
+ * @return         None
+ **********************************************************************/
+static void set_PinFunc ( uint8_t portnum, uint8_t pinnum, uint8_t funcnum)
+{
+    uint32_t pinnum_t = pinnum;
+    uint32_t pinselreg_idx = 2 * portnum;
+    uint32_t *pPinCon = (uint32_t *)&LPC_PINCON->PINSEL0;
+
+    if (pinnum_t >= 16) {
+        pinnum_t -= 16;
+        pinselreg_idx++;
+    }
+    *(uint32_t *)(pPinCon + pinselreg_idx) &= ~(0x03UL << (pinnum_t * 2));
+    *(uint32_t *)(pPinCon + pinselreg_idx) |= ((uint32_t)funcnum) << (pinnum_t * 2);
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Setup resistor mode for each pin
+ * @param[in]    portnum PORT number,
+ *                 should be one of the following:
+ *                 - PINSEL_PORT_0    : Port 0
+ *                 - PINSEL_PORT_1    : Port 1
+ *                 - PINSEL_PORT_2    : Port 2
+ *                 - PINSEL_PORT_3    : Port 3
+ * @param[in]    pinnum    Pin number,
+ *                 should be one of the following:
+                - PINSEL_PIN_0 : Pin 0
+                - PINSEL_PIN_1 : Pin 1
+                - PINSEL_PIN_2 : Pin 2
+                - PINSEL_PIN_3 : Pin 3
+                - PINSEL_PIN_4 : Pin 4
+                - PINSEL_PIN_5 : Pin 5
+                - PINSEL_PIN_6 : Pin 6
+                - PINSEL_PIN_7 : Pin 7
+                - PINSEL_PIN_8 : Pin 8
+                - PINSEL_PIN_9 : Pin 9
+                - PINSEL_PIN_10 : Pin 10
+                - PINSEL_PIN_11 : Pin 11
+                - PINSEL_PIN_12 : Pin 12
+                - PINSEL_PIN_13 : Pin 13
+                - PINSEL_PIN_14 : Pin 14
+                - PINSEL_PIN_15 : Pin 15
+                - PINSEL_PIN_16 : Pin 16
+                - PINSEL_PIN_17 : Pin 17
+                - PINSEL_PIN_18 : Pin 18
+                - PINSEL_PIN_19 : Pin 19
+                - PINSEL_PIN_20 : Pin 20
+                - PINSEL_PIN_21 : Pin 21
+                - PINSEL_PIN_22 : Pin 22
+                - PINSEL_PIN_23 : Pin 23
+                - PINSEL_PIN_24 : Pin 24
+                - PINSEL_PIN_25 : Pin 25
+                - PINSEL_PIN_26 : Pin 26
+                - PINSEL_PIN_27 : Pin 27
+                - PINSEL_PIN_28 : Pin 28
+                - PINSEL_PIN_29 : Pin 29
+                - PINSEL_PIN_30 : Pin 30
+                - PINSEL_PIN_31 : Pin 31
+
+ * @param[in]     modenum: Mode number,
+ *                 should be one of the following:
+                - PINSEL_PINMODE_PULLUP    : Internal pull-up resistor
+                - PINSEL_PINMODE_TRISTATE : Tri-state
+                - PINSEL_PINMODE_PULLDOWN : Internal pull-down resistor
+
+ * @return         None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void set_ResistorMode ( uint8_t portnum, uint8_t pinnum, uint8_t modenum)
+{
+    uint32_t pinnum_t = pinnum;
+    uint32_t pinmodereg_idx = 2 * portnum;
+    uint32_t *pPinCon = (uint32_t *)&LPC_PINCON->PINMODE0;
+
+    if (pinnum_t >= 16) {
+        pinnum_t -= 16;
+        pinmodereg_idx++ ;
+    }
+
+    *(uint32_t *)(pPinCon + pinmodereg_idx) &= ~(0x03UL << (pinnum_t * 2));
+    *(uint32_t *)(pPinCon + pinmodereg_idx) |= ((uint32_t)modenum) << (pinnum_t * 2);
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Setup Open drain mode for each pin
+ * @param[in]    portnum PORT number,
+ *                 should be one of the following:
+ *                 - PINSEL_PORT_0    : Port 0
+ *                 - PINSEL_PORT_1    : Port 1
+ *                 - PINSEL_PORT_2    : Port 2
+ *                 - PINSEL_PORT_3    : Port 3
+ *
+ * @param[in]    pinnum    Pin number,
+ *                 should be one of the following:
+                - PINSEL_PIN_0 : Pin 0
+                - PINSEL_PIN_1 : Pin 1
+                - PINSEL_PIN_2 : Pin 2
+                - PINSEL_PIN_3 : Pin 3
+                - PINSEL_PIN_4 : Pin 4
+                - PINSEL_PIN_5 : Pin 5
+                - PINSEL_PIN_6 : Pin 6
+                - PINSEL_PIN_7 : Pin 7
+                - PINSEL_PIN_8 : Pin 8
+                - PINSEL_PIN_9 : Pin 9
+                - PINSEL_PIN_10 : Pin 10
+                - PINSEL_PIN_11 : Pin 11
+                - PINSEL_PIN_12 : Pin 12
+                - PINSEL_PIN_13 : Pin 13
+                - PINSEL_PIN_14 : Pin 14
+                - PINSEL_PIN_15 : Pin 15
+                - PINSEL_PIN_16 : Pin 16
+                - PINSEL_PIN_17 : Pin 17
+                - PINSEL_PIN_18 : Pin 18
+                - PINSEL_PIN_19 : Pin 19
+                - PINSEL_PIN_20 : Pin 20
+                - PINSEL_PIN_21 : Pin 21
+                - PINSEL_PIN_22 : Pin 22
+                - PINSEL_PIN_23 : Pin 23
+                - PINSEL_PIN_24 : Pin 24
+                - PINSEL_PIN_25 : Pin 25
+                - PINSEL_PIN_26 : Pin 26
+                - PINSEL_PIN_27 : Pin 27
+                - PINSEL_PIN_28 : Pin 28
+                - PINSEL_PIN_29 : Pin 29
+                - PINSEL_PIN_30 : Pin 30
+                - PINSEL_PIN_31 : Pin 31
+
+ * @param[in]    modenum  Open drain mode number,
+ *                 should be one of the following:
+ *                 - PINSEL_PINMODE_NORMAL : Pin is in the normal (not open drain) mode
+ *                 - PINSEL_PINMODE_OPENDRAIN : Pin is in the open drain mode
+ *
+ * @return         None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void set_OpenDrainMode( uint8_t portnum, uint8_t pinnum, uint8_t modenum)
+{
+    uint32_t *pPinCon = (uint32_t *)&LPC_PINCON->PINMODE_OD0;
+
+    if (modenum == PINSEL_PINMODE_OPENDRAIN){
+        *(uint32_t *)(pPinCon + portnum) |= (0x01UL << pinnum);
+    } else {
+        *(uint32_t *)(pPinCon + portnum) &= ~(0x01UL << pinnum);
+    }
+}
+
+/* End of Public Functions ---------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @addtogroup PINSEL_Public_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Configure trace function
+ * @param[in]     NewState State of the Trace function configuration,
+ *                 should be one of the following:
+ *                 - ENABLE : Enable Trace Function
+ *                 - DISABLE : Disable Trace Function
+ *
+ * @return         None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void PINSEL_ConfigTraceFunc(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+    if (NewState == ENABLE) {
+        LPC_PINCON->PINSEL10 |= (0x01UL << 3);
+    } else if (NewState == DISABLE) {
+        LPC_PINCON->PINSEL10 &= ~(0x01UL << 3);
+    }
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Setup I2C0 pins
+ * @param[in]    i2cPinMode I2C pin mode,
+ *                 should be one of the following:
+ *                 - PINSEL_I2C_Normal_Mode : The standard drive mode
+ *                 - PINSEL_I2C_Fast_Mode : Fast Mode Plus drive mode
+ *
+ * @param[in]    filterSlewRateEnable  should be:
+ *                 - ENABLE: Enable filter and slew rate.
+ *                 - DISABLE: Disable filter and slew rate.
+ *
+ * @return         None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void PINSEL_SetI2C0Pins(uint8_t i2cPinMode, FunctionalState filterSlewRateEnable)
+{
+    uint32_t regVal = 0;
+
+    if (i2cPinMode == PINSEL_I2C_Fast_Mode){
+        regVal = PINSEL_I2CPADCFG_SCLDRV0 | PINSEL_I2CPADCFG_SDADRV0;
+    }
+
+    if (filterSlewRateEnable == DISABLE){
+        regVal = PINSEL_I2CPADCFG_SCLI2C0 | PINSEL_I2CPADCFG_SDAI2C0;
+    }
+    
+    LPC_PINCON->I2CPADCFG = regVal;
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Configure Pin corresponding to specified parameters passed
+ *                 in the PinCfg
+ * @param[in]    PinCfg    Pointer to a PINSEL_CFG_Type structure
+ *                    that contains the configuration information for the
+ *                    specified pin.
+ * @return         None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void PINSEL_ConfigPin(PINSEL_CFG_Type *PinCfg)
+{
+    set_PinFunc(PinCfg->Portnum, PinCfg->Pinnum, PinCfg->Funcnum);
+    set_ResistorMode(PinCfg->Portnum, PinCfg->Pinnum, PinCfg->Pinmode);
+    set_OpenDrainMode(PinCfg->Portnum, PinCfg->Pinnum, PinCfg->OpenDrain);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */
diff -r 000000000000 -r 84d7747641aa lpc17xx_pinsel.h
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lpc17xx_pinsel.h	Sun Mar 20 18:45:15 2011 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
+/***********************************************************************//**
+ * @file        lpc17xx_pinsel.h
+ * @brief        Contains all macro definitions and function prototypes
+ *                 support for Pin connect block firmware library on LPC17xx
+ * @version        2.0
+ * @date        21. May. 2010
+ * @author        NXP MCU SW Application Team
+ **************************************************************************
+ * Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only
+ * which provides customers with programming information regarding the
+ * products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties.
+ * NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the
+ * use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent,
+ * copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors
+ * reserves the right to make changes in the software without
+ * notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or
+ * warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified
+ * use without further testing or modification.
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup PINSEL PINSEL
+ * @ingroup LPC1700CMSIS_FwLib_Drivers
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef LPC17XX_PINSEL_H_
+#define LPC17XX_PINSEL_H_
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+#include "lpc17xx.h"
+#include "lpc_types.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+{
+#endif
+
+/* Public Macros -------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup PINSEL_Public_Macros PINSEL Public Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ *!< Macros define for PORT Selection
+ ***********************************************************************/
+#define PINSEL_PORT_0     ((0))    /**< PORT 0*/
+#define PINSEL_PORT_1     ((1))    /**< PORT 1*/
+#define PINSEL_PORT_2     ((2))    /**< PORT 2*/
+#define PINSEL_PORT_3     ((3))    /**< PORT 3*/
+#define PINSEL_PORT_4     ((4))    /**< PORT 4*/
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ * Macros define for Pin Function selection
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define PINSEL_FUNC_0    ((0))    /**< default function*/
+#define PINSEL_FUNC_1    ((1))    /**< first alternate function*/
+#define PINSEL_FUNC_2    ((2))    /**< second alternate function*/
+#define PINSEL_FUNC_3    ((3))    /**< third or reserved alternate function*/
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ * Macros define for Pin Number of Port
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define PINSEL_PIN_0     ((0))     /**< Pin 0 */
+#define PINSEL_PIN_1     ((1))     /**< Pin 1 */
+#define PINSEL_PIN_2     ((2))     /**< Pin 2 */
+#define PINSEL_PIN_3     ((3))     /**< Pin 3 */
+#define PINSEL_PIN_4     ((4))     /**< Pin 4 */
+#define PINSEL_PIN_5     ((5))     /**< Pin 5 */
+#define PINSEL_PIN_6     ((6))     /**< Pin 6 */
+#define PINSEL_PIN_7     ((7))     /**< Pin 7 */
+#define PINSEL_PIN_8     ((8))     /**< Pin 8 */
+#define PINSEL_PIN_9     ((9))     /**< Pin 9 */
+#define PINSEL_PIN_10     ((10))     /**< Pin 10 */
+#define PINSEL_PIN_11     ((11))     /**< Pin 11 */
+#define PINSEL_PIN_12     ((12))     /**< Pin 12 */
+#define PINSEL_PIN_13     ((13))     /**< Pin 13 */
+#define PINSEL_PIN_14     ((14))     /**< Pin 14 */
+#define PINSEL_PIN_15     ((15))     /**< Pin 15 */
+#define PINSEL_PIN_16     ((16))     /**< Pin 16 */
+#define PINSEL_PIN_17     ((17))     /**< Pin 17 */
+#define PINSEL_PIN_18     ((18))     /**< Pin 18 */
+#define PINSEL_PIN_19     ((19))     /**< Pin 19 */
+#define PINSEL_PIN_20     ((20))     /**< Pin 20 */
+#define PINSEL_PIN_21     ((21))     /**< Pin 21 */
+#define PINSEL_PIN_22     ((22))     /**< Pin 22 */
+#define PINSEL_PIN_23     ((23))     /**< Pin 23 */
+#define PINSEL_PIN_24     ((24))     /**< Pin 24 */
+#define PINSEL_PIN_25     ((25))     /**< Pin 25 */
+#define PINSEL_PIN_26     ((26))     /**< Pin 26 */
+#define PINSEL_PIN_27     ((27))     /**< Pin 27 */
+#define PINSEL_PIN_28     ((28))     /**< Pin 28 */
+#define PINSEL_PIN_29     ((29))     /**< Pin 29 */
+#define PINSEL_PIN_30     ((30))     /**< Pin 30 */
+#define PINSEL_PIN_31     ((31))     /**< Pin 31 */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ * Macros define for Pin mode
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define PINSEL_PINMODE_PULLUP        ((0))    /**< Internal pull-up resistor*/
+#define PINSEL_PINMODE_TRISTATE     ((2))    /**< Tri-state */
+#define PINSEL_PINMODE_PULLDOWN     ((3))     /**< Internal pull-down resistor */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ * Macros define for Pin mode (normal/open drain)
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define    PINSEL_PINMODE_NORMAL        ((0))    /**< Pin is in the normal (not open drain) mode.*/
+#define    PINSEL_PINMODE_OPENDRAIN    ((1))     /**< Pin is in the open drain mode */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ * Macros define for I2C mode
+ ***********************************************************************/
+#define    PINSEL_I2C_Normal_Mode        ((0))    /**< The standard drive mode */
+#define    PINSEL_I2C_Fast_Mode        ((1))     /**<  Fast Mode Plus drive mode */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private Macros ------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup PINSEL_Private_Macros PINSEL Private Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Pin selection define */
+/* I2C Pin Configuration register bit description */
+#define PINSEL_I2CPADCFG_SDADRV0     _BIT(0) /**< Drive mode control for the SDA0 pin, P0.27 */
+#define PINSEL_I2CPADCFG_SDAI2C0    _BIT(1) /**< I2C mode control for the SDA0 pin, P0.27 */
+#define PINSEL_I2CPADCFG_SCLDRV0    _BIT(2) /**< Drive mode control for the SCL0 pin, P0.28 */
+#define PINSEL_I2CPADCFG_SCLI2C0    _BIT(3) /**< I2C mode control for the SCL0 pin, P0.28 */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/* Public Types --------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup PINSEL_Public_Types PINSEL Public Types
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @brief Pin configuration structure */
+typedef struct
+{
+    uint8_t Portnum;    /**< Port Number, should be PINSEL_PORT_x,
+                        where x should be in range from 0 to 4 */
+    uint8_t Pinnum;        /**< Pin Number, should be PINSEL_PIN_x,
+                        where x should be in range from 0 to 31 */
+    uint8_t Funcnum;    /**< Function Number, should be PINSEL_FUNC_x,
+                        where x should be in range from 0 to 3 */
+    uint8_t Pinmode;    /**< Pin Mode, should be:
+                        - PINSEL_PINMODE_PULLUP: Internal pull-up resistor
+                        - PINSEL_PINMODE_TRISTATE: Tri-state
+                        - PINSEL_PINMODE_PULLDOWN: Internal pull-down resistor */
+    uint8_t OpenDrain;    /**< OpenDrain mode, should be:
+                        - PINSEL_PINMODE_NORMAL: Pin is in the normal (not open drain) mode
+                        - PINSEL_PINMODE_OPENDRAIN: Pin is in the open drain mode */
+} PINSEL_CFG_Type;
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup PINSEL_Public_Functions PINSEL Public Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+void PINSEL_ConfigPin(PINSEL_CFG_Type *PinCfg);
+void PINSEL_ConfigTraceFunc (FunctionalState NewState);
+void PINSEL_SetI2C0Pins(uint8_t i2cPinMode, FunctionalState filterSlewRateEnable);
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* LPC17XX_PINSEL_H_ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */
+
diff -r 000000000000 -r 84d7747641aa lpc17xx_pwm.c
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lpc17xx_pwm.c	Sun Mar 20 18:45:15 2011 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,533 @@
+/***********************************************************************//**
+ * @file        lpc17xx_pwm.c
+ * @brief        Contains all functions support for PWM firmware library on LPC17xx
+ * @version        2.0
+ * @date        21. May. 2010
+ * @author        NXP MCU SW Application Team
+ **************************************************************************
+ * Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only
+ * which provides customers with programming information regarding the
+ * products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties.
+ * NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the
+ * use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent,
+ * copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors
+ * reserves the right to make changes in the software without
+ * notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or
+ * warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified
+ * use without further testing or modification.
+ **********************************************************************/
+
+/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @addtogroup PWM
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+#include "lpc17xx_pwm.h"
+#include "lpc17xx_clkpwr.h"
+
+/* If this source file built with example, the LPC17xx FW library configuration
+ * file in each example directory ("lpc17xx_libcfg.h") must be included,
+ * otherwise the default FW library configuration file must be included instead
+ */
+#ifdef __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__
+#include "lpc17xx_libcfg.h"
+#else
+#include "lpc17xx_libcfg_default.h"
+#endif /* __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__ */
+
+
+#ifdef _PWM
+
+
+/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @addtogroup PWM_Public_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Check whether specified interrupt flag in PWM is set or not
+ * @param[in]    PWMx: PWM peripheral, should be LPC_PWM1
+ * @param[in]    IntFlag: PWM interrupt flag, should be:
+ *                 - PWM_INTSTAT_MR0: Interrupt flag for PWM match channel 0
+ *                 - PWM_INTSTAT_MR1: Interrupt flag for PWM match channel 1
+ *                 - PWM_INTSTAT_MR2: Interrupt flag for PWM match channel 2
+ *                 - PWM_INTSTAT_MR3: Interrupt flag for PWM match channel 3
+ *                 - PWM_INTSTAT_MR4: Interrupt flag for PWM match channel 4
+ *                 - PWM_INTSTAT_MR5: Interrupt flag for PWM match channel 5
+ *                 - PWM_INTSTAT_MR6: Interrupt flag for PWM match channel 6
+ *                 - PWM_INTSTAT_CAP0: Interrupt flag for capture input 0
+ *                 - PWM_INTSTAT_CAP1: Interrupt flag for capture input 1
+ * @return         New State of PWM interrupt flag (SET or RESET)
+ **********************************************************************/
+IntStatus PWM_GetIntStatus(LPC_PWM_TypeDef *PWMx, uint32_t IntFlag)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_PWMx(PWMx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_PWM_INTSTAT(IntFlag));
+
+    return ((PWMx->IR & IntFlag) ? SET : RESET);
+}
+
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Clear specified PWM Interrupt pending
+ * @param[in]    PWMx: PWM peripheral, should be LPC_PWM1
+ * @param[in]    IntFlag: PWM interrupt flag, should be:
+ *                 - PWM_INTSTAT_MR0: Interrupt flag for PWM match channel 0
+ *                 - PWM_INTSTAT_MR1: Interrupt flag for PWM match channel 1
+ *                 - PWM_INTSTAT_MR2: Interrupt flag for PWM match channel 2
+ *                 - PWM_INTSTAT_MR3: Interrupt flag for PWM match channel 3
+ *                 - PWM_INTSTAT_MR4: Interrupt flag for PWM match channel 4
+ *                 - PWM_INTSTAT_MR5: Interrupt flag for PWM match channel 5
+ *                 - PWM_INTSTAT_MR6: Interrupt flag for PWM match channel 6
+ *                 - PWM_INTSTAT_CAP0: Interrupt flag for capture input 0
+ *                 - PWM_INTSTAT_CAP1: Interrupt flag for capture input 1
+ * @return         None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void PWM_ClearIntPending(LPC_PWM_TypeDef *PWMx, uint32_t IntFlag)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_PWMx(PWMx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_PWM_INTSTAT(IntFlag));
+    PWMx->IR = IntFlag;
+}
+
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************//**
+* @brief        Fills each PWM_InitStruct member with its default value:
+*                 - If PWMCounterMode = PWM_MODE_TIMER:
+*                     + PrescaleOption = PWM_TIMER_PRESCALE_USVAL
+*                     + PrescaleValue = 1
+*                 - If PWMCounterMode = PWM_MODE_COUNTER:
+*                     + CountInputSelect = PWM_COUNTER_PCAP1_0
+*                     + CounterOption = PWM_COUNTER_RISING
+* @param[in]    PWMTimerCounterMode Timer or Counter mode, should be:
+*                 - PWM_MODE_TIMER: Counter of PWM peripheral is in Timer mode
+*                 - PWM_MODE_COUNTER: Counter of PWM peripheral is in Counter mode
+* @param[in]    PWM_InitStruct Pointer to structure (PWM_TIMERCFG_Type or
+*                  PWM_COUNTERCFG_Type) which will be initialized.
+* @return        None
+* Note: PWM_InitStruct pointer will be assigned to corresponding structure
+*         (PWM_TIMERCFG_Type or PWM_COUNTERCFG_Type) due to PWMTimerCounterMode.
+*******************************************************************************/
+void PWM_ConfigStructInit(uint8_t PWMTimerCounterMode, void *PWM_InitStruct)
+{
+    PWM_TIMERCFG_Type *pTimeCfg;
+    PWM_COUNTERCFG_Type *pCounterCfg;
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_PWM_TC_MODE(PWMTimerCounterMode));
+
+    pTimeCfg = (PWM_TIMERCFG_Type *) PWM_InitStruct;
+    pCounterCfg = (PWM_COUNTERCFG_Type *) PWM_InitStruct;
+
+    if (PWMTimerCounterMode == PWM_MODE_TIMER )
+    {
+        pTimeCfg->PrescaleOption = PWM_TIMER_PRESCALE_USVAL;
+        pTimeCfg->PrescaleValue = 1;
+    }
+    else if (PWMTimerCounterMode == PWM_MODE_COUNTER)
+    {
+        pCounterCfg->CountInputSelect = PWM_COUNTER_PCAP1_0;
+        pCounterCfg->CounterOption = PWM_COUNTER_RISING;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Initializes the PWMx peripheral corresponding to the specified
+ *               parameters in the PWM_ConfigStruct.
+ * @param[in]    PWMx PWM peripheral, should be LPC_PWM1
+ * @param[in]    PWMTimerCounterMode Timer or Counter mode, should be:
+ *                 - PWM_MODE_TIMER: Counter of PWM peripheral is in Timer mode
+ *                 - PWM_MODE_COUNTER: Counter of PWM peripheral is in Counter mode
+ * @param[in]    PWM_ConfigStruct Pointer to structure (PWM_TIMERCFG_Type or
+ *                  PWM_COUNTERCFG_Type) which will be initialized.
+ * @return         None
+ * Note: PWM_ConfigStruct pointer will be assigned to corresponding structure
+ *         (PWM_TIMERCFG_Type or PWM_COUNTERCFG_Type) due to PWMTimerCounterMode.
+ **********************************************************************/
+void PWM_Init(LPC_PWM_TypeDef *PWMx, uint32_t PWMTimerCounterMode, void *PWM_ConfigStruct)
+{
+    PWM_TIMERCFG_Type *pTimeCfg;
+    PWM_COUNTERCFG_Type *pCounterCfg;
+    uint64_t clkdlycnt;
+
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_PWMx(PWMx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_PWM_TC_MODE(PWMTimerCounterMode));
+
+    pTimeCfg = (PWM_TIMERCFG_Type *)PWM_ConfigStruct;
+    pCounterCfg = (PWM_COUNTERCFG_Type *)PWM_ConfigStruct;
+
+
+    CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCPWM1, ENABLE);
+    CLKPWR_SetPCLKDiv (CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_PWM1, CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CCLK_DIV_4);
+    // Get peripheral clock of PWM1
+    clkdlycnt = (uint64_t) CLKPWR_GetPCLK (CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_PWM1);
+
+
+    // Clear all interrupts pending
+    PWMx->IR = 0xFF & PWM_IR_BITMASK;
+    PWMx->TCR = 0x00;
+    PWMx->CTCR = 0x00;
+    PWMx->MCR = 0x00;
+    PWMx->CCR = 0x00;
+    PWMx->PCR = 0x00;
+    PWMx->LER = 0x00;
+
+    if (PWMTimerCounterMode == PWM_MODE_TIMER)
+    {
+        CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_PWM_TIMER_PRESCALE(pTimeCfg->PrescaleOption));
+
+        /* Absolute prescale value */
+        if (pTimeCfg->PrescaleOption == PWM_TIMER_PRESCALE_TICKVAL)
+        {
+            PWMx->PR   = pTimeCfg->PrescaleValue - 1;
+        }
+        /* uSecond prescale value */
+        else
+        {
+            clkdlycnt = (clkdlycnt * pTimeCfg->PrescaleValue) / 1000000;
+            PWMx->PR = ((uint32_t) clkdlycnt) - 1;
+        }
+
+    }
+    else if (PWMTimerCounterMode == PWM_MODE_COUNTER)
+    {
+        CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_PWM_COUNTER_INPUTSEL(pCounterCfg->CountInputSelect));
+        CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_PWM_COUNTER_EDGE(pCounterCfg->CounterOption));
+
+        PWMx->CTCR |= (PWM_CTCR_MODE((uint32_t)pCounterCfg->CounterOption)) \
+                        | (PWM_CTCR_SELECT_INPUT((uint32_t)pCounterCfg->CountInputSelect));
+    }
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        De-initializes the PWM peripheral registers to their
+*                  default reset values.
+ * @param[in]    PWMx    PWM peripheral selected, should be LPC_PWM1
+ * @return         None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void PWM_DeInit (LPC_PWM_TypeDef *PWMx)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_PWMx(PWMx));
+
+    // Disable PWM control (timer, counter and PWM)
+    PWMx->TCR = 0x00;
+    CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCPWM1, DISABLE);
+
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Enable/Disable PWM peripheral
+ * @param[in]    PWMx    PWM peripheral selected, should be LPC_PWM1
+ * @param[in]    NewState    New State of this function, should be:
+ *                             - ENABLE: Enable PWM peripheral
+ *                             - DISABLE: Disable PWM peripheral
+ * @return         None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void PWM_Cmd(LPC_PWM_TypeDef *PWMx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_PWMx(PWMx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(NewState));
+
+    if (NewState == ENABLE)
+    {
+        PWMx->TCR    |=  PWM_TCR_PWM_ENABLE;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        PWMx->TCR &= (~PWM_TCR_PWM_ENABLE) & PWM_TCR_BITMASK;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Enable/Disable Counter in PWM peripheral
+ * @param[in]    PWMx    PWM peripheral selected, should be LPC_PWM1
+ * @param[in]    NewState New State of this function, should be:
+ *                             - ENABLE: Enable Counter in PWM peripheral
+ *                             - DISABLE: Disable Counter in PWM peripheral
+ * @return         None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void PWM_CounterCmd(LPC_PWM_TypeDef *PWMx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_PWMx(PWMx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(NewState));
+    if (NewState == ENABLE)
+    {
+        PWMx->TCR    |=  PWM_TCR_COUNTER_ENABLE;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        PWMx->TCR &= (~PWM_TCR_COUNTER_ENABLE) & PWM_TCR_BITMASK;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Reset Counter in PWM peripheral
+ * @param[in]    PWMx    PWM peripheral selected, should be LPC_PWM1
+ * @return         None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void PWM_ResetCounter(LPC_PWM_TypeDef *PWMx)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_PWMx(PWMx));
+    PWMx->TCR |= PWM_TCR_COUNTER_RESET;
+    PWMx->TCR &= (~PWM_TCR_COUNTER_RESET) & PWM_TCR_BITMASK;
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Configures match for PWM peripheral
+ * @param[in]    PWMx    PWM peripheral selected, should be LPC_PWM1
+ * @param[in]   PWM_MatchConfigStruct    Pointer to a PWM_MATCHCFG_Type structure
+*                    that contains the configuration information for the
+*                    specified PWM match function.
+ * @return         None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void PWM_ConfigMatch(LPC_PWM_TypeDef *PWMx, PWM_MATCHCFG_Type *PWM_MatchConfigStruct)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_PWMx(PWMx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_PWM1_MATCH_CHANNEL(PWM_MatchConfigStruct->MatchChannel));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(PWM_MatchConfigStruct->IntOnMatch));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(PWM_MatchConfigStruct->ResetOnMatch));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(PWM_MatchConfigStruct->StopOnMatch));
+
+    //interrupt on MRn
+    if (PWM_MatchConfigStruct->IntOnMatch == ENABLE)
+    {
+        PWMx->MCR |= PWM_MCR_INT_ON_MATCH(PWM_MatchConfigStruct->MatchChannel);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        PWMx->MCR &= (~PWM_MCR_INT_ON_MATCH(PWM_MatchConfigStruct->MatchChannel)) \
+                    & PWM_MCR_BITMASK;
+    }
+
+    //reset on MRn
+    if (PWM_MatchConfigStruct->ResetOnMatch == ENABLE)
+    {
+        PWMx->MCR |= PWM_MCR_RESET_ON_MATCH(PWM_MatchConfigStruct->MatchChannel);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        PWMx->MCR &= (~PWM_MCR_RESET_ON_MATCH(PWM_MatchConfigStruct->MatchChannel)) \
+                    & PWM_MCR_BITMASK;
+    }
+
+    //stop on MRn
+    if (PWM_MatchConfigStruct->StopOnMatch == ENABLE)
+    {
+        PWMx->MCR |= PWM_MCR_STOP_ON_MATCH(PWM_MatchConfigStruct->MatchChannel);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        PWMx->MCR &= (~PWM_MCR_STOP_ON_MATCH(PWM_MatchConfigStruct->MatchChannel)) \
+                    & PWM_MCR_BITMASK;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Configures capture input for PWM peripheral
+ * @param[in]    PWMx    PWM peripheral selected, should be LPC_PWM1
+ * @param[in]   PWM_CaptureConfigStruct    Pointer to a PWM_CAPTURECFG_Type structure
+*                    that contains the configuration information for the
+*                    specified PWM capture input function.
+ * @return         None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void PWM_ConfigCapture(LPC_PWM_TypeDef *PWMx, PWM_CAPTURECFG_Type *PWM_CaptureConfigStruct)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_PWMx(PWMx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_PWM1_CAPTURE_CHANNEL(PWM_CaptureConfigStruct->CaptureChannel));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(PWM_CaptureConfigStruct->FallingEdge));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(PWM_CaptureConfigStruct->IntOnCaption));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(PWM_CaptureConfigStruct->RisingEdge));
+
+    if (PWM_CaptureConfigStruct->RisingEdge == ENABLE)
+    {
+        PWMx->CCR |= PWM_CCR_CAP_RISING(PWM_CaptureConfigStruct->CaptureChannel);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        PWMx->CCR &= (~PWM_CCR_CAP_RISING(PWM_CaptureConfigStruct->CaptureChannel)) \
+                    & PWM_CCR_BITMASK;
+    }
+
+    if (PWM_CaptureConfigStruct->FallingEdge == ENABLE)
+    {
+        PWMx->CCR |= PWM_CCR_CAP_FALLING(PWM_CaptureConfigStruct->CaptureChannel);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        PWMx->CCR &= (~PWM_CCR_CAP_FALLING(PWM_CaptureConfigStruct->CaptureChannel)) \
+                    & PWM_CCR_BITMASK;
+    }
+
+    if (PWM_CaptureConfigStruct->IntOnCaption == ENABLE)
+    {
+        PWMx->CCR |= PWM_CCR_INT_ON_CAP(PWM_CaptureConfigStruct->CaptureChannel);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        PWMx->CCR &= (~PWM_CCR_INT_ON_CAP(PWM_CaptureConfigStruct->CaptureChannel)) \
+                    & PWM_CCR_BITMASK;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Read value of capture register PWM peripheral
+ * @param[in]    PWMx    PWM peripheral selected, should be LPC_PWM1
+ * @param[in]    CaptureChannel: capture channel number, should be in
+ *                 range 0 to 1
+ * @return         Value of capture register
+ **********************************************************************/
+uint32_t PWM_GetCaptureValue(LPC_PWM_TypeDef *PWMx, uint8_t CaptureChannel)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_PWMx(PWMx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_PWM1_CAPTURE_CHANNEL(CaptureChannel));
+
+    switch (CaptureChannel)
+    {
+    case 0:
+        return PWMx->CR0;
+
+    case 1:
+        return PWMx->CR1;
+
+    default:
+        return (0);
+    }
+}
+
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Update value for each PWM channel with update type option
+ * @param[in]    PWMx    PWM peripheral selected, should be LPC_PWM1
+ * @param[in]    MatchChannel Match channel
+ * @param[in]    MatchValue Match value
+ * @param[in]    UpdateType Type of Update, should be:
+ *                 - PWM_MATCH_UPDATE_NOW: The update value will be updated for
+ *                     this channel immediately
+ *                 - PWM_MATCH_UPDATE_NEXT_RST: The update value will be updated for
+ *                     this channel on next reset by a PWM Match event.
+ * @return        None
+ *********************************************************************/
+void PWM_MatchUpdate(LPC_PWM_TypeDef *PWMx, uint8_t MatchChannel, \
+                    uint32_t MatchValue, uint8_t UpdateType)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_PWMx(PWMx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_PWM1_MATCH_CHANNEL(MatchChannel));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_PWM_MATCH_UPDATE(UpdateType));
+
+    switch (MatchChannel)
+    {
+    case 0:
+        PWMx->MR0 = MatchValue;
+        break;
+
+    case 1:
+        PWMx->MR1 = MatchValue;
+        break;
+
+    case 2:
+        PWMx->MR2 = MatchValue;
+        break;
+
+    case 3:
+        PWMx->MR3 = MatchValue;
+        break;
+
+    case 4:
+        PWMx->MR4 = MatchValue;
+        break;
+
+    case 5:
+        PWMx->MR5 = MatchValue;
+        break;
+
+    case 6:
+        PWMx->MR6 = MatchValue;
+        break;
+    }
+
+    // Write Latch register
+    PWMx->LER |= PWM_LER_EN_MATCHn_LATCH(MatchChannel);
+
+    // In case of update now
+    if (UpdateType == PWM_MATCH_UPDATE_NOW)
+    {
+        PWMx->TCR |= PWM_TCR_COUNTER_RESET;
+        PWMx->TCR &= (~PWM_TCR_COUNTER_RESET) & PWM_TCR_BITMASK;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Configure Edge mode for each PWM channel
+ * @param[in]    PWMx    PWM peripheral selected, should be LPC_PWM1
+ * @param[in]    PWMChannel PWM channel, should be in range from 2 to 6
+ * @param[in]    ModeOption PWM mode option, should be:
+ *                 - PWM_CHANNEL_SINGLE_EDGE: Single Edge mode
+ *                 - PWM_CHANNEL_DUAL_EDGE: Dual Edge mode
+ * @return         None
+ * Note: PWM Channel 1 can not be selected for mode option
+ *********************************************************************/
+void PWM_ChannelConfig(LPC_PWM_TypeDef *PWMx, uint8_t PWMChannel, uint8_t ModeOption)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_PWMx(PWMx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_PWM1_EDGE_MODE_CHANNEL(PWMChannel));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_PWM_CHANNEL_EDGE(ModeOption));
+
+    // Single edge mode
+    if (ModeOption == PWM_CHANNEL_SINGLE_EDGE)
+    {
+        PWMx->PCR &= (~PWM_PCR_PWMSELn(PWMChannel)) & PWM_PCR_BITMASK;
+    }
+    // Double edge mode
+    else if (PWM_CHANNEL_DUAL_EDGE)
+    {
+        PWMx->PCR |= PWM_PCR_PWMSELn(PWMChannel);
+    }
+}
+
+
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Enable/Disable PWM channel output
+ * @param[in]    PWMx    PWM peripheral selected, should be LPC_PWM1
+ * @param[in]    PWMChannel PWM channel, should be in range from 1 to 6
+ * @param[in]    NewState New State of this function, should be:
+ *                 - ENABLE: Enable this PWM channel output
+ *                 - DISABLE: Disable this PWM channel output
+ * @return        None
+ *********************************************************************/
+void PWM_ChannelCmd(LPC_PWM_TypeDef *PWMx, uint8_t PWMChannel, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_PWMx(PWMx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_PWM1_CHANNEL(PWMChannel));
+
+    if (NewState == ENABLE)
+    {
+        PWMx->PCR |= PWM_PCR_PWMENAn(PWMChannel);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        PWMx->PCR &= (~PWM_PCR_PWMENAn(PWMChannel)) & PWM_PCR_BITMASK;
+    }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* _PWM */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */
diff -r 000000000000 -r 84d7747641aa lpc17xx_pwm.h
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lpc17xx_pwm.h	Sun Mar 20 18:45:15 2011 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,330 @@
+/***********************************************************************//**
+ * @file        lpc17xx_pwm.h
+ * @brief        Contains all macro definitions and function prototypes
+ *                 support for PWM firmware library on LPC17xx
+ * @version        2.0
+ * @date        21. May. 2010
+ * @author        NXP MCU SW Application Team
+ **************************************************************************
+ * Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only
+ * which provides customers with programming information regarding the
+ * products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties.
+ * NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the
+ * use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent,
+ * copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors
+ * reserves the right to make changes in the software without
+ * notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or
+ * warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified
+ * use without further testing or modification.
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup PWM PWM
+ * @ingroup LPC1700CMSIS_FwLib_Drivers
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef LPC17XX_PWM_H_
+#define LPC17XX_PWM_H_
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+#include "LPC17xx.h"
+#include "lpc_types.h"
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+{
+#endif
+
+
+/* Private Macros ------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup PWM_Private_Macros PWM Private Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* --------------------- BIT DEFINITIONS -------------------------------------- */
+/**********************************************************************
+* IR register definitions
+**********************************************************************/
+/** Interrupt flag for PWM match channel for 6 channel */
+#define PWM_IR_PWMMRn(n)        ((uint32_t)((n<4)?(1<<n):(1<<(n+4))))
+/** Interrupt flag for capture input */
+#define PWM_IR_PWMCAPn(n)        ((uint32_t)(1<<(n+4)))
+/**  IR register mask */
+#define PWM_IR_BITMASK            ((uint32_t)(0x0000073F))
+
+/**********************************************************************
+* TCR register definitions
+**********************************************************************/
+/** TCR register mask */
+#define PWM_TCR_BITMASK                ((uint32_t)(0x0000000B))
+#define PWM_TCR_COUNTER_ENABLE      ((uint32_t)(1<<0)) /*!< PWM Counter Enable */
+#define PWM_TCR_COUNTER_RESET       ((uint32_t)(1<<1)) /*!< PWM Counter Reset */
+#define PWM_TCR_PWM_ENABLE          ((uint32_t)(1<<3)) /*!< PWM Enable */
+
+/**********************************************************************
+* CTCR register definitions
+**********************************************************************/
+/** CTCR register mask */
+#define PWM_CTCR_BITMASK            ((uint32_t)(0x0000000F))
+/** PWM Counter-Timer Mode */
+#define PWM_CTCR_MODE(n)            ((uint32_t)(n&0x03))
+/** PWM Capture input select */
+#define PWM_CTCR_SELECT_INPUT(n)    ((uint32_t)((n&0x03)<<2))
+
+/**********************************************************************
+* MCR register definitions
+**********************************************************************/
+/** MCR register mask */
+#define PWM_MCR_BITMASK                ((uint32_t)(0x001FFFFF))
+/** generate a PWM interrupt when a MATCHn occurs */
+#define PWM_MCR_INT_ON_MATCH(n)     ((uint32_t)(1<<(((n&0x7)<<1)+(n&0x07))))
+/** reset the PWM when a MATCHn occurs */
+#define PWM_MCR_RESET_ON_MATCH(n)   ((uint32_t)(1<<(((n&0x7)<<1)+(n&0x07)+1)))
+/** stop the PWM when a MATCHn occurs */
+#define PWM_MCR_STOP_ON_MATCH(n)    ((uint32_t)(1<<(((n&0x7)<<1)+(n&0x07)+2)))
+
+/**********************************************************************
+* CCR register definitions
+**********************************************************************/
+/** CCR register mask */
+#define PWM_CCR_BITMASK                ((uint32_t)(0x0000003F))
+/** PCAPn is rising edge sensitive */
+#define PWM_CCR_CAP_RISING(n)          ((uint32_t)(1<<(((n&0x2)<<1)+(n&0x1))))
+/** PCAPn is falling edge sensitive */
+#define PWM_CCR_CAP_FALLING(n)         ((uint32_t)(1<<(((n&0x2)<<1)+(n&0x1)+1)))
+/** PWM interrupt is generated on a PCAP event */
+#define PWM_CCR_INT_ON_CAP(n)          ((uint32_t)(1<<(((n&0x2)<<1)+(n&0x1)+2)))
+
+/**********************************************************************
+* PCR register definitions
+**********************************************************************/
+/** PCR register mask */
+#define PWM_PCR_BITMASK            (uint32_t)0x00007E7C
+/** PWM output n is a single edge controlled output */
+#define PWM_PCR_PWMSELn(n)       ((uint32_t)(((n&0x7)<2) ? 0 : (1<<n)))
+/** enable PWM output n */
+#define PWM_PCR_PWMENAn(n)       ((uint32_t)(((n&0x7)<1) ? 0 : (1<<(n+8))))
+
+/**********************************************************************
+* LER register definitions
+**********************************************************************/
+/** LER register mask*/
+#define PWM_LER_BITMASK                ((uint32_t)(0x0000007F))
+/** PWM MATCHn register update control */
+#define PWM_LER_EN_MATCHn_LATCH(n)   ((uint32_t)((n<7) ? (1<<n) : 0))
+
+/* ---------------- CHECK PARAMETER DEFINITIONS ---------------------------- */
+/** Macro to determine if it is valid PWM peripheral or not */
+#define PARAM_PWMx(n)    (((uint32_t *)n)==((uint32_t *)LPC_PWM1))
+
+/** Macro check PWM1 match channel value */
+#define PARAM_PWM1_MATCH_CHANNEL(n)        ((n)<=6)
+
+/** Macro check PWM1 channel value */
+#define PARAM_PWM1_CHANNEL(n)            ((n>=1) && (n<=6))
+
+/** Macro check PWM1 edge channel mode */
+#define PARAM_PWM1_EDGE_MODE_CHANNEL(n)            ((n>=2) && (n<=6))
+
+/** Macro check PWM1 capture channel mode */
+#define PARAM_PWM1_CAPTURE_CHANNEL(n)    ((n==0) || (n==1))
+
+/** Macro check PWM1 interrupt status type */
+#define PARAM_PWM_INTSTAT(n)    ((n==PWM_INTSTAT_MR0) || (n==PWM_INTSTAT_MR1) || (n==PWM_INTSTAT_MR2) \
+|| (n==PWM_INTSTAT_MR3) || (n==PWM_INTSTAT_MR4) || (n==PWM_INTSTAT_MR5) \
+|| (n==PWM_INTSTAT_MR6) || (n==PWM_INTSTAT_CAP0) || (n==PWM_INTSTAT_CAP1))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/* Public Types --------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup PWM_Public_Types PWM Public Types
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @brief Configuration structure in PWM TIMER mode */
+typedef struct {
+
+    uint8_t PrescaleOption;        /**< Prescale option, should be:
+                                - PWM_TIMER_PRESCALE_TICKVAL: Prescale in absolute value
+                                - PWM_TIMER_PRESCALE_USVAL: Prescale in microsecond value
+                                */
+    uint8_t Reserved[3];
+    uint32_t PrescaleValue;        /**< Prescale value, 32-bit long, should be matched
+                                with PrescaleOption
+                                */
+} PWM_TIMERCFG_Type;
+
+/** @brief Configuration structure in PWM COUNTER mode */
+typedef struct {
+
+    uint8_t CounterOption;        /**< Counter Option, should be:
+                                - PWM_COUNTER_RISING: Rising Edge
+                                - PWM_COUNTER_FALLING: Falling Edge
+                                - PWM_COUNTER_ANY: Both rising and falling mode
+                                */
+    uint8_t CountInputSelect;    /**< Counter input select, should be:
+                                - PWM_COUNTER_PCAP1_0: PWM Counter input selected is PCAP1.0 pin
+                                - PWM_COUNTER_PCAP1_1: PWM Counter input selected is PCAP1.1 pin
+                                */
+    uint8_t Reserved[2];
+} PWM_COUNTERCFG_Type;
+
+/** @brief PWM Match channel configuration structure */
+typedef struct {
+    uint8_t MatchChannel;    /**< Match channel, should be in range
+                            from 0..6 */
+    uint8_t IntOnMatch;        /**< Interrupt On match, should be:
+                            - ENABLE: Enable this function.
+                            - DISABLE: Disable this function.
+                            */
+    uint8_t StopOnMatch;    /**< Stop On match, should be:
+                            - ENABLE: Enable this function.
+                            - DISABLE: Disable this function.
+                            */
+    uint8_t ResetOnMatch;    /**< Reset On match, should be:
+                            - ENABLE: Enable this function.
+                            - DISABLE: Disable this function.
+                            */
+} PWM_MATCHCFG_Type;
+
+
+/** @brief PWM Capture Input configuration structure */
+typedef struct {
+    uint8_t CaptureChannel;    /**< Capture channel, should be in range
+                            from 0..1 */
+    uint8_t RisingEdge;        /**< caption rising edge, should be:
+                            - ENABLE: Enable rising edge.
+                            - DISABLE: Disable this function.
+                            */
+    uint8_t FallingEdge;        /**< caption falling edge, should be:
+                            - ENABLE: Enable falling edge.
+                            - DISABLE: Disable this function.
+                                */
+    uint8_t IntOnCaption;    /**< Interrupt On caption, should be:
+                            - ENABLE: Enable interrupt function.
+                            - DISABLE: Disable this function.
+                            */
+} PWM_CAPTURECFG_Type;
+
+/* Timer/Counter in PWM configuration type definition -----------------------------------*/
+
+/** @brief PMW TC mode select option */
+typedef enum {
+    PWM_MODE_TIMER = 0,        /*!< PWM using Timer mode */
+    PWM_MODE_COUNTER,        /*!< PWM using Counter mode */
+} PWM_TC_MODE_OPT;
+
+#define PARAM_PWM_TC_MODE(n) ((n==PWM_MODE_TIMER) || (n==PWM_MODE_COUNTER))
+
+
+/** @brief PWM Timer/Counter prescale option */
+typedef enum
+{
+    PWM_TIMER_PRESCALE_TICKVAL = 0,            /*!< Prescale in absolute value */
+    PWM_TIMER_PRESCALE_USVAL                /*!< Prescale in microsecond value */
+} PWM_TIMER_PRESCALE_OPT;
+
+#define PARAM_PWM_TIMER_PRESCALE(n) ((n==PWM_TIMER_PRESCALE_TICKVAL) || (n==PWM_TIMER_PRESCALE_USVAL))
+
+
+/** @brief PWM Input Select in counter mode */
+typedef enum {
+    PWM_COUNTER_PCAP1_0 = 0,        /*!< PWM Counter input selected is PCAP1.0 pin */
+    PWM_COUNTER_PCAP1_1            /*!< PWM counter input selected is CAP1.1 pin */
+} PWM_COUNTER_INPUTSEL_OPT;
+
+#define PARAM_PWM_COUNTER_INPUTSEL(n) ((n==PWM_COUNTER_PCAP1_0) || (n==PWM_COUNTER_PCAP1_1))
+
+/** @brief PWM Input Edge Option in counter mode */
+typedef enum {
+    PWM_COUNTER_RISING = 1,        /*!< Rising edge mode */
+    PWM_COUNTER_FALLING = 2,    /*!< Falling edge mode */
+    PWM_COUNTER_ANY = 3            /*!< Both rising and falling mode */
+} PWM_COUNTER_EDGE_OPT;
+
+#define PARAM_PWM_COUNTER_EDGE(n)    ((n==PWM_COUNTER_RISING) || (n==PWM_COUNTER_FALLING) \
+|| (n==PWM_COUNTER_ANY))
+
+
+/* PWM configuration type definition ----------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @brief PWM operating mode options */
+typedef enum {
+    PWM_CHANNEL_SINGLE_EDGE,    /*!< PWM Channel Single edge mode */
+    PWM_CHANNEL_DUAL_EDGE        /*!< PWM Channel Dual edge mode */
+} PWM_CHANNEL_EDGE_OPT;
+
+#define PARAM_PWM_CHANNEL_EDGE(n)    ((n==PWM_CHANNEL_SINGLE_EDGE) || (n==PWM_CHANNEL_DUAL_EDGE))
+
+
+/** @brief PWM update type */
+typedef enum {
+    PWM_MATCH_UPDATE_NOW = 0,            /**< PWM Match Channel Update Now */
+    PWM_MATCH_UPDATE_NEXT_RST            /**< PWM Match Channel Update on next
+                                            PWM Counter resetting */
+} PWM_MATCH_UPDATE_OPT;
+
+#define PARAM_PWM_MATCH_UPDATE(n)    ((n==PWM_MATCH_UPDATE_NOW) || (n==PWM_MATCH_UPDATE_NEXT_RST))
+
+
+/** @brief PWM interrupt status type definition ----------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @brief PWM Interrupt status type */
+typedef enum
+{
+    PWM_INTSTAT_MR0 = PWM_IR_PWMMRn(0),     /**< Interrupt flag for PWM match channel 0 */
+    PWM_INTSTAT_MR1 = PWM_IR_PWMMRn(1),        /**< Interrupt flag for PWM match channel 1 */
+    PWM_INTSTAT_MR2 = PWM_IR_PWMMRn(2),        /**< Interrupt flag for PWM match channel 2 */
+    PWM_INTSTAT_MR3 = PWM_IR_PWMMRn(3),        /**< Interrupt flag for PWM match channel 3 */
+    PWM_INTSTAT_CAP0 = PWM_IR_PWMCAPn(0),    /**< Interrupt flag for capture input 0 */
+    PWM_INTSTAT_CAP1 = PWM_IR_PWMCAPn(1),    /**< Interrupt flag for capture input 1 */
+    PWM_INTSTAT_MR4 = PWM_IR_PWMMRn(4),        /**< Interrupt flag for PWM match channel 4 */
+    PWM_INTSTAT_MR6 = PWM_IR_PWMMRn(5),        /**< Interrupt flag for PWM match channel 5 */
+    PWM_INTSTAT_MR5 = PWM_IR_PWMMRn(6),        /**< Interrupt flag for PWM match channel 6 */
+}PWM_INTSTAT_TYPE;
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup PWM_Public_Functions PWM Public Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+void PWM_PinConfig(LPC_PWM_TypeDef *PWMx, uint8_t PWM_Channel, uint8_t PinselOption);
+IntStatus PWM_GetIntStatus(LPC_PWM_TypeDef *PWMx, uint32_t IntFlag);
+void PWM_ClearIntPending(LPC_PWM_TypeDef *PWMx, uint32_t IntFlag);
+void PWM_ConfigStructInit(uint8_t PWMTimerCounterMode, void *PWM_InitStruct);
+void PWM_Init(LPC_PWM_TypeDef *PWMx, uint32_t PWMTimerCounterMode, void *PWM_ConfigStruct);
+void PWM_DeInit (LPC_PWM_TypeDef *PWMx);
+void PWM_Cmd(LPC_PWM_TypeDef *PWMx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void PWM_CounterCmd(LPC_PWM_TypeDef *PWMx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void PWM_ResetCounter(LPC_PWM_TypeDef *PWMx);
+void PWM_ConfigMatch(LPC_PWM_TypeDef *PWMx, PWM_MATCHCFG_Type *PWM_MatchConfigStruct);
+void PWM_ConfigCapture(LPC_PWM_TypeDef *PWMx, PWM_CAPTURECFG_Type *PWM_CaptureConfigStruct);
+uint32_t PWM_GetCaptureValue(LPC_PWM_TypeDef *PWMx, uint8_t CaptureChannel);
+void PWM_MatchUpdate(LPC_PWM_TypeDef *PWMx, uint8_t MatchChannel, \
+                    uint32_t MatchValue, uint8_t UpdateType);
+void PWM_ChannelConfig(LPC_PWM_TypeDef *PWMx, uint8_t PWMChannel, uint8_t ModeOption);
+void PWM_ChannelCmd(LPC_PWM_TypeDef *PWMx, uint8_t PWMChannel, FunctionalState NewState);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* LPC17XX_PWM_H_ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */
diff -r 000000000000 -r 84d7747641aa lpc17xx_qei.c
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lpc17xx_qei.c	Sun Mar 20 18:45:15 2011 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,502 @@
+/***********************************************************************//**
+ * @file		lpc17xx_qei.c
+ * @brief		Contains all functions support for QEI firmware library on LPC17xx
+ * @version		2.0
+ * @date		21. May. 2010
+ * @author		NXP MCU SW Application Team
+ **************************************************************************
+ * Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only
+ * which provides customers with programming information regarding the
+ * products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties.
+ * NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the
+ * use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent,
+ * copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors
+ * reserves the right to make changes in the software without
+ * notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or
+ * warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified
+ * use without further testing or modification.
+ **********************************************************************/
+
+/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @addtogroup QEI
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+#include "lpc17xx_qei.h"
+#include "lpc17xx_clkpwr.h"
+
+
+/* If this source file built with example, the LPC17xx FW library configuration
+ * file in each example directory ("lpc17xx_libcfg.h") must be included,
+ * otherwise the default FW library configuration file must be included instead
+ */
+#ifdef __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__
+#include "lpc17xx_libcfg.h"
+#else
+#include "lpc17xx_libcfg_default.h"
+#endif /* __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__ */
+
+
+#ifdef _QEI
+
+/* Private Types -------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup QEI_Private_Types QEI Private Types
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief QEI configuration union type definition
+ */
+typedef union {
+	QEI_CFG_Type bmQEIConfig;
+	uint32_t ulQEIConfig;
+} QEI_CFGOPT_Type;
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @addtogroup QEI_Public_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief		Resets value for each type of QEI value, such as velocity,
+ * 				counter, position, etc..
+ * @param[in]	QEIx			QEI peripheral, should be LPC_QEI
+ * @param[in]	ulResetType		QEI Reset Type, should be one of the following:
+ * 								- QEI_RESET_POS: Reset Position Counter
+ * 								- QEI_RESET_POSOnIDX: Reset Position Counter on Index signal
+ * 								- QEI_RESET_VEL: Reset Velocity
+ * 								- QEI_RESET_IDX: Reset Index Counter
+ * @return		None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void QEI_Reset(LPC_QEI_TypeDef *QEIx, uint32_t ulResetType)
+{
+	CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_QEIx(QEIx));
+	CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_QEI_RESET(ulResetType));
+
+	QEIx->QEICON = ulResetType;
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief		Initializes the QEI peripheral according to the specified
+*               parameters in the QEI_ConfigStruct.
+ * @param[in]	QEIx				QEI peripheral, should be LPC_QEI
+ * @param[in]	QEI_ConfigStruct	Pointer to a QEI_CFG_Type structure
+*                    that contains the configuration information for the
+*                    specified QEI peripheral
+ * @return		None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void QEI_Init(LPC_QEI_TypeDef *QEIx, QEI_CFG_Type *QEI_ConfigStruct)
+{
+
+	CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_QEIx(QEIx));
+	CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_QEI_DIRINV(QEI_ConfigStruct->DirectionInvert));
+	CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_QEI_SIGNALMODE(QEI_ConfigStruct->SignalMode));
+	CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_QEI_CAPMODE(QEI_ConfigStruct->CaptureMode));
+	CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_QEI_INVINX(QEI_ConfigStruct->InvertIndex));
+
+	/* Set up clock and power for QEI module */
+	CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCQEI, ENABLE);
+
+	/* As default, peripheral clock for QEI module
+	 * is set to FCCLK / 2 */
+	CLKPWR_SetPCLKDiv(CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_QEI, CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CCLK_DIV_1);
+
+	// Reset all remaining value in QEI peripheral
+	QEIx->QEICON = QEI_CON_RESP | QEI_CON_RESV | QEI_CON_RESI;
+	QEIx->QEIMAXPOS = 0x00;
+	QEIx->CMPOS0 = 0x00;
+	QEIx->CMPOS1 = 0x00;
+	QEIx->CMPOS2 = 0x00;
+	QEIx->INXCMP = 0x00;
+	QEIx->QEILOAD = 0x00;
+	QEIx->VELCOMP = 0x00;
+	QEIx->FILTER = 0x00;
+	// Disable all Interrupt
+	QEIx->QEIIEC = QEI_IECLR_BITMASK;
+	// Clear all Interrupt pending
+	QEIx->QEICLR = QEI_INTCLR_BITMASK;
+	// Set QEI configuration value corresponding to its setting up value
+	QEIx->QEICONF = ((QEI_CFGOPT_Type *)QEI_ConfigStruct)->ulQEIConfig;
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief		De-initializes the QEI peripheral registers to their
+*                  default reset values.
+ * @param[in]	QEIx	QEI peripheral, should be LPC_QEI
+ * @return 		None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void QEI_DeInit(LPC_QEI_TypeDef *QEIx)
+{
+	CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_QEIx(QEIx));
+
+	/* Turn off clock and power for QEI module */
+	CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCQEI, DISABLE);
+}
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************//**
+* @brief		Fills each QIE_InitStruct member with its default value:
+* 				- DirectionInvert = QEI_DIRINV_NONE
+* 				- SignalMode = QEI_SIGNALMODE_QUAD
+* 				- CaptureMode = QEI_CAPMODE_4X
+* 				- InvertIndex = QEI_INVINX_NONE
+* @param[in]	QIE_InitStruct Pointer to a QEI_CFG_Type structure
+*                    which will be initialized.
+* @return		None
+*******************************************************************************/
+void QEI_ConfigStructInit(QEI_CFG_Type *QIE_InitStruct)
+{
+	QIE_InitStruct->CaptureMode = QEI_CAPMODE_4X;
+	QIE_InitStruct->DirectionInvert = QEI_DIRINV_NONE;
+	QIE_InitStruct->InvertIndex = QEI_INVINX_NONE;
+	QIE_InitStruct->SignalMode = QEI_SIGNALMODE_QUAD;
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief		Check whether if specified flag status is set or not
+ * @param[in]	QEIx		QEI peripheral, should be LPC_QEI
+ * @param[in]	ulFlagType	Status Flag Type, should be one of the following:
+ * 							- QEI_STATUS_DIR: Direction Status
+ * @return		New Status of this status flag (SET or RESET)
+ **********************************************************************/
+FlagStatus QEI_GetStatus(LPC_QEI_TypeDef *QEIx, uint32_t ulFlagType)
+{
+	CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_QEIx(QEIx));
+	CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_QEI_STATUS(ulFlagType));
+	return ((QEIx->QEISTAT & ulFlagType) ? SET : RESET);
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief		Get current position value in QEI peripheral
+ * @param[in]	QEIx	QEI peripheral, should be LPC_QEI
+ * @return		Current position value of QEI peripheral
+ **********************************************************************/
+uint32_t QEI_GetPosition(LPC_QEI_TypeDef *QEIx)
+{
+	CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_QEIx(QEIx));
+	return (QEIx->QEIPOS);
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief		Set max position value for QEI peripheral
+ * @param[in]	QEIx		QEI peripheral, should be LPC_QEI
+ * @param[in]	ulMaxPos	Max position value to set
+ * @return		None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void QEI_SetMaxPosition(LPC_QEI_TypeDef *QEIx, uint32_t ulMaxPos)
+{
+	CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_QEIx(QEIx));
+	QEIx->QEIMAXPOS = ulMaxPos;
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief		Set position compare value for QEI peripheral
+ * @param[in]	QEIx		QEI peripheral, should be LPC_QEI
+ * @param[in]	bPosCompCh	Compare Position channel, should be:
+ * 							- QEI_COMPPOS_CH_0: QEI compare position channel 0
+ * 							- QEI_COMPPOS_CH_1: QEI compare position channel 1
+ * 							- QEI_COMPPOS_CH_2: QEI compare position channel 2
+ * @param[in]	ulPosComp	Compare Position value to set
+ * @return		None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void QEI_SetPositionComp(LPC_QEI_TypeDef *QEIx, uint8_t bPosCompCh, uint32_t ulPosComp)
+{
+	uint32_t *tmp;
+
+	CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_QEIx(QEIx));
+	CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_QEI_COMPPOS_CH(bPosCompCh));
+	tmp = (uint32_t *) (&(QEIx->CMPOS0) + bPosCompCh * 4);
+	*tmp = ulPosComp;
+
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief		Get current index counter of QEI peripheral
+ * @param[in]	QEIx		QEI peripheral, should be LPC_QEI
+ * @return		Current value of QEI index counter
+ **********************************************************************/
+uint32_t QEI_GetIndex(LPC_QEI_TypeDef *QEIx)
+{
+	CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_QEIx(QEIx));
+	return (QEIx->INXCNT);
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief		Set value for index compare in QEI peripheral
+ * @param[in]	QEIx		QEI peripheral, should be LPC_QEI
+ * @param[in]	ulIndexComp		Compare Index Value to set
+ * @return		None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void QEI_SetIndexComp(LPC_QEI_TypeDef *QEIx, uint32_t ulIndexComp)
+{
+	CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_QEIx(QEIx));
+	QEIx->INXCMP = ulIndexComp;
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief		Set timer reload value for QEI peripheral. When the velocity timer is
+ * 				over-flow, the value that set for Timer Reload register will be loaded
+ * 				into the velocity timer for next period. The calculated velocity in RPM
+ * 				therefore will be affect by this value.
+ * @param[in]	QEIx			QEI peripheral, should be LPC_QEI
+ * @param[in]	QEIReloadStruct	QEI reload structure
+ * @return		None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void QEI_SetTimerReload(LPC_QEI_TypeDef *QEIx, QEI_RELOADCFG_Type *QEIReloadStruct)
+{
+	uint64_t pclk;
+
+	CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_QEIx(QEIx));
+	CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_QEI_TIMERRELOAD(QEIReloadStruct->ReloadOption));
+
+	if (QEIReloadStruct->ReloadOption == QEI_TIMERRELOAD_TICKVAL) {
+		QEIx->QEILOAD = QEIReloadStruct->ReloadValue - 1;
+	} else {
+		pclk = (uint64_t)CLKPWR_GetPCLK(CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_QEI);
+		pclk = (pclk /(1000000/QEIReloadStruct->ReloadValue)) - 1;
+		QEIx->QEILOAD = (uint32_t)pclk;
+	}
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief		Get current timer counter in QEI peripheral
+ * @param[in]	QEIx			QEI peripheral, should be LPC_QEI
+ * @return		Current timer counter in QEI peripheral
+ **********************************************************************/
+uint32_t QEI_GetTimer(LPC_QEI_TypeDef *QEIx)
+{
+	CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_QEIx(QEIx));
+	return (QEIx->QEITIME);
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief		Get current velocity pulse counter in current time period
+ * @param[in]	QEIx			QEI peripheral, should be LPC_QEI
+ * @return		Current velocity pulse counter value
+ **********************************************************************/
+uint32_t QEI_GetVelocity(LPC_QEI_TypeDef *QEIx)
+{
+	CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_QEIx(QEIx));
+	return (QEIx->QEIVEL);
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief		Get the most recently measured velocity of the QEI. When
+ * 				the Velocity timer in QEI is over-flow, the current velocity
+ * 				value will be loaded into Velocity Capture register.
+ * @param[in]	QEIx			QEI peripheral, should be LPC_QEI
+ * @return		The most recently measured velocity value
+ **********************************************************************/
+uint32_t QEI_GetVelocityCap(LPC_QEI_TypeDef *QEIx)
+{
+	CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_QEIx(QEIx));
+	return (QEIx->QEICAP);
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief		Set Velocity Compare value for QEI peripheral
+ * @param[in]	QEIx			QEI peripheral, should be LPC_QEI
+ * @param[in]	ulVelComp		Compare Velocity value to set
+ * @return		None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void QEI_SetVelocityComp(LPC_QEI_TypeDef *QEIx, uint32_t ulVelComp)
+{
+	CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_QEIx(QEIx));
+	QEIx->VELCOMP = ulVelComp;
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief		Set value of sampling count for the digital filter in
+ * 				QEI peripheral
+ * @param[in]	QEIx			QEI peripheral, should be LPC_QEI
+ * @param[in]	ulSamplingPulse	Value of sampling count to set
+ * @return		None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void QEI_SetDigiFilter(LPC_QEI_TypeDef *QEIx, uint32_t ulSamplingPulse)
+{
+	CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_QEIx(QEIx));
+	QEIx->FILTER = ulSamplingPulse;
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief		Check whether if specified interrupt flag status in QEI
+ * 				peripheral is set or not
+ * @param[in]	QEIx			QEI peripheral, should be LPC_QEI
+ * @param[in]	ulIntType		Interrupt Flag Status type, should be:
+								- QEI_INTFLAG_INX_Int: index pulse was detected interrupt
+								- QEI_INTFLAG_TIM_Int: Velocity timer over flow interrupt
+								- QEI_INTFLAG_VELC_Int: Capture velocity is less than compare interrupt
+								- QEI_INTFLAG_DIR_Int: Change of direction interrupt
+								- QEI_INTFLAG_ERR_Int: An encoder phase error interrupt
+								- QEI_INTFLAG_ENCLK_Int: An encoder clock pulse was detected interrupt
+								- QEI_INTFLAG_POS0_Int: position 0 compare value is equal to the
+														current position interrupt
+								- QEI_INTFLAG_POS1_Int: position 1 compare value is equal to the
+														current position interrupt
+								- QEI_INTFLAG_POS2_Int: position 2 compare value is equal to the
+														current position interrupt
+								- QEI_INTFLAG_REV_Int: Index compare value is equal to the current
+														index count interrupt
+								- QEI_INTFLAG_POS0REV_Int: Combined position 0 and revolution count interrupt
+								- QEI_INTFLAG_POS1REV_Int: Combined position 1 and revolution count interrupt
+								- QEI_INTFLAG_POS2REV_Int: Combined position 2 and revolution count interrupt
+ * @return		New State of specified interrupt flag status (SET or RESET)
+ **********************************************************************/
+FlagStatus QEI_GetIntStatus(LPC_QEI_TypeDef *QEIx, uint32_t ulIntType)
+{
+	CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_QEIx(QEIx));
+	CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_QEI_INTFLAG(ulIntType));
+
+	return((QEIx->QEIINTSTAT & ulIntType) ? SET : RESET);
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief		Enable/Disable specified interrupt in QEI peripheral
+ * @param[in]	QEIx			QEI peripheral, should be LPC_QEI
+ * @param[in]	ulIntType		Interrupt Flag Status type, should be:
+ * 								- QEI_INTFLAG_INX_Int: index pulse was detected interrupt
+ *								- QEI_INTFLAG_TIM_Int: Velocity timer over flow interrupt
+ *								- QEI_INTFLAG_VELC_Int: Capture velocity is less than compare interrupt
+ * 								- QEI_INTFLAG_DIR_Int: Change of direction interrupt
+ *  							- QEI_INTFLAG_ERR_Int: An encoder phase error interrupt
+ * 								- QEI_INTFLAG_ENCLK_Int: An encoder clock pulse was detected interrupt
+ *								- QEI_INTFLAG_POS0_Int: position 0 compare value is equal to the
+ *														current position interrupt
+ *								- QEI_INTFLAG_POS1_Int: position 1 compare value is equal to the
+ *														current position interrupt
+ *								- QEI_INTFLAG_POS2_Int: position 2 compare value is equal to the
+ *														current position interrupt
+ *								- QEI_INTFLAG_REV_Int: Index compare value is equal to the current
+ *														index count interrupt
+ *								- QEI_INTFLAG_POS0REV_Int: Combined position 0 and revolution count interrupt
+ *								- QEI_INTFLAG_POS1REV_Int: Combined position 1 and revolution count interrupt
+ *								- QEI_INTFLAG_POS2REV_Int: Combined position 2 and revolution count interrupt
+ * @param[in]	NewState		New function state, should be:
+ *								- DISABLE
+ *								- ENABLE
+ * @return		None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void QEI_IntCmd(LPC_QEI_TypeDef *QEIx, uint32_t ulIntType, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+	CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_QEIx(QEIx));
+	CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_QEI_INTFLAG(ulIntType));
+	CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(NewState));
+
+	if (NewState == ENABLE) {
+		QEIx->QEIIES = ulIntType;
+	} else {
+		QEIx->QEIIEC = ulIntType;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief		Sets (forces) specified interrupt in QEI peripheral
+ * @param[in]	QEIx			QEI peripheral, should be LPC_QEI
+ * @param[in]	ulIntType		Interrupt Flag Status type, should be:
+								- QEI_INTFLAG_INX_Int: index pulse was detected interrupt
+								- QEI_INTFLAG_TIM_Int: Velocity timer over flow interrupt
+								- QEI_INTFLAG_VELC_Int: Capture velocity is less than compare interrupt
+								- QEI_INTFLAG_DIR_Int: Change of direction interrupt
+								- QEI_INTFLAG_ERR_Int: An encoder phase error interrupt
+								- QEI_INTFLAG_ENCLK_Int: An encoder clock pulse was detected interrupt
+								- QEI_INTFLAG_POS0_Int: position 0 compare value is equal to the
+														current position interrupt
+								- QEI_INTFLAG_POS1_Int: position 1 compare value is equal to the
+														current position interrupt
+								- QEI_INTFLAG_POS2_Int: position 2 compare value is equal to the
+														current position interrupt
+								- QEI_INTFLAG_REV_Int: Index compare value is equal to the current
+														index count interrupt
+								- QEI_INTFLAG_POS0REV_Int: Combined position 0 and revolution count interrupt
+								- QEI_INTFLAG_POS1REV_Int: Combined position 1 and revolution count interrupt
+								- QEI_INTFLAG_POS2REV_Int: Combined position 2 and revolution count interrupt
+ * @return		None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void QEI_IntSet(LPC_QEI_TypeDef *QEIx, uint32_t ulIntType)
+{
+	CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_QEIx(QEIx));
+	CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_QEI_INTFLAG(ulIntType));
+
+	QEIx->QEISET = ulIntType;
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief		Clear (force) specified interrupt (pending) in QEI peripheral
+ * @param[in]	QEIx			QEI peripheral, should be LPC_QEI
+ * @param[in]	ulIntType		Interrupt Flag Status type, should be:
+								- QEI_INTFLAG_INX_Int: index pulse was detected interrupt
+								- QEI_INTFLAG_TIM_Int: Velocity timer over flow interrupt
+								- QEI_INTFLAG_VELC_Int: Capture velocity is less than compare interrupt
+								- QEI_INTFLAG_DIR_Int: Change of direction interrupt
+								- QEI_INTFLAG_ERR_Int: An encoder phase error interrupt
+								- QEI_INTFLAG_ENCLK_Int: An encoder clock pulse was detected interrupt
+								- QEI_INTFLAG_POS0_Int: position 0 compare value is equal to the
+														current position interrupt
+								- QEI_INTFLAG_POS1_Int: position 1 compare value is equal to the
+														current position interrupt
+								- QEI_INTFLAG_POS2_Int: position 2 compare value is equal to the
+														current position interrupt
+								- QEI_INTFLAG_REV_Int: Index compare value is equal to the current
+														index count interrupt
+								- QEI_INTFLAG_POS0REV_Int: Combined position 0 and revolution count interrupt
+								- QEI_INTFLAG_POS1REV_Int: Combined position 1 and revolution count interrupt
+								- QEI_INTFLAG_POS2REV_Int: Combined position 2 and revolution count interrupt
+ * @return		None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void QEI_IntClear(LPC_QEI_TypeDef *QEIx, uint32_t ulIntType)
+{
+	CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_QEIx(QEIx));
+	CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_QEI_INTFLAG(ulIntType));
+
+	QEIx->QEICLR = ulIntType;
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief		Calculates the actual velocity in RPM passed via velocity
+ * 				capture value and Pulse Per Round (of the encoder) value
+ * 				parameter input.
+ * @param[in]	QEIx			QEI peripheral, should be LPC_QEI
+ * @param[in]	ulVelCapValue	Velocity capture input value that can
+ * 								be got from QEI_GetVelocityCap() function
+ * @param[in]	ulPPR			Pulse per round of encoder
+ * @return		The actual value of velocity in RPM (Round per minute)
+ **********************************************************************/
+uint32_t QEI_CalculateRPM(LPC_QEI_TypeDef *QEIx, uint32_t ulVelCapValue, uint32_t ulPPR)
+{
+	uint64_t rpm, clock, Load, edges;
+
+	// Get current Clock rate for timer input
+	clock = (uint64_t)CLKPWR_GetPCLK(CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_QEI);
+	// Get Timer load value (velocity capture period)
+	Load  = (uint64_t)(QEIx->QEILOAD + 1);
+	// Get Edge
+	edges = (uint64_t)((QEIx->QEICONF & QEI_CONF_CAPMODE) ? 4 : 2);
+	// Calculate RPM
+	rpm = ((clock * ulVelCapValue * 60) / (Load * ulPPR * edges));
+
+	return (uint32_t)(rpm);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* _QEI */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */
+
diff -r 000000000000 -r 84d7747641aa lpc17xx_qei.h
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lpc17xx_qei.h	Sun Mar 20 18:45:15 2011 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,412 @@
+/***********************************************************************//**
+ * @file		lpc17xx_qei.h
+ * @brief		Contains all macro definitions and function prototypes
+ * 				support for QEI firmware library on LPC17xx
+ * @version		2.0
+ * @date		21. May. 2010
+ * @author		NXP MCU SW Application Team
+ **************************************************************************
+ * Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only
+ * which provides customers with programming information regarding the
+ * products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties.
+ * NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the
+ * use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent,
+ * copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors
+ * reserves the right to make changes in the software without
+ * notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or
+ * warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified
+ * use without further testing or modification.
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup QEI QEI
+ * @ingroup LPC1700CMSIS_FwLib_Drivers
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef LPC17XX_QEI_H_
+#define LPC17XX_QEI_H_
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+#include "LPC17xx.h"
+#include "lpc_types.h"
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+{
+#endif
+
+/* Public Macros -------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup QEI_Public_Macros QEI Public Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* QEI Reset types */
+#define QEI_RESET_POS			QEI_CON_RESP		/**< Reset position counter */
+#define QEI_RESET_POSOnIDX		QEI_CON_RESPI		/**< Reset Posistion Counter on Index */
+#define QEI_RESET_VEL			QEI_CON_RESV		/**< Reset Velocity */
+#define QEI_RESET_IDX			QEI_CON_RESI		/**< Reset Index Counter */
+
+/* QEI Direction Invert Type Option */
+#define QEI_DIRINV_NONE		((uint32_t)(0))		/**< Direction is not inverted */
+#define QEI_DIRINV_CMPL		((uint32_t)(1))		/**< Direction is complemented */
+
+/* QEI Signal Mode Option */
+#define QEI_SIGNALMODE_QUAD		((uint32_t)(0))		/**< Signal operation: Quadrature phase mode */
+#define QEI_SIGNALMODE_CLKDIR	((uint32_t)(1))		/**< Signal operation: Clock/Direction mode */
+
+/* QEI Capture Mode Option */
+#define QEI_CAPMODE_2X			((uint32_t)(0))		/**< Capture mode: Only Phase-A edges are counted (2X) */
+#define QEI_CAPMODE_4X			((uint32_t)(1))		/**< Capture mode: BOTH PhA and PhB edges are counted (4X)*/
+
+/* QEI Invert Index Signal Option */
+#define QEI_INVINX_NONE			((uint32_t)(0))		/**< Invert Index signal option: None */
+#define QEI_INVINX_EN			((uint32_t)(1))		/**< Invert Index signal option: Enable */
+
+/* QEI timer reload option */
+#define QEI_TIMERRELOAD_TICKVAL	((uint8_t)(0))	/**< Reload value in absolute value */
+#define QEI_TIMERRELOAD_USVAL	((uint8_t)(1))	/**< Reload value in microsecond value */
+
+/* QEI Flag Status type */
+#define QEI_STATUS_DIR			((uint32_t)(1<<0))	/**< Direction status */
+
+/* QEI Compare Position channel option */
+#define QEI_COMPPOS_CH_0			((uint8_t)(0))		/**< QEI compare position channel 0 */
+#define QEI_COMPPOS_CH_1			((uint8_t)(1))		/**< QEI compare position channel 1 */
+#define QEI_COMPPOS_CH_2			((uint8_t)(2))		/**< QEI compare position channel 2 */
+
+/* QEI interrupt flag type */
+#define QEI_INTFLAG_INX_Int			((uint32_t)(1<<0))	/**< index pulse was detected interrupt */
+#define QEI_INTFLAG_TIM_Int			((uint32_t)(1<<1))	/**< Velocity timer over flow interrupt */
+#define QEI_INTFLAG_VELC_Int		((uint32_t)(1<<2))	/**< Capture velocity is less than compare interrupt */
+#define QEI_INTFLAG_DIR_Int			((uint32_t)(1<<3))	/**< Change of direction interrupt */
+#define QEI_INTFLAG_ERR_Int			((uint32_t)(1<<4))	/**< An encoder phase error interrupt */
+#define QEI_INTFLAG_ENCLK_Int		((uint32_t)(1<<5))	/**< An encoder clock pulse was detected interrupt */
+#define QEI_INTFLAG_POS0_Int		((uint32_t)(1<<6))	/**< position 0 compare value is equal to the
+														current position interrupt */
+#define QEI_INTFLAG_POS1_Int		((uint32_t)(1<<7))	/**< position 1 compare value is equal to the
+														current position interrupt */
+#define QEI_INTFLAG_POS2_Int		((uint32_t)(1<<8))	/**< position 2 compare value is equal to the
+														current position interrupt */
+#define QEI_INTFLAG_REV_Int			((uint32_t)(1<<9))	/**< Index compare value is equal to the current
+														index count interrupt */
+#define QEI_INTFLAG_POS0REV_Int		((uint32_t)(1<<10))	/**< Combined position 0 and revolution count interrupt */
+#define QEI_INTFLAG_POS1REV_Int		((uint32_t)(1<<11))	/**< Combined position 1 and revolution count interrupt */
+#define QEI_INTFLAG_POS2REV_Int		((uint32_t)(1<<12))	/**< Combined position 2 and revolution count interrupt */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/* Private Macros ------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup QEI_Private_Macros QEI Private Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* --------------------- BIT DEFINITIONS -------------------------------------- */
+/* Quadrature Encoder Interface Control Register Definition --------------------- */
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for QEI Control register
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define QEI_CON_RESP		((uint32_t)(1<<0))		/**< Reset position counter */
+#define QEI_CON_RESPI		((uint32_t)(1<<1))		/**< Reset Posistion Counter on Index */
+#define QEI_CON_RESV		((uint32_t)(1<<2))		/**< Reset Velocity */
+#define QEI_CON_RESI		((uint32_t)(1<<3))		/**< Reset Index Counter */
+#define QEI_CON_BITMASK		((uint32_t)(0x0F))		/**< QEI Control register bit-mask */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for QEI Configuration register
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define QEI_CONF_DIRINV		((uint32_t)(1<<0))		/**< Direction Invert */
+#define QEI_CONF_SIGMODE	((uint32_t)(1<<1))		/**< Signal mode */
+#define QEI_CONF_CAPMODE	((uint32_t)(1<<2))		/**< Capture mode */
+#define QEI_CONF_INVINX		((uint32_t)(1<<3))		/**< Invert index */
+#define QEI_CONF_BITMASK	((uint32_t)(0x0F))		/**< QEI Configuration register bit-mask */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for QEI Status register
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define QEI_STAT_DIR		((uint32_t)(1<<0))		/**< Direction bit */
+#define QEI_STAT_BITMASK	((uint32_t)(1<<0))		/**< QEI status register bit-mask */
+
+/* Quadrature Encoder Interface Interrupt registers definitions --------------------- */
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for QEI Interrupt Status register
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define QEI_INTSTAT_INX_Int			((uint32_t)(1<<0))	/**< Indicates that an index pulse was detected */
+#define QEI_INTSTAT_TIM_Int			((uint32_t)(1<<1))	/**< Indicates that a velocity timer overflow occurred */
+#define QEI_INTSTAT_VELC_Int		((uint32_t)(1<<2))	/**< Indicates that capture velocity is less than compare velocity */
+#define QEI_INTSTAT_DIR_Int			((uint32_t)(1<<3))	/**< Indicates that a change of direction was detected */
+#define QEI_INTSTAT_ERR_Int			((uint32_t)(1<<4))	/**< Indicates that an encoder phase error was detected */
+#define QEI_INTSTAT_ENCLK_Int		((uint32_t)(1<<5))	/**< Indicates that and encoder clock pulse was detected */
+#define QEI_INTSTAT_POS0_Int		((uint32_t)(1<<6))	/**< Indicates that the position 0 compare value is equal to the
+														current position */
+#define QEI_INTSTAT_POS1_Int		((uint32_t)(1<<7))	/**< Indicates that the position 1compare value is equal to the
+														current position */
+#define QEI_INTSTAT_POS2_Int		((uint32_t)(1<<8))	/**< Indicates that the position 2 compare value is equal to the
+														current position */
+#define QEI_INTSTAT_REV_Int			((uint32_t)(1<<9))	/**< Indicates that the index compare value is equal to the current
+														index count */
+#define QEI_INTSTAT_POS0REV_Int		((uint32_t)(1<<10))	/**< Combined position 0 and revolution count interrupt. Set when
+														both the POS0_Int bit is set and the REV_Int is set */
+#define QEI_INTSTAT_POS1REV_Int		((uint32_t)(1<<11))	/**< Combined position 1 and revolution count interrupt. Set when
+														both the POS1_Int bit is set and the REV_Int is set */
+#define QEI_INTSTAT_POS2REV_Int		((uint32_t)(1<<12))	/**< Combined position 2 and revolution count interrupt. Set when
+														both the POS2_Int bit is set and the REV_Int is set */
+#define QEI_INTSTAT_BITMASK			((uint32_t)(0x1FFF))	/**< QEI Interrupt Status register bit-mask */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for QEI Interrupt Set register
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define QEI_INTSET_INX_Int			((uint32_t)(1<<0))	/**< Set Bit Indicates that an index pulse was detected */
+#define QEI_INTSET_TIM_Int			((uint32_t)(1<<1))	/**< Set Bit Indicates that a velocity timer overflow occurred */
+#define QEI_INTSET_VELC_Int			((uint32_t)(1<<2))	/**< Set Bit Indicates that capture velocity is less than compare velocity */
+#define QEI_INTSET_DIR_Int			((uint32_t)(1<<3))	/**< Set Bit Indicates that a change of direction was detected */
+#define QEI_INTSET_ERR_Int			((uint32_t)(1<<4))	/**< Set Bit Indicates that an encoder phase error was detected */
+#define QEI_INTSET_ENCLK_Int		((uint32_t)(1<<5))	/**< Set Bit Indicates that and encoder clock pulse was detected */
+#define QEI_INTSET_POS0_Int			((uint32_t)(1<<6))	/**< Set Bit Indicates that the position 0 compare value is equal to the
+														current position */
+#define QEI_INTSET_POS1_Int			((uint32_t)(1<<7))	/**< Set Bit Indicates that the position 1compare value is equal to the
+														current position */
+#define QEI_INTSET_POS2_Int			((uint32_t)(1<<8))	/**< Set Bit Indicates that the position 2 compare value is equal to the
+														current position */
+#define QEI_INTSET_REV_Int			((uint32_t)(1<<9))	/**< Set Bit Indicates that the index compare value is equal to the current
+														index count */
+#define QEI_INTSET_POS0REV_Int		((uint32_t)(1<<10))	/**< Set Bit that combined position 0 and revolution count interrupt */
+#define QEI_INTSET_POS1REV_Int		((uint32_t)(1<<11))	/**< Set Bit that Combined position 1 and revolution count interrupt */
+#define QEI_INTSET_POS2REV_Int		((uint32_t)(1<<12))	/**< Set Bit that Combined position 2 and revolution count interrupt */
+#define QEI_INTSET_BITMASK			((uint32_t)(0x1FFF))	/**< QEI Interrupt Set register bit-mask */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for QEI Interrupt Clear register
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define QEI_INTCLR_INX_Int			((uint32_t)(1<<0))	/**< Clear Bit Indicates that an index pulse was detected */
+#define QEI_INTCLR_TIM_Int			((uint32_t)(1<<1))	/**< Clear Bit Indicates that a velocity timer overflow occurred */
+#define QEI_INTCLR_VELC_Int			((uint32_t)(1<<2))	/**< Clear Bit Indicates that capture velocity is less than compare velocity */
+#define QEI_INTCLR_DIR_Int			((uint32_t)(1<<3))	/**< Clear Bit Indicates that a change of direction was detected */
+#define QEI_INTCLR_ERR_Int			((uint32_t)(1<<4))	/**< Clear Bit Indicates that an encoder phase error was detected */
+#define QEI_INTCLR_ENCLK_Int		((uint32_t)(1<<5))	/**< Clear Bit Indicates that and encoder clock pulse was detected */
+#define QEI_INTCLR_POS0_Int			((uint32_t)(1<<6))	/**< Clear Bit Indicates that the position 0 compare value is equal to the
+														current position */
+#define QEI_INTCLR_POS1_Int			((uint32_t)(1<<7))	/**< Clear Bit Indicates that the position 1compare value is equal to the
+														current position */
+#define QEI_INTCLR_POS2_Int			((uint32_t)(1<<8))	/**< Clear Bit Indicates that the position 2 compare value is equal to the
+														current position */
+#define QEI_INTCLR_REV_Int			((uint32_t)(1<<9))	/**< Clear Bit Indicates that the index compare value is equal to the current
+														index count */
+#define QEI_INTCLR_POS0REV_Int		((uint32_t)(1<<10))	/**< Clear Bit that combined position 0 and revolution count interrupt */
+#define QEI_INTCLR_POS1REV_Int		((uint32_t)(1<<11))	/**< Clear Bit that Combined position 1 and revolution count interrupt */
+#define QEI_INTCLR_POS2REV_Int		((uint32_t)(1<<12))	/**< Clear Bit that Combined position 2 and revolution count interrupt */
+#define QEI_INTCLR_BITMASK			((uint32_t)(0x1FFF))	/**< QEI Interrupt Clear register bit-mask */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for QEI Interrupt Enable register
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define QEI_INTEN_INX_Int			((uint32_t)(1<<0))	/**< Enabled Interrupt Bit Indicates that an index pulse was detected */
+#define QEI_INTEN_TIM_Int			((uint32_t)(1<<1))	/**< Enabled Interrupt Bit Indicates that a velocity timer overflow occurred */
+#define QEI_INTEN_VELC_Int			((uint32_t)(1<<2))	/**< Enabled Interrupt Bit Indicates that capture velocity is less than compare velocity */
+#define QEI_INTEN_DIR_Int			((uint32_t)(1<<3))	/**< Enabled Interrupt Bit Indicates that a change of direction was detected */
+#define QEI_INTEN_ERR_Int			((uint32_t)(1<<4))	/**< Enabled Interrupt Bit Indicates that an encoder phase error was detected */
+#define QEI_INTEN_ENCLK_Int			((uint32_t)(1<<5))	/**< Enabled Interrupt Bit Indicates that and encoder clock pulse was detected */
+#define QEI_INTEN_POS0_Int			((uint32_t)(1<<6))	/**< Enabled Interrupt Bit Indicates that the position 0 compare value is equal to the
+														current position */
+#define QEI_INTEN_POS1_Int			((uint32_t)(1<<7))	/**< Enabled Interrupt Bit Indicates that the position 1compare value is equal to the
+														current position */
+#define QEI_INTEN_POS2_Int			((uint32_t)(1<<8))	/**< Enabled Interrupt Bit Indicates that the position 2 compare value is equal to the
+														current position */
+#define QEI_INTEN_REV_Int			((uint32_t)(1<<9))	/**< Enabled Interrupt Bit Indicates that the index compare value is equal to the current
+														index count */
+#define QEI_INTEN_POS0REV_Int		((uint32_t)(1<<10))	/**< Enabled Interrupt Bit that combined position 0 and revolution count interrupt */
+#define QEI_INTEN_POS1REV_Int		((uint32_t)(1<<11))	/**< Enabled Interrupt Bit that Combined position 1 and revolution count interrupt */
+#define QEI_INTEN_POS2REV_Int		((uint32_t)(1<<12))	/**< Enabled Interrupt Bit that Combined position 2 and revolution count interrupt */
+#define QEI_INTEN_BITMASK			((uint32_t)(0x1FFF))	/**< QEI Interrupt Enable register bit-mask */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for QEI Interrupt Enable Set register
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define QEI_IESET_INX_Int			((uint32_t)(1<<0))	/**< Set Enable Interrupt Bit Indicates that an index pulse was detected */
+#define QEI_IESET_TIM_Int			((uint32_t)(1<<1))	/**< Set Enable Interrupt Bit Indicates that a velocity timer overflow occurred */
+#define QEI_IESET_VELC_Int			((uint32_t)(1<<2))	/**< Set Enable Interrupt Bit Indicates that capture velocity is less than compare velocity */
+#define QEI_IESET_DIR_Int			((uint32_t)(1<<3))	/**< Set Enable Interrupt Bit Indicates that a change of direction was detected */
+#define QEI_IESET_ERR_Int			((uint32_t)(1<<4))	/**< Set Enable Interrupt Bit Indicates that an encoder phase error was detected */
+#define QEI_IESET_ENCLK_Int			((uint32_t)(1<<5))	/**< Set Enable Interrupt Bit Indicates that and encoder clock pulse was detected */
+#define QEI_IESET_POS0_Int			((uint32_t)(1<<6))	/**< Set Enable Interrupt Bit Indicates that the position 0 compare value is equal to the
+														current position */
+#define QEI_IESET_POS1_Int			((uint32_t)(1<<7))	/**< Set Enable Interrupt Bit Indicates that the position 1compare value is equal to the
+														current position */
+#define QEI_IESET_POS2_Int			((uint32_t)(1<<8))	/**< Set Enable Interrupt Bit Indicates that the position 2 compare value is equal to the
+														current position */
+#define QEI_IESET_REV_Int			((uint32_t)(1<<9))	/**< Set Enable Interrupt Bit Indicates that the index compare value is equal to the current
+														index count */
+#define QEI_IESET_POS0REV_Int		((uint32_t)(1<<10))	/**< Set Enable Interrupt Bit that combined position 0 and revolution count interrupt */
+#define QEI_IESET_POS1REV_Int		((uint32_t)(1<<11))	/**< Set Enable Interrupt Bit that Combined position 1 and revolution count interrupt */
+#define QEI_IESET_POS2REV_Int		((uint32_t)(1<<12))	/**< Set Enable Interrupt Bit that Combined position 2 and revolution count interrupt */
+#define QEI_IESET_BITMASK			((uint32_t)(0x1FFF))	/**< QEI Interrupt Enable Set register bit-mask */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for QEI Interrupt Enable Clear register
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define QEI_IECLR_INX_Int			((uint32_t)(1<<0))	/**< Clear Enabled Interrupt Bit Indicates that an index pulse was detected */
+#define QEI_IECLR_TIM_Int			((uint32_t)(1<<1))	/**< Clear Enabled Interrupt Bit Indicates that a velocity timer overflow occurred */
+#define QEI_IECLR_VELC_Int			((uint32_t)(1<<2))	/**< Clear Enabled Interrupt Bit Indicates that capture velocity is less than compare velocity */
+#define QEI_IECLR_DIR_Int			((uint32_t)(1<<3))	/**< Clear Enabled Interrupt Bit Indicates that a change of direction was detected */
+#define QEI_IECLR_ERR_Int			((uint32_t)(1<<4))	/**< Clear Enabled Interrupt Bit Indicates that an encoder phase error was detected */
+#define QEI_IECLR_ENCLK_Int			((uint32_t)(1<<5))	/**< Clear Enabled Interrupt Bit Indicates that and encoder clock pulse was detected */
+#define QEI_IECLR_POS0_Int			((uint32_t)(1<<6))	/**< Clear Enabled Interrupt Bit Indicates that the position 0 compare value is equal to the
+														current position */
+#define QEI_IECLR_POS1_Int			((uint32_t)(1<<7))	/**< Clear Enabled Interrupt Bit Indicates that the position 1compare value is equal to the
+														current position */
+#define QEI_IECLR_POS2_Int			((uint32_t)(1<<8))	/**< Clear Enabled Interrupt Bit Indicates that the position 2 compare value is equal to the
+														current position */
+#define QEI_IECLR_REV_Int			((uint32_t)(1<<9))	/**< Clear Enabled Interrupt Bit Indicates that the index compare value is equal to the current
+														index count */
+#define QEI_IECLR_POS0REV_Int		((uint32_t)(1<<10))	/**< Clear Enabled Interrupt Bit that combined position 0 and revolution count interrupt */
+#define QEI_IECLR_POS1REV_Int		((uint32_t)(1<<11))	/**< Clear Enabled Interrupt Bit that Combined position 1 and revolution count interrupt */
+#define QEI_IECLR_POS2REV_Int		((uint32_t)(1<<12))	/**< Clear Enabled Interrupt Bit that Combined position 2 and revolution count interrupt */
+#define QEI_IECLR_BITMASK			((uint32_t)(0x1FFF))	/**< QEI Interrupt Enable Clear register bit-mask */
+
+
+/* ---------------- CHECK PARAMETER DEFINITIONS ---------------------------- */
+/* Macro check QEI peripheral */
+#define PARAM_QEIx(n)	((n==LPC_QEI))
+
+/* Macro check QEI reset type */
+#define PARAM_QEI_RESET(n)	((n==QEI_CON_RESP) \
+|| (n==QEI_RESET_POSOnIDX) \
+|| (n==QEI_RESET_VEL) \
+|| (n==QEI_RESET_IDX))
+
+/* Macro check QEI Direction invert mode */
+#define PARAM_QEI_DIRINV(n)	((n==QEI_DIRINV_NONE) || (n==QEI_DIRINV_CMPL))
+
+/* Macro check QEI signal mode */
+#define PARAM_QEI_SIGNALMODE(n)	((n==QEI_SIGNALMODE_QUAD) || (n==QEI_SIGNALMODE_CLKDIR))
+
+/* Macro check QEI Capture mode */
+#define PARAM_QEI_CAPMODE(n)	((n==QEI_CAPMODE_2X) || (n==QEI_CAPMODE_4X))
+
+/* Macro check QEI Invert index mode */
+#define PARAM_QEI_INVINX(n)		((n==QEI_INVINX_NONE) || (n==QEI_INVINX_EN))
+
+/* Macro check QEI Direction invert mode */
+#define PARAM_QEI_TIMERRELOAD(n)	((n==QEI_TIMERRELOAD_TICKVAL) || (n==QEI_TIMERRELOAD_USVAL))
+
+/* Macro check QEI status type */
+#define PARAM_QEI_STATUS(n)		((n==QEI_STATUS_DIR))
+
+/* Macro check QEI combine position type */
+#define PARAM_QEI_COMPPOS_CH(n)		((n==QEI_COMPPOS_CH_0) || (n==QEI_COMPPOS_CH_1) || (n==QEI_COMPPOS_CH_2))
+
+/* Macro check QEI interrupt flag type */
+#define PARAM_QEI_INTFLAG(n)	((n==QEI_INTFLAG_INX_Int) \
+|| (n==QEI_INTFLAG_TIM_Int) \
+|| (n==QEI_INTFLAG_VELC_Int) \
+|| (n==QEI_INTFLAG_DIR_Int) \
+|| (n==QEI_INTFLAG_ERR_Int) \
+|| (n==QEI_INTFLAG_ENCLK_Int) \
+|| (n==QEI_INTFLAG_POS0_Int) \
+|| (n==QEI_INTFLAG_POS1_Int) \
+|| (n==QEI_INTFLAG_POS2_Int) \
+|| (n==QEI_INTFLAG_REV_Int) \
+|| (n==QEI_INTFLAG_POS0REV_Int) \
+|| (n==QEI_INTFLAG_POS1REV_Int) \
+|| (n==QEI_INTFLAG_POS2REV_Int))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Public Types --------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup QEI_Public_Types QEI Public Types
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief QEI Configuration structure type definition
+ */
+typedef struct {
+	uint32_t DirectionInvert	:1; 	/**< Direction invert option:
+										- QEI_DIRINV_NONE: QEI Direction is normal
+										- QEI_DIRINV_CMPL: QEI Direction is complemented
+										*/
+	uint32_t SignalMode			:1; 	/**< Signal mode Option:
+										- QEI_SIGNALMODE_QUAD: Signal is in Quadrature phase mode
+										- QEI_SIGNALMODE_CLKDIR: Signal is in Clock/Direction mode
+										*/
+	uint32_t CaptureMode		:1;		/**< Capture Mode Option:
+										- QEI_CAPMODE_2X: Only Phase-A edges are counted (2X)
+										- QEI_CAPMODE_4X: BOTH Phase-A and Phase-B edges are counted (4X)
+										*/
+	uint32_t InvertIndex		:1; 	/**< Invert Index Option:
+										- QEI_INVINX_NONE: the sense of the index input is normal
+										- QEI_INVINX_EN: inverts the sense of the index input
+										*/
+} QEI_CFG_Type;
+
+/**
+ * @brief Timer Reload Configuration structure type definition
+ */
+typedef struct {
+
+	uint8_t ReloadOption;		/**< Velocity Timer Reload Option, should be:
+								- QEI_TIMERRELOAD_TICKVAL: Reload value in absolute value
+								- QEI_TIMERRELOAD_USVAL: Reload value in microsecond value
+								*/
+	uint8_t Reserved[3];
+	uint32_t ReloadValue;		/**< Velocity Timer Reload Value, 32-bit long, should be matched
+								with Velocity Timer Reload Option
+								*/
+} QEI_RELOADCFG_Type;
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+
+
+
+/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup QEI_Public_Functions QEI Public Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+void QEI_Reset(LPC_QEI_TypeDef *QEIx, uint32_t ulResetType);
+void QEI_Init(LPC_QEI_TypeDef *QEIx, QEI_CFG_Type *QEI_ConfigStruct);
+void QEI_ConfigStructInit(QEI_CFG_Type *QIE_InitStruct);
+void QEI_DeInit(LPC_QEI_TypeDef *QEIx);
+FlagStatus QEI_GetStatus(LPC_QEI_TypeDef *QEIx, uint32_t ulFlagType);
+uint32_t QEI_GetPosition(LPC_QEI_TypeDef *QEIx);
+void QEI_SetMaxPosition(LPC_QEI_TypeDef *QEIx, uint32_t ulMaxPos);
+void QEI_SetPositionComp(LPC_QEI_TypeDef *QEIx, uint8_t bPosCompCh, uint32_t ulPosComp);
+uint32_t QEI_GetIndex(LPC_QEI_TypeDef *QEIx);
+void QEI_SetIndexComp(LPC_QEI_TypeDef *QEIx, uint32_t ulIndexComp);
+void QEI_SetTimerReload(LPC_QEI_TypeDef *QEIx, QEI_RELOADCFG_Type *QEIReloadStruct);
+uint32_t QEI_GetTimer(LPC_QEI_TypeDef *QEIx);
+uint32_t QEI_GetVelocity(LPC_QEI_TypeDef *QEIx);
+uint32_t QEI_GetVelocityCap(LPC_QEI_TypeDef *QEIx);
+void QEI_SetVelocityComp(LPC_QEI_TypeDef *QEIx, uint32_t ulVelComp);
+void QEI_SetDigiFilter(LPC_QEI_TypeDef *QEIx, uint32_t ulSamplingPulse);
+FlagStatus QEI_GetIntStatus(LPC_QEI_TypeDef *QEIx, uint32_t ulIntType);
+void QEI_IntCmd(LPC_QEI_TypeDef *QEIx, uint32_t ulIntType, FunctionalState NewState);
+void QEI_IntSet(LPC_QEI_TypeDef *QEIx, uint32_t ulIntType);
+void QEI_IntClear(LPC_QEI_TypeDef *QEIx, uint32_t ulIntType);
+uint32_t QEI_CalculateRPM(LPC_QEI_TypeDef *QEIx, uint32_t ulVelCapValue, uint32_t ulPPR);
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* LPC17XX_QEI_H_ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */
diff -r 000000000000 -r 84d7747641aa lpc17xx_rit.c
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lpc17xx_rit.c	Sun Mar 20 18:45:15 2011 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
+/***********************************************************************//**
+ * @file        lpc17xx_rit.c
+ * @brief        Contains all functions support for RIT firmware library on LPC17xx
+ * @version        2.0
+ * @date        21. May. 2010
+ * @author        NXP MCU SW Application Team
+ **************************************************************************
+ * Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only
+ * which provides customers with programming information regarding the
+ * products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties.
+ * NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the
+ * use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent,
+ * copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors
+ * reserves the right to make changes in the software without
+ * notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or
+ * warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified
+ * use without further testing or modification.
+ **********************************************************************/
+
+/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @addtogroup RIT
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+#include "lpc17xx_rit.h"
+#include "lpc17xx_clkpwr.h"
+
+/* If this source file built with example, the LPC17xx FW library configuration
+ * file in each example directory ("lpc17xx_libcfg.h") must be included,
+ * otherwise the default FW library configuration file must be included instead
+ */
+#ifdef __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__
+#include "lpc17xx_libcfg.h"
+#else
+#include "lpc17xx_libcfg_default.h"
+#endif /* __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__ */
+
+#ifdef _RIT
+
+/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @addtogroup RIT_Public_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/******************************************************************************//*
+ * @brief         Initial for RIT
+ *                     - Turn on power and clock
+ *                     - Setup default register values
+ * @param[in]    RITx is RIT peripheral selected, should be: LPC_RIT
+ * @return         None
+ *******************************************************************************/
+void RIT_Init(LPC_RIT_TypeDef *RITx)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RITx(RITx));
+    CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCRIT, ENABLE);
+    //Set up default register values
+    RITx->RICOMPVAL = 0xFFFFFFFF;
+    RITx->RIMASK    = 0x00000000;
+    RITx->RICTRL    = 0x0C;
+    RITx->RICOUNTER    = 0x00000000;
+    // Turn on power and clock
+
+}
+/******************************************************************************//*
+ * @brief         DeInitial for RIT
+ *                     - Turn off power and clock
+ *                     - ReSetup default register values
+ * @param[in]    RITx is RIT peripheral selected, should be: LPC_RIT
+ * @return         None
+ *******************************************************************************/
+void RIT_DeInit(LPC_RIT_TypeDef *RITx)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RITx(RITx));
+
+    // Turn off power and clock
+    CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCRIT, DISABLE);
+    //ReSetup default register values
+    RITx->RICOMPVAL = 0xFFFFFFFF;
+    RITx->RIMASK    = 0x00000000;
+    RITx->RICTRL    = 0x0C;
+    RITx->RICOUNTER    = 0x00000000;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************//*
+ * @brief         Set compare value, mask value and time counter value
+ * @param[in]    RITx is RIT peripheral selected, should be: LPC_RIT
+ * @param[in]    time_interval: timer interval value (ms)
+ * @return         None
+ *******************************************************************************/
+void RIT_TimerConfig(LPC_RIT_TypeDef *RITx, uint32_t time_interval)
+{
+    uint32_t clock_rate, cmp_value;
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RITx(RITx));
+
+    // Get PCLK value of RIT
+    clock_rate = CLKPWR_GetPCLK(CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_RIT);
+
+    /* calculate compare value for RIT to generate interrupt at
+     * specified time interval
+     * COMPVAL = (RIT_PCLK * time_interval)/1000
+     * (with time_interval unit is millisecond)
+     */
+    cmp_value = (clock_rate /1000) * time_interval;
+    RITx->RICOMPVAL = cmp_value;
+
+    /* Set timer enable clear bit to clear timer to 0 whenever
+     * counter value equals the contents of RICOMPVAL
+     */
+    RITx->RICTRL |= (1<<1);
+}
+
+
+/******************************************************************************//*
+ * @brief         Enable/Disable Timer
+ * @param[in]    RITx is RIT peripheral selected, should be: LPC_RIT
+ * @param[in]    NewState     New State of this function
+ *                     -ENABLE: Enable Timer
+ *                     -DISABLE: Disable Timer
+ * @return         None
+ *******************************************************************************/
+void RIT_Cmd(LPC_RIT_TypeDef *RITx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RITx(RITx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(NewState));
+
+    //Enable or Disable Timer
+    if(NewState==ENABLE)
+    {
+        RITx->RICTRL |= RIT_CTRL_TEN;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        RITx->RICTRL &= ~RIT_CTRL_TEN;
+    }
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************//*
+ * @brief         Timer Enable/Disable on debug
+ * @param[in]    RITx is RIT peripheral selected, should be: LPC_RIT
+ * @param[in]    NewState     New State of this function
+ *                     -ENABLE: The timer is halted whenever a hardware break condition occurs
+ *                     -DISABLE: Hardware break has no effect on the timer operation
+ * @return         None
+ *******************************************************************************/
+void RIT_TimerDebugCmd(LPC_RIT_TypeDef *RITx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RITx(RITx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(NewState));
+
+    //Timer Enable/Disable on break
+    if(NewState==ENABLE)
+    {
+        RITx->RICTRL |= RIT_CTRL_ENBR;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        RITx->RICTRL &= ~RIT_CTRL_ENBR;
+    }
+}
+/******************************************************************************//*
+ * @brief         Check whether interrupt flag is set or not
+ * @param[in]    RITx is RIT peripheral selected, should be: LPC_RIT
+ * @return         Current interrupt status, could be: SET/RESET
+ *******************************************************************************/
+IntStatus RIT_GetIntStatus(LPC_RIT_TypeDef *RITx)
+{
+    uint8_t result;
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RITx(RITx));
+    if((RITx->RICTRL&RIT_CTRL_INTEN)==1)    result= SET;
+    else return RESET;
+    //clear interrupt flag
+    RITx->RICTRL |= RIT_CTRL_INTEN;
+    return (IntStatus)result;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* _RIT */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */
diff -r 000000000000 -r 84d7747641aa lpc17xx_rit.h
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lpc17xx_rit.h	Sun Mar 20 18:45:15 2011 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+/***********************************************************************//**
+ * @file        lpc17xx_rit.h
+ * @brief        Contains all macro definitions and function prototypes
+ *                 support for RIT firmware library on LPC17xx
+ * @version        2.0
+ * @date        21. May. 2010
+ * @author        NXP MCU SW Application Team
+ **************************************************************************
+ * Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only
+ * which provides customers with programming information regarding the
+ * products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties.
+ * NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the
+ * use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent,
+ * copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors
+ * reserves the right to make changes in the software without
+ * notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or
+ * warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified
+ * use without further testing or modification.
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup RIT RIT
+ * @ingroup LPC1700CMSIS_FwLib_Drivers
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef LPC17XX_RIT_H_
+#define LPC17XX_RIT_H_
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+#include "LPC17xx.h"
+#include "lpc_types.h"
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+{
+#endif
+
+
+/* Private Macros ------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup RIT_Private_Macros RIT Private Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* --------------------- BIT DEFINITIONS -------------------------------------- */
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for RIT control register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/**    Set interrupt flag when the counter value equals the masked compare value */
+#define RIT_CTRL_INTEN    ((uint32_t) (1))
+/** Set timer enable clear to 0 when the counter value equals the masked compare value  */
+#define RIT_CTRL_ENCLR     ((uint32_t) _BIT(1))
+/** Set timer enable on debug */
+#define RIT_CTRL_ENBR    ((uint32_t) _BIT(2))
+/** Set timer enable */
+#define RIT_CTRL_TEN    ((uint32_t) _BIT(3))
+
+/** Macro to determine if it is valid RIT peripheral */
+#define PARAM_RITx(n)    (((uint32_t *)n)==((uint32_t *)LPC_RIT))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+
+/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup RIT_Public_Functions RIT Public Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+/* RIT Init/DeInit functions */
+void RIT_Init(LPC_RIT_TypeDef *RITx);
+void RIT_DeInit(LPC_RIT_TypeDef *RITx);
+
+/* RIT config timer functions */
+void RIT_TimerConfig(LPC_RIT_TypeDef *RITx, uint32_t time_interval);
+
+/* Enable/Disable RIT functions */
+void RIT_TimerClearCmd(LPC_RIT_TypeDef *RITx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void RIT_Cmd(LPC_RIT_TypeDef *RITx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void RIT_TimerDebugCmd(LPC_RIT_TypeDef *RITx, FunctionalState NewState);
+
+/* RIT Interrupt functions */
+IntStatus RIT_GetIntStatus(LPC_RIT_TypeDef *RITx);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* LPC17XX_RIT_H_ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */
diff -r 000000000000 -r 84d7747641aa lpc17xx_rtc.c
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lpc17xx_rtc.c	Sun Mar 20 18:45:15 2011 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,771 @@
+/***********************************************************************//**
+ * @file        lpc17xx_rtc.c
+ * @brief        Contains all functions support for RTC firmware library on LPC17xx
+ * @version        3.0
+ * @date        18. June. 2010
+ * @author        NXP MCU SW Application Team
+ **************************************************************************
+ * Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only
+ * which provides customers with programming information regarding the
+ * products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties.
+ * NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the
+ * use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent,
+ * copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors
+ * reserves the right to make changes in the software without
+ * notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or
+ * warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified
+ * use without further testing or modification.
+ **********************************************************************/
+
+
+/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @addtogroup RTC
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+#include "lpc17xx_rtc.h"
+#include "lpc17xx_clkpwr.h"
+
+
+/* If this source file built with example, the LPC17xx FW library configuration
+ * file in each example directory ("lpc17xx_libcfg.h") must be included,
+ * otherwise the default FW library configuration file must be included instead
+ */
+#ifdef __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__
+#include "lpc17xx_libcfg.h"
+#else
+#include "lpc17xx_libcfg_default.h"
+#endif /* __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__ */
+
+
+#ifdef _RTC
+
+/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @addtogroup RTC_Public_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Initializes the RTC peripheral.
+ * @param[in]    RTCx    RTC peripheral selected, should be LPC_RTC
+ * @return         None
+ *********************************************************************/
+void RTC_Init (LPC_RTC_TypeDef *RTCx)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RTCx(RTCx));
+
+    /* Set up clock and power for RTC module */
+    CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCRTC, ENABLE);
+
+    // Clear all register to be default
+    RTCx->ILR = 0x00;
+    RTCx->CCR = 0x00;
+    RTCx->CIIR = 0x00;
+    RTCx->AMR = 0xFF;
+    RTCx->CALIBRATION = 0x00;
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        De-initializes the RTC peripheral registers to their
+*                  default reset values.
+ * @param[in]    RTCx    RTC peripheral selected, should be LPC_RTC
+ * @return         None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void RTC_DeInit(LPC_RTC_TypeDef *RTCx)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RTCx(RTCx));
+
+    RTCx->CCR = 0x00;
+    // Disable power and clock for RTC module
+    CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCRTC, DISABLE);
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Reset clock tick counter in RTC peripheral
+ * @param[in]    RTCx    RTC peripheral selected, should be LPC_RTC
+ * @return         None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void RTC_ResetClockTickCounter(LPC_RTC_TypeDef *RTCx)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RTCx(RTCx));
+
+    RTCx->CCR |= RTC_CCR_CTCRST;
+    RTCx->CCR &= (~RTC_CCR_CTCRST) & RTC_CCR_BITMASK;
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Start/Stop RTC peripheral
+ * @param[in]    RTCx    RTC peripheral selected, should be LPC_RTC
+ * @param[in]    NewState New State of this function, should be:
+ *                 - ENABLE: The time counters are enabled
+ *                 - DISABLE: The time counters are disabled
+ * @return         None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void RTC_Cmd (LPC_RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RTCx(RTCx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(NewState));
+
+    if (NewState == ENABLE)
+    {
+        RTCx->CCR |= RTC_CCR_CLKEN;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        RTCx->CCR &= (~RTC_CCR_CLKEN) & RTC_CCR_BITMASK;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Enable/Disable Counter increment interrupt for each time type
+ *                 in RTC peripheral
+ * @param[in]    RTCx    RTC peripheral selected, should be LPC_RTC
+ * @param[in]    CntIncrIntType: Counter Increment Interrupt type,
+ *                 an increment of this type value below will generates
+ *                 an interrupt, should be:
+ *                 - RTC_TIMETYPE_SECOND
+ *                 - RTC_TIMETYPE_MINUTE
+ *                 - RTC_TIMETYPE_HOUR
+ *                 - RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFWEEK
+ *                 - RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFMONTH
+ *                 - RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFYEAR
+ *                 - RTC_TIMETYPE_MONTH
+ *                 - RTC_TIMETYPE_YEAR
+ * @param[in]    NewState New State of this function, should be:
+ *                 - ENABLE: Counter Increment interrupt for this
+ *                     time type are enabled
+ *                 - DISABLE: Counter Increment interrupt for this
+ *                     time type are disabled
+ * @return         None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void RTC_CntIncrIntConfig (LPC_RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t CntIncrIntType, \
+                                FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RTCx(RTCx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(NewState));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RTC_TIMETYPE(CntIncrIntType));
+
+    if (NewState ==  ENABLE)
+    {
+        switch (CntIncrIntType)
+        {
+        case RTC_TIMETYPE_SECOND:
+            RTCx->CIIR |= RTC_CIIR_IMSEC;
+            break;
+        case RTC_TIMETYPE_MINUTE:
+            RTCx->CIIR |= RTC_CIIR_IMMIN;
+            break;
+        case RTC_TIMETYPE_HOUR:
+            RTCx->CIIR |= RTC_CIIR_IMHOUR;
+            break;
+        case RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFWEEK:
+            RTCx->CIIR |= RTC_CIIR_IMDOW;
+            break;
+        case RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFMONTH:
+            RTCx->CIIR |= RTC_CIIR_IMDOM;
+            break;
+        case RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFYEAR:
+            RTCx->CIIR |= RTC_CIIR_IMDOY;
+            break;
+        case RTC_TIMETYPE_MONTH:
+            RTCx->CIIR |= RTC_CIIR_IMMON;
+            break;
+        case RTC_TIMETYPE_YEAR:
+            RTCx->CIIR |= RTC_CIIR_IMYEAR;
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        switch (CntIncrIntType)
+        {
+        case RTC_TIMETYPE_SECOND:
+            RTCx->CIIR &= (~RTC_CIIR_IMSEC) & RTC_CIIR_BITMASK;
+            break;
+        case RTC_TIMETYPE_MINUTE:
+            RTCx->CIIR &= (~RTC_CIIR_IMMIN) & RTC_CIIR_BITMASK;
+            break;
+        case RTC_TIMETYPE_HOUR:
+            RTCx->CIIR &= (~RTC_CIIR_IMHOUR) & RTC_CIIR_BITMASK;
+            break;
+        case RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFWEEK:
+            RTCx->CIIR &= (~RTC_CIIR_IMDOW) & RTC_CIIR_BITMASK;
+            break;
+        case RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFMONTH:
+            RTCx->CIIR &= (~RTC_CIIR_IMDOM) & RTC_CIIR_BITMASK;
+            break;
+        case RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFYEAR:
+            RTCx->CIIR &= (~RTC_CIIR_IMDOY) & RTC_CIIR_BITMASK;
+            break;
+        case RTC_TIMETYPE_MONTH:
+            RTCx->CIIR &= (~RTC_CIIR_IMMON) & RTC_CIIR_BITMASK;
+            break;
+        case RTC_TIMETYPE_YEAR:
+            RTCx->CIIR &= (~RTC_CIIR_IMYEAR) & RTC_CIIR_BITMASK;
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Enable/Disable Alarm interrupt for each time type
+ *                 in RTC peripheral
+ * @param[in]    RTCx    RTC peripheral selected, should be LPC_RTC
+ * @param[in]    AlarmTimeType: Alarm Time Interrupt type,
+ *                 an matching of this type value below with current time
+ *                 in RTC will generates an interrupt, should be:
+ *                 - RTC_TIMETYPE_SECOND
+ *                 - RTC_TIMETYPE_MINUTE
+ *                 - RTC_TIMETYPE_HOUR
+ *                 - RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFWEEK
+ *                 - RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFMONTH
+ *                 - RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFYEAR
+ *                 - RTC_TIMETYPE_MONTH
+ *                 - RTC_TIMETYPE_YEAR
+ * @param[in]    NewState New State of this function, should be:
+ *                 - ENABLE: Alarm interrupt for this
+ *                     time type are enabled
+ *                 - DISABLE: Alarm interrupt for this
+ *                     time type are disabled
+ * @return         None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void RTC_AlarmIntConfig (LPC_RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t AlarmTimeType, \
+                                FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RTCx(RTCx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(NewState));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RTC_TIMETYPE(AlarmTimeType));
+
+    if (NewState == ENABLE)
+    {
+        switch (AlarmTimeType)
+        {
+        case RTC_TIMETYPE_SECOND:
+            RTCx->AMR &= (~RTC_AMR_AMRSEC) & RTC_AMR_BITMASK;
+            break;
+        case RTC_TIMETYPE_MINUTE:
+            RTCx->AMR &= (~RTC_AMR_AMRMIN) & RTC_AMR_BITMASK;
+            break;
+        case RTC_TIMETYPE_HOUR:
+            RTCx->AMR &= (~RTC_AMR_AMRHOUR) & RTC_AMR_BITMASK;
+            break;
+        case RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFWEEK:
+            RTCx->AMR &= (~RTC_AMR_AMRDOW) & RTC_AMR_BITMASK;
+            break;
+        case RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFMONTH:
+            RTCx->AMR &= (~RTC_AMR_AMRDOM) & RTC_AMR_BITMASK;
+            break;
+        case RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFYEAR:
+            RTCx->AMR &= (~RTC_AMR_AMRDOY) & RTC_AMR_BITMASK;
+            break;
+        case RTC_TIMETYPE_MONTH:
+            RTCx->AMR &= (~RTC_AMR_AMRMON) & RTC_AMR_BITMASK;
+            break;
+        case RTC_TIMETYPE_YEAR:
+            RTCx->AMR &= (~RTC_AMR_AMRYEAR) & RTC_AMR_BITMASK;
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        switch (AlarmTimeType)
+        {
+        case RTC_TIMETYPE_SECOND:
+            RTCx->AMR |= (RTC_AMR_AMRSEC);
+            break;
+        case RTC_TIMETYPE_MINUTE:
+            RTCx->AMR |= (RTC_AMR_AMRMIN);
+            break;
+        case RTC_TIMETYPE_HOUR:
+            RTCx->AMR |= (RTC_AMR_AMRHOUR);
+            break;
+        case RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFWEEK:
+            RTCx->AMR |= (RTC_AMR_AMRDOW);
+            break;
+        case RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFMONTH:
+            RTCx->AMR |= (RTC_AMR_AMRDOM);
+            break;
+        case RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFYEAR:
+            RTCx->AMR |= (RTC_AMR_AMRDOY);
+            break;
+        case RTC_TIMETYPE_MONTH:
+            RTCx->AMR |= (RTC_AMR_AMRMON);
+            break;
+        case RTC_TIMETYPE_YEAR:
+            RTCx->AMR |= (RTC_AMR_AMRYEAR);
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Set current time value for each time type in RTC peripheral
+ * @param[in]    RTCx    RTC peripheral selected, should be LPC_RTC
+ * @param[in]    Timetype: Time Type, should be:
+ *                 - RTC_TIMETYPE_SECOND
+ *                 - RTC_TIMETYPE_MINUTE
+ *                 - RTC_TIMETYPE_HOUR
+ *                 - RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFWEEK
+ *                 - RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFMONTH
+ *                 - RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFYEAR
+ *                 - RTC_TIMETYPE_MONTH
+ *                 - RTC_TIMETYPE_YEAR
+ * @param[in]    TimeValue Time value to set
+ * @return         None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void RTC_SetTime (LPC_RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t Timetype, uint32_t TimeValue)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RTCx(RTCx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RTC_TIMETYPE(Timetype));
+
+    switch ( Timetype)
+    {
+    case RTC_TIMETYPE_SECOND:
+        CHECK_PARAM(TimeValue < RTC_SECOND_MAX);
+
+        RTCx->SEC = TimeValue & RTC_SEC_MASK;
+        break;
+
+    case RTC_TIMETYPE_MINUTE:
+        CHECK_PARAM(TimeValue < RTC_MINUTE_MAX);
+
+        RTCx->MIN = TimeValue & RTC_MIN_MASK;
+        break;
+
+    case RTC_TIMETYPE_HOUR:
+        CHECK_PARAM(TimeValue < RTC_HOUR_MAX);
+
+        RTCx->HOUR = TimeValue & RTC_HOUR_MASK;
+        break;
+
+    case RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFWEEK:
+        CHECK_PARAM(TimeValue < RTC_DAYOFWEEK_MAX);
+
+        RTCx->DOW = TimeValue & RTC_DOW_MASK;
+        break;
+
+    case RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFMONTH:
+        CHECK_PARAM((TimeValue < RTC_DAYOFMONTH_MAX) \
+                && (TimeValue > RTC_DAYOFMONTH_MIN));
+
+        RTCx->DOM = TimeValue & RTC_DOM_MASK;
+        break;
+
+    case RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFYEAR:
+        CHECK_PARAM((TimeValue > RTC_DAYOFYEAR_MIN) \
+                && (TimeValue < RTC_DAYOFYEAR_MAX));
+
+        RTCx->DOY = TimeValue & RTC_DOY_MASK;
+        break;
+
+    case RTC_TIMETYPE_MONTH:
+        CHECK_PARAM((TimeValue > RTC_MONTH_MIN) \
+                && (TimeValue < RTC_MONTH_MAX));
+
+        RTCx->MONTH = TimeValue & RTC_MONTH_MASK;
+        break;
+
+    case RTC_TIMETYPE_YEAR:
+        CHECK_PARAM(TimeValue < RTC_YEAR_MAX);
+
+        RTCx->YEAR = TimeValue & RTC_YEAR_MASK;
+        break;
+    }
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Get current time value for each type time type
+ * @param[in]    RTCx    RTC peripheral selected, should be LPC_RTC
+ * @param[in]    Timetype: Time Type, should be:
+ *                 - RTC_TIMETYPE_SECOND
+ *                 - RTC_TIMETYPE_MINUTE
+ *                 - RTC_TIMETYPE_HOUR
+ *                 - RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFWEEK
+ *                 - RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFMONTH
+ *                 - RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFYEAR
+ *                 - RTC_TIMETYPE_MONTH
+ *                 - RTC_TIMETYPE_YEAR
+ * @return         Value of time according to specified time type
+ **********************************************************************/
+uint32_t RTC_GetTime(LPC_RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t Timetype)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RTCx(RTCx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RTC_TIMETYPE(Timetype));
+
+    switch (Timetype)
+    {
+    case RTC_TIMETYPE_SECOND:
+        return (RTCx->SEC & RTC_SEC_MASK);
+    case RTC_TIMETYPE_MINUTE:
+        return (RTCx->MIN & RTC_MIN_MASK);
+    case RTC_TIMETYPE_HOUR:
+        return (RTCx->HOUR & RTC_HOUR_MASK);
+    case RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFWEEK:
+        return (RTCx->DOW & RTC_DOW_MASK);
+    case RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFMONTH:
+        return (RTCx->DOM & RTC_DOM_MASK);
+    case RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFYEAR:
+        return (RTCx->DOY & RTC_DOY_MASK);
+    case RTC_TIMETYPE_MONTH:
+        return (RTCx->MONTH & RTC_MONTH_MASK);
+    case RTC_TIMETYPE_YEAR:
+        return (RTCx->YEAR & RTC_YEAR_MASK);
+    default:
+        return (0);
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Set full of time in RTC peripheral
+ * @param[in]    RTCx    RTC peripheral selected, should be LPC_RTC
+ * @param[in]    pFullTime Pointer to a RTC_TIME_Type structure that
+ *                 contains time value in full.
+ * @return         None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void RTC_SetFullTime (LPC_RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, RTC_TIME_Type *pFullTime)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RTCx(RTCx));
+
+    RTCx->DOM = pFullTime->DOM & RTC_DOM_MASK;
+    RTCx->DOW = pFullTime->DOW & RTC_DOW_MASK;
+    RTCx->DOY = pFullTime->DOY & RTC_DOY_MASK;
+    RTCx->HOUR = pFullTime->HOUR & RTC_HOUR_MASK;
+    RTCx->MIN = pFullTime->MIN & RTC_MIN_MASK;
+    RTCx->SEC = pFullTime->SEC & RTC_SEC_MASK;
+    RTCx->MONTH = pFullTime->MONTH & RTC_MONTH_MASK;
+    RTCx->YEAR = pFullTime->YEAR & RTC_YEAR_MASK;
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Get full of time in RTC peripheral
+ * @param[in]    RTCx    RTC peripheral selected, should be LPC_RTC
+ * @param[in]    pFullTime Pointer to a RTC_TIME_Type structure that
+ *                 will be stored time in full.
+ * @return         None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void RTC_GetFullTime (LPC_RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, RTC_TIME_Type *pFullTime)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RTCx(RTCx));
+
+    pFullTime->DOM = RTCx->DOM & RTC_DOM_MASK;
+    pFullTime->DOW = RTCx->DOW & RTC_DOW_MASK;
+    pFullTime->DOY = RTCx->DOY & RTC_DOY_MASK;
+    pFullTime->HOUR = RTCx->HOUR & RTC_HOUR_MASK;
+    pFullTime->MIN = RTCx->MIN & RTC_MIN_MASK;
+    pFullTime->SEC = RTCx->SEC & RTC_SEC_MASK;
+    pFullTime->MONTH = RTCx->MONTH & RTC_MONTH_MASK;
+    pFullTime->YEAR = RTCx->YEAR & RTC_YEAR_MASK;
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Set alarm time value for each time type
+ * @param[in]    RTCx    RTC peripheral selected, should be LPC_RTC
+ * @param[in]    Timetype: Time Type, should be:
+ *                 - RTC_TIMETYPE_SECOND
+ *                 - RTC_TIMETYPE_MINUTE
+ *                 - RTC_TIMETYPE_HOUR
+ *                 - RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFWEEK
+ *                 - RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFMONTH
+ *                 - RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFYEAR
+ *                 - RTC_TIMETYPE_MONTH
+ *                 - RTC_TIMETYPE_YEAR
+ * @param[in]    ALValue Alarm time value to set
+ * @return         None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void RTC_SetAlarmTime (LPC_RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t Timetype, uint32_t ALValue)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RTCx(RTCx));
+
+    switch (Timetype)
+    {
+    case RTC_TIMETYPE_SECOND:
+        CHECK_PARAM(ALValue < RTC_SECOND_MAX);
+
+        RTCx->ALSEC = ALValue & RTC_SEC_MASK;
+        break;
+
+    case RTC_TIMETYPE_MINUTE:
+        CHECK_PARAM(ALValue < RTC_MINUTE_MAX);
+
+        RTCx->ALMIN = ALValue & RTC_MIN_MASK;
+        break;
+
+    case RTC_TIMETYPE_HOUR:
+        CHECK_PARAM(ALValue < RTC_HOUR_MAX);
+
+        RTCx->ALHOUR = ALValue & RTC_HOUR_MASK;
+        break;
+
+    case RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFWEEK:
+        CHECK_PARAM(ALValue < RTC_DAYOFWEEK_MAX);
+
+        RTCx->ALDOW = ALValue & RTC_DOW_MASK;
+        break;
+
+    case RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFMONTH:
+        CHECK_PARAM((ALValue < RTC_DAYOFMONTH_MAX) \
+                && (ALValue > RTC_DAYOFMONTH_MIN));
+
+        RTCx->ALDOM = ALValue & RTC_DOM_MASK;
+        break;
+
+    case RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFYEAR:
+        CHECK_PARAM((ALValue > RTC_DAYOFYEAR_MIN) \
+                && (ALValue < RTC_DAYOFYEAR_MAX));
+
+        RTCx->ALDOY = ALValue & RTC_DOY_MASK;
+        break;
+
+    case RTC_TIMETYPE_MONTH:
+        CHECK_PARAM((ALValue > RTC_MONTH_MIN) \
+                && (ALValue < RTC_MONTH_MAX));
+
+        RTCx->ALMON = ALValue & RTC_MONTH_MASK;
+        break;
+
+    case RTC_TIMETYPE_YEAR:
+        CHECK_PARAM(ALValue < RTC_YEAR_MAX);
+
+        RTCx->ALYEAR = ALValue & RTC_YEAR_MASK;
+        break;
+    }
+}
+
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Get alarm time value for each time type
+ * @param[in]    RTCx    RTC peripheral selected, should be LPC_RTC
+ * @param[in]    Timetype: Time Type, should be:
+ *                 - RTC_TIMETYPE_SECOND
+ *                 - RTC_TIMETYPE_MINUTE
+ *                 - RTC_TIMETYPE_HOUR
+ *                 - RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFWEEK
+ *                 - RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFMONTH
+ *                 - RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFYEAR
+ *                 - RTC_TIMETYPE_MONTH
+ *                 - RTC_TIMETYPE_YEAR
+  * @return     Value of Alarm time according to specified time type
+ **********************************************************************/
+uint32_t RTC_GetAlarmTime (LPC_RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t Timetype)
+{
+    switch (Timetype)
+    {
+    case RTC_TIMETYPE_SECOND:
+        return (RTCx->ALSEC & RTC_SEC_MASK);
+    case RTC_TIMETYPE_MINUTE:
+        return (RTCx->ALMIN & RTC_MIN_MASK);
+    case RTC_TIMETYPE_HOUR:
+        return (RTCx->ALHOUR & RTC_HOUR_MASK);
+    case RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFWEEK:
+        return (RTCx->ALDOW & RTC_DOW_MASK);
+    case RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFMONTH:
+        return (RTCx->ALDOM & RTC_DOM_MASK);
+    case RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFYEAR:
+        return (RTCx->ALDOY & RTC_DOY_MASK);
+    case RTC_TIMETYPE_MONTH:
+        return (RTCx->ALMON & RTC_MONTH_MASK);
+    case RTC_TIMETYPE_YEAR:
+        return (RTCx->ALYEAR & RTC_YEAR_MASK);
+    default:
+        return (0);
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Set full of alarm time in RTC peripheral
+ * @param[in]    RTCx    RTC peripheral selected, should be LPC_RTC
+ * @param[in]    pFullTime Pointer to a RTC_TIME_Type structure that
+ *                 contains alarm time value in full.
+ * @return         None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void RTC_SetFullAlarmTime (LPC_RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, RTC_TIME_Type *pFullTime)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RTCx(RTCx));
+
+    RTCx->ALDOM = pFullTime->DOM & RTC_DOM_MASK;
+    RTCx->ALDOW = pFullTime->DOW & RTC_DOW_MASK;
+    RTCx->ALDOY = pFullTime->DOY & RTC_DOY_MASK;
+    RTCx->ALHOUR = pFullTime->HOUR & RTC_HOUR_MASK;
+    RTCx->ALMIN = pFullTime->MIN & RTC_MIN_MASK;
+    RTCx->ALSEC = pFullTime->SEC & RTC_SEC_MASK;
+    RTCx->ALMON = pFullTime->MONTH & RTC_MONTH_MASK;
+    RTCx->ALYEAR = pFullTime->YEAR & RTC_YEAR_MASK;
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Get full of alarm time in RTC peripheral
+ * @param[in]    RTCx    RTC peripheral selected, should be LPC_RTC
+ * @param[in]    pFullTime Pointer to a RTC_TIME_Type structure that
+ *                 will be stored alarm time in full.
+ * @return         None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void RTC_GetFullAlarmTime (LPC_RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, RTC_TIME_Type *pFullTime)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RTCx(RTCx));
+
+    pFullTime->DOM = RTCx->ALDOM & RTC_DOM_MASK;
+    pFullTime->DOW = RTCx->ALDOW & RTC_DOW_MASK;
+    pFullTime->DOY = RTCx->ALDOY & RTC_DOY_MASK;
+    pFullTime->HOUR = RTCx->ALHOUR & RTC_HOUR_MASK;
+    pFullTime->MIN = RTCx->ALMIN & RTC_MIN_MASK;
+    pFullTime->SEC = RTCx->ALSEC & RTC_SEC_MASK;
+    pFullTime->MONTH = RTCx->ALMON & RTC_MONTH_MASK;
+    pFullTime->YEAR = RTCx->ALYEAR & RTC_YEAR_MASK;
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Check whether if specified Location interrupt in
+ *                 RTC peripheral is set or not
+ * @param[in]    RTCx    RTC peripheral selected, should be LPC_RTC
+ * @param[in]    IntType Interrupt location type, should be:
+ *                         - RTC_INT_COUNTER_INCREASE: Counter Increment Interrupt
+ *                             block generated an interrupt.
+ *                         - RTC_INT_ALARM: Alarm generated an
+ *                             interrupt.
+ * @return         New state of specified Location interrupt in RTC peripheral
+ *                 (SET or RESET)
+ **********************************************************************/
+IntStatus RTC_GetIntPending (LPC_RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t IntType)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RTCx(RTCx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RTC_INT(IntType));
+
+    return ((RTCx->ILR & IntType) ? SET : RESET);
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Clear specified Location interrupt pending in
+ *                 RTC peripheral
+ * @param[in]    RTCx    RTC peripheral selected, should be LPC_RTC
+ * @param[in]    IntType Interrupt location type, should be:
+ *                         - RTC_INT_COUNTER_INCREASE: Clear Counter Increment
+ *                         Interrupt pending.
+ *                         - RTC_INT_ALARM: Clear alarm interrupt pending
+ * @return         None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void RTC_ClearIntPending (LPC_RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t IntType)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RTCx(RTCx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RTC_INT(IntType));
+
+    RTCx->ILR |= IntType;
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Enable/Disable calibration counter in RTC peripheral
+ * @param[in]    RTCx    RTC peripheral selected, should be LPC_RTC
+ * @param[in]    NewState New State of this function, should be:
+ *                 - ENABLE: The calibration counter is enabled and counting
+ *                 - DISABLE: The calibration counter is disabled and reset to zero
+ * @return         None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void RTC_CalibCounterCmd(LPC_RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RTCx(RTCx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(NewState));
+
+    if (NewState == ENABLE)
+    {
+        RTCx->CCR &= (~RTC_CCR_CCALEN) & RTC_CCR_BITMASK;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        RTCx->CCR |= RTC_CCR_CCALEN;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Configures Calibration in RTC peripheral
+ * @param[in]    RTCx    RTC peripheral selected, should be LPC_RTC
+ * @param[in]    CalibValue Calibration value, should be in range from
+ *                     0 to 131,072
+ * @param[in]    CalibDir Calibration Direction, should be:
+ *                     - RTC_CALIB_DIR_FORWARD: Forward calibration
+ *                     - RTC_CALIB_DIR_BACKWARD: Backward calibration
+ * @return         None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void RTC_CalibConfig(LPC_RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t CalibValue, uint8_t CalibDir)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RTCx(RTCx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RTC_CALIB_DIR(CalibDir));
+    CHECK_PARAM(CalibValue < RTC_CALIBRATION_MAX);
+
+    RTCx->CALIBRATION = ((CalibValue - 1) & RTC_CALIBRATION_CALVAL_MASK) \
+            | ((CalibDir == RTC_CALIB_DIR_BACKWARD) ? RTC_CALIBRATION_LIBDIR : 0);
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Write value to General purpose registers
+ * @param[in]    RTCx    RTC peripheral selected, should be LPC_RTC
+ * @param[in]    Channel General purpose registers Channel number,
+ *                 should be in range from 0 to 4.
+ * @param[in]    Value Value to write
+ * @return         None
+ * Note: These General purpose registers can be used to store important
+ * information when the main power supply is off. The value in these
+ * registers is not affected by chip reset.
+ **********************************************************************/
+void RTC_WriteGPREG (LPC_RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint8_t Channel, uint32_t Value)
+{
+    uint32_t *preg;
+
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RTCx(RTCx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RTC_GPREG_CH(Channel));
+
+    preg = (uint32_t *)&RTCx->GPREG0;
+    preg += Channel;
+    *preg = Value;
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Read value from General purpose registers
+ * @param[in]    RTCx    RTC peripheral selected, should be LPC_RTC
+ * @param[in]    Channel General purpose registers Channel number,
+ *                 should be in range from 0 to 4.
+ * @return         Read Value
+ * Note: These General purpose registers can be used to store important
+ * information when the main power supply is off. The value in these
+ * registers is not affected by chip reset.
+ **********************************************************************/
+uint32_t RTC_ReadGPREG (LPC_RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint8_t Channel)
+{
+    uint32_t *preg;
+    uint32_t value;
+
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RTCx(RTCx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_RTC_GPREG_CH(Channel));
+
+    preg = (uint32_t *)&RTCx->GPREG0;
+    preg += Channel;
+    value = *preg;
+    return (value);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* _RTC */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */
+
diff -r 000000000000 -r 84d7747641aa lpc17xx_rtc.h
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lpc17xx_rtc.h	Sun Mar 20 18:45:15 2011 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,302 @@
+/***********************************************************************//**
+ * @file        lpc17xx_rtc.h
+ * @brief        Contains all macro definitions and function prototypes
+ *                 support for RTC firmware library on LPC17xx
+ * @version        2.0
+ * @date        21. May. 2010
+ * @author        NXP MCU SW Application Team
+ **************************************************************************
+ * Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only
+ * which provides customers with programming information regarding the
+ * products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties.
+ * NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the
+ * use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent,
+ * copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors
+ * reserves the right to make changes in the software without
+ * notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or
+ * warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified
+ * use without further testing or modification.
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup RTC RTC
+ * @ingroup LPC1700CMSIS_FwLib_Drivers
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef LPC17XX_RTC_H_
+#define LPC17XX_RTC_H_
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+#include "LPC17xx.h"
+#include "lpc_types.h"
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+{
+#endif
+
+
+/* Private Macros ------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup RTC_Private_Macros RTC Private Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* ----------------------- BIT DEFINITIONS ----------------------------------- */
+/* Miscellaneous register group --------------------------------------------- */
+/**********************************************************************
+* ILR register definitions
+**********************************************************************/
+/** ILR register mask */
+#define RTC_ILR_BITMASK            ((0x00000003))
+/** Bit inform the source interrupt is counter increment*/
+#define RTC_IRL_RTCCIF            ((1<<0))
+/** Bit inform the source interrupt is alarm match*/
+#define RTC_IRL_RTCALF            ((1<<1))
+
+/**********************************************************************
+* CCR register definitions
+**********************************************************************/
+/** CCR register mask */
+#define RTC_CCR_BITMASK            ((0x00000013))
+/** Clock enable */
+#define RTC_CCR_CLKEN            ((1<<0))
+/** Clock reset */
+#define RTC_CCR_CTCRST            ((1<<1))
+/** Calibration counter enable */
+#define RTC_CCR_CCALEN            ((1<<4))
+
+/**********************************************************************
+* CIIR register definitions
+**********************************************************************/
+/** Counter Increment Interrupt bit for second */
+#define RTC_CIIR_IMSEC            ((1<<0))
+/** Counter Increment Interrupt bit for minute */
+#define RTC_CIIR_IMMIN            ((1<<1))
+/** Counter Increment Interrupt bit for hour */
+#define RTC_CIIR_IMHOUR            ((1<<2))
+/** Counter Increment Interrupt bit for day of month */
+#define RTC_CIIR_IMDOM            ((1<<3))
+/** Counter Increment Interrupt bit for day of week */
+#define RTC_CIIR_IMDOW            ((1<<4))
+/** Counter Increment Interrupt bit for day of year */
+#define RTC_CIIR_IMDOY            ((1<<5))
+/** Counter Increment Interrupt bit for month */
+#define RTC_CIIR_IMMON            ((1<<6))
+/** Counter Increment Interrupt bit for year */
+#define RTC_CIIR_IMYEAR            ((1<<7))
+/** CIIR bit mask */
+#define RTC_CIIR_BITMASK        ((0xFF))
+
+/**********************************************************************
+* AMR register definitions
+**********************************************************************/
+/** Counter Increment Select Mask bit for second */
+#define RTC_AMR_AMRSEC            ((1<<0))
+/** Counter Increment Select Mask bit for minute */
+#define RTC_AMR_AMRMIN            ((1<<1))
+/** Counter Increment Select Mask bit for hour */
+#define RTC_AMR_AMRHOUR            ((1<<2))
+/** Counter Increment Select Mask bit for day of month */
+#define RTC_AMR_AMRDOM            ((1<<3))
+/** Counter Increment Select Mask bit for day of week */
+#define RTC_AMR_AMRDOW            ((1<<4))
+/** Counter Increment Select Mask bit for day of year */
+#define RTC_AMR_AMRDOY            ((1<<5))
+/** Counter Increment Select Mask bit for month */
+#define RTC_AMR_AMRMON            ((1<<6))
+/** Counter Increment Select Mask bit for year */
+#define RTC_AMR_AMRYEAR            ((1<<7))
+/** AMR bit mask */
+#define RTC_AMR_BITMASK            ((0xFF))
+
+/**********************************************************************
+* RTC_AUX register definitions
+**********************************************************************/
+/** RTC Oscillator Fail detect flag */
+#define RTC_AUX_RTC_OSCF        ((1<<4))
+
+/**********************************************************************
+* RTC_AUXEN register definitions
+**********************************************************************/
+/** Oscillator Fail Detect interrupt enable*/
+#define RTC_AUXEN_RTC_OSCFEN    ((1<<4))
+
+/* Consolidated time register group ----------------------------------- */
+/**********************************************************************
+* Consolidated Time Register 0 definitions
+**********************************************************************/
+#define RTC_CTIME0_SECONDS_MASK        ((0x3F))
+#define RTC_CTIME0_MINUTES_MASK        ((0x3F00))
+#define RTC_CTIME0_HOURS_MASK        ((0x1F0000))
+#define RTC_CTIME0_DOW_MASK            ((0x7000000))
+
+/**********************************************************************
+* Consolidated Time Register 1 definitions
+**********************************************************************/
+#define RTC_CTIME1_DOM_MASK            ((0x1F))
+#define RTC_CTIME1_MONTH_MASK        ((0xF00))
+#define RTC_CTIME1_YEAR_MASK        ((0xFFF0000))
+
+/**********************************************************************
+* Consolidated Time Register 2 definitions
+**********************************************************************/
+#define RTC_CTIME2_DOY_MASK            ((0xFFF))
+
+/**********************************************************************
+* Time Counter Group and Alarm register group
+**********************************************************************/
+/** SEC register mask */
+#define RTC_SEC_MASK            (0x0000003F)
+/** MIN register mask */
+#define RTC_MIN_MASK            (0x0000003F)
+/** HOUR register mask */
+#define RTC_HOUR_MASK            (0x0000001F)
+/** DOM register mask */
+#define RTC_DOM_MASK            (0x0000001F)
+/** DOW register mask */
+#define RTC_DOW_MASK            (0x00000007)
+/** DOY register mask */
+#define RTC_DOY_MASK            (0x000001FF)
+/** MONTH register mask */
+#define RTC_MONTH_MASK            (0x0000000F)
+/** YEAR register mask */
+#define RTC_YEAR_MASK            (0x00000FFF)
+
+#define RTC_SECOND_MAX        59 /*!< Maximum value of second */
+#define RTC_MINUTE_MAX        59 /*!< Maximum value of minute*/
+#define RTC_HOUR_MAX        23 /*!< Maximum value of hour*/
+#define RTC_MONTH_MIN        1 /*!< Minimum value of month*/
+#define RTC_MONTH_MAX        12 /*!< Maximum value of month*/
+#define RTC_DAYOFMONTH_MIN     1 /*!< Minimum value of day of month*/
+#define RTC_DAYOFMONTH_MAX     31 /*!< Maximum value of day of month*/
+#define RTC_DAYOFWEEK_MAX    6 /*!< Maximum value of day of week*/
+#define RTC_DAYOFYEAR_MIN    1 /*!< Minimum value of day of year*/
+#define RTC_DAYOFYEAR_MAX    366 /*!< Maximum value of day of year*/
+#define RTC_YEAR_MAX        4095 /*!< Maximum value of year*/
+
+/**********************************************************************
+* Calibration register
+**********************************************************************/
+/* Calibration register */
+/** Calibration value */
+#define RTC_CALIBRATION_CALVAL_MASK        ((0x1FFFF))
+/** Calibration direction */
+#define RTC_CALIBRATION_LIBDIR            ((1<<17))
+/** Calibration max value */
+#define RTC_CALIBRATION_MAX                ((0x20000))
+/** Calibration definitions */
+#define RTC_CALIB_DIR_FORWARD            ((uint8_t)(0))
+#define RTC_CALIB_DIR_BACKWARD            ((uint8_t)(1))
+
+
+/* ---------------- CHECK PARAMETER DEFINITIONS ---------------------------- */
+/** Macro to determine if it is valid RTC peripheral */
+#define PARAM_RTCx(x)    (((uint32_t *)x)==((uint32_t *)LPC_RTC))
+
+/* Macro check RTC interrupt type */
+#define PARAM_RTC_INT(n)    ((n==RTC_INT_COUNTER_INCREASE) || (n==RTC_INT_ALARM))
+
+/* Macro check RTC time type */
+#define PARAM_RTC_TIMETYPE(n)    ((n==RTC_TIMETYPE_SECOND) || (n==RTC_TIMETYPE_MINUTE) \
+|| (n==RTC_TIMETYPE_HOUR) || (n==RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFWEEK) \
+|| (n==RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFMONTH) || (n==RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFYEAR) \
+|| (n==RTC_TIMETYPE_MONTH) || (n==RTC_TIMETYPE_YEAR))
+
+/* Macro check RTC calibration type */
+#define PARAM_RTC_CALIB_DIR(n)    ((n==RTC_CALIB_DIR_FORWARD) || (n==RTC_CALIB_DIR_BACKWARD))
+
+/* Macro check RTC GPREG type */
+#define PARAM_RTC_GPREG_CH(n)    ((n)<=4)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/* Public Types --------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup RTC_Public_Types RTC Public Types
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @brief Time structure definitions for easy manipulate the data */
+typedef struct {
+    uint32_t SEC;         /*!< Seconds Register */
+    uint32_t MIN;         /*!< Minutes Register */
+    uint32_t HOUR;         /*!< Hours Register */
+    uint32_t DOM;        /*!< Day of Month Register */
+    uint32_t DOW;         /*!< Day of Week Register */
+    uint32_t DOY;         /*!< Day of Year Register */
+    uint32_t MONTH;     /*!< Months Register */
+    uint32_t YEAR;         /*!< Years Register */
+} RTC_TIME_Type;
+
+/** @brief RTC interrupt source */
+typedef enum {
+    RTC_INT_COUNTER_INCREASE = RTC_IRL_RTCCIF,     /*!<  Counter Increment Interrupt */
+    RTC_INT_ALARM = RTC_IRL_RTCALF,                 /*!< The alarm interrupt */
+} RTC_INT_OPT;
+
+
+/** @brief RTC time type option */
+typedef enum {
+    RTC_TIMETYPE_SECOND = 0,         /*!< Second */
+    RTC_TIMETYPE_MINUTE = 1,         /*!< Month */
+    RTC_TIMETYPE_HOUR = 2,             /*!< Hour */
+    RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFWEEK = 3,     /*!< Day of week */
+    RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFMONTH = 4,     /*!< Day of month */
+    RTC_TIMETYPE_DAYOFYEAR = 5,     /*!< Day of year */
+    RTC_TIMETYPE_MONTH = 6,         /*!< Month */
+    RTC_TIMETYPE_YEAR = 7,             /*!< Year */
+} RTC_TIMETYPE_Num;
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+
+/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup RTC_Public_Functions RTC Public Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+void RTC_Init (LPC_RTC_TypeDef *RTCx);
+void RTC_DeInit(LPC_RTC_TypeDef *RTCx);
+void RTC_ResetClockTickCounter(LPC_RTC_TypeDef *RTCx);
+void RTC_Cmd (LPC_RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void RTC_CntIncrIntConfig (LPC_RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t CntIncrIntType, \
+                                FunctionalState NewState);
+void RTC_AlarmIntConfig (LPC_RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t AlarmTimeType, \
+                                FunctionalState NewState);
+void RTC_SetTime (LPC_RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t Timetype, uint32_t TimeValue);
+uint32_t RTC_GetTime(LPC_RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t Timetype);
+void RTC_SetFullTime (LPC_RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, RTC_TIME_Type *pFullTime);
+void RTC_GetFullTime (LPC_RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, RTC_TIME_Type *pFullTime);
+void RTC_SetAlarmTime (LPC_RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t Timetype, uint32_t ALValue);
+uint32_t RTC_GetAlarmTime (LPC_RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t Timetype);
+void RTC_SetFullAlarmTime (LPC_RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, RTC_TIME_Type *pFullTime);
+void RTC_GetFullAlarmTime (LPC_RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, RTC_TIME_Type *pFullTime);
+IntStatus RTC_GetIntPending (LPC_RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t IntType);
+void RTC_ClearIntPending (LPC_RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t IntType);
+void RTC_CalibCounterCmd(LPC_RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void RTC_CalibConfig(LPC_RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t CalibValue, uint8_t CalibDir);
+void RTC_WriteGPREG (LPC_RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint8_t Channel, uint32_t Value);
+uint32_t RTC_ReadGPREG (LPC_RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint8_t Channel);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* LPC17XX_RTC_H_ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */
diff -r 000000000000 -r 84d7747641aa lpc17xx_spi.c
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lpc17xx_spi.c	Sun Mar 20 18:45:15 2011 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,431 @@
+/***********************************************************************//**
+ * @file        lpc17xx_spi.c
+ * @brief        Contains all functions support for SPI firmware library on LPC17xx
+ * @version        2.0
+ * @date        21. May. 2010
+ * @author        NXP MCU SW Application Team
+ **************************************************************************
+ * Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only
+ * which provides customers with programming information regarding the
+ * products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties.
+ * NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the
+ * use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent,
+ * copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors
+ * reserves the right to make changes in the software without
+ * notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or
+ * warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified
+ * use without further testing or modification.
+ **********************************************************************/
+
+/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @addtogroup SPI
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+#include "lpc17xx_spi.h"
+#include "lpc17xx_clkpwr.h"
+
+/* If this source file built with example, the LPC17xx FW library configuration
+ * file in each example directory ("lpc17xx_libcfg.h") must be included,
+ * otherwise the default FW library configuration file must be included instead
+ */
+#ifdef __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__
+#include "lpc17xx_libcfg.h"
+#else
+#include "lpc17xx_libcfg_default.h"
+#endif /* __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__ */
+
+#ifdef _SPI
+
+
+/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @addtogroup SPI_Public_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Setup clock rate for SPI device
+ * @param[in]     SPIx    SPI peripheral definition, should be LPC_SPI
+ * @param[in]    target_clock : clock of SPI (Hz)
+ * @return         None
+ ***********************************************************************/
+void SPI_SetClock (LPC_SPI_TypeDef *SPIx, uint32_t target_clock)
+{
+    uint32_t spi_pclk;
+    uint32_t prescale, temp;
+
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_SPIx(SPIx));
+
+    if (SPIx == LPC_SPI){
+        spi_pclk =  CLKPWR_GetPCLK (CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_SPI);
+    } else {
+        return;
+    }
+
+    prescale = 8;
+    // Find closest clock to target clock
+    while (1){
+        temp = target_clock * prescale;
+        if (temp >= spi_pclk){
+            break;
+        }
+        prescale += 2;
+        if(prescale >= 254){
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Write to register
+    SPIx->SPCCR = SPI_SPCCR_COUNTER(prescale);
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        De-initializes the SPIx peripheral registers to their
+*                  default reset values.
+ * @param[in]    SPIx    SPI peripheral selected, should be LPC_SPI
+ * @return         None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void SPI_DeInit(LPC_SPI_TypeDef *SPIx)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_SPIx(SPIx));
+
+    if (SPIx == LPC_SPI){
+        /* Set up clock and power for SPI module */
+        CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCSPI, DISABLE);
+    }
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Get data bit size per transfer
+ * @param[in]    SPIx    SPI peripheral selected, should be LPC_SPI
+ * @return         number of bit per transfer, could be 8-16
+ **********************************************************************/
+uint8_t SPI_GetDataSize (LPC_SPI_TypeDef *SPIx)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_SPIx(SPIx));
+    return ((SPIx->SPCR)>>8 & 0xF);
+}
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Initializes the SPIx peripheral according to the specified
+*               parameters in the UART_ConfigStruct.
+ * @param[in]    SPIx    SPI peripheral selected, should be LPC_SPI
+ * @param[in]    SPI_ConfigStruct Pointer to a SPI_CFG_Type structure
+*                    that contains the configuration information for the
+*                    specified SPI peripheral.
+ * @return         None
+ *********************************************************************/
+void SPI_Init(LPC_SPI_TypeDef *SPIx, SPI_CFG_Type *SPI_ConfigStruct)
+{
+    uint32_t tmp;
+
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_SPIx(SPIx));
+
+    if(SPIx == LPC_SPI){
+        /* Set up clock and power for UART module */
+        CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCSPI, ENABLE);
+    } else {
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // Configure SPI, interrupt is disable as default
+    tmp = ((SPI_ConfigStruct->CPHA) | (SPI_ConfigStruct->CPOL) \
+        | (SPI_ConfigStruct->DataOrder) | (SPI_ConfigStruct->Databit) \
+        | (SPI_ConfigStruct->Mode) | SPI_SPCR_BIT_EN) & SPI_SPCR_BITMASK;
+    // write back to SPI control register
+    SPIx->SPCR = tmp;
+
+    // Set clock rate for SPI peripheral
+    SPI_SetClock(SPIx, SPI_ConfigStruct->ClockRate);
+
+    // If interrupt flag is set, Write '1' to Clear interrupt flag
+    if (SPIx->SPINT & SPI_SPINT_INTFLAG){
+        SPIx->SPINT = SPI_SPINT_INTFLAG;
+    }
+}
+
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************//**
+* @brief        Fills each SPI_InitStruct member with its default value:
+*                 - CPHA = SPI_CPHA_FIRST
+*                 - CPOL = SPI_CPOL_HI
+*                 - ClockRate = 1000000
+*                 - DataOrder = SPI_DATA_MSB_FIRST
+*                 - Databit = SPI_DATABIT_8
+*                 - Mode = SPI_MASTER_MODE
+* @param[in]    SPI_InitStruct Pointer to a SPI_CFG_Type structure
+*                    which will be initialized.
+* @return        None
+*******************************************************************************/
+void SPI_ConfigStructInit(SPI_CFG_Type *SPI_InitStruct)
+{
+    SPI_InitStruct->CPHA = SPI_CPHA_FIRST;
+    SPI_InitStruct->CPOL = SPI_CPOL_HI;
+    SPI_InitStruct->ClockRate = 1000000;
+    SPI_InitStruct->DataOrder = SPI_DATA_MSB_FIRST;
+    SPI_InitStruct->Databit = SPI_DATABIT_8;
+    SPI_InitStruct->Mode = SPI_MASTER_MODE;
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Transmit a single data through SPIx peripheral
+ * @param[in]    SPIx    SPI peripheral selected, should be LPC_SPI
+ * @param[in]    Data    Data to transmit (must be 16 or 8-bit long,
+ *                         this depend on SPI data bit number configured)
+ * @return         none
+ **********************************************************************/
+void SPI_SendData(LPC_SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t Data)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_SPIx(SPIx));
+
+    SPIx->SPDR = Data & SPI_SPDR_BITMASK;
+}
+
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Receive a single data from SPIx peripheral
+ * @param[in]    SPIx    SPI peripheral selected, should be LPC_SPI
+ * @return         Data received (16-bit long)
+ **********************************************************************/
+uint16_t SPI_ReceiveData(LPC_SPI_TypeDef* SPIx)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_SPIx(SPIx));
+
+    return ((uint16_t) (SPIx->SPDR & SPI_SPDR_BITMASK));
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         SPI     Read write data function
+ * @param[in]    SPIx     Pointer to SPI peripheral, should be LPC_SPI
+ * @param[in]    dataCfg    Pointer to a SPI_DATA_SETUP_Type structure that
+ *                         contains specified information about transmit
+ *                         data configuration.
+ * @param[in]    xfType    Transfer type, should be:
+ *                         - SPI_TRANSFER_POLLING: Polling mode
+ *                         - SPI_TRANSFER_INTERRUPT: Interrupt mode
+ * @return         Actual Data length has been transferred in polling mode.
+ *                 In interrupt mode, always return (0)
+ *                 Return (-1) if error.
+ * Note: This function can be used in both master and slave mode.
+ ***********************************************************************/
+int32_t SPI_ReadWrite (LPC_SPI_TypeDef *SPIx, SPI_DATA_SETUP_Type *dataCfg, \
+                        SPI_TRANSFER_Type xfType)
+{
+    uint8_t *rdata8 = 0;
+    uint8_t *wdata8 = 0;
+    uint16_t *rdata16 = 0;
+    uint16_t *wdata16 = 0;
+    uint32_t stat = 0;
+    uint32_t temp;
+    uint8_t dataword;
+
+    //read for empty buffer
+    temp = SPIx->SPDR;
+    //dummy to clear status
+    temp = SPIx->SPSR;
+    dataCfg->counter = 0;
+    dataCfg->status = 0;
+
+    if(SPI_GetDataSize (SPIx) == 8)
+        dataword = 0;
+    else dataword = 1;
+    if (xfType == SPI_TRANSFER_POLLING){
+
+        if (dataword == 0){
+            rdata8 = (uint8_t *)dataCfg->rx_data;
+            wdata8 = (uint8_t *)dataCfg->tx_data;
+        } else {
+            rdata16 = (uint16_t *)dataCfg->rx_data;
+            wdata16 = (uint16_t *)dataCfg->tx_data;
+        }
+
+        while(dataCfg->counter < dataCfg->length)
+        {
+            // Write data to buffer
+            if(dataCfg->tx_data == NULL){
+                if (dataword == 0){
+                    SPI_SendData(SPIx, 0xFF);
+                } else {
+                    SPI_SendData(SPIx, 0xFFFF);
+                }
+            } else {
+                if (dataword == 0){
+                    SPI_SendData(SPIx, *wdata8);
+                    wdata8++;
+                } else {
+                    SPI_SendData(SPIx, *wdata16);
+                    wdata16++;
+                }
+            }
+            // Wait for transfer complete
+            while (!((stat = SPIx->SPSR) & SPI_SPSR_SPIF));
+            // Check for error
+            if (stat & (SPI_SPSR_ABRT | SPI_SPSR_MODF | SPI_SPSR_ROVR | SPI_SPSR_WCOL)){
+                // save status
+                dataCfg->status = stat | SPI_STAT_ERROR;
+                return (dataCfg->counter);
+            }
+            // Read data from SPI dat
+            temp = (uint32_t) SPI_ReceiveData(SPIx);
+
+            // Store data to destination
+            if (dataCfg->rx_data != NULL)
+            {
+                if (dataword == 0){
+                    *(rdata8) = (uint8_t) temp;
+                    rdata8++;
+                } else {
+                    *(rdata16) = (uint16_t) temp;
+                    rdata16++;
+                }
+            }
+            // Increase counter
+            if (dataword == 0){
+                dataCfg->counter++;
+            } else {
+                dataCfg->counter += 2;
+            }
+        }
+
+        // Return length of actual data transferred
+        // save status
+        dataCfg->status = stat | SPI_STAT_DONE;
+        return (dataCfg->counter);
+    }
+    // Interrupt mode
+    else {
+
+        // Check if interrupt flag is already set
+        if(SPIx->SPINT & SPI_SPINT_INTFLAG){
+            SPIx->SPINT = SPI_SPINT_INTFLAG;
+        }
+        if (dataCfg->counter < dataCfg->length){
+            // Write data to buffer
+            if(dataCfg->tx_data == NULL){
+                if (dataword == 0){
+                    SPI_SendData(SPIx, 0xFF);
+                } else {
+                    SPI_SendData(SPIx, 0xFFFF);
+                }
+            } else {
+                if (dataword == 0){
+                    SPI_SendData(SPIx, (*(uint8_t *)dataCfg->tx_data));
+                } else {
+                    SPI_SendData(SPIx, (*(uint16_t *)dataCfg->tx_data));
+                }
+            }
+            SPI_IntCmd(SPIx, ENABLE);
+        } else {
+            // Save status
+            dataCfg->status = SPI_STAT_DONE;
+        }
+        return (0);
+    }
+}
+
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Enable or disable SPIx interrupt.
+ * @param[in]    SPIx    SPI peripheral selected, should be LPC_SPI
+ * @param[in]    NewState New state of specified UART interrupt type,
+ *                 should be:
+ *                 - ENALBE: Enable this SPI interrupt.
+*                 - DISALBE: Disable this SPI interrupt.
+ * @return         None
+ *********************************************************************/
+void SPI_IntCmd(LPC_SPI_TypeDef *SPIx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_SPIx(SPIx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(NewState));
+
+    if (NewState == ENABLE)
+    {
+        SPIx->SPCR |= SPI_SPCR_SPIE;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        SPIx->SPCR &= (~SPI_SPCR_SPIE) & SPI_SPCR_BITMASK;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Checks whether the SPI interrupt flag is set or not.
+ * @param[in]    SPIx    SPI peripheral selected, should be LPC_SPI
+ * @return         The new state of SPI Interrupt Flag (SET or RESET)
+ *********************************************************************/
+IntStatus SPI_GetIntStatus (LPC_SPI_TypeDef *SPIx)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_SPIx(SPIx));
+
+    return ((SPIx->SPINT & SPI_SPINT_INTFLAG) ? SET : RESET);
+}
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Clear SPI interrupt flag.
+ * @param[in]    SPIx    SPI peripheral selected, should be LPC_SPI
+ * @return         None
+ *********************************************************************/
+void SPI_ClearIntPending(LPC_SPI_TypeDef *SPIx)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_SPIx(SPIx));
+
+    SPIx->SPINT = SPI_SPINT_INTFLAG;
+}
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Get current value of SPI Status register in SPIx peripheral.
+ * @param[in]    SPIx    SPI peripheral selected, should be LPC_SPI
+ * @return        Current value of SPI Status register in SPI peripheral.
+ * Note:    The return value of this function must be used with
+ *             SPI_CheckStatus() to determine current flag status
+ *             corresponding to each SPI status type. Because some flags in
+ *             SPI Status register will be cleared after reading, the next reading
+ *             SPI Status register could not be correct. So this function used to
+ *             read SPI status register in one time only, then the return value
+ *             used to check all flags.
+ *********************************************************************/
+uint32_t SPI_GetStatus(LPC_SPI_TypeDef* SPIx)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_SPIx(SPIx));
+
+    return (SPIx->SPSR & SPI_SPSR_BITMASK);
+}
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Checks whether the specified SPI Status flag is set or not
+ *                 via inputSPIStatus parameter.
+ * @param[in]    inputSPIStatus Value to check status of each flag type.
+ *                 This value is the return value from SPI_GetStatus().
+ * @param[in]    SPIStatus    Specifies the SPI status flag to check,
+ *                 should be one of the following:
+                - SPI_STAT_ABRT: Slave abort.
+                - SPI_STAT_MODF: Mode fault.
+                - SPI_STAT_ROVR: Read overrun.
+                - SPI_STAT_WCOL: Write collision.
+                - SPI_STAT_SPIF: SPI transfer complete.
+ * @return         The new state of SPIStatus (SET or RESET)
+ *********************************************************************/
+FlagStatus SPI_CheckStatus (uint32_t inputSPIStatus,  uint8_t SPIStatus)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_SPI_STAT(SPIStatus));
+
+    return ((inputSPIStatus & SPIStatus) ? SET : RESET);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* _SPI */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */
diff -r 000000000000 -r 84d7747641aa lpc17xx_spi.h
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lpc17xx_spi.h	Sun Mar 20 18:45:15 2011 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,316 @@
+/***********************************************************************//**
+ * @file		lpc17xx_spi.h
+ * @brief		Contains all macro definitions and function prototypes
+ * 				support for SPI firmware library on LPC17xx
+ * @version		2.0
+ * @date		21. May. 2010
+ * @author		NXP MCU SW Application Team
+ **************************************************************************
+ * Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only
+ * which provides customers with programming information regarding the
+ * products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties.
+ * NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the
+ * use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent,
+ * copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors
+ * reserves the right to make changes in the software without
+ * notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or
+ * warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified
+ * use without further testing or modification.
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup SPI SPI
+ * @ingroup LPC1700CMSIS_FwLib_Drivers
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef LPC17XX_SPI_H_
+#define LPC17XX_SPI_H_
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+#include "LPC17xx.h"
+#include "lpc_types.h"
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+{
+#endif
+
+/* Public Macros -------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup SPI_Public_Macros SPI Public Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * SPI configuration parameter defines
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** Clock phase control bit */
+#define SPI_CPHA_FIRST			((uint32_t)(0))
+#define SPI_CPHA_SECOND			((uint32_t)(1<<3))
+
+/** Clock polarity control bit */
+#define SPI_CPOL_HI				((uint32_t)(0))
+#define SPI_CPOL_LO				((uint32_t)(1<<4))
+
+/** SPI master mode enable */
+#define SPI_SLAVE_MODE			((uint32_t)(0))
+#define SPI_MASTER_MODE			((uint32_t)(1<<5))
+
+/** LSB enable bit */
+#define SPI_DATA_MSB_FIRST		((uint32_t)(0))
+#define SPI_DATA_LSB_FIRST		((uint32_t)(1<<6))
+
+/** SPI data bit number defines */
+#define SPI_DATABIT_16		SPI_SPCR_BITS(0)		/*!< Databit number = 16 */
+#define SPI_DATABIT_8		SPI_SPCR_BITS(0x08) 	/*!< Databit number = 8 */
+#define SPI_DATABIT_9		SPI_SPCR_BITS(0x09) 	/*!< Databit number = 9 */
+#define SPI_DATABIT_10		SPI_SPCR_BITS(0x0A) 	/*!< Databit number = 10 */
+#define SPI_DATABIT_11		SPI_SPCR_BITS(0x0B) 	/*!< Databit number = 11 */
+#define SPI_DATABIT_12		SPI_SPCR_BITS(0x0C) 	/*!< Databit number = 12 */
+#define SPI_DATABIT_13		SPI_SPCR_BITS(0x0D) 	/*!< Databit number = 13 */
+#define SPI_DATABIT_14		SPI_SPCR_BITS(0x0E) 	/*!< Databit number = 14 */
+#define SPI_DATABIT_15		SPI_SPCR_BITS(0x0F) 	/*!< Databit number = 15 */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * SPI Status Flag defines
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** Slave abort */
+#define SPI_STAT_ABRT		SPI_SPSR_ABRT
+/** Mode fault */
+#define SPI_STAT_MODF		SPI_SPSR_MODF
+/** Read overrun */
+#define SPI_STAT_ROVR		SPI_SPSR_ROVR
+/** Write collision */
+#define SPI_STAT_WCOL		SPI_SPSR_WCOL
+/** SPI transfer complete flag */
+#define SPI_STAT_SPIF		SPI_SPSR_SPIF
+
+/* SPI Status Implementation definitions */
+#define SPI_STAT_DONE		(1UL<<8)		/**< Done */
+#define SPI_STAT_ERROR		(1UL<<9)		/**< Error */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/* Private Macros ------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup SPI_Private_Macros SPI Private Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* --------------------- BIT DEFINITIONS -------------------------------------- */
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for SPI Control Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** Bit enable, the SPI controller sends and receives the number
+ * of bits selected by bits 11:8 */
+#define SPI_SPCR_BIT_EN			((uint32_t)(1<<2))
+/** Clock phase control bit */
+#define SPI_SPCR_CPHA_SECOND	((uint32_t)(1<<3))
+/** Clock polarity control bit */
+#define SPI_SPCR_CPOL_LOW 		((uint32_t)(1<<4))
+/** SPI master mode enable */
+#define SPI_SPCR_MSTR		 	((uint32_t)(1<<5))
+/** LSB enable bit */
+#define SPI_SPCR_LSBF			((uint32_t)(1<<6))
+/** SPI interrupt enable bit */
+#define SPI_SPCR_SPIE			((uint32_t)(1<<7))
+/**  When bit 2 of this register is 1, this field controls the
+number of bits per transfer */
+#define SPI_SPCR_BITS(n)		((n==0) ? ((uint32_t)0) : ((uint32_t)((n&0x0F)<<8)))
+/** SPI Control bit mask */
+#define SPI_SPCR_BITMASK		((uint32_t)(0xFFC))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for  SPI Status Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** Slave abort */
+#define SPI_SPSR_ABRT		((uint32_t)(1<<3))
+/** Mode fault */
+#define SPI_SPSR_MODF		((uint32_t)(1<<4))
+/** Read overrun */
+#define SPI_SPSR_ROVR		((uint32_t)(1<<5))
+/** Write collision */
+#define SPI_SPSR_WCOL		((uint32_t)(1<<6))
+/** SPI transfer complete flag */
+#define SPI_SPSR_SPIF 		((uint32_t)(1<<7))
+/** SPI Status bit mask */
+#define SPI_SPSR_BITMASK	((uint32_t)(0xF8))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for SPI Data Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** SPI Data low bit-mask */
+#define SPI_SPDR_LO_MASK	((uint32_t)(0xFF))
+/** SPI Data high bit-mask */
+#define SPI_SPDR_HI_MASK	((uint32_t)(0xFF00))
+/** SPI Data bit-mask */
+#define SPI_SPDR_BITMASK	((uint32_t)(0xFFFF))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for SPI Clock Counter Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** SPI clock counter setting */
+#define SPI_SPCCR_COUNTER(n) 	((uint32_t)(n&0xFF))
+/** SPI clock counter bit-mask */
+#define SPI_SPCCR_BITMASK		((uint32_t)(0xFF))
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ * Macro defines for SPI Test Control Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** SPI Test bit */
+#define SPI_SPTCR_TEST_MASK	((uint32_t)(0xFE))
+/** SPI Test register bit mask */
+#define SPI_SPTCR_BITMASK	((uint32_t)(0xFE))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for SPI Test Status Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** Slave abort */
+#define SPI_SPTSR_ABRT		((uint32_t)(1<<3))
+/** Mode fault */
+#define SPI_SPTSR_MODF		((uint32_t)(1<<4))
+/** Read overrun */
+#define SPI_SPTSR_ROVR		((uint32_t)(1<<5))
+/** Write collision */
+#define SPI_SPTSR_WCOL		((uint32_t)(1<<6))
+/** SPI transfer complete flag */
+#define SPI_SPTSR_SPIF 		((uint32_t)(1<<7))
+/** SPI Status bit mask */
+#define SPI_SPTSR_MASKBIT	((uint32_t)(0xF8))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for SPI Interrupt Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** SPI interrupt flag */
+#define SPI_SPINT_INTFLAG 	((uint32_t)(1<<0))
+/** SPI interrupt register bit mask */
+#define SPI_SPINT_BITMASK 	((uint32_t)(0x01))
+
+
+/* ---------------- CHECK PARAMETER DEFINITIONS ---------------------------- */
+/** Macro to determine if it is valid SPI port number */
+#define PARAM_SPIx(n)	(((uint32_t *)n)==((uint32_t *)LPC_SPI))
+
+/** Macro check Clock phase control mode */
+#define PARAM_SPI_CPHA(n) 	((n==SPI_CPHA_FIRST) || (n==SPI_CPHA_SECOND))
+
+/** Macro check Clock polarity control mode */
+#define PARAM_SPI_CPOL(n)	((n==SPI_CPOL_HI) || (n==SPI_CPOL_LO))
+
+/** Macro check master/slave mode */
+#define PARAM_SPI_MODE(n)	((n==SPI_SLAVE_MODE) || (n==SPI_MASTER_MODE))
+
+/** Macro check LSB/MSB mode */
+#define PARAM_SPI_DATA_ORDER(n) ((n==SPI_DATA_MSB_FIRST) || (n==SPI_DATA_LSB_FIRST))
+
+/** Macro check databit value */
+#define PARAM_SPI_DATABIT(n)	((n==SPI_DATABIT_16) || (n==SPI_DATABIT_8) \
+|| (n==SPI_DATABIT_9) || (n==SPI_DATABIT_10) \
+|| (n==SPI_DATABIT_11) || (n==SPI_DATABIT_12) \
+|| (n==SPI_DATABIT_13) || (n==SPI_DATABIT_14) \
+|| (n==SPI_DATABIT_15))
+
+/** Macro check status flag */
+#define PARAM_SPI_STAT(n)	((n==SPI_STAT_ABRT) || (n==SPI_STAT_MODF) \
+|| (n==SPI_STAT_ROVR) || (n==SPI_STAT_WCOL) \
+|| (n==SPI_STAT_SPIF))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/* Public Types --------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup SPI_Public_Types SPI Public Types
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @brief SPI configuration structure */
+typedef struct {
+	uint32_t Databit; 		/** Databit number, should be SPI_DATABIT_x,
+							where x is in range from 8 - 16 */
+	uint32_t CPHA;			/** Clock phase, should be:
+							- SPI_CPHA_FIRST: first clock edge
+							- SPI_CPHA_SECOND: second clock edge */
+	uint32_t CPOL;			/** Clock polarity, should be:
+							- SPI_CPOL_HI: high level
+							- SPI_CPOL_LO: low level */
+	uint32_t Mode;			/** SPI mode, should be:
+							- SPI_MASTER_MODE: Master mode
+							- SPI_SLAVE_MODE: Slave mode */
+	uint32_t DataOrder;		/** Data order, should be:
+							- SPI_DATA_MSB_FIRST: MSB first
+							- SPI_DATA_LSB_FIRST: LSB first */
+	uint32_t ClockRate;		/** Clock rate,in Hz, should not exceed
+							(SPI peripheral clock)/8 */
+} SPI_CFG_Type;
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief SPI Transfer Type definitions
+ */
+typedef enum {
+	SPI_TRANSFER_POLLING = 0,	/**< Polling transfer */
+	SPI_TRANSFER_INTERRUPT		/**< Interrupt transfer */
+} SPI_TRANSFER_Type;
+
+/**
+ * @brief SPI Data configuration structure definitions
+ */
+typedef struct {
+	void *tx_data;				/**< Pointer to transmit data */
+	void *rx_data;				/**< Pointer to transmit data */
+	uint32_t length;			/**< Length of transfer data */
+	uint32_t counter;			/**< Data counter index */
+	uint32_t status;			/**< Current status of SPI activity */
+} SPI_DATA_SETUP_Type;
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup SPI_Public_Functions SPI Public Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* SPI Init/DeInit functions ---------*/
+void SPI_Init(LPC_SPI_TypeDef *SPIx, SPI_CFG_Type *SPI_ConfigStruct);
+void SPI_DeInit(LPC_SPI_TypeDef *SPIx);
+void SPI_SetClock (LPC_SPI_TypeDef *SPIx, uint32_t target_clock);
+void SPI_ConfigStructInit(SPI_CFG_Type *SPI_InitStruct);
+
+/* SPI transfer functions ------------*/
+void SPI_SendData(LPC_SPI_TypeDef *SPIx, uint16_t Data);
+uint16_t SPI_ReceiveData(LPC_SPI_TypeDef *SPIx);
+int32_t SPI_ReadWrite (LPC_SPI_TypeDef *SPIx, SPI_DATA_SETUP_Type *dataCfg, SPI_TRANSFER_Type xfType);
+
+/* SPI Interrupt functions ---------*/
+void SPI_IntCmd(LPC_SPI_TypeDef *SPIx, FunctionalState NewState);
+IntStatus SPI_GetIntStatus (LPC_SPI_TypeDef *SPIx);
+void SPI_ClearIntPending(LPC_SPI_TypeDef *SPIx);
+
+/* SPI get information functions-----*/
+uint8_t SPI_GetDataSize (LPC_SPI_TypeDef *SPIx);
+uint32_t SPI_GetStatus(LPC_SPI_TypeDef *SPIx);
+FlagStatus SPI_CheckStatus (uint32_t inputSPIStatus,  uint8_t SPIStatus);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* LPC17XX_SPI_H_ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */
diff -r 000000000000 -r 84d7747641aa lpc17xx_ssp.c
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lpc17xx_ssp.c	Sun Mar 20 18:45:15 2011 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,682 @@
+/***********************************************************************//**
+ * @file        lpc17xx_ssp.c
+ * @brief        Contains all functions support for SSP firmware library on LPC17xx
+ * @version        3.0
+ * @date        18. June. 2010
+ * @author        NXP MCU SW Application Team
+ **************************************************************************
+ * Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only
+ * which provides customers with programming information regarding the
+ * products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties.
+ * NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the
+ * use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent,
+ * copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors
+ * reserves the right to make changes in the software without
+ * notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or
+ * warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified
+ * use without further testing or modification.
+ **********************************************************************/
+
+/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @addtogroup SSP
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+#include "lpc17xx_ssp.h"
+#include "lpc17xx_clkpwr.h"
+
+
+/* If this source file built with example, the LPC17xx FW library configuration
+ * file in each example directory ("lpc17xx_libcfg.h") must be included,
+ * otherwise the default FW library configuration file must be included instead
+ */
+#ifdef __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__
+#include "lpc17xx_libcfg.h"
+#else
+#include "lpc17xx_libcfg_default.h"
+#endif /* __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__ */
+
+
+#ifdef _SSP
+
+/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @addtogroup SSP_Public_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+static void setSSPclock (LPC_SSP_TypeDef *SSPx, uint32_t target_clock);
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Setup clock rate for SSP device
+ * @param[in]     SSPx    SSP peripheral definition, should be:
+ *                         - LPC_SSP0: SSP0 peripheral
+ *                         - LPC_SSP1: SSP1 peripheral
+ * @param[in]    target_clock : clock of SSP (Hz)
+ * @return         None
+ ***********************************************************************/
+static void setSSPclock (LPC_SSP_TypeDef *SSPx, uint32_t target_clock)
+{
+    uint32_t prescale, cr0_div, cmp_clk, ssp_clk;
+
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_SSPx(SSPx));
+
+    /* The SSP clock is derived from the (main system oscillator / 2),
+       so compute the best divider from that clock */
+    if (SSPx == LPC_SSP0){
+        ssp_clk = CLKPWR_GetPCLK (CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_SSP0);
+    } else if (SSPx == LPC_SSP1) {
+        ssp_clk = CLKPWR_GetPCLK (CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_SSP1);
+    } else {
+        return;
+    }
+
+    /* Find closest divider to get at or under the target frequency.
+       Use smallest prescale possible and rely on the divider to get
+       the closest target frequency */
+    cr0_div = 0;
+    cmp_clk = 0xFFFFFFFF;
+    prescale = 2;
+    while (cmp_clk > target_clock)
+    {
+        cmp_clk = ssp_clk / ((cr0_div + 1) * prescale);
+        if (cmp_clk > target_clock)
+        {
+            cr0_div++;
+            if (cr0_div > 0xFF)
+            {
+                cr0_div = 0;
+                prescale += 2;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    /* Write computed prescaler and divider back to register */
+    SSPx->CR0 &= (~SSP_CR0_SCR(0xFF)) & SSP_CR0_BITMASK;
+    SSPx->CR0 |= (SSP_CR0_SCR(cr0_div)) & SSP_CR0_BITMASK;
+    SSPx->CPSR = prescale & SSP_CPSR_BITMASK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @addtogroup SSP_Public_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Initializes the SSPx peripheral according to the specified
+*               parameters in the SSP_ConfigStruct.
+ * @param[in]    SSPx    SSP peripheral selected, should be:
+ *                          - LPC_SSP0: SSP0 peripheral
+ *                         - LPC_SSP1: SSP1 peripheral
+ * @param[in]    SSP_ConfigStruct Pointer to a SSP_CFG_Type structure
+*                    that contains the configuration information for the
+*                    specified SSP peripheral.
+ * @return         None
+ *********************************************************************/
+void SSP_Init(LPC_SSP_TypeDef *SSPx, SSP_CFG_Type *SSP_ConfigStruct)
+{
+    uint32_t tmp;
+
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_SSPx(SSPx));
+
+    if(SSPx == LPC_SSP0) {
+        /* Set up clock and power for SSP0 module */
+        CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCSSP0, ENABLE);
+    } else if(SSPx == LPC_SSP1) {
+        /* Set up clock and power for SSP1 module */
+        CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCSSP1, ENABLE);
+    } else {
+        return;
+    }
+
+    /* Configure SSP, interrupt is disable, LoopBack mode is disable,
+     * SSP is disable, Slave output is disable as default
+     */
+    tmp = ((SSP_ConfigStruct->CPHA) | (SSP_ConfigStruct->CPOL) \
+        | (SSP_ConfigStruct->FrameFormat) | (SSP_ConfigStruct->Databit))
+        & SSP_CR0_BITMASK;
+    // write back to SSP control register
+    SSPx->CR0 = tmp;
+
+    tmp = SSP_ConfigStruct->Mode & SSP_CR1_BITMASK;
+    // Write back to CR1
+    SSPx->CR1 = tmp;
+
+    // Set clock rate for SSP peripheral
+    setSSPclock(SSPx, SSP_ConfigStruct->ClockRate);
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        De-initializes the SSPx peripheral registers to their
+*                  default reset values.
+ * @param[in]    SSPx    SSP peripheral selected, should be:
+ *                          - LPC_SSP0: SSP0 peripheral
+ *                         - LPC_SSP1: SSP1 peripheral
+ * @return         None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void SSP_DeInit(LPC_SSP_TypeDef* SSPx)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_SSPx(SSPx));
+
+    if (SSPx == LPC_SSP0){
+        /* Set up clock and power for SSP0 module */
+        CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCSSP0, DISABLE);
+    } else if (SSPx == LPC_SSP1) {
+        /* Set up clock and power for SSP1 module */
+        CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCSSP1, DISABLE);
+    }
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************//**
+* @brief        Get data size bit selected
+* @param[in]    SSPx pointer to LPC_SSP_TypeDef structure, should be:
+*                 - LPC_SSP0: SSP0 peripheral
+*                 - LPC_SSP1: SSP1 peripheral
+* @return        Data size, could be:
+*                - SSP_DATABIT_4: 4 bit transfer
+*                - SSP_DATABIT_5: 5 bit transfer
+*                ...
+*                - SSP_DATABIT_16: 16 bit transfer
+*******************************************************************************/
+uint8_t SSP_GetDataSize(LPC_SSP_TypeDef* SSPx)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_SSPx(SSPx));
+    return (SSPx->CR0 & (0xF));
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************//**
+* @brief        Fills each SSP_InitStruct member with its default value:
+*                 - CPHA = SSP_CPHA_FIRST
+*                 - CPOL = SSP_CPOL_HI
+*                 - ClockRate = 1000000
+*                 - Databit = SSP_DATABIT_8
+*                 - Mode = SSP_MASTER_MODE
+*                 - FrameFormat = SSP_FRAME_SSP
+* @param[in]    SSP_InitStruct Pointer to a SSP_CFG_Type structure
+*                    which will be initialized.
+* @return        None
+*******************************************************************************/
+void SSP_ConfigStructInit(SSP_CFG_Type *SSP_InitStruct)
+{
+    SSP_InitStruct->CPHA = SSP_CPHA_FIRST;
+    SSP_InitStruct->CPOL = SSP_CPOL_HI;
+    SSP_InitStruct->ClockRate = 1000000;
+    SSP_InitStruct->Databit = SSP_DATABIT_8;
+    SSP_InitStruct->Mode = SSP_MASTER_MODE;
+    SSP_InitStruct->FrameFormat = SSP_FRAME_SPI;
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Enable or disable SSP peripheral's operation
+ * @param[in]    SSPx    SSP peripheral, should be:
+ *                 - LPC_SSP0: SSP0 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_SSP1: SSP1 peripheral
+ * @param[in]    NewState New State of SSPx peripheral's operation
+ * @return         none
+ **********************************************************************/
+void SSP_Cmd(LPC_SSP_TypeDef* SSPx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_SSPx(SSPx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(NewState));
+
+    if (NewState == ENABLE)
+    {
+        SSPx->CR1 |= SSP_CR1_SSP_EN;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        SSPx->CR1 &= (~SSP_CR1_SSP_EN) & SSP_CR1_BITMASK;
+    }
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Enable or disable Loop Back mode function in SSP peripheral
+ * @param[in]    SSPx    SSP peripheral selected, should be:
+ *                      - LPC_SSP0: SSP0 peripheral
+ *                         - LPC_SSP1: SSP1 peripheral
+ * @param[in]    NewState    New State of Loop Back mode, should be:
+ *                             - ENABLE: Enable this function
+ *                             - DISABLE: Disable this function
+ * @return         None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void SSP_LoopBackCmd(LPC_SSP_TypeDef* SSPx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_SSPx(SSPx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(NewState));
+
+    if (NewState == ENABLE)
+    {
+        SSPx->CR1 |= SSP_CR1_LBM_EN;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        SSPx->CR1 &= (~SSP_CR1_LBM_EN) & SSP_CR1_BITMASK;
+    }
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Enable or disable Slave Output function in SSP peripheral
+ * @param[in]    SSPx    SSP peripheral selected, should be:
+ *                         - LPC_SSP0: SSP0 peripheral
+ *                         - LPC_SSP1: SSP1 peripheral
+ * @param[in]    NewState    New State of Slave Output function, should be:
+ *                             - ENABLE: Slave Output in normal operation
+ *                             - DISABLE: Slave Output is disabled. This blocks
+ *                             SSP controller from driving the transmit data
+ *                             line (MISO)
+ * Note:         This function is available when SSP peripheral in Slave mode
+ * @return         None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void SSP_SlaveOutputCmd(LPC_SSP_TypeDef* SSPx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_SSPx(SSPx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(NewState));
+
+    if (NewState == ENABLE)
+    {
+        SSPx->CR1 &= (~SSP_CR1_SO_DISABLE) & SSP_CR1_BITMASK;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        SSPx->CR1 |= SSP_CR1_SO_DISABLE;
+    }
+}
+
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Transmit a single data through SSPx peripheral
+ * @param[in]    SSPx    SSP peripheral selected, should be:
+ *                         - LPC_SSP0: SSP0 peripheral
+ *                         - LPC_SSP1: SSP1 peripheral
+ * @param[in]    Data    Data to transmit (must be 16 or 8-bit long,
+ *                         this depend on SSP data bit number configured)
+ * @return         none
+ **********************************************************************/
+void SSP_SendData(LPC_SSP_TypeDef* SSPx, uint16_t Data)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_SSPx(SSPx));
+
+    SSPx->DR = SSP_DR_BITMASK(Data);
+}
+
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Receive a single data from SSPx peripheral
+ * @param[in]    SSPx    SSP peripheral selected, should be
+ *                         - LPC_SSP0: SSP0 peripheral
+ *                         - LPC_SSP1: SSP1 peripheral
+ * @return         Data received (16-bit long)
+ **********************************************************************/
+uint16_t SSP_ReceiveData(LPC_SSP_TypeDef* SSPx)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_SSPx(SSPx));
+
+    return ((uint16_t) (SSP_DR_BITMASK(SSPx->DR)));
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         SSP Read write data function
+ * @param[in]    SSPx     Pointer to SSP peripheral, should be
+ *                         - LPC_SSP0: SSP0 peripheral
+ *                         - LPC_SSP1: SSP1 peripheral
+ * @param[in]    dataCfg    Pointer to a SSP_DATA_SETUP_Type structure that
+ *                         contains specified information about transmit
+ *                         data configuration.
+ * @param[in]    xfType    Transfer type, should be:
+ *                         - SSP_TRANSFER_POLLING: Polling mode
+ *                         - SSP_TRANSFER_INTERRUPT: Interrupt mode
+ * @return         Actual Data length has been transferred in polling mode.
+ *                 In interrupt mode, always return (0)
+ *                 Return (-1) if error.
+ * Note: This function can be used in both master and slave mode.
+ ***********************************************************************/
+int32_t SSP_ReadWrite (LPC_SSP_TypeDef *SSPx, SSP_DATA_SETUP_Type *dataCfg, \
+                        SSP_TRANSFER_Type xfType)
+{
+    uint8_t *rdata8 = 0;
+    uint8_t *wdata8 = 0;
+    uint16_t *rdata16 = 0;
+    uint16_t *wdata16 = 0;
+    uint32_t stat = 0;
+    uint32_t tmp = 0;
+    int32_t dataword;
+
+    dataCfg->rx_cnt = 0;
+    dataCfg->tx_cnt = 0;
+    dataCfg->status = 0;
+
+
+    /* Clear all remaining data in RX FIFO */
+    while (SSPx->SR & SSP_SR_RNE){
+        tmp = (uint32_t) SSP_ReceiveData(SSPx);
+    }
+
+    // Clear status
+    SSPx->ICR = SSP_ICR_BITMASK;
+    if(SSP_GetDataSize(SSPx)>8)
+        dataword = 1;
+    else dataword = 0;
+
+    // Polling mode ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+    if (xfType == SSP_TRANSFER_POLLING){
+        if (dataword == 0){
+            rdata8 = (uint8_t *)dataCfg->rx_data;
+            wdata8 = (uint8_t *)dataCfg->tx_data;
+        } else {
+            rdata16 = (uint16_t *)dataCfg->rx_data;
+            wdata16 = (uint16_t *)dataCfg->tx_data;
+        }
+        while ((dataCfg->tx_cnt != dataCfg->length) || (dataCfg->rx_cnt != dataCfg->length)){
+            if ((SSPx->SR & SSP_SR_TNF) && (dataCfg->tx_cnt != dataCfg->length)){
+                // Write data to buffer
+                if(dataCfg->tx_data == NULL){
+                    if (dataword == 0){
+                        SSP_SendData(SSPx, 0xFF);
+                        dataCfg->tx_cnt++;
+                    } else {
+                        SSP_SendData(SSPx, 0xFFFF);
+                        dataCfg->tx_cnt += 2;
+                    }
+                } else {
+                    if (dataword == 0){
+                        SSP_SendData(SSPx, *wdata8);
+                        wdata8++;
+                        dataCfg->tx_cnt++;
+                    } else {
+                        SSP_SendData(SSPx, *wdata16);
+                        wdata16++;
+                        dataCfg->tx_cnt += 2;
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+
+            // Check overrun error
+            if ((stat = SSPx->RIS) & SSP_RIS_ROR){
+                // save status and return
+                dataCfg->status = stat | SSP_STAT_ERROR;
+                return (-1);
+            }
+
+            // Check for any data available in RX FIFO
+            while ((SSPx->SR & SSP_SR_RNE) && (dataCfg->rx_cnt != dataCfg->length)){
+                // Read data from SSP data
+                tmp = SSP_ReceiveData(SSPx);
+
+                // Store data to destination
+                if (dataCfg->rx_data != NULL)
+                {
+                    if (dataword == 0){
+                        *(rdata8) = (uint8_t) tmp;
+                        rdata8++;
+                    } else {
+                        *(rdata16) = (uint16_t) tmp;
+                        rdata16++;
+                    }
+                }
+                // Increase counter
+                if (dataword == 0){
+                    dataCfg->rx_cnt++;
+                } else {
+                    dataCfg->rx_cnt += 2;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        // save status
+        dataCfg->status = SSP_STAT_DONE;
+
+        if (dataCfg->tx_data != NULL){
+            return dataCfg->tx_cnt;
+        } else if (dataCfg->rx_data != NULL){
+            return dataCfg->rx_cnt;
+        } else {
+            return (0);
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Interrupt mode ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+    else if (xfType == SSP_TRANSFER_INTERRUPT){
+
+        while ((SSPx->SR & SSP_SR_TNF) && (dataCfg->tx_cnt != dataCfg->length)){
+            // Write data to buffer
+            if(dataCfg->tx_data == NULL){
+                if (dataword == 0){
+                    SSP_SendData(SSPx, 0xFF);
+                    dataCfg->tx_cnt++;
+                } else {
+                    SSP_SendData(SSPx, 0xFFFF);
+                    dataCfg->tx_cnt += 2;
+                }
+            } else {
+                if (dataword == 0){
+                    SSP_SendData(SSPx, (*(uint8_t *)((uint32_t)dataCfg->tx_data + dataCfg->tx_cnt)));
+                    dataCfg->tx_cnt++;
+                } else {
+                    SSP_SendData(SSPx, (*(uint16_t *)((uint32_t)dataCfg->tx_data + dataCfg->tx_cnt)));
+                    dataCfg->tx_cnt += 2;
+                }
+            }
+
+            // Check error
+            if ((stat = SSPx->RIS) & SSP_RIS_ROR){
+                // save status and return
+                dataCfg->status = stat | SSP_STAT_ERROR;
+                return (-1);
+            }
+
+            // Check for any data available in RX FIFO
+            while ((SSPx->SR & SSP_SR_RNE) && (dataCfg->rx_cnt != dataCfg->length)){
+                // Read data from SSP data
+                tmp = SSP_ReceiveData(SSPx);
+
+                // Store data to destination
+                if (dataCfg->rx_data != NULL)
+                {
+                    if (dataword == 0){
+                        *(uint8_t *)((uint32_t)dataCfg->rx_data + dataCfg->rx_cnt) = (uint8_t) tmp;
+                    } else {
+                        *(uint16_t *)((uint32_t)dataCfg->rx_data + dataCfg->rx_cnt) = (uint16_t) tmp;
+                    }
+                }
+                // Increase counter
+                if (dataword == 0){
+                    dataCfg->rx_cnt++;
+                } else {
+                    dataCfg->rx_cnt += 2;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        // If there more data to sent or receive
+        if ((dataCfg->rx_cnt != dataCfg->length) || (dataCfg->tx_cnt != dataCfg->length)){
+            // Enable all interrupt
+            SSPx->IMSC = SSP_IMSC_BITMASK;
+        } else {
+            // Save status
+            dataCfg->status = SSP_STAT_DONE;
+        }
+        return (0);
+    }
+
+    return (-1);
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Checks whether the specified SSP status flag is set or not
+ * @param[in]    SSPx    SSP peripheral selected, should be:
+ *                          - LPC_SSP0: SSP0 peripheral
+ *                         - LPC_SSP1: SSP1 peripheral
+ * @param[in]    FlagType    Type of flag to check status, should be one
+ *                             of following:
+ *                            - SSP_STAT_TXFIFO_EMPTY: TX FIFO is empty
+ *                            - SSP_STAT_TXFIFO_NOTFULL: TX FIFO is not full
+ *                            - SSP_STAT_RXFIFO_NOTEMPTY: RX FIFO is not empty
+ *                            - SSP_STAT_RXFIFO_FULL: RX FIFO is full
+ *                            - SSP_STAT_BUSY: SSP peripheral is busy
+ * @return        New State of specified SSP status flag
+ **********************************************************************/
+FlagStatus SSP_GetStatus(LPC_SSP_TypeDef* SSPx, uint32_t FlagType)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_SSPx(SSPx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_SSP_STAT(FlagType));
+
+    return ((SSPx->SR & FlagType) ? SET : RESET);
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Enable or disable specified interrupt type in SSP peripheral
+ * @param[in]    SSPx    SSP peripheral selected, should be:
+ *                         - LPC_SSP0: SSP0 peripheral
+ *                         - LPC_SSP1: SSP1 peripheral
+ * @param[in]    IntType    Interrupt type in SSP peripheral, should be:
+ *                 - SSP_INTCFG_ROR: Receive Overrun interrupt
+ *                 - SSP_INTCFG_RT: Receive Time out interrupt
+ *                 - SSP_INTCFG_RX: RX FIFO is at least half full interrupt
+ *                 - SSP_INTCFG_TX: TX FIFO is at least half empty interrupt
+ * @param[in]    NewState New State of specified interrupt type, should be:
+ *                 - ENABLE: Enable this interrupt type
+ *                 - DISABLE: Disable this interrupt type
+ * @return        None
+ * Note: We can enable/disable multi-interrupt type by OR multi value
+ **********************************************************************/
+void SSP_IntConfig(LPC_SSP_TypeDef *SSPx, uint32_t IntType, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_SSPx(SSPx));
+
+    if (NewState == ENABLE)
+    {
+        SSPx->IMSC |= IntType;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        SSPx->IMSC &= (~IntType) & SSP_IMSC_BITMASK;
+    }
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief    Check whether the specified Raw interrupt status flag is
+ *             set or not
+ * @param[in]    SSPx    SSP peripheral selected, should be:
+ *                         - LPC_SSP0: SSP0 peripheral
+ *                         - LPC_SSP1: SSP1 peripheral
+ * @param[in]    RawIntType    Raw Interrupt Type, should be:
+ *                 - SSP_INTSTAT_RAW_ROR: Receive Overrun interrupt
+ *                 - SSP_INTSTAT_RAW_RT: Receive Time out interrupt
+ *                 - SSP_INTSTAT_RAW_RX: RX FIFO is at least half full interrupt
+ *                 - SSP_INTSTAT_RAW_TX: TX FIFO is at least half empty interrupt
+ * @return    New State of specified Raw interrupt status flag in SSP peripheral
+ * Note: Enabling/Disabling specified interrupt in SSP peripheral does not
+ *         effect to Raw Interrupt Status flag.
+ **********************************************************************/
+IntStatus SSP_GetRawIntStatus(LPC_SSP_TypeDef *SSPx, uint32_t RawIntType)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_SSPx(SSPx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_SSP_INTSTAT_RAW(RawIntType));
+
+    return ((SSPx->RIS & RawIntType) ? SET : RESET);
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Get Raw Interrupt Status register
+ * @param[in]    SSPx    SSP peripheral selected, should be:
+ *                         - LPC_SSP0: SSP0 peripheral
+ *                         - LPC_SSP1: SSP1 peripheral
+ * @return        Raw Interrupt Status (RIS) register value
+ **********************************************************************/
+uint32_t SSP_GetRawIntStatusReg(LPC_SSP_TypeDef *SSPx)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_SSPx(SSPx));
+    return (SSPx->RIS);
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief    Check whether the specified interrupt status flag is
+ *             set or not
+ * @param[in]    SSPx    SSP peripheral selected, should be:
+ *                         - LPC_SSP0: SSP0 peripheral
+ *                         - LPC_SSP1: SSP1 peripheral
+ * @param[in]    IntType    Raw Interrupt Type, should be:
+ *                 - SSP_INTSTAT_ROR: Receive Overrun interrupt
+ *                 - SSP_INTSTAT_RT: Receive Time out interrupt
+ *                 - SSP_INTSTAT_RX: RX FIFO is at least half full interrupt
+ *                 - SSP_INTSTAT_TX: TX FIFO is at least half empty interrupt
+ * @return    New State of specified interrupt status flag in SSP peripheral
+ * Note: Enabling/Disabling specified interrupt in SSP peripheral effects
+ *             to Interrupt Status flag.
+ **********************************************************************/
+IntStatus SSP_GetIntStatus (LPC_SSP_TypeDef *SSPx, uint32_t IntType)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_SSPx(SSPx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_SSP_INTSTAT(IntType));
+
+    return ((SSPx->MIS & IntType) ? SET :RESET);
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief                Clear specified interrupt pending in SSP peripheral
+ * @param[in]    SSPx    SSP peripheral selected, should be:
+ *                      - LPC_SSP0: SSP0 peripheral
+ *                         - LPC_SSP1: SSP1 peripheral
+ * @param[in]    IntType    Interrupt pending to clear, should be:
+ *                         - SSP_INTCLR_ROR: clears the "frame was received when
+ *                         RxFIFO was full" interrupt.
+ *                         - SSP_INTCLR_RT: clears the "Rx FIFO was not empty and
+ *                         has not been read for a timeout period" interrupt.
+ * @return        None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void SSP_ClearIntPending(LPC_SSP_TypeDef *SSPx, uint32_t IntType)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_SSPx(SSPx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_SSP_INTCLR(IntType));
+
+    SSPx->ICR = IntType;
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief                Enable/Disable DMA function for SSP peripheral
+ * @param[in]    SSPx    SSP peripheral selected, should be:
+ *                      - LPC_SSP0: SSP0 peripheral
+ *                         - LPC_SSP1: SSP1 peripheral
+ * @param[in]    DMAMode    Type of DMA, should be:
+ *                         - SSP_DMA_TX: DMA for the transmit FIFO
+ *                         - SSP_DMA_RX: DMA for the Receive FIFO
+ * @param[in]    NewState    New State of DMA function on SSP peripheral,
+ *                         should be:
+ *                         - ENALBE: Enable this function
+ *                         - DISABLE: Disable this function
+ * @return        None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void SSP_DMACmd(LPC_SSP_TypeDef *SSPx, uint32_t DMAMode, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_SSPx(SSPx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_SSP_DMA(DMAMode));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(NewState));
+
+    if (NewState == ENABLE)
+    {
+        SSPx->DMACR |= DMAMode;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        SSPx->DMACR &= (~DMAMode) & SSP_DMA_BITMASK;
+    }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* _SSP */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */
+
diff -r 000000000000 -r 84d7747641aa lpc17xx_ssp.h
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lpc17xx_ssp.h	Sun Mar 20 18:45:15 2011 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,460 @@
+/***********************************************************************//**
+ * @file		lpc17xx_ssp.h
+ * @brief		Contains all macro definitions and function prototypes
+ * 				support for SSP firmware library on LPC17xx
+ * @version		3.0
+ * @date		18. June. 2010
+ * @author		NXP MCU SW Application Team
+ **************************************************************************
+ * Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only
+ * which provides customers with programming information regarding the
+ * products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties.
+ * NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the
+ * use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent,
+ * copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors
+ * reserves the right to make changes in the software without
+ * notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or
+ * warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified
+ * use without further testing or modification.
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup SSP SSP
+ * @ingroup LPC1700CMSIS_FwLib_Drivers
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef LPC17XX_SSP_H_
+#define LPC17XX_SSP_H_
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+#include "LPC17xx.h"
+#include "lpc_types.h"
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+{
+#endif
+
+/* Public Macros -------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup SSP_Public_Macros SSP Public Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * SSP configuration parameter defines
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** Clock phase control bit */
+#define SSP_CPHA_FIRST			((uint32_t)(0))
+#define SSP_CPHA_SECOND			SSP_CR0_CPHA_SECOND
+
+
+/** Clock polarity control bit */
+/* There's no bug here!!!
+ * - If bit[6] in SSPnCR0 is 0: SSP controller maintains the bus clock low between frames.
+ * That means the active clock is in HI state.
+ * - If bit[6] in SSPnCR0 is 1 (SSP_CR0_CPOL_HI): SSP controller maintains the bus clock
+ * high between frames. That means the active clock is in LO state.
+ */
+#define SSP_CPOL_HI				((uint32_t)(0))
+#define SSP_CPOL_LO				SSP_CR0_CPOL_HI
+
+/** SSP master mode enable */
+#define SSP_SLAVE_MODE			SSP_CR1_SLAVE_EN
+#define SSP_MASTER_MODE			((uint32_t)(0))
+
+/** SSP data bit number defines */
+#define SSP_DATABIT_4		SSP_CR0_DSS(4) 			/*!< Databit number = 4 */
+#define SSP_DATABIT_5		SSP_CR0_DSS(5) 			/*!< Databit number = 5 */
+#define SSP_DATABIT_6		SSP_CR0_DSS(6) 			/*!< Databit number = 6 */
+#define SSP_DATABIT_7		SSP_CR0_DSS(7) 			/*!< Databit number = 7 */
+#define SSP_DATABIT_8		SSP_CR0_DSS(8) 			/*!< Databit number = 8 */
+#define SSP_DATABIT_9		SSP_CR0_DSS(9) 			/*!< Databit number = 9 */
+#define SSP_DATABIT_10		SSP_CR0_DSS(10) 		/*!< Databit number = 10 */
+#define SSP_DATABIT_11		SSP_CR0_DSS(11) 		/*!< Databit number = 11 */
+#define SSP_DATABIT_12		SSP_CR0_DSS(12) 		/*!< Databit number = 12 */
+#define SSP_DATABIT_13		SSP_CR0_DSS(13) 		/*!< Databit number = 13 */
+#define SSP_DATABIT_14		SSP_CR0_DSS(14) 		/*!< Databit number = 14 */
+#define SSP_DATABIT_15		SSP_CR0_DSS(15) 		/*!< Databit number = 15 */
+#define SSP_DATABIT_16		SSP_CR0_DSS(16) 		/*!< Databit number = 16 */
+
+/** SSP Frame Format definition */
+/** Motorola SPI mode */
+#define SSP_FRAME_SPI		SSP_CR0_FRF_SPI
+/** TI synchronous serial mode */
+#define SSP_FRAME_TI		SSP_CR0_FRF_TI
+/** National Micro-wire mode */
+#define SSP_FRAME_MICROWIRE	SSP_CR0_FRF_MICROWIRE
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * SSP Status defines
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** SSP status TX FIFO Empty bit */
+#define SSP_STAT_TXFIFO_EMPTY		SSP_SR_TFE
+/** SSP status TX FIFO not full bit */
+#define SSP_STAT_TXFIFO_NOTFULL		SSP_SR_TNF
+/** SSP status RX FIFO not empty bit */
+#define SSP_STAT_RXFIFO_NOTEMPTY	SSP_SR_RNE
+/** SSP status RX FIFO full bit */
+#define SSP_STAT_RXFIFO_FULL		SSP_SR_RFF
+/** SSP status SSP Busy bit */
+#define SSP_STAT_BUSY				SSP_SR_BSY
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * SSP Interrupt Configuration defines
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** Receive Overrun */
+#define SSP_INTCFG_ROR		SSP_IMSC_ROR
+/** Receive TimeOut */
+#define SSP_INTCFG_RT		SSP_IMSC_RT
+/** Rx FIFO is at least half full */
+#define SSP_INTCFG_RX		SSP_IMSC_RX
+/** Tx FIFO is at least half empty */
+#define SSP_INTCFG_TX		SSP_IMSC_TX
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * SSP Configured Interrupt Status defines
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** Receive Overrun */
+#define SSP_INTSTAT_ROR		SSP_MIS_ROR
+/** Receive TimeOut */
+#define SSP_INTSTAT_RT		SSP_MIS_RT
+/** Rx FIFO is at least half full */
+#define SSP_INTSTAT_RX		SSP_MIS_RX
+/** Tx FIFO is at least half empty */
+#define SSP_INTSTAT_TX		SSP_MIS_TX
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * SSP Raw Interrupt Status defines
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** Receive Overrun */
+#define SSP_INTSTAT_RAW_ROR		SSP_RIS_ROR
+/** Receive TimeOut */
+#define SSP_INTSTAT_RAW_RT		SSP_RIS_RT
+/** Rx FIFO is at least half full */
+#define SSP_INTSTAT_RAW_RX		SSP_RIS_RX
+/** Tx FIFO is at least half empty */
+#define SSP_INTSTAT_RAW_TX		SSP_RIS_TX
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * SSP Interrupt Clear defines
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** Writing a 1 to this bit clears the "frame was received when
+ * RxFIFO was full" interrupt */
+#define SSP_INTCLR_ROR		SSP_ICR_ROR
+/** Writing a 1 to this bit clears the "Rx FIFO was not empty and
+ * has not been read for a timeout period" interrupt */
+#define SSP_INTCLR_RT		SSP_ICR_RT
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * SSP DMA defines
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** SSP bit for enabling RX DMA */
+#define SSP_DMA_RX		SSP_DMA_RXDMA_EN
+/** SSP bit for enabling TX DMA */
+#define SSP_DMA_TX		SSP_DMA_TXDMA_EN
+
+/* SSP Status Implementation definitions */
+#define SSP_STAT_DONE		(1UL<<8)		/**< Done */
+#define SSP_STAT_ERROR		(1UL<<9)		/**< Error */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private Macros ------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup SSP_Private_Macros SSP Private Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* --------------------- BIT DEFINITIONS -------------------------------------- */
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for CR0 register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** SSP data size select, must be 4 bits to 16 bits */
+#define SSP_CR0_DSS(n)   		((uint32_t)((n-1)&0xF))
+/** SSP control 0 Motorola SPI mode */
+#define SSP_CR0_FRF_SPI  		((uint32_t)(0<<4))
+/** SSP control 0 TI synchronous serial mode */
+#define SSP_CR0_FRF_TI   		((uint32_t)(1<<4))
+/** SSP control 0 National Micro-wire mode */
+#define SSP_CR0_FRF_MICROWIRE  	((uint32_t)(2<<4))
+/** SPI clock polarity bit (used in SPI mode only), (1) = maintains the
+   bus clock high between frames, (0) = low */
+#define SSP_CR0_CPOL_HI		((uint32_t)(1<<6))
+/** SPI clock out phase bit (used in SPI mode only), (1) = captures data
+   on the second clock transition of the frame, (0) = first */
+#define SSP_CR0_CPHA_SECOND	((uint32_t)(1<<7))
+/** SSP serial clock rate value load macro, divider rate is
+   PERIPH_CLK / (cpsr * (SCR + 1)) */
+#define SSP_CR0_SCR(n)   	((uint32_t)((n&0xFF)<<8))
+/** SSP CR0 bit mask */
+#define SSP_CR0_BITMASK		((uint32_t)(0xFFFF))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for CR1 register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** SSP control 1 loopback mode enable bit */
+#define SSP_CR1_LBM_EN		((uint32_t)(1<<0))
+/** SSP control 1 enable bit */
+#define SSP_CR1_SSP_EN		((uint32_t)(1<<1))
+/** SSP control 1 slave enable */
+#define SSP_CR1_SLAVE_EN	((uint32_t)(1<<2))
+/** SSP control 1 slave out disable bit, disables transmit line in slave
+   mode */
+#define SSP_CR1_SO_DISABLE	((uint32_t)(1<<3))
+/** SSP CR1 bit mask */
+#define SSP_CR1_BITMASK		((uint32_t)(0x0F))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for DR register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** SSP data bit mask */
+#define SSP_DR_BITMASK(n)   ((n)&0xFFFF)
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for SR register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** SSP status TX FIFO Empty bit */
+#define SSP_SR_TFE      ((uint32_t)(1<<0))
+/** SSP status TX FIFO not full bit */
+#define SSP_SR_TNF      ((uint32_t)(1<<1))
+/** SSP status RX FIFO not empty bit */
+#define SSP_SR_RNE      ((uint32_t)(1<<2))
+/** SSP status RX FIFO full bit */
+#define SSP_SR_RFF      ((uint32_t)(1<<3))
+/** SSP status SSP Busy bit */
+#define SSP_SR_BSY      ((uint32_t)(1<<4))
+/** SSP SR bit mask */
+#define SSP_SR_BITMASK	((uint32_t)(0x1F))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for CPSR register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** SSP clock prescaler */
+#define SSP_CPSR_CPDVSR(n) 	((uint32_t)(n&0xFF))
+/** SSP CPSR bit mask */
+#define SSP_CPSR_BITMASK	((uint32_t)(0xFF))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro define for (IMSC) Interrupt Mask Set/Clear registers
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** Receive Overrun */
+#define SSP_IMSC_ROR	((uint32_t)(1<<0))
+/** Receive TimeOut */
+#define SSP_IMSC_RT		((uint32_t)(1<<1))
+/** Rx FIFO is at least half full */
+#define SSP_IMSC_RX		((uint32_t)(1<<2))
+/** Tx FIFO is at least half empty */
+#define SSP_IMSC_TX		((uint32_t)(1<<3))
+/** IMSC bit mask */
+#define SSP_IMSC_BITMASK	((uint32_t)(0x0F))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro define for (RIS) Raw Interrupt Status registers
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** Receive Overrun */
+#define SSP_RIS_ROR		((uint32_t)(1<<0))
+/** Receive TimeOut */
+#define SSP_RIS_RT		((uint32_t)(1<<1))
+/** Rx FIFO is at least half full */
+#define SSP_RIS_RX		((uint32_t)(1<<2))
+/** Tx FIFO is at least half empty */
+#define SSP_RIS_TX		((uint32_t)(1<<3))
+/** RIS bit mask */
+#define SSP_RIS_BITMASK	((uint32_t)(0x0F))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro define for (MIS) Masked Interrupt Status registers
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** Receive Overrun */
+#define SSP_MIS_ROR		((uint32_t)(1<<0))
+/** Receive TimeOut */
+#define SSP_MIS_RT		((uint32_t)(1<<1))
+/** Rx FIFO is at least half full */
+#define SSP_MIS_RX		((uint32_t)(1<<2))
+/** Tx FIFO is at least half empty */
+#define SSP_MIS_TX		((uint32_t)(1<<3))
+/** MIS bit mask */
+#define SSP_MIS_BITMASK	((uint32_t)(0x0F))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro define for (ICR) Interrupt Clear registers
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** Writing a 1 to this bit clears the "frame was received when
+ * RxFIFO was full" interrupt */
+#define SSP_ICR_ROR		((uint32_t)(1<<0))
+/** Writing a 1 to this bit clears the "Rx FIFO was not empty and
+ * has not been read for a timeout period" interrupt */
+#define SSP_ICR_RT		((uint32_t)(1<<1))
+/** ICR bit mask */
+#define SSP_ICR_BITMASK	((uint32_t)(0x03))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for DMACR register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/** SSP bit for enabling RX DMA */
+#define SSP_DMA_RXDMA_EN  	((uint32_t)(1<<0))
+/** SSP bit for enabling TX DMA */
+#define SSP_DMA_TXDMA_EN  	((uint32_t)(1<<1))
+/** DMACR	bit mask */
+#define SSP_DMA_BITMASK		((uint32_t)(0x03))
+
+
+/* ---------------- CHECK PARAMETER DEFINITIONS ---------------------------- */
+/** Macro to determine if it is valid SSP port number */
+#define PARAM_SSPx(n)	((((uint32_t *)n)==((uint32_t *)LPC_SSP0)) \
+|| (((uint32_t *)n)==((uint32_t *)LPC_SSP1)))
+
+/** Macro check clock phase control mode */
+#define PARAM_SSP_CPHA(n) 		((n==SSP_CPHA_FIRST) || (n==SSP_CPHA_SECOND))
+
+/** Macro check clock polarity mode */
+#define PARAM_SSP_CPOL(n)		((n==SSP_CPOL_HI) || (n==SSP_CPOL_LO))
+
+/* Macro check master/slave mode */
+#define PARAM_SSP_MODE(n)		((n==SSP_SLAVE_MODE) || (n==SSP_MASTER_MODE))
+
+/* Macro check databit value */
+#define PARAM_SSP_DATABIT(n) 	((n==SSP_DATABIT_4) || (n==SSP_DATABIT_5) \
+|| (n==SSP_DATABIT_6) || (n==SSP_DATABIT_16) \
+|| (n==SSP_DATABIT_7) || (n==SSP_DATABIT_8) \
+|| (n==SSP_DATABIT_9) || (n==SSP_DATABIT_10) \
+|| (n==SSP_DATABIT_11) || (n==SSP_DATABIT_12) \
+|| (n==SSP_DATABIT_13) || (n==SSP_DATABIT_14) \
+|| (n==SSP_DATABIT_15))
+
+/* Macro check frame type */
+#define PARAM_SSP_FRAME(n) ((n==SSP_FRAME_SPI) || (n==SSP_FRAME_TI)\
+|| (n==SSP_FRAME_MICROWIRE))
+
+/* Macro check SSP status */
+#define PARAM_SSP_STAT(n) ((n==SSP_STAT_TXFIFO_EMPTY) || (n==SSP_STAT_TXFIFO_NOTFULL) \
+|| (n==SSP_STAT_RXFIFO_NOTEMPTY) || (n==SSP_STAT_RXFIFO_FULL) \
+|| (n==SSP_STAT_BUSY))
+
+/* Macro check interrupt configuration */
+#define PARAM_SSP_INTCFG(n)	((n==SSP_INTCFG_ROR) || (n==SSP_INTCFG_RT) \
+|| (n==SSP_INTCFG_RX) || (n==SSP_INTCFG_TX))
+
+/* Macro check interrupt status value */
+#define PARAM_SSP_INTSTAT(n) ((n==SSP_INTSTAT_ROR) || (n==SSP_INTSTAT_RT) \
+|| (n==SSP_INTSTAT_RX) || (n==SSP_INTSTAT_TX))
+
+/* Macro check interrupt status raw value */
+#define PARAM_SSP_INTSTAT_RAW(n)	((n==SSP_INTSTAT_RAW_ROR) || (n==SSP_INTSTAT_RAW_RT) \
+|| (n==SSP_INTSTAT_RAW_RX) || (n==SSP_INTSTAT_RAW_TX))
+
+/* Macro check interrupt clear mode */
+#define PARAM_SSP_INTCLR(n)	((n==SSP_INTCLR_ROR) || (n==SSP_INTCLR_RT))
+
+/* Macro check DMA mode */
+#define PARAM_SSP_DMA(n)	((n==SSP_DMA_TX) || (n==SSP_DMA_RX))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/* Public Types --------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup SSP_Public_Types SSP Public Types
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @brief SSP configuration structure */
+typedef struct {
+	uint32_t Databit; 		/** Databit number, should be SSP_DATABIT_x,
+							where x is in range from 4 - 16 */
+	uint32_t CPHA;			/** Clock phase, should be:
+							- SSP_CPHA_FIRST: first clock edge
+							- SSP_CPHA_SECOND: second clock edge */
+	uint32_t CPOL;			/** Clock polarity, should be:
+							- SSP_CPOL_HI: high level
+							- SSP_CPOL_LO: low level */
+	uint32_t Mode;			/** SSP mode, should be:
+							- SSP_MASTER_MODE: Master mode
+							- SSP_SLAVE_MODE: Slave mode */
+	uint32_t FrameFormat;	/** Frame Format:
+							- SSP_FRAME_SPI: Motorola SPI frame format
+							- SSP_FRAME_TI: TI frame format
+							- SSP_FRAME_MICROWIRE: National Microwire frame format */
+	uint32_t ClockRate;		/** Clock rate,in Hz */
+} SSP_CFG_Type;
+
+/**
+ * @brief SSP Transfer Type definitions
+ */
+typedef enum {
+	SSP_TRANSFER_POLLING = 0,	/**< Polling transfer */
+	SSP_TRANSFER_INTERRUPT		/**< Interrupt transfer */
+} SSP_TRANSFER_Type;
+
+/**
+ * @brief SPI Data configuration structure definitions
+ */
+typedef struct {
+	void *tx_data;				/**< Pointer to transmit data */
+	uint32_t tx_cnt;			/**< Transmit counter */
+	void *rx_data;				/**< Pointer to transmit data */
+	uint32_t rx_cnt;			/**< Receive counter */
+	uint32_t length;			/**< Length of transfer data */
+	uint32_t status;			/**< Current status of SSP activity */
+} SSP_DATA_SETUP_Type;
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup SSP_Public_Functions SSP Public Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* SSP Init/DeInit functions --------------------------------------------------*/
+void SSP_Init(LPC_SSP_TypeDef *SSPx, SSP_CFG_Type *SSP_ConfigStruct);
+void SSP_DeInit(LPC_SSP_TypeDef* SSPx);
+
+/* SSP configure functions ----------------------------------------------------*/
+void SSP_ConfigStructInit(SSP_CFG_Type *SSP_InitStruct);
+
+/* SSP enable/disable functions -----------------------------------------------*/
+void SSP_Cmd(LPC_SSP_TypeDef* SSPx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void SSP_LoopBackCmd(LPC_SSP_TypeDef* SSPx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void SSP_SlaveOutputCmd(LPC_SSP_TypeDef* SSPx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void SSP_DMACmd(LPC_SSP_TypeDef *SSPx, uint32_t DMAMode, FunctionalState NewState);
+
+/* SSP get information functions ----------------------------------------------*/
+FlagStatus SSP_GetStatus(LPC_SSP_TypeDef* SSPx, uint32_t FlagType);
+uint8_t SSP_GetDataSize(LPC_SSP_TypeDef* SSPx);
+IntStatus SSP_GetRawIntStatus(LPC_SSP_TypeDef *SSPx, uint32_t RawIntType);
+uint32_t SSP_GetRawIntStatusReg(LPC_SSP_TypeDef *SSPx);
+IntStatus SSP_GetIntStatus (LPC_SSP_TypeDef *SSPx, uint32_t IntType);
+
+/* SSP transfer data functions ------------------------------------------------*/
+void SSP_SendData(LPC_SSP_TypeDef* SSPx, uint16_t Data);
+uint16_t SSP_ReceiveData(LPC_SSP_TypeDef* SSPx);
+int32_t SSP_ReadWrite (LPC_SSP_TypeDef *SSPx, SSP_DATA_SETUP_Type *dataCfg, \
+						SSP_TRANSFER_Type xfType);
+
+/* SSP IRQ function ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+void SSP_IntConfig(LPC_SSP_TypeDef *SSPx, uint32_t IntType, FunctionalState NewState);
+void SSP_ClearIntPending(LPC_SSP_TypeDef *SSPx, uint32_t IntType);
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* LPC17XX_SSP_H_ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */
diff -r 000000000000 -r 84d7747641aa lpc17xx_systick.c
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lpc17xx_systick.c	Sun Mar 20 18:45:15 2011 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
+/***********************************************************************//**
+ * @file		lpc17xx_systick.c
+ * @brief		Contains all functions support for SYSTICK firmware library on LPC17xx
+ * @version		2.0
+ * @date		21. May. 2010
+ * @author		NXP MCU SW Application Team
+ **************************************************************************
+ * Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only
+ * which provides customers with programming information regarding the
+ * products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties.
+ * NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the
+ * use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent,
+ * copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors
+ * reserves the right to make changes in the software without
+ * notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or
+ * warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified
+ * use without further testing or modification.
+ **********************************************************************/
+
+/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @addtogroup SYSTICK
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+#include "lpc17xx_systick.h"
+#include "lpc17xx_clkpwr.h"
+
+/* If this source file built with example, the LPC17xx FW library configuration
+ * file in each example directory ("lpc17xx_libcfg.h") must be included,
+ * otherwise the default FW library configuration file must be included instead
+ */
+#ifdef __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__
+#include "lpc17xx_libcfg.h"
+#else
+#include "lpc17xx_libcfg_default.h"
+#endif /* __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__ */
+
+
+#ifdef _SYSTICK
+
+/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @addtogroup SYSTICK_Public_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief 		Initial System Tick with using internal CPU clock source
+ * @param[in]	time	time interval(ms)
+ * @return 		None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void SYSTICK_InternalInit(uint32_t time)
+{
+	uint32_t cclk;
+	float maxtime;
+
+	cclk = SystemCoreClock;
+	/* With internal CPU clock frequency for LPC17xx is 'SystemCoreClock'
+	 * And limit 24 bit for LOAD value
+	 * So the maximum time can be set:
+	 * 1/SystemCoreClock * (2^24) * 1000 (ms)
+	 */
+	//check time value is available or not
+	maxtime = (1<<24)/(SystemCoreClock / 1000) ;
+	if(time > maxtime)
+		//Error loop
+		while(1);
+	else
+	{
+		//Select CPU clock is System Tick clock source
+		SysTick->CTRL |= ST_CTRL_CLKSOURCE;
+		/* Set RELOAD value
+		 * RELOAD = (SystemCoreClock/1000) * time - 1
+		 * with time base is millisecond
+		 */
+		SysTick->LOAD = (cclk/1000)*time - 1;
+	}
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief 		Initial System Tick with using external clock source
+ * @param[in]	freq	external clock frequency(Hz)
+ * @param[in]	time	time interval(ms)
+ * @return 		None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void SYSTICK_ExternalInit(uint32_t freq, uint32_t time)
+{
+	float maxtime;
+
+	/* With external clock frequency for LPC17xx is 'freq'
+	 * And limit 24 bit for RELOAD value
+	 * So the maximum time can be set:
+	 * 1/freq * (2^24) * 1000 (ms)
+	 */
+	//check time value is available or not
+	maxtime = (1<<24)/(freq / 1000) ;
+	if (time>maxtime)
+		//Error Loop
+		while(1);
+	else
+	{
+		//Select external clock is System Tick clock source
+		SysTick->CTRL &= ~ ST_CTRL_CLKSOURCE;
+		/* Set RELOAD value
+		 * RELOAD = (freq/1000) * time - 1
+		 * with time base is millisecond
+		 */
+		maxtime = (freq/1000)*time - 1;
+		SysTick->LOAD = (freq/1000)*time - 1;
+	}
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief 		Enable/disable System Tick counter
+ * @param[in]	NewState	System Tick counter status, should be:
+ * 					- ENABLE
+ * 					- DISABLE
+ * @return 		None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void SYSTICK_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+	CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(NewState));
+
+	if(NewState == ENABLE)
+		//Enable System Tick counter
+		SysTick->CTRL |= ST_CTRL_ENABLE;
+	else
+		//Disable System Tick counter
+		SysTick->CTRL &= ~ST_CTRL_ENABLE;
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief 		Enable/disable System Tick interrupt
+ * @param[in]	NewState	System Tick interrupt status, should be:
+ * 					- ENABLE
+ * 					- DISABLE
+ * @return 		None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void SYSTICK_IntCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+	CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(NewState));
+
+	if(NewState == ENABLE)
+		//Enable System Tick counter
+		SysTick->CTRL |= ST_CTRL_TICKINT;
+	else
+		//Disable System Tick counter
+		SysTick->CTRL &= ~ST_CTRL_TICKINT;
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief 		Get current value of System Tick counter
+ * @param[in]	None
+ * @return 		current value of System Tick counter
+ **********************************************************************/
+uint32_t SYSTICK_GetCurrentValue(void)
+{
+	return (SysTick->VAL);
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief 		Clear Counter flag
+ * @param[in]	None
+ * @return 		None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void SYSTICK_ClearCounterFlag(void)
+{
+	SysTick->CTRL &= ~ST_CTRL_COUNTFLAG;
+}
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* _SYSTICK */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */
+
diff -r 000000000000 -r 84d7747641aa lpc17xx_systick.h
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lpc17xx_systick.h	Sun Mar 20 18:45:15 2011 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+/***********************************************************************//**
+ * @file		lpc17xx_systick.h
+ * @brief		Contains all macro definitions and function prototypes
+ * 				support for SYSTICK firmware library on LPC17xx
+ * @version		2.0
+ * @date		21. May. 2010
+ * @author		NXP MCU SW Application Team
+ **************************************************************************
+ * Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only
+ * which provides customers with programming information regarding the
+ * products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties.
+ * NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the
+ * use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent,
+ * copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors
+ * reserves the right to make changes in the software without
+ * notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or
+ * warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified
+ * use without further testing or modification.
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup SYSTICK SYSTICK
+ * @ingroup LPC1700CMSIS_FwLib_Drivers
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef LPC17XX_SYSTICK_H_
+#define LPC17XX_SYSTICK_H_
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+#include "LPC17xx.h"
+#include "lpc_types.h"
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+{
+#endif
+
+
+/* Private Macros ------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup SYSTICK_Private_Macros SYSTICK Private Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for System Timer Control and status (STCTRL) register
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define ST_CTRL_ENABLE		((uint32_t)(1<<0))
+#define ST_CTRL_TICKINT		((uint32_t)(1<<1))
+#define ST_CTRL_CLKSOURCE	((uint32_t)(1<<2))
+#define ST_CTRL_COUNTFLAG	((uint32_t)(1<<16))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for System Timer Reload value (STRELOAD) register
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define ST_RELOAD_RELOAD(n)		((uint32_t)(n & 0x00FFFFFF))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for System Timer Current value (STCURRENT) register
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define ST_RELOAD_CURRENT(n)	((uint32_t)(n & 0x00FFFFFF))
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for System Timer Calibration value (STCALIB) register
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define ST_CALIB_TENMS(n)		((uint32_t)(n & 0x00FFFFFF))
+#define ST_CALIB_SKEW			((uint32_t)(1<<30))
+#define ST_CALIB_NOREF			((uint32_t)(1<<31))
+
+#define CLKSOURCE_EXT			((uint32_t)(0))
+#define CLKSOURCE_CPU			((uint32_t)(1))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup SYSTICK_Public_Functions SYSTICK Public Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+void SYSTICK_InternalInit(uint32_t time);
+void SYSTICK_ExternalInit(uint32_t freq, uint32_t time);
+
+void SYSTICK_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+void SYSTICK_IntCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
+uint32_t SYSTICK_GetCurrentValue(void);
+void SYSTICK_ClearCounterFlag(void);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* LPC17XX_SYSTICK_H_ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */
diff -r 000000000000 -r 84d7747641aa lpc17xx_timer.c
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lpc17xx_timer.c	Sun Mar 20 18:45:15 2011 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,591 @@
+/***********************************************************************//**
+ * @file        lpc17xx_timer.c
+ * @brief        Contains all functions support for Timer firmware library on LPC17xx
+ * @version        3.0
+ * @date        18. June. 2010
+ * @author        NXP MCU SW Application Team
+ **************************************************************************
+ * Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only
+ * which provides customers with programming information regarding the
+ * products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties.
+ * NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the
+ * use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent,
+ * copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors
+ * reserves the right to make changes in the software without
+ * notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or
+ * warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified
+ * use without further testing or modification.
+ **********************************************************************/
+
+/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @addtogroup TIM
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+#include "lpc17xx_timer.h"
+#include "lpc17xx_clkpwr.h"
+#include "lpc17xx_pinsel.h"
+
+/* If this source file built with example, the LPC17xx FW library configuration
+ * file in each example directory ("lpc17xx_libcfg.h") must be included,
+ * otherwise the default FW library configuration file must be included instead
+ */
+#ifdef __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__
+#include "lpc17xx_libcfg.h"
+#else
+#include "lpc17xx_libcfg_default.h"
+#endif /* __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__ */
+
+#ifdef _TIM
+
+/* Private Functions ---------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+static uint32_t getPClock (uint32_t timernum);
+static uint32_t converUSecToVal (uint32_t timernum, uint32_t usec);
+static uint32_t converPtrToTimeNum (LPC_TIM_TypeDef *TIMx);
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Get peripheral clock of each timer controller
+ * @param[in]    timernum Timer number
+ * @return         Peripheral clock of timer
+ **********************************************************************/
+static uint32_t getPClock (uint32_t timernum)
+{
+    uint32_t clkdlycnt = 0;
+    switch (timernum)
+    {
+    case 0:
+        clkdlycnt = CLKPWR_GetPCLK (CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_TIMER0);
+        break;
+
+    case 1:
+        clkdlycnt = CLKPWR_GetPCLK (CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_TIMER1);
+        break;
+
+    case 2:
+        clkdlycnt = CLKPWR_GetPCLK (CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_TIMER2);
+        break;
+
+    case 3:
+        clkdlycnt = CLKPWR_GetPCLK (CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_TIMER3);
+        break;
+    }
+    return clkdlycnt;
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Convert a time to a timer count value
+ * @param[in]    timernum Timer number
+ * @param[in]    usec Time in microseconds
+ * @return         The number of required clock ticks to give the time delay
+ **********************************************************************/
+uint32_t converUSecToVal (uint32_t timernum, uint32_t usec)
+{
+    uint64_t clkdlycnt;
+
+    // Get Pclock of timer
+    clkdlycnt = (uint64_t) getPClock(timernum);
+
+    clkdlycnt = (clkdlycnt * usec) / 1000000;
+    return (uint32_t) clkdlycnt;
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Convert a timer register pointer to a timer number
+ * @param[in]    TIMx Pointer to LPC_TIM_TypeDef, should be:
+ *                 - LPC_TIM0: TIMER0 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_TIM1: TIMER1 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_TIM2: TIMER2 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_TIM3: TIMER3 peripheral
+ * @return         The timer number (0 to 3) or -1 if register pointer is bad
+ **********************************************************************/
+uint32_t converPtrToTimeNum (LPC_TIM_TypeDef *TIMx)
+{
+    uint32_t tnum = 0xFFFFFFFF;
+
+    if (TIMx == LPC_TIM0)
+    {
+        tnum = 0;
+    }
+    else if (TIMx == LPC_TIM1)
+    {
+        tnum = 1;
+    }
+    else if (TIMx == LPC_TIM2)
+    {
+        tnum = 2;
+    }
+    else if (TIMx == LPC_TIM3)
+    {
+        tnum = 3;
+    }
+
+    return tnum;
+}
+
+/* End of Private Functions ---------------------------------------------------- */
+
+
+/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @addtogroup TIM_Public_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Get Interrupt Status
+ * @param[in]    TIMx Timer selection, should be:
+ *               - LPC_TIM0: TIMER0 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_TIM1: TIMER1 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_TIM2: TIMER2 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_TIM3: TIMER3 peripheral
+ * @param[in]    IntFlag: interrupt type, should be:
+ *                 - TIM_MR0_INT: Interrupt for Match channel 0
+ *                 - TIM_MR1_INT: Interrupt for Match channel 1
+ *                 - TIM_MR2_INT: Interrupt for Match channel 2
+ *                 - TIM_MR3_INT: Interrupt for Match channel 3
+ *                 - TIM_CR0_INT: Interrupt for Capture channel 0
+ *                 - TIM_CR1_INT: Interrupt for Capture channel 1
+ * @return         FlagStatus
+ *                 - SET : interrupt
+ *                 - RESET : no interrupt
+ **********************************************************************/
+FlagStatus TIM_GetIntStatus(LPC_TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_INT_TYPE IntFlag)
+{
+    uint8_t temp;
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_TIMx(TIMx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_TIM_INT_TYPE(IntFlag));
+    temp = (TIMx->IR)& TIM_IR_CLR(IntFlag);
+    if (temp)
+        return SET;
+
+    return RESET;
+
+}
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Get Capture Interrupt Status
+ * @param[in]    TIMx Timer selection, should be:
+ *                 - LPC_TIM0: TIMER0 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_TIM1: TIMER1 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_TIM2: TIMER2 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_TIM3: TIMER3 peripheral
+ * @param[in]    IntFlag: interrupt type, should be:
+ *                 - TIM_MR0_INT: Interrupt for Match channel 0
+ *                 - TIM_MR1_INT: Interrupt for Match channel 1
+ *                 - TIM_MR2_INT: Interrupt for Match channel 2
+ *                 - TIM_MR3_INT: Interrupt for Match channel 3
+ *                 - TIM_CR0_INT: Interrupt for Capture channel 0
+ *                 - TIM_CR1_INT: Interrupt for Capture channel 1
+ * @return         FlagStatus
+ *                 - SET : interrupt
+ *                 - RESET : no interrupt
+ **********************************************************************/
+FlagStatus TIM_GetIntCaptureStatus(LPC_TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_INT_TYPE IntFlag)
+{
+    uint8_t temp;
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_TIMx(TIMx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_TIM_INT_TYPE(IntFlag));
+    temp = (TIMx->IR) & (1<<(4+IntFlag));
+    if(temp)
+        return SET;
+    return RESET;
+}
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Clear Interrupt pending
+ * @param[in]    TIMx Timer selection, should be:
+ *                - LPC_TIM0: TIMER0 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_TIM1: TIMER1 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_TIM2: TIMER2 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_TIM3: TIMER3 peripheral
+ * @param[in]    IntFlag: interrupt type, should be:
+ *                 - TIM_MR0_INT: Interrupt for Match channel 0
+ *                 - TIM_MR1_INT: Interrupt for Match channel 1
+ *                 - TIM_MR2_INT: Interrupt for Match channel 2
+ *                 - TIM_MR3_INT: Interrupt for Match channel 3
+ *                 - TIM_CR0_INT: Interrupt for Capture channel 0
+ *                 - TIM_CR1_INT: Interrupt for Capture channel 1
+ * @return         None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void TIM_ClearIntPending(LPC_TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_INT_TYPE IntFlag)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_TIMx(TIMx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_TIM_INT_TYPE(IntFlag));
+    TIMx->IR |= TIM_IR_CLR(IntFlag);
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Clear Capture Interrupt pending
+ * @param[in]    TIMx Timer selection, should be
+ *                - LPC_TIM0: TIMER0 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_TIM1: TIMER1 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_TIM2: TIMER2 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_TIM3: TIMER3 peripheral
+ * @param[in]    IntFlag interrupt type, should be:
+ *                - TIM_MR0_INT: Interrupt for Match channel 0
+ *                 - TIM_MR1_INT: Interrupt for Match channel 1
+ *                 - TIM_MR2_INT: Interrupt for Match channel 2
+ *                 - TIM_MR3_INT: Interrupt for Match channel 3
+ *                 - TIM_CR0_INT: Interrupt for Capture channel 0
+ *                 - TIM_CR1_INT: Interrupt for Capture channel 1
+ * @return         None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void TIM_ClearIntCapturePending(LPC_TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_INT_TYPE IntFlag)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_TIMx(TIMx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_TIM_INT_TYPE(IntFlag));
+    TIMx->IR |= (1<<(4+IntFlag));
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Configuration for Timer at initial time
+ * @param[in]     TimerCounterMode timer counter mode, should be:
+ *                 - TIM_TIMER_MODE: Timer mode
+ *                 - TIM_COUNTER_RISING_MODE: Counter rising mode
+ *                 - TIM_COUNTER_FALLING_MODE: Counter falling mode
+ *                 - TIM_COUNTER_ANY_MODE:Counter on both edges
+ * @param[in]     TIM_ConfigStruct pointer to TIM_TIMERCFG_Type or
+ *                 TIM_COUNTERCFG_Type
+ * @return         None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void TIM_ConfigStructInit(TIM_MODE_OPT TimerCounterMode, void *TIM_ConfigStruct)
+{
+    if (TimerCounterMode == TIM_TIMER_MODE )
+    {
+        TIM_TIMERCFG_Type * pTimeCfg = (TIM_TIMERCFG_Type *)TIM_ConfigStruct;
+        pTimeCfg->PrescaleOption = TIM_PRESCALE_USVAL;
+        pTimeCfg->PrescaleValue = 1;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        TIM_COUNTERCFG_Type * pCounterCfg = (TIM_COUNTERCFG_Type *)TIM_ConfigStruct;
+        pCounterCfg->CountInputSelect = TIM_COUNTER_INCAP0;
+    }
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Initial Timer/Counter device
+ *                      Set Clock frequency for Timer
+ *                     Set initial configuration for Timer
+ * @param[in]    TIMx  Timer selection, should be:
+ *                 - LPC_TIM0: TIMER0 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_TIM1: TIMER1 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_TIM2: TIMER2 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_TIM3: TIMER3 peripheral
+ * @param[in]    TimerCounterMode Timer counter mode, should be:
+ *                 - TIM_TIMER_MODE: Timer mode
+ *                 - TIM_COUNTER_RISING_MODE: Counter rising mode
+ *                 - TIM_COUNTER_FALLING_MODE: Counter falling mode
+ *                 - TIM_COUNTER_ANY_MODE:Counter on both edges
+ * @param[in]    TIM_ConfigStruct pointer to TIM_TIMERCFG_Type
+ *                 that contains the configuration information for the
+ *                    specified Timer peripheral.
+ * @return         None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void TIM_Init(LPC_TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_MODE_OPT TimerCounterMode, void *TIM_ConfigStruct)
+{
+    TIM_TIMERCFG_Type *pTimeCfg;
+    TIM_COUNTERCFG_Type *pCounterCfg;
+
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_TIMx(TIMx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_TIM_MODE_OPT(TimerCounterMode));
+
+    //set power
+    if (TIMx== LPC_TIM0)
+    {
+        CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCTIM0, ENABLE);
+        CLKPWR_SetPCLKDiv (CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_TIMER0, CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CCLK_DIV_4);
+    }
+    else if (TIMx== LPC_TIM1)
+    {
+        CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCTIM1, ENABLE);
+        CLKPWR_SetPCLKDiv (CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_TIMER1, CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CCLK_DIV_4);
+
+    }
+
+    else if (TIMx== LPC_TIM2)
+    {
+        CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCTIM2, ENABLE);
+        CLKPWR_SetPCLKDiv (CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_TIMER2, CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CCLK_DIV_4);
+    }
+    else if (TIMx== LPC_TIM3)
+    {
+        CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCTIM3, ENABLE);
+        CLKPWR_SetPCLKDiv (CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_TIMER3, CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CCLK_DIV_4);
+
+    }
+
+    TIMx->CCR &= ~TIM_CTCR_MODE_MASK;
+    TIMx->CCR |= TIM_TIMER_MODE;
+
+    TIMx->TC =0;
+    TIMx->PC =0;
+    TIMx->PR =0;
+    TIMx->TCR |= (1<<1); //Reset Counter
+    TIMx->TCR &= ~(1<<1); //release reset
+    if (TimerCounterMode == TIM_TIMER_MODE )
+    {
+        pTimeCfg = (TIM_TIMERCFG_Type *)TIM_ConfigStruct;
+        if (pTimeCfg->PrescaleOption  == TIM_PRESCALE_TICKVAL)
+        {
+            TIMx->PR   = pTimeCfg->PrescaleValue -1  ;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            TIMx->PR   = converUSecToVal (converPtrToTimeNum(TIMx),pTimeCfg->PrescaleValue)-1;
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+
+        pCounterCfg = (TIM_COUNTERCFG_Type *)TIM_ConfigStruct;
+        TIMx->CCR  &= ~TIM_CTCR_INPUT_MASK;
+        if (pCounterCfg->CountInputSelect == TIM_COUNTER_INCAP1)
+            TIMx->CCR |= _BIT(2);
+    }
+
+    // Clear interrupt pending
+    TIMx->IR = 0xFFFFFFFF;
+
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Close Timer/Counter device
+ * @param[in]    TIMx  Pointer to timer device, should be:
+ *                 - LPC_TIM0: TIMER0 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_TIM1: TIMER1 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_TIM2: TIMER2 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_TIM3: TIMER3 peripheral
+ * @return         None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void TIM_DeInit (LPC_TIM_TypeDef *TIMx)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_TIMx(TIMx));
+    // Disable timer/counter
+    TIMx->TCR = 0x00;
+
+    // Disable power
+    if (TIMx== LPC_TIM0)
+        CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCTIM0, DISABLE);
+
+    else if (TIMx== LPC_TIM1)
+        CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCTIM1, DISABLE);
+
+    else if (TIMx== LPC_TIM2)
+        CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCTIM2, DISABLE);
+
+    else if (TIMx== LPC_TIM3)
+        CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCTIM2, DISABLE);
+
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Start/Stop Timer/Counter device
+ * @param[in]    TIMx Pointer to timer device, should be:
+ *              - LPC_TIM0: TIMER0 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_TIM1: TIMER1 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_TIM2: TIMER2 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_TIM3: TIMER3 peripheral
+ * @param[in]    NewState
+ *                 -    ENABLE  : set timer enable
+ *                 -    DISABLE : disable timer
+ * @return         None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void TIM_Cmd(LPC_TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_TIMx(TIMx));
+    if (NewState == ENABLE)
+    {
+        TIMx->TCR    |=  TIM_ENABLE;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        TIMx->TCR &= ~TIM_ENABLE;
+    }
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Reset Timer/Counter device,
+ *                     Make TC and PC are synchronously reset on the next
+ *                     positive edge of PCLK
+ * @param[in]    TIMx Pointer to timer device, should be:
+ *               - LPC_TIM0: TIMER0 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_TIM1: TIMER1 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_TIM2: TIMER2 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_TIM3: TIMER3 peripheral
+ * @return         None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void TIM_ResetCounter(LPC_TIM_TypeDef *TIMx)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_TIMx(TIMx));
+    TIMx->TCR |= TIM_RESET;
+    TIMx->TCR &= ~TIM_RESET;
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Configuration for Match register
+ * @param[in]    TIMx Pointer to timer device, should be:
+ *               - LPC_TIM0: TIMER0 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_TIM1: TIMER1 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_TIM2: TIMER2 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_TIM3: TIMER3 peripheral
+ * @param[in]   TIM_MatchConfigStruct Pointer to TIM_MATCHCFG_Type
+ *                     - MatchChannel : choose channel 0 or 1
+ *                     - IntOnMatch     : if SET, interrupt will be generated when MRxx match
+ *                                     the value in TC
+ *                     - StopOnMatch     : if SET, TC and PC will be stopped whenM Rxx match
+ *                                     the value in TC
+ *                     - ResetOnMatch : if SET, Reset on MR0 when MRxx match
+ *                                     the value in TC
+ *                     -ExtMatchOutputType: Select output for external match
+ *                          +     0:    Do nothing for external output pin if match
+ *                         +   1:    Force external output pin to low if match
+ *                         +      2: Force external output pin to high if match
+ *                         +      3: Toggle external output pin if match
+ *                    MatchValue: Set the value to be compared with TC value
+ * @return         None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void TIM_ConfigMatch(LPC_TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_MATCHCFG_Type *TIM_MatchConfigStruct)
+{
+
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_TIMx(TIMx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_TIM_EXTMATCH_OPT(TIM_MatchConfigStruct->ExtMatchOutputType));
+
+    switch(TIM_MatchConfigStruct->MatchChannel)
+    {
+    case 0:
+        TIMx->MR0 = TIM_MatchConfigStruct->MatchValue;
+        break;
+    case 1:
+        TIMx->MR1 = TIM_MatchConfigStruct->MatchValue;
+        break;
+    case 2:
+        TIMx->MR2 = TIM_MatchConfigStruct->MatchValue;
+        break;
+    case 3:
+        TIMx->MR3 = TIM_MatchConfigStruct->MatchValue;
+        break;
+    default:
+        //Error match value
+        //Error loop
+        while(1);
+    }
+    //interrupt on MRn
+    TIMx->MCR &=~TIM_MCR_CHANNEL_MASKBIT(TIM_MatchConfigStruct->MatchChannel);
+
+    if (TIM_MatchConfigStruct->IntOnMatch)
+        TIMx->MCR |= TIM_INT_ON_MATCH(TIM_MatchConfigStruct->MatchChannel);
+
+    //reset on MRn
+    if (TIM_MatchConfigStruct->ResetOnMatch)
+        TIMx->MCR |= TIM_RESET_ON_MATCH(TIM_MatchConfigStruct->MatchChannel);
+
+    //stop on MRn
+    if (TIM_MatchConfigStruct->StopOnMatch)
+        TIMx->MCR |= TIM_STOP_ON_MATCH(TIM_MatchConfigStruct->MatchChannel);
+
+    // match output type
+
+    TIMx->EMR     &= ~TIM_EM_MASK(TIM_MatchConfigStruct->MatchChannel);
+    TIMx->EMR   |= TIM_EM_SET(TIM_MatchConfigStruct->MatchChannel,TIM_MatchConfigStruct->ExtMatchOutputType);
+}
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Update Match value
+ * @param[in]    TIMx Pointer to timer device, should be:
+ *               - LPC_TIM0: TIMER0 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_TIM1: TIMER1 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_TIM2: TIMER2 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_TIM3: TIMER3 peripheral
+ * @param[in]    MatchChannel    Match channel, should be: 0..3
+ * @param[in]    MatchValue        updated match value
+ * @return         None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void TIM_UpdateMatchValue(LPC_TIM_TypeDef *TIMx,uint8_t MatchChannel, uint32_t MatchValue)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_TIMx(TIMx));
+    switch(MatchChannel)
+    {
+    case 0:
+        TIMx->MR0 = MatchValue;
+        break;
+    case 1:
+        TIMx->MR1 = MatchValue;
+        break;
+    case 2:
+        TIMx->MR2 = MatchValue;
+        break;
+    case 3:
+        TIMx->MR3 = MatchValue;
+        break;
+    default:
+        //Error Loop
+        while(1);
+    }
+
+}
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Configuration for Capture register
+ * @param[in]    TIMx Pointer to timer device, should be:
+ *               - LPC_TIM0: TIMER0 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_TIM1: TIMER1 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_TIM2: TIMER2 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_TIM3: TIMER3 peripheral
+ *                     - CaptureChannel: set the channel to capture data
+ *                     - RisingEdge    : if SET, Capture at rising edge
+ *                     - FallingEdge    : if SET, Capture at falling edge
+ *                     - IntOnCaption  : if SET, Capture generate interrupt
+ * @param[in]   TIM_CaptureConfigStruct    Pointer to TIM_CAPTURECFG_Type
+ * @return         None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void TIM_ConfigCapture(LPC_TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_CAPTURECFG_Type *TIM_CaptureConfigStruct)
+{
+
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_TIMx(TIMx));
+    TIMx->CCR &= ~TIM_CCR_CHANNEL_MASKBIT(TIM_CaptureConfigStruct->CaptureChannel);
+
+    if (TIM_CaptureConfigStruct->RisingEdge)
+        TIMx->CCR |= TIM_CAP_RISING(TIM_CaptureConfigStruct->CaptureChannel);
+
+    if (TIM_CaptureConfigStruct->FallingEdge)
+        TIMx->CCR |= TIM_CAP_FALLING(TIM_CaptureConfigStruct->CaptureChannel);
+
+    if (TIM_CaptureConfigStruct->IntOnCaption)
+        TIMx->CCR |= TIM_INT_ON_CAP(TIM_CaptureConfigStruct->CaptureChannel);
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Read value of capture register in timer/counter device
+ * @param[in]    TIMx Pointer to timer/counter device, should be:
+ *              - LPC_TIM0: TIMER0 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_TIM1: TIMER1 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_TIM2: TIMER2 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_TIM3: TIMER3 peripheral
+ * @param[in]    CaptureChannel: capture channel number, should be:
+ *                 - TIM_COUNTER_INCAP0: CAPn.0 input pin for TIMERn
+ *                 - TIM_COUNTER_INCAP1: CAPn.1 input pin for TIMERn
+ * @return         Value of capture register
+ **********************************************************************/
+uint32_t TIM_GetCaptureValue(LPC_TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_COUNTER_INPUT_OPT CaptureChannel)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_TIMx(TIMx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_TIM_COUNTER_INPUT_OPT(CaptureChannel));
+
+    if(CaptureChannel==0)
+        return TIMx->CR0;
+    else
+        return TIMx->CR1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* _TIMER */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */
diff -r 000000000000 -r 84d7747641aa lpc17xx_timer.h
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lpc17xx_timer.h	Sun Mar 20 18:45:15 2011 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,335 @@
+/***********************************************************************//**
+ * @file		lpc17xx_timer.h
+ * @brief		Contains all functions support for Timer firmware library on LPC17xx
+ * @version		2.0
+ * @date		21. May. 2010
+ * @author		NXP MCU SW Application Team
+ **************************************************************************
+ * Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only
+ * which provides customers with programming information regarding the
+ * products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties.
+ * NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the
+ * use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent,
+ * copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors
+ * reserves the right to make changes in the software without
+ * notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or
+ * warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified
+ * use without further testing or modification.
+ **********************************************************************/
+
+/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup TIM TIM
+ * @ingroup LPC1700CMSIS_FwLib_Drivers
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LPC17XX_TIMER_H_
+#define __LPC17XX_TIMER_H_
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+#include "LPC17xx.h"
+#include "lpc_types.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+{
+#endif
+
+/* Private Macros ------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup TIM_Private_Macros TIM Private Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* --------------------- BIT DEFINITIONS -------------------------------------- */
+/**********************************************************************
+** Interrupt information
+**********************************************************************/
+/** Macro to clean interrupt pending */
+#define TIM_IR_CLR(n) _BIT(n)
+
+/**********************************************************************
+** Timer interrupt register definitions
+**********************************************************************/
+/** Macro for getting a timer match interrupt bit */
+#define TIM_MATCH_INT(n)		(_BIT(n & 0x0F))
+/** Macro for getting a capture event interrupt bit */
+#define TIM_CAP_INT(n)     (_BIT(((n & 0x0F) + 4)))
+
+/**********************************************************************
+* Timer control register definitions
+**********************************************************************/
+/** Timer/counter enable bit */
+#define TIM_ENABLE			((uint32_t)(1<<0))
+/** Timer/counter reset bit */
+#define TIM_RESET			((uint32_t)(1<<1))
+/** Timer control bit mask */
+#define TIM_TCR_MASKBIT		((uint32_t)(3))
+
+/**********************************************************************
+* Timer match control register definitions
+**********************************************************************/
+/** Bit location for interrupt on MRx match, n = 0 to 3 */
+#define TIM_INT_ON_MATCH(n)      	(_BIT((n * 3)))
+/** Bit location for reset on MRx match, n = 0 to 3 */
+#define TIM_RESET_ON_MATCH(n)    	(_BIT(((n * 3) + 1)))
+/** Bit location for stop on MRx match, n = 0 to 3 */
+#define TIM_STOP_ON_MATCH(n)     	(_BIT(((n * 3) + 2)))
+/** Timer Match control bit mask */
+#define TIM_MCR_MASKBIT			   ((uint32_t)(0x0FFF))
+/** Timer Match control bit mask for specific channel*/
+#define	TIM_MCR_CHANNEL_MASKBIT(n)		((uint32_t)(7<<(n*3)))
+
+/**********************************************************************
+* Timer capture control register definitions
+**********************************************************************/
+/** Bit location for CAP.n on CRx rising edge, n = 0 to 3 */
+#define TIM_CAP_RISING(n)   	(_BIT((n * 3)))
+/** Bit location for CAP.n on CRx falling edge, n = 0 to 3 */
+#define TIM_CAP_FALLING(n)   	(_BIT(((n * 3) + 1)))
+/** Bit location for CAP.n on CRx interrupt enable, n = 0 to 3 */
+#define TIM_INT_ON_CAP(n)    	(_BIT(((n * 3) + 2)))
+/** Mask bit for rising and falling edge bit */
+#define TIM_EDGE_MASK(n)		(_SBF((n * 3), 0x03))
+/** Timer capture control bit mask */
+#define TIM_CCR_MASKBIT			((uint32_t)(0x3F))
+/** Timer Capture control bit mask for specific channel*/
+#define	TIM_CCR_CHANNEL_MASKBIT(n)		((uint32_t)(7<<(n*3)))
+
+/**********************************************************************
+* Timer external match register definitions
+**********************************************************************/
+/** Bit location for output state change of MAT.n when external match
+   happens, n = 0 to 3 */
+#define TIM_EM(n)    			_BIT(n)
+/** Output state change of MAT.n when external match happens: no change */
+#define TIM_EM_NOTHING    	((uint8_t)(0x0))
+/** Output state change of MAT.n when external match happens: low */
+#define TIM_EM_LOW         	((uint8_t)(0x1))
+/** Output state change of MAT.n when external match happens: high */
+#define TIM_EM_HIGH        	((uint8_t)(0x2))
+/** Output state change of MAT.n when external match happens: toggle */
+#define TIM_EM_TOGGLE      	((uint8_t)(0x3))
+/** Macro for setting for the MAT.n change state bits */
+#define TIM_EM_SET(n,s) 	(_SBF(((n << 1) + 4), (s & 0x03)))
+/** Mask for the MAT.n change state bits */
+#define TIM_EM_MASK(n) 		(_SBF(((n << 1) + 4), 0x03))
+/** Timer external match bit mask */
+#define TIM_EMR_MASKBIT	0x0FFF
+
+/**********************************************************************
+* Timer Count Control Register definitions
+**********************************************************************/
+/** Mask to get the Counter/timer mode bits */
+#define TIM_CTCR_MODE_MASK  0x3
+/** Mask to get the count input select bits */
+#define TIM_CTCR_INPUT_MASK 0xC
+/** Timer Count control bit mask */
+#define TIM_CTCR_MASKBIT	0xF
+#define TIM_COUNTER_MODE ((uint8_t)(1))
+
+
+/* ---------------- CHECK PARAMETER DEFINITIONS ---------------------------- */
+/** Macro to determine if it is valid TIMER peripheral */
+#define PARAM_TIMx(n)	((((uint32_t *)n)==((uint32_t *)LPC_TIM0)) || (((uint32_t *)n)==((uint32_t *)LPC_TIM1)) \
+|| (((uint32_t *)n)==((uint32_t *)LPC_TIM2)) || (((uint32_t *)n)==((uint32_t *)LPC_TIM3)))
+
+/* Macro check interrupt type */
+#define PARAM_TIM_INT_TYPE(TYPE)	((TYPE ==TIM_MR0_INT)||(TYPE ==TIM_MR1_INT)\
+||(TYPE ==TIM_MR2_INT)||(TYPE ==TIM_MR3_INT)\
+||(TYPE ==TIM_CR0_INT)||(TYPE ==TIM_CR1_INT))
+
+/* Macro check TIMER mode */
+#define PARAM_TIM_MODE_OPT(MODE)	((MODE == TIM_TIMER_MODE)||(MODE == TIM_COUNTER_RISING_MODE)\
+|| (MODE == TIM_COUNTER_RISING_MODE)||(MODE == TIM_COUNTER_RISING_MODE))
+
+/* Macro check TIMER prescale value */
+#define PARAM_TIM_PRESCALE_OPT(OPT)	((OPT == TIM_PRESCALE_TICKVAL)||(OPT == TIM_PRESCALE_USVAL))
+
+/* Macro check TIMER counter intput mode */
+#define PARAM_TIM_COUNTER_INPUT_OPT(OPT)	((OPT == TIM_COUNTER_INCAP0)||(OPT == TIM_COUNTER_INCAP1))
+
+/* Macro check TIMER external match mode */
+#define PARAM_TIM_EXTMATCH_OPT(OPT)	((OPT == TIM_EXTMATCH_NOTHING)||(OPT == TIM_EXTMATCH_LOW)\
+||(OPT == TIM_EXTMATCH_HIGH)||(OPT == TIM_EXTMATCH_TOGGLE))
+
+/* Macro check TIMER external match mode */
+#define PARAM_TIM_CAP_MODE_OPT(OPT)	((OPT == TIM_CAPTURE_NONE)||(OPT == TIM_CAPTURE_RISING) \
+||(OPT == TIM_CAPTURE_FALLING)||(OPT == TIM_CAPTURE_ANY))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/* Public Types --------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup TIM_Public_Types TIM Public Types
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ * Timer device enumeration
+**********************************************************************/
+/** @brief interrupt type */
+typedef enum
+{
+	TIM_MR0_INT =0, /*!< interrupt for Match channel 0*/
+	TIM_MR1_INT =1, /*!< interrupt for Match channel 1*/
+	TIM_MR2_INT =2, /*!< interrupt for Match channel 2*/
+	TIM_MR3_INT =3, /*!< interrupt for Match channel 3*/
+	TIM_CR0_INT =4, /*!< interrupt for Capture channel 0*/
+	TIM_CR1_INT =5, /*!< interrupt for Capture channel 1*/
+}TIM_INT_TYPE;
+
+/** @brief Timer/counter operating mode */
+typedef enum
+{
+	TIM_TIMER_MODE = 0,				/*!< Timer mode */
+	TIM_COUNTER_RISING_MODE,		/*!< Counter rising mode */
+	TIM_COUNTER_FALLING_MODE,		/*!< Counter falling mode */
+	TIM_COUNTER_ANY_MODE			/*!< Counter on both edges */
+} TIM_MODE_OPT;
+
+/** @brief Timer/Counter prescale option */
+typedef enum
+{
+	TIM_PRESCALE_TICKVAL = 0,		/*!< Prescale in absolute value */
+	TIM_PRESCALE_USVAL				/*!< Prescale in microsecond value */
+} TIM_PRESCALE_OPT;
+
+/** @brief Counter input option */
+typedef enum
+{
+	TIM_COUNTER_INCAP0 = 0,			/*!< CAPn.0 input pin for TIMERn */
+	TIM_COUNTER_INCAP1,				/*!< CAPn.1 input pin for TIMERn */
+} TIM_COUNTER_INPUT_OPT;
+
+/** @brief Timer/Counter external match option */
+typedef enum
+{
+	TIM_EXTMATCH_NOTHING = 0,		/*!< Do nothing for external output pin if match */
+	TIM_EXTMATCH_LOW,				/*!< Force external output pin to low if match */
+	TIM_EXTMATCH_HIGH,				/*!< Force external output pin to high if match */
+	TIM_EXTMATCH_TOGGLE				/*!< Toggle external output pin if match */
+}TIM_EXTMATCH_OPT;
+
+/** @brief Timer/counter capture mode options */
+typedef enum {
+	TIM_CAPTURE_NONE = 0,	/*!< No Capture */
+	TIM_CAPTURE_RISING,		/*!< Rising capture mode */
+	TIM_CAPTURE_FALLING,	/*!< Falling capture mode */
+	TIM_CAPTURE_ANY			/*!< On both edges */
+} TIM_CAP_MODE_OPT;
+
+/** @brief Configuration structure in TIMER mode */
+typedef struct
+{
+
+	uint8_t PrescaleOption;		/**< Timer Prescale option, should be:
+									- TIM_PRESCALE_TICKVAL: Prescale in absolute value
+									- TIM_PRESCALE_USVAL: Prescale in microsecond value
+									*/
+	uint8_t Reserved[3];		/**< Reserved */
+	uint32_t PrescaleValue;		/**< Prescale value */
+} TIM_TIMERCFG_Type;
+
+/** @brief Configuration structure in COUNTER mode */
+typedef struct {
+
+	uint8_t CounterOption;		/**< Counter Option, should be:
+								- TIM_COUNTER_INCAP0: CAPn.0 input pin for TIMERn
+								- TIM_COUNTER_INCAP1: CAPn.1 input pin for TIMERn
+								*/
+	uint8_t CountInputSelect;
+	uint8_t Reserved[2];
+} TIM_COUNTERCFG_Type;
+
+/** @brief Match channel configuration structure */
+typedef struct {
+	uint8_t MatchChannel;	/**< Match channel, should be in range
+							from 0..3 */
+	uint8_t IntOnMatch;		/**< Interrupt On match, should be:
+							- ENABLE: Enable this function.
+							- DISABLE: Disable this function.
+							*/
+	uint8_t StopOnMatch;	/**< Stop On match, should be:
+							- ENABLE: Enable this function.
+							- DISABLE: Disable this function.
+							*/
+	uint8_t ResetOnMatch;	/**< Reset On match, should be:
+							- ENABLE: Enable this function.
+							- DISABLE: Disable this function.
+							*/
+
+	uint8_t ExtMatchOutputType;	/**< External Match Output type, should be:
+							 -	 TIM_EXTMATCH_NOTHING:	Do nothing for external output pin if match
+							 -   TIM_EXTMATCH_LOW:	Force external output pin to low if match
+							 - 	 TIM_EXTMATCH_HIGH: Force external output pin to high if match
+							 -   TIM_EXTMATCH_TOGGLE: Toggle external output pin if match.
+							*/
+	uint8_t Reserved[3];	/** Reserved */
+	uint32_t MatchValue;	/** Match value */
+} TIM_MATCHCFG_Type;
+
+/** @brief Capture Input configuration structure */
+typedef struct {
+	uint8_t CaptureChannel;	/**< Capture channel, should be in range
+							from 0..1 */
+	uint8_t RisingEdge;		/**< caption rising edge, should be:
+							- ENABLE: Enable rising edge.
+							- DISABLE: Disable this function.
+							*/
+	uint8_t FallingEdge;		/**< caption falling edge, should be:
+							- ENABLE: Enable falling edge.
+							- DISABLE: Disable this function.
+								*/
+	uint8_t IntOnCaption;	/**< Interrupt On caption, should be:
+							- ENABLE: Enable interrupt function.
+							- DISABLE: Disable this function.
+							*/
+
+} TIM_CAPTURECFG_Type;
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup TIM_Public_Functions TIM Public Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+/* Init/DeInit TIM functions -----------*/
+void TIM_Init(LPC_TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_MODE_OPT TimerCounterMode, void *TIM_ConfigStruct);
+void TIM_DeInit(LPC_TIM_TypeDef *TIMx);
+
+/* TIM interrupt functions -------------*/
+void TIM_ClearIntPending(LPC_TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_INT_TYPE IntFlag);
+void TIM_ClearIntCapturePending(LPC_TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_INT_TYPE IntFlag);
+FlagStatus TIM_GetIntStatus(LPC_TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_INT_TYPE IntFlag);
+FlagStatus TIM_GetIntCaptureStatus(LPC_TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_INT_TYPE IntFlag);
+
+/* TIM configuration functions --------*/
+void TIM_ConfigStructInit(TIM_MODE_OPT TimerCounterMode, void *TIM_ConfigStruct);
+void TIM_ConfigMatch(LPC_TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_MATCHCFG_Type *TIM_MatchConfigStruct);
+void TIM_UpdateMatchValue(LPC_TIM_TypeDef *TIMx,uint8_t MatchChannel, uint32_t MatchValue);
+void TIM_SetMatchExt(LPC_TIM_TypeDef *TIMx,TIM_EXTMATCH_OPT ext_match );
+void TIM_ConfigCapture(LPC_TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_CAPTURECFG_Type *TIM_CaptureConfigStruct);
+void TIM_Cmd(LPC_TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, FunctionalState NewState);
+
+uint32_t TIM_GetCaptureValue(LPC_TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_COUNTER_INPUT_OPT CaptureChannel);
+void TIM_ResetCounter(LPC_TIM_TypeDef *TIMx);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __LPC17XX_TIMER_H_ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */
diff -r 000000000000 -r 84d7747641aa lpc17xx_uart.c
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lpc17xx_uart.c	Sun Mar 20 18:45:15 2011 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,1366 @@
+/***********************************************************************//**
+ * @file        lpc17xx_uart.c
+ * @brief        Contains all functions support for UART firmware library on LPC17xx
+ * @version        3.0
+ * @date        18. June. 2010
+ * @author        NXP MCU SW Application Team
+ **************************************************************************
+ * Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only
+ * which provides customers with programming information regarding the
+ * products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties.
+ * NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the
+ * use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent,
+ * copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors
+ * reserves the right to make changes in the software without
+ * notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or
+ * warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified
+ * use without further testing or modification.
+ **********************************************************************/
+
+/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @addtogroup UART
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+#include "lpc17xx_uart.h"
+#include "lpc17xx_clkpwr.h"
+
+/* If this source file built with example, the LPC17xx FW library configuration
+ * file in each example directory ("lpc17xx_libcfg.h") must be included,
+ * otherwise the default FW library configuration file must be included instead
+ */
+#ifdef __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__
+#include "lpc17xx_libcfg.h"
+#else
+#include "lpc17xx_libcfg_default.h"
+#endif /* __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__ */
+
+
+#ifdef _UART
+
+/* Private Functions ---------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+static Status uart_set_divisors(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, uint32_t baudrate);
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Determines best dividers to get a target clock rate
+ * @param[in]    UARTx    Pointer to selected UART peripheral, should be:
+ *                 - LPC_UART0: UART0 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_UART1: UART1 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_UART2: UART2 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_UART3: UART3 peripheral
+ * @param[in]    baudrate Desired UART baud rate.
+ * @return         Error status, could be:
+ *                 - SUCCESS
+ *                 - ERROR
+ **********************************************************************/
+static Status uart_set_divisors(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, uint32_t baudrate)
+{
+    Status errorStatus = ERROR;
+
+    uint32_t uClk = 0;
+    uint32_t calcBaudrate = 0;
+    uint32_t temp = 0;
+
+    uint32_t mulFracDiv, dividerAddFracDiv;
+    uint32_t diviser = 0 ;
+    uint32_t mulFracDivOptimal = 1;
+    uint32_t dividerAddOptimal = 0;
+    uint32_t diviserOptimal = 0;
+
+    uint32_t relativeError = 0;
+    uint32_t relativeOptimalError = 100000;
+
+    /* get UART block clock */
+    if (UARTx == (LPC_UART_TypeDef *)LPC_UART0)
+    {
+        uClk = CLKPWR_GetPCLK (CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_UART0);
+    }
+    else if (UARTx == (LPC_UART_TypeDef *)LPC_UART1)
+    {
+        uClk = CLKPWR_GetPCLK (CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_UART1);
+    }
+    else if (UARTx == (LPC_UART_TypeDef *)LPC_UART2)
+    {
+        uClk = CLKPWR_GetPCLK (CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_UART2);
+    }
+    else if (UARTx == (LPC_UART_TypeDef *)LPC_UART3)
+    {
+        uClk = CLKPWR_GetPCLK (CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_UART3);
+    }
+
+
+    uClk = uClk >> 4; /* div by 16 */
+    /* In the Uart IP block, baud rate is calculated using FDR and DLL-DLM registers
+    * The formula is :
+    * BaudRate= uClk * (mulFracDiv/(mulFracDiv+dividerAddFracDiv) / (16 * (DLL)
+    * It involves floating point calculations. That's the reason the formulae are adjusted with
+    * Multiply and divide method.*/
+    /* The value of mulFracDiv and dividerAddFracDiv should comply to the following expressions:
+    * 0 < mulFracDiv <= 15, 0 <= dividerAddFracDiv <= 15 */
+    for (mulFracDiv = 1 ; mulFracDiv <= 15 ;mulFracDiv++)
+    {
+    for (dividerAddFracDiv = 0 ; dividerAddFracDiv <= 15 ;dividerAddFracDiv++)
+    {
+      temp = (mulFracDiv * uClk) / ((mulFracDiv + dividerAddFracDiv));
+
+      diviser = temp / baudrate;
+      if ((temp % baudrate) > (baudrate / 2))
+        diviser++;
+
+      if (diviser > 2 && diviser < 65536)
+      {
+        calcBaudrate = temp / diviser;
+
+        if (calcBaudrate <= baudrate)
+          relativeError = baudrate - calcBaudrate;
+        else
+          relativeError = calcBaudrate - baudrate;
+
+        if ((relativeError < relativeOptimalError))
+        {
+          mulFracDivOptimal = mulFracDiv ;
+          dividerAddOptimal = dividerAddFracDiv;
+          diviserOptimal = diviser;
+          relativeOptimalError = relativeError;
+          if (relativeError == 0)
+            break;
+        }
+      } /* End of if */
+    } /* end of inner for loop */
+    if (relativeError == 0)
+      break;
+    } /* end of outer for loop  */
+
+    if (relativeOptimalError < ((baudrate * UART_ACCEPTED_BAUDRATE_ERROR)/100))
+    {
+        if (((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx) == LPC_UART1)
+        {
+            ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->LCR |= UART_LCR_DLAB_EN;
+            ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->/*DLIER.*/DLM = UART_LOAD_DLM(diviserOptimal);
+            ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->/*RBTHDLR.*/DLL = UART_LOAD_DLL(diviserOptimal);
+            /* Then reset DLAB bit */
+            ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->LCR &= (~UART_LCR_DLAB_EN) & UART_LCR_BITMASK;
+            ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->FDR = (UART_FDR_MULVAL(mulFracDivOptimal) \
+                    | UART_FDR_DIVADDVAL(dividerAddOptimal)) & UART_FDR_BITMASK;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            UARTx->LCR |= UART_LCR_DLAB_EN;
+            UARTx->/*DLIER.*/DLM = UART_LOAD_DLM(diviserOptimal);
+            UARTx->/*RBTHDLR.*/DLL = UART_LOAD_DLL(diviserOptimal);
+            /* Then reset DLAB bit */
+            UARTx->LCR &= (~UART_LCR_DLAB_EN) & UART_LCR_BITMASK;
+            UARTx->FDR = (UART_FDR_MULVAL(mulFracDivOptimal) \
+                    | UART_FDR_DIVADDVAL(dividerAddOptimal)) & UART_FDR_BITMASK;
+        }
+        errorStatus = SUCCESS;
+    }
+
+    return errorStatus;
+}
+
+/* End of Private Functions ---------------------------------------------------- */
+
+
+/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @addtogroup UART_Public_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+/* UART Init/DeInit functions -------------------------------------------------*/
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Initializes the UARTx peripheral according to the specified
+ *               parameters in the UART_ConfigStruct.
+ * @param[in]    UARTx    UART peripheral selected, should be:
+ *               - LPC_UART0: UART0 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_UART1: UART1 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_UART2: UART2 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_UART3: UART3 peripheral
+ * @param[in]    UART_ConfigStruct Pointer to a UART_CFG_Type structure
+*                    that contains the configuration information for the
+*                    specified UART peripheral.
+ * @return         None
+ *********************************************************************/
+void UART_Init(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, UART_CFG_Type *UART_ConfigStruct)
+{
+    uint32_t tmp;
+
+    // For debug mode
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_UARTx(UARTx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_UART_DATABIT(UART_ConfigStruct->Databits));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_UART_STOPBIT(UART_ConfigStruct->Stopbits));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_UART_PARITY(UART_ConfigStruct->Parity));
+
+#ifdef _UART0
+    if(UARTx == (LPC_UART_TypeDef *)LPC_UART0)
+    {
+        /* Set up clock and power for UART module */
+        CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCUART0, ENABLE);
+    }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _UART1
+    if(((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx) == LPC_UART1)
+    {
+        /* Set up clock and power for UART module */
+        CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCUART1, ENABLE);
+    }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _UART2
+    if(UARTx == (LPC_UART_TypeDef *)LPC_UART2)
+    {
+        /* Set up clock and power for UART module */
+        CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCUART2, ENABLE);
+    }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _UART3
+    if(UARTx == (LPC_UART_TypeDef *)LPC_UART3)
+    {
+        /* Set up clock and power for UART module */
+        CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCUART3, ENABLE);
+    }
+#endif
+
+    if (((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx) == LPC_UART1)
+    {
+        /* FIFOs are empty */
+        ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->/*IIFCR.*/FCR = ( UART_FCR_FIFO_EN \
+                | UART_FCR_RX_RS | UART_FCR_TX_RS);
+        // Disable FIFO
+        ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->/*IIFCR.*/FCR = 0;
+
+        // Dummy reading
+        while (((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->LSR & UART_LSR_RDR)
+        {
+            tmp = ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->/*RBTHDLR.*/RBR;
+        }
+
+        ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->TER = UART_TER_TXEN;
+        // Wait for current transmit complete
+        while (!(((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->LSR & UART_LSR_THRE));
+        // Disable Tx
+        ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->TER = 0;
+
+        // Disable interrupt
+        ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->/*DLIER.*/IER = 0;
+        // Set LCR to default state
+        ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->LCR = 0;
+        // Set ACR to default state
+        ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->ACR = 0;
+        // Set Modem Control to default state
+        ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->MCR = 0;
+        // Set RS485 control to default state
+        ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->RS485CTRL = 0;
+        // Set RS485 delay timer to default state
+        ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->RS485DLY = 0;
+        // Set RS485 addr match to default state
+        ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->ADRMATCH = 0;
+        //Dummy Reading to Clear Status
+        tmp = ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->MSR;
+        tmp = ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->LSR;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        /* FIFOs are empty */
+        UARTx->/*IIFCR.*/FCR = ( UART_FCR_FIFO_EN | UART_FCR_RX_RS | UART_FCR_TX_RS);
+        // Disable FIFO
+        UARTx->/*IIFCR.*/FCR = 0;
+
+        // Dummy reading
+        while (UARTx->LSR & UART_LSR_RDR)
+        {
+            tmp = UARTx->/*RBTHDLR.*/RBR;
+        }
+
+        UARTx->TER = UART_TER_TXEN;
+        // Wait for current transmit complete
+        while (!(UARTx->LSR & UART_LSR_THRE));
+        // Disable Tx
+        UARTx->TER = 0;
+
+        // Disable interrupt
+        UARTx->/*DLIER.*/IER = 0;
+        // Set LCR to default state
+        UARTx->LCR = 0;
+        // Set ACR to default state
+        UARTx->ACR = 0;
+        // Dummy reading
+        tmp = UARTx->LSR;
+    }
+
+    if (UARTx == LPC_UART3)
+    {
+        // Set IrDA to default state
+        UARTx->ICR = 0;
+    }
+
+    // Set Line Control register ----------------------------
+
+    uart_set_divisors(UARTx, (UART_ConfigStruct->Baud_rate));
+
+    if (((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx) == LPC_UART1)
+    {
+        tmp = (((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->LCR & (UART_LCR_DLAB_EN | UART_LCR_BREAK_EN)) \
+                & UART_LCR_BITMASK;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        tmp = (UARTx->LCR & (UART_LCR_DLAB_EN | UART_LCR_BREAK_EN)) & UART_LCR_BITMASK;
+    }
+
+    switch (UART_ConfigStruct->Databits){
+    case UART_DATABIT_5:
+        tmp |= UART_LCR_WLEN5;
+        break;
+    case UART_DATABIT_6:
+        tmp |= UART_LCR_WLEN6;
+        break;
+    case UART_DATABIT_7:
+        tmp |= UART_LCR_WLEN7;
+        break;
+    case UART_DATABIT_8:
+    default:
+        tmp |= UART_LCR_WLEN8;
+        break;
+    }
+
+    if (UART_ConfigStruct->Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE)
+    {
+        // Do nothing...
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        tmp |= UART_LCR_PARITY_EN;
+        switch (UART_ConfigStruct->Parity)
+        {
+        case UART_PARITY_ODD:
+            tmp |= UART_LCR_PARITY_ODD;
+            break;
+
+        case UART_PARITY_EVEN:
+            tmp |= UART_LCR_PARITY_EVEN;
+            break;
+
+        case UART_PARITY_SP_1:
+            tmp |= UART_LCR_PARITY_F_1;
+            break;
+
+        case UART_PARITY_SP_0:
+            tmp |= UART_LCR_PARITY_F_0;
+            break;
+        default:
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+
+    switch (UART_ConfigStruct->Stopbits){
+    case UART_STOPBIT_2:
+        tmp |= UART_LCR_STOPBIT_SEL;
+        break;
+    case UART_STOPBIT_1:
+    default:
+        // Do no thing
+        break;
+    }
+
+
+    // Write back to LCR, configure FIFO and Disable Tx
+    if (((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx) ==  LPC_UART1)
+    {
+        ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->LCR = (uint8_t)(tmp & UART_LCR_BITMASK);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        UARTx->LCR = (uint8_t)(tmp & UART_LCR_BITMASK);
+    }
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        De-initializes the UARTx peripheral registers to their
+ *                  default reset values.
+ * @param[in]    UARTx    UART peripheral selected, should be:
+ *               - LPC_UART0: UART0 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_UART1: UART1 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_UART2: UART2 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_UART3: UART3 peripheral
+ * @return         None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void UART_DeInit(LPC_UART_TypeDef* UARTx)
+{
+    // For debug mode
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_UARTx(UARTx));
+
+    UART_TxCmd(UARTx, DISABLE);
+
+#ifdef _UART0
+    if (UARTx == (LPC_UART_TypeDef *)LPC_UART0)
+    {
+        /* Set up clock and power for UART module */
+        CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCUART0, DISABLE);
+    }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _UART1
+    if (((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx) == LPC_UART1)
+    {
+        /* Set up clock and power for UART module */
+        CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCUART1, DISABLE);
+    }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _UART2
+    if (UARTx == (LPC_UART_TypeDef *)LPC_UART2)
+    {
+        /* Set up clock and power for UART module */
+        CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCUART2, DISABLE);
+    }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _UART3
+    if (UARTx == (LPC_UART_TypeDef *)LPC_UART3)
+    {
+        /* Set up clock and power for UART module */
+        CLKPWR_ConfigPPWR (CLKPWR_PCONP_PCUART3, DISABLE);
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************//**
+* @brief        Fills each UART_InitStruct member with its default value:
+*                 - 9600 bps
+*                 - 8-bit data
+*                 - 1 Stopbit
+*                 - None Parity
+* @param[in]    UART_InitStruct Pointer to a UART_CFG_Type structure
+*                    which will be initialized.
+* @return        None
+*******************************************************************************/
+void UART_ConfigStructInit(UART_CFG_Type *UART_InitStruct)
+{
+    UART_InitStruct->Baud_rate = 9600;
+    UART_InitStruct->Databits = UART_DATABIT_8;
+    UART_InitStruct->Parity = UART_PARITY_NONE;
+    UART_InitStruct->Stopbits = UART_STOPBIT_1;
+}
+
+/* UART Send/Recieve functions -------------------------------------------------*/
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Transmit a single data through UART peripheral
+ * @param[in]    UARTx    UART peripheral selected, should be:
+ *               - LPC_UART0: UART0 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_UART1: UART1 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_UART2: UART2 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_UART3: UART3 peripheral
+ * @param[in]    Data    Data to transmit (must be 8-bit long)
+ * @return         None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void UART_SendByte(LPC_UART_TypeDef* UARTx, uint8_t Data)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_UARTx(UARTx));
+
+    if (((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx) == LPC_UART1)
+    {
+        ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->/*RBTHDLR.*/THR = Data & UART_THR_MASKBIT;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        UARTx->/*RBTHDLR.*/THR = Data & UART_THR_MASKBIT;
+    }
+
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Receive a single data from UART peripheral
+ * @param[in]    UARTx    UART peripheral selected, should be:
+ *              - LPC_UART0: UART0 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_UART1: UART1 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_UART2: UART2 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_UART3: UART3 peripheral
+ * @return         Data received
+ **********************************************************************/
+uint8_t UART_ReceiveByte(LPC_UART_TypeDef* UARTx)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_UARTx(UARTx));
+
+    if (((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx) == LPC_UART1)
+    {
+        return (((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->/*RBTHDLR.*/RBR & UART_RBR_MASKBIT);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        return (UARTx->/*RBTHDLR.*/RBR & UART_RBR_MASKBIT);
+    }
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Send a block of data via UART peripheral
+ * @param[in]    UARTx    Selected UART peripheral used to send data, should be:
+ *               - LPC_UART0: UART0 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_UART1: UART1 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_UART2: UART2 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_UART3: UART3 peripheral
+ * @param[in]    txbuf     Pointer to Transmit buffer
+ * @param[in]    buflen     Length of Transmit buffer
+ * @param[in]     flag     Flag used in  UART transfer, should be
+ *                         NONE_BLOCKING or BLOCKING
+ * @return         Number of bytes sent.
+ *
+ * Note: when using UART in BLOCKING mode, a time-out condition is used
+ * via defined symbol UART_BLOCKING_TIMEOUT.
+ **********************************************************************/
+uint32_t UART_Send(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, uint8_t *txbuf,
+        uint32_t buflen, TRANSFER_BLOCK_Type flag)
+{
+    uint32_t bToSend, bSent, timeOut, fifo_cnt;
+    uint8_t *pChar = txbuf;
+
+    bToSend = buflen;
+
+    // blocking mode
+    if (flag == BLOCKING) {
+        bSent = 0;
+        while (bToSend){
+            timeOut = UART_BLOCKING_TIMEOUT;
+            // Wait for THR empty with timeout
+            while (!(UARTx->LSR & UART_LSR_THRE)) {
+                if (timeOut == 0) break;
+                timeOut--;
+            }
+            // Time out!
+            if(timeOut == 0) break;
+            fifo_cnt = UART_TX_FIFO_SIZE;
+            while (fifo_cnt && bToSend){
+                UART_SendByte(UARTx, (*pChar++));
+                fifo_cnt--;
+                bToSend--;
+                bSent++;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    // None blocking mode
+    else {
+        bSent = 0;
+        while (bToSend) {
+            if (!(UARTx->LSR & UART_LSR_THRE)){
+                break;
+            }
+            fifo_cnt = UART_TX_FIFO_SIZE;
+            while (fifo_cnt && bToSend) {
+                UART_SendByte(UARTx, (*pChar++));
+                bToSend--;
+                fifo_cnt--;
+                bSent++;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    return bSent;
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Receive a block of data via UART peripheral
+ * @param[in]    UARTx    Selected UART peripheral used to send data,
+ *                 should be:
+ *               - LPC_UART0: UART0 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_UART1: UART1 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_UART2: UART2 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_UART3: UART3 peripheral
+ * @param[out]    rxbuf     Pointer to Received buffer
+ * @param[in]    buflen     Length of Received buffer
+ * @param[in]     flag     Flag mode, should be NONE_BLOCKING or BLOCKING
+
+ * @return         Number of bytes received
+ *
+ * Note: when using UART in BLOCKING mode, a time-out condition is used
+ * via defined symbol UART_BLOCKING_TIMEOUT.
+ **********************************************************************/
+uint32_t UART_Receive(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, uint8_t *rxbuf, \
+        uint32_t buflen, TRANSFER_BLOCK_Type flag)
+{
+    uint32_t bToRecv, bRecv, timeOut;
+    uint8_t *pChar = rxbuf;
+
+    bToRecv = buflen;
+
+    // Blocking mode
+    if (flag == BLOCKING) {
+        bRecv = 0;
+        while (bToRecv){
+            timeOut = UART_BLOCKING_TIMEOUT;
+            while (!(UARTx->LSR & UART_LSR_RDR)){
+                if (timeOut == 0) break;
+                timeOut--;
+            }
+            // Time out!
+            if(timeOut == 0) break;
+            // Get data from the buffer
+            (*pChar++) = UART_ReceiveByte(UARTx);
+            bToRecv--;
+            bRecv++;
+        }
+    }
+    // None blocking mode
+    else {
+        bRecv = 0;
+        while (bToRecv) {
+            if (!(UARTx->LSR & UART_LSR_RDR)) {
+                break;
+            } else {
+                (*pChar++) = UART_ReceiveByte(UARTx);
+                bRecv++;
+                bToRecv--;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    return bRecv;
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Force BREAK character on UART line, output pin UARTx TXD is
+                forced to logic 0.
+ * @param[in]    UARTx    UART peripheral selected, should be:
+ *              - LPC_UART0: UART0 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_UART1: UART1 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_UART2: UART2 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_UART3: UART3 peripheral
+ * @return         None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void UART_ForceBreak(LPC_UART_TypeDef* UARTx)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_UARTx(UARTx));
+
+    if (((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx) == LPC_UART1)
+    {
+        ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->LCR |= UART_LCR_BREAK_EN;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        UARTx->LCR |= UART_LCR_BREAK_EN;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Enable or disable specified UART interrupt.
+ * @param[in]    UARTx    UART peripheral selected, should be
+ *              - LPC_UART0: UART0 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_UART1: UART1 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_UART2: UART2 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_UART3: UART3 peripheral
+ * @param[in]    UARTIntCfg    Specifies the interrupt flag,
+ *                 should be one of the following:
+                - UART_INTCFG_RBR     :  RBR Interrupt enable
+                - UART_INTCFG_THRE     :  THR Interrupt enable
+                - UART_INTCFG_RLS     :  RX line status interrupt enable
+                - UART1_INTCFG_MS    :  Modem status interrupt enable (UART1 only)
+                - UART1_INTCFG_CTS    :  CTS1 signal transition interrupt enable (UART1 only)
+                - UART_INTCFG_ABEO     :  Enables the end of auto-baud interrupt
+                - UART_INTCFG_ABTO     :  Enables the auto-baud time-out interrupt
+ * @param[in]    NewState New state of specified UART interrupt type,
+ *                 should be:
+ *                 - ENALBE: Enable this UART interrupt type.
+*                 - DISALBE: Disable this UART interrupt type.
+ * @return         None
+ *********************************************************************/
+void UART_IntConfig(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, UART_INT_Type UARTIntCfg, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+    uint32_t tmp = 0;
+
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_UARTx(UARTx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(NewState));
+
+    switch(UARTIntCfg){
+        case UART_INTCFG_RBR:
+            tmp = UART_IER_RBRINT_EN;
+            break;
+        case UART_INTCFG_THRE:
+            tmp = UART_IER_THREINT_EN;
+            break;
+        case UART_INTCFG_RLS:
+            tmp = UART_IER_RLSINT_EN;
+            break;
+        case UART1_INTCFG_MS:
+            tmp = UART1_IER_MSINT_EN;
+            break;
+        case UART1_INTCFG_CTS:
+            tmp = UART1_IER_CTSINT_EN;
+            break;
+        case UART_INTCFG_ABEO:
+            tmp = UART_IER_ABEOINT_EN;
+            break;
+        case UART_INTCFG_ABTO:
+            tmp = UART_IER_ABTOINT_EN;
+            break;
+    }
+
+    if ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *) UARTx == LPC_UART1)
+    {
+        CHECK_PARAM((PARAM_UART_INTCFG(UARTIntCfg)) || (PARAM_UART1_INTCFG(UARTIntCfg)));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_UART_INTCFG(UARTIntCfg));
+    }
+
+    if (NewState == ENABLE)
+    {
+        if ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *) UARTx == LPC_UART1)
+        {
+            ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->/*DLIER.*/IER |= tmp;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            UARTx->/*DLIER.*/IER |= tmp;
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *) UARTx == LPC_UART1)
+        {
+            ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->/*DLIER.*/IER &= (~tmp) & UART1_IER_BITMASK;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            UARTx->/*DLIER.*/IER &= (~tmp) & UART_IER_BITMASK;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Get current value of Line Status register in UART peripheral.
+ * @param[in]    UARTx    UART peripheral selected, should be:
+ *              - LPC_UART0: UART0 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_UART1: UART1 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_UART2: UART2 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_UART3: UART3 peripheral
+ * @return        Current value of Line Status register in UART peripheral.
+ * Note:    The return value of this function must be ANDed with each member in
+ *             UART_LS_Type enumeration to determine current flag status
+ *             corresponding to each Line status type. Because some flags in
+ *             Line Status register will be cleared after reading, the next reading
+ *             Line Status register could not be correct. So this function used to
+ *             read Line status register in one time only, then the return value
+ *             used to check all flags.
+ *********************************************************************/
+uint8_t UART_GetLineStatus(LPC_UART_TypeDef* UARTx)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_UARTx(UARTx));
+
+    if (((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx) == LPC_UART1)
+    {
+        return ((((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)LPC_UART1)->LSR) & UART_LSR_BITMASK);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        return ((UARTx->LSR) & UART_LSR_BITMASK);
+    }
+}
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief         Get Interrupt Identification value
+ * @param[in]    UARTx    UART peripheral selected, should be:
+ *              - LPC_UART0: UART0 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_UART1: UART1 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_UART2: UART2 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_UART3: UART3 peripheral
+ * @return        Current value of UART UIIR register in UART peripheral.
+ *********************************************************************/
+uint32_t UART_GetIntId(LPC_UART_TypeDef* UARTx)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_UARTx(UARTx));
+    return (UARTx->IIR & 0x03CF);
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Check whether if UART is busy or not
+ * @param[in]    UARTx    UART peripheral selected, should be:
+ *              - LPC_UART0: UART0 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_UART1: UART1 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_UART2: UART2 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_UART3: UART3 peripheral
+ * @return        RESET if UART is not busy, otherwise return SET.
+ **********************************************************************/
+FlagStatus UART_CheckBusy(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx)
+{
+    if (UARTx->LSR & UART_LSR_TEMT){
+        return RESET;
+    } else {
+        return SET;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Configure FIFO function on selected UART peripheral
+ * @param[in]    UARTx    UART peripheral selected, should be:
+ *              - LPC_UART0: UART0 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_UART1: UART1 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_UART2: UART2 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_UART3: UART3 peripheral
+ * @param[in]    FIFOCfg    Pointer to a UART_FIFO_CFG_Type Structure that
+ *                         contains specified information about FIFO configuration
+ * @return         none
+ **********************************************************************/
+void UART_FIFOConfig(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, UART_FIFO_CFG_Type *FIFOCfg)
+{
+    uint8_t tmp = 0;
+
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_UARTx(UARTx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_UART_FIFO_LEVEL(FIFOCfg->FIFO_Level));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(FIFOCfg->FIFO_DMAMode));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(FIFOCfg->FIFO_ResetRxBuf));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(FIFOCfg->FIFO_ResetTxBuf));
+
+    tmp |= UART_FCR_FIFO_EN;
+    switch (FIFOCfg->FIFO_Level){
+    case UART_FIFO_TRGLEV0:
+        tmp |= UART_FCR_TRG_LEV0;
+        break;
+    case UART_FIFO_TRGLEV1:
+        tmp |= UART_FCR_TRG_LEV1;
+        break;
+    case UART_FIFO_TRGLEV2:
+        tmp |= UART_FCR_TRG_LEV2;
+        break;
+    case UART_FIFO_TRGLEV3:
+    default:
+        tmp |= UART_FCR_TRG_LEV3;
+        break;
+    }
+
+    if (FIFOCfg->FIFO_ResetTxBuf == ENABLE)
+    {
+        tmp |= UART_FCR_TX_RS;
+    }
+    if (FIFOCfg->FIFO_ResetRxBuf == ENABLE)
+    {
+        tmp |= UART_FCR_RX_RS;
+    }
+    if (FIFOCfg->FIFO_DMAMode == ENABLE)
+    {
+        tmp |= UART_FCR_DMAMODE_SEL;
+    }
+
+
+    //write to FIFO control register
+    if (((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx) == LPC_UART1)
+    {
+        ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->/*IIFCR.*/FCR = tmp & UART_FCR_BITMASK;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        UARTx->/*IIFCR.*/FCR = tmp & UART_FCR_BITMASK;
+    }
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************//**
+* @brief        Fills each UART_FIFOInitStruct member with its default value:
+*                 - FIFO_DMAMode = DISABLE
+*                 - FIFO_Level = UART_FIFO_TRGLEV0
+*                 - FIFO_ResetRxBuf = ENABLE
+*                 - FIFO_ResetTxBuf = ENABLE
+*                 - FIFO_State = ENABLE
+
+* @param[in]    UART_FIFOInitStruct Pointer to a UART_FIFO_CFG_Type structure
+*                    which will be initialized.
+* @return        None
+*******************************************************************************/
+void UART_FIFOConfigStructInit(UART_FIFO_CFG_Type *UART_FIFOInitStruct)
+{
+    UART_FIFOInitStruct->FIFO_DMAMode = DISABLE;
+    UART_FIFOInitStruct->FIFO_Level = UART_FIFO_TRGLEV0;
+    UART_FIFOInitStruct->FIFO_ResetRxBuf = ENABLE;
+    UART_FIFOInitStruct->FIFO_ResetTxBuf = ENABLE;
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Start/Stop Auto Baudrate activity
+ * @param[in]    UARTx    UART peripheral selected, should be
+ *               - LPC_UART0: UART0 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_UART1: UART1 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_UART2: UART2 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_UART3: UART3 peripheral
+ * @param[in]    ABConfigStruct    A pointer to UART_AB_CFG_Type structure that
+ *                                 contains specified information about UART
+ *                                 auto baudrate configuration
+ * @param[in]    NewState New State of Auto baudrate activity, should be:
+ *                 - ENABLE: Start this activity
+ *                - DISABLE: Stop this activity
+ * Note:        Auto-baudrate mode enable bit will be cleared once this mode
+ *                 completed.
+ * @return         none
+ **********************************************************************/
+void UART_ABCmd(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, UART_AB_CFG_Type *ABConfigStruct, \
+                FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+    uint32_t tmp;
+
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_UARTx(UARTx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(NewState));
+
+    tmp = 0;
+    if (NewState == ENABLE) {
+        if (ABConfigStruct->ABMode == UART_AUTOBAUD_MODE1){
+            tmp |= UART_ACR_MODE;
+        }
+        if (ABConfigStruct->AutoRestart == ENABLE){
+            tmp |= UART_ACR_AUTO_RESTART;
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx) == LPC_UART1)
+    {
+        if (NewState == ENABLE)
+        {
+            // Clear DLL and DLM value
+            ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->LCR |= UART_LCR_DLAB_EN;
+            ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->DLL = 0;
+            ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->DLM = 0;
+            ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->LCR &= ~UART_LCR_DLAB_EN;
+            // FDR value must be reset to default value
+            ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->FDR = 0x10;
+            ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->ACR = UART_ACR_START | tmp;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->ACR = 0;
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if (NewState == ENABLE)
+        {
+            // Clear DLL and DLM value
+            UARTx->LCR |= UART_LCR_DLAB_EN;
+            UARTx->DLL = 0;
+            UARTx->DLM = 0;
+            UARTx->LCR &= ~UART_LCR_DLAB_EN;
+            // FDR value must be reset to default value
+            UARTx->FDR = 0x10;
+            UARTx->ACR = UART_ACR_START | tmp;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            UARTx->ACR = 0;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Clear Autobaud Interrupt Pending
+ * @param[in]    UARTx    UART peripheral selected, should be
+ *               - LPC_UART0: UART0 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_UART1: UART1 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_UART2: UART2 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_UART3: UART3 peripheral
+ * @param[in]    ABIntType    type of auto-baud interrupt, should be:
+ *                 - UART_AUTOBAUD_INTSTAT_ABEO: End of Auto-baud interrupt
+ *                 - UART_AUTOBAUD_INTSTAT_ABTO: Auto-baud time out interrupt
+ * @return         none
+ **********************************************************************/
+void UART_ABClearIntPending(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, UART_ABEO_Type ABIntType)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_UARTx(UARTx));
+    if (((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx) == LPC_UART1)
+    {
+        UARTx->ACR |= ABIntType;
+    }
+    else
+        UARTx->ACR |= ABIntType;
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Enable/Disable transmission on UART TxD pin
+ * @param[in]    UARTx    UART peripheral selected, should be:
+ *               - LPC_UART0: UART0 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_UART1: UART1 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_UART2: UART2 peripheral
+ *                 - LPC_UART3: UART3 peripheral
+ * @param[in]    NewState New State of Tx transmission function, should be:
+ *                 - ENABLE: Enable this function
+                - DISABLE: Disable this function
+ * @return none
+ **********************************************************************/
+void UART_TxCmd(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_UARTx(UARTx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(NewState));
+
+    if (NewState == ENABLE)
+    {
+        if (((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx) == LPC_UART1)
+        {
+            ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->TER |= UART_TER_TXEN;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            UARTx->TER |= UART_TER_TXEN;
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if (((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx) == LPC_UART1)
+        {
+            ((LPC_UART1_TypeDef *)UARTx)->TER &= (~UART_TER_TXEN) & UART_TER_BITMASK;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            UARTx->TER &= (~UART_TER_TXEN) & UART_TER_BITMASK;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+/* UART IrDA functions ---------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#ifdef _UART3
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Enable or disable inverting serial input function of IrDA
+ *                 on UART peripheral.
+ * @param[in]    UARTx UART peripheral selected, should be LPC_UART3 (only)
+ * @param[in]    NewState New state of inverting serial input, should be:
+ *                 - ENABLE: Enable this function.
+ *                 - DISABLE: Disable this function.
+ * @return none
+ **********************************************************************/
+void UART_IrDAInvtInputCmd(LPC_UART_TypeDef* UARTx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_UART_IrDA(UARTx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(NewState));
+
+    if (NewState == ENABLE)
+    {
+        UARTx->ICR |= UART_ICR_IRDAINV;
+    }
+    else if (NewState == DISABLE)
+    {
+        UARTx->ICR &= (~UART_ICR_IRDAINV) & UART_ICR_BITMASK;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Enable or disable IrDA function on UART peripheral.
+ * @param[in]    UARTx UART peripheral selected, should be LPC_UART3 (only)
+ * @param[in]    NewState New state of IrDA function, should be:
+ *                 - ENABLE: Enable this function.
+ *                 - DISABLE: Disable this function.
+ * @return none
+ **********************************************************************/
+void UART_IrDACmd(LPC_UART_TypeDef* UARTx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_UART_IrDA(UARTx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(NewState));
+
+    if (NewState == ENABLE)
+    {
+        UARTx->ICR |= UART_ICR_IRDAEN;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        UARTx->ICR &= (~UART_ICR_IRDAEN) & UART_ICR_BITMASK;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Configure Pulse divider for IrDA function on UART peripheral.
+ * @param[in]    UARTx UART peripheral selected, should be LPC_UART3 (only)
+ * @param[in]    PulseDiv Pulse Divider value from Peripheral clock,
+ *                 should be one of the following:
+                - UART_IrDA_PULSEDIV2     : Pulse width = 2 * Tpclk
+                - UART_IrDA_PULSEDIV4     : Pulse width = 4 * Tpclk
+                - UART_IrDA_PULSEDIV8     : Pulse width = 8 * Tpclk
+                - UART_IrDA_PULSEDIV16     : Pulse width = 16 * Tpclk
+                - UART_IrDA_PULSEDIV32     : Pulse width = 32 * Tpclk
+                - UART_IrDA_PULSEDIV64     : Pulse width = 64 * Tpclk
+                - UART_IrDA_PULSEDIV128 : Pulse width = 128 * Tpclk
+                - UART_IrDA_PULSEDIV256 : Pulse width = 256 * Tpclk
+
+ * @return none
+ **********************************************************************/
+void UART_IrDAPulseDivConfig(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, UART_IrDA_PULSE_Type PulseDiv)
+{
+    uint32_t tmp, tmp1;
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_UART_IrDA(UARTx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_UART_IrDA_PULSEDIV(PulseDiv));
+
+    tmp1 = UART_ICR_PULSEDIV(PulseDiv);
+    tmp = UARTx->ICR & (~UART_ICR_PULSEDIV(7));
+    tmp |= tmp1 | UART_ICR_FIXPULSE_EN;
+    UARTx->ICR = tmp & UART_ICR_BITMASK;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+
+/* UART1 FullModem function ---------------------------------------------*/
+
+#ifdef _UART1
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Force pin DTR/RTS corresponding to given state (Full modem mode)
+ * @param[in]    UARTx    LPC_UART1 (only)
+ * @param[in]    Pin    Pin that NewState will be applied to, should be:
+ *                 - UART1_MODEM_PIN_DTR: DTR pin.
+ *                 - UART1_MODEM_PIN_RTS: RTS pin.
+ * @param[in]    NewState New State of DTR/RTS pin, should be:
+ *                 - INACTIVE: Force the pin to inactive signal.
+                - ACTIVE: Force the pin to active signal.
+ * @return none
+ **********************************************************************/
+void UART_FullModemForcePinState(LPC_UART1_TypeDef *UARTx, UART_MODEM_PIN_Type Pin, \
+                            UART1_SignalState NewState)
+{
+    uint8_t tmp = 0;
+
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_UART1_MODEM(UARTx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_UART1_MODEM_PIN(Pin));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_UART1_SIGNALSTATE(NewState));
+
+    switch (Pin){
+    case UART1_MODEM_PIN_DTR:
+        tmp = UART1_MCR_DTR_CTRL;
+        break;
+    case UART1_MODEM_PIN_RTS:
+        tmp = UART1_MCR_RTS_CTRL;
+        break;
+    default:
+        break;
+    }
+
+    if (NewState == ACTIVE){
+        UARTx->MCR |= tmp;
+    } else {
+        UARTx->MCR &= (~tmp) & UART1_MCR_BITMASK;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Configure Full Modem mode for UART peripheral
+ * @param[in]    UARTx    LPC_UART1 (only)
+ * @param[in]    Mode Full Modem mode, should be:
+ *                 - UART1_MODEM_MODE_LOOPBACK: Loop back mode.
+ *                 - UART1_MODEM_MODE_AUTO_RTS: Auto-RTS mode.
+ *                 - UART1_MODEM_MODE_AUTO_CTS: Auto-CTS mode.
+ * @param[in]    NewState New State of this mode, should be:
+ *                 - ENABLE: Enable this mode.
+                - DISABLE: Disable this mode.
+ * @return none
+ **********************************************************************/
+void UART_FullModemConfigMode(LPC_UART1_TypeDef *UARTx, UART_MODEM_MODE_Type Mode, \
+                            FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+    uint8_t tmp = 0;
+
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_UART1_MODEM(UARTx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_UART1_MODEM_MODE(Mode));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(NewState));
+
+    switch(Mode){
+    case UART1_MODEM_MODE_LOOPBACK:
+        tmp = UART1_MCR_LOOPB_EN;
+        break;
+    case UART1_MODEM_MODE_AUTO_RTS:
+        tmp = UART1_MCR_AUTO_RTS_EN;
+        break;
+    case UART1_MODEM_MODE_AUTO_CTS:
+        tmp = UART1_MCR_AUTO_CTS_EN;
+        break;
+    default:
+        break;
+    }
+
+    if (NewState == ENABLE)
+    {
+        UARTx->MCR |= tmp;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        UARTx->MCR &= (~tmp) & UART1_MCR_BITMASK;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Get current status of modem status register
+ * @param[in]    UARTx    LPC_UART1 (only)
+ * @return         Current value of modem status register
+ * Note:    The return value of this function must be ANDed with each member
+ *             UART_MODEM_STAT_type enumeration to determine current flag status
+ *             corresponding to each modem flag status. Because some flags in
+ *             modem status register will be cleared after reading, the next reading
+ *             modem register could not be correct. So this function used to
+ *             read modem status register in one time only, then the return value
+ *             used to check all flags.
+ **********************************************************************/
+uint8_t UART_FullModemGetStatus(LPC_UART1_TypeDef *UARTx)
+{
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_UART1_MODEM(UARTx));
+    return ((UARTx->MSR) & UART1_MSR_BITMASK);
+}
+
+
+/* UART RS485 functions --------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Configure UART peripheral in RS485 mode according to the specified
+*               parameters in the RS485ConfigStruct.
+ * @param[in]    UARTx    LPC_UART1 (only)
+ * @param[in]    RS485ConfigStruct Pointer to a UART1_RS485_CTRLCFG_Type structure
+*                    that contains the configuration information for specified UART
+*                    in RS485 mode.
+ * @return        None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void UART_RS485Config(LPC_UART1_TypeDef *UARTx, UART1_RS485_CTRLCFG_Type *RS485ConfigStruct)
+{
+    uint32_t tmp;
+
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_UART1_MODEM(UARTx));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(RS485ConfigStruct->AutoAddrDetect_State));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(RS485ConfigStruct->AutoDirCtrl_State));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_UART1_RS485_CFG_DELAYVALUE(RS485ConfigStruct->DelayValue));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_SETSTATE(RS485ConfigStruct->DirCtrlPol_Level));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_UART_RS485_DIRCTRL_PIN(RS485ConfigStruct->DirCtrlPin));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_UART1_RS485_CFG_MATCHADDRVALUE(RS485ConfigStruct->MatchAddrValue));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(RS485ConfigStruct->NormalMultiDropMode_State));
+    CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(RS485ConfigStruct->Rx_State));
+
+    tmp = 0;
+    // If Auto Direction Control is enabled -  This function is used in Master mode
+    if (RS485ConfigStruct->AutoDirCtrl_State == ENABLE)
+    {
+        tmp |= UART1_RS485CTRL_DCTRL_EN;
+
+        // Set polar
+        if (RS485ConfigStruct->DirCtrlPol_Level == SET)
+        {
+            tmp |= UART1_RS485CTRL_OINV_1;
+        }
+
+        // Set pin according to
+        if (RS485ConfigStruct->DirCtrlPin == UART1_RS485_DIRCTRL_DTR)
+        {
+            tmp |= UART1_RS485CTRL_SEL_DTR;
+        }
+
+        // Fill delay time
+        UARTx->RS485DLY = RS485ConfigStruct->DelayValue & UART1_RS485DLY_BITMASK;
+    }
+
+    // MultiDrop mode is enable
+    if (RS485ConfigStruct->NormalMultiDropMode_State == ENABLE)
+    {
+        tmp |= UART1_RS485CTRL_NMM_EN;
+    }
+
+    // Auto Address Detect function
+    if (RS485ConfigStruct->AutoAddrDetect_State == ENABLE)
+    {
+        tmp |= UART1_RS485CTRL_AADEN;
+        // Fill Match Address
+        UARTx->ADRMATCH = RS485ConfigStruct->MatchAddrValue & UART1_RS485ADRMATCH_BITMASK;
+    }
+
+
+    // Receiver is disable
+    if (RS485ConfigStruct->Rx_State == DISABLE)
+    {
+        tmp |= UART1_RS485CTRL_RX_DIS;
+    }
+
+    // write back to RS485 control register
+    UARTx->RS485CTRL = tmp & UART1_RS485CTRL_BITMASK;
+
+    // Enable Parity function and leave parity in stick '0' parity as default
+    UARTx->LCR |= (UART_LCR_PARITY_F_0 | UART_LCR_PARITY_EN);
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Enable/Disable receiver in RS485 module in UART1
+ * @param[in]    UARTx    LPC_UART1 (only)
+ * @param[in]    NewState    New State of command, should be:
+ *                             - ENABLE: Enable this function.
+ *                             - DISABLE: Disable this function.
+ * @return        None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void UART_RS485ReceiverCmd(LPC_UART1_TypeDef *UARTx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+    if (NewState == ENABLE){
+        UARTx->RS485CTRL &= ~UART1_RS485CTRL_RX_DIS;
+    } else {
+        UARTx->RS485CTRL |= UART1_RS485CTRL_RX_DIS;
+    }
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Send data on RS485 bus with specified parity stick value (9-bit mode).
+ * @param[in]    UARTx    LPC_UART1 (only)
+ * @param[in]    pDatFrm     Pointer to data frame.
+ * @param[in]    size        Size of data.
+ * @param[in]    ParityStick    Parity Stick value, should be 0 or 1.
+ * @return        None
+ **********************************************************************/
+uint32_t UART_RS485Send(LPC_UART1_TypeDef *UARTx, uint8_t *pDatFrm, \
+                    uint32_t size, uint8_t ParityStick)
+{
+    uint8_t tmp, save;
+    uint32_t cnt;
+
+    if (ParityStick){
+        save = tmp = UARTx->LCR & UART_LCR_BITMASK;
+        tmp &= ~(UART_LCR_PARITY_EVEN);
+        UARTx->LCR = tmp;
+        cnt = UART_Send((LPC_UART_TypeDef *)UARTx, pDatFrm, size, BLOCKING);
+        while (!(UARTx->LSR & UART_LSR_TEMT));
+        UARTx->LCR = save;
+    } else {
+        cnt = UART_Send((LPC_UART_TypeDef *)UARTx, pDatFrm, size, BLOCKING);
+        while (!(UARTx->LSR & UART_LSR_TEMT));
+    }
+    return cnt;
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Send Slave address frames on RS485 bus.
+ * @param[in]    UARTx    LPC_UART1 (only)
+ * @param[in]    SlvAddr Slave Address.
+ * @return        None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void UART_RS485SendSlvAddr(LPC_UART1_TypeDef *UARTx, uint8_t SlvAddr)
+{
+    UART_RS485Send(UARTx, &SlvAddr, 1, 1);
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief        Send Data frames on RS485 bus.
+ * @param[in]    UARTx    LPC_UART1 (only)
+ * @param[in]    pData Pointer to data to be sent.
+ * @param[in]    size Size of data frame to be sent.
+ * @return        None
+ **********************************************************************/
+uint32_t UART_RS485SendData(LPC_UART1_TypeDef *UARTx, uint8_t *pData, uint32_t size)
+{
+    return (UART_RS485Send(UARTx, pData, size, 0));
+}
+
+#endif /* _UART1 */
+
+#endif /* _UART */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */
+
diff -r 000000000000 -r 84d7747641aa lpc17xx_uart.h
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lpc17xx_uart.h	Sun Mar 20 18:45:15 2011 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,644 @@
+/***********************************************************************//**
+ * @file        lpc17xx_uart.h
+ * @brief        Contains all macro definitions and function prototypes
+ *                 support for UART firmware library on LPC17xx
+ * @version        3.0
+ * @date        18. June. 2010
+ * @author        NXP MCU SW Application Team
+ **************************************************************************
+ * Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only
+ * which provides customers with programming information regarding the
+ * products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties.
+ * NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the
+ * use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent,
+ * copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors
+ * reserves the right to make changes in the software without
+ * notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or
+ * warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified
+ * use without further testing or modification.
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup UART UART
+ * @ingroup LPC1700CMSIS_FwLib_Drivers
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LPC17XX_UART_H
+#define __LPC17XX_UART_H
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+#include "LPC17xx.h"
+#include "lpc_types.h"
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+{
+#endif
+
+/* Public Macros -------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup UART_Public_Macros  UART Public Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** UART time-out definitions in case of using Read() and Write function
+ * with Blocking Flag mode
+ */
+#define UART_BLOCKING_TIMEOUT            (0xFFFFFFFFUL)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private Macros ------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup UART_Private_Macros UART Private Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Accepted Error baud rate value (in percent unit) */
+#define UART_ACCEPTED_BAUDRATE_ERROR    (3)            /*!< Acceptable UART baudrate error */
+
+
+/* --------------------- BIT DEFINITIONS -------------------------------------- */
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for Macro defines for UARTn Receiver Buffer Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define UART_RBR_MASKBIT       ((uint8_t)0xFF)         /*!< UART Received Buffer mask bit (8 bits) */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for Macro defines for UARTn Transmit Holding Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define UART_THR_MASKBIT       ((uint8_t)0xFF)         /*!< UART Transmit Holding mask bit (8 bits) */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for Macro defines for UARTn Divisor Latch LSB register
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define UART_LOAD_DLL(div)    ((div) & 0xFF)    /**< Macro for loading least significant halfs of divisors */
+#define UART_DLL_MASKBIT    ((uint8_t)0xFF)    /*!< Divisor latch LSB bit mask */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for Macro defines for UARTn Divisor Latch MSB register
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define UART_DLM_MASKBIT    ((uint8_t)0xFF)            /*!< Divisor latch MSB bit mask */
+#define UART_LOAD_DLM(div)  (((div) >> 8) & 0xFF)    /**< Macro for loading most significant halfs of divisors */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for Macro defines for UART interrupt enable register
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define UART_IER_RBRINT_EN        ((uint32_t)(1<<0))     /*!< RBR Interrupt enable*/
+#define UART_IER_THREINT_EN        ((uint32_t)(1<<1))     /*!< THR Interrupt enable*/
+#define UART_IER_RLSINT_EN        ((uint32_t)(1<<2))     /*!< RX line status interrupt enable*/
+#define UART1_IER_MSINT_EN        ((uint32_t)(1<<3))    /*!< Modem status interrupt enable */
+#define UART1_IER_CTSINT_EN        ((uint32_t)(1<<7))    /*!< CTS1 signal transition interrupt enable */
+#define UART_IER_ABEOINT_EN        ((uint32_t)(1<<8))     /*!< Enables the end of auto-baud interrupt */
+#define UART_IER_ABTOINT_EN        ((uint32_t)(1<<9))     /*!< Enables the auto-baud time-out interrupt */
+#define UART_IER_BITMASK        ((uint32_t)(0x307)) /*!< UART interrupt enable register bit mask */
+#define UART1_IER_BITMASK        ((uint32_t)(0x38F)) /*!< UART1 interrupt enable register bit mask */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for Macro defines for UART interrupt identification register
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define UART_IIR_INTSTAT_PEND    ((uint32_t)(1<<0))    /*!<Interrupt Status - Active low */
+#define UART_IIR_INTID_RLS        ((uint32_t)(3<<1))     /*!<Interrupt identification: Receive line status*/
+#define UART_IIR_INTID_RDA        ((uint32_t)(2<<1))     /*!<Interrupt identification: Receive data available*/
+#define UART_IIR_INTID_CTI        ((uint32_t)(6<<1))     /*!<Interrupt identification: Character time-out indicator*/
+#define UART_IIR_INTID_THRE        ((uint32_t)(1<<1))     /*!<Interrupt identification: THRE interrupt*/
+#define UART1_IIR_INTID_MODEM    ((uint32_t)(0<<1))     /*!<Interrupt identification: Modem interrupt*/
+#define UART_IIR_INTID_MASK        ((uint32_t)(7<<1))    /*!<Interrupt identification: Interrupt ID mask */
+#define UART_IIR_FIFO_EN        ((uint32_t)(3<<6))     /*!<These bits are equivalent to UnFCR[0] */
+#define UART_IIR_ABEO_INT        ((uint32_t)(1<<8))     /*!< End of auto-baud interrupt */
+#define UART_IIR_ABTO_INT        ((uint32_t)(1<<9))     /*!< Auto-baud time-out interrupt */
+#define UART_IIR_BITMASK        ((uint32_t)(0x3CF))    /*!< UART interrupt identification register bit mask */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for Macro defines for UART FIFO control register
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define UART_FCR_FIFO_EN        ((uint8_t)(1<<0))     /*!< UART FIFO enable */
+#define UART_FCR_RX_RS            ((uint8_t)(1<<1))     /*!< UART FIFO RX reset */
+#define UART_FCR_TX_RS            ((uint8_t)(1<<2))     /*!< UART FIFO TX reset */
+#define UART_FCR_DMAMODE_SEL     ((uint8_t)(1<<3))     /*!< UART DMA mode selection */
+#define UART_FCR_TRG_LEV0        ((uint8_t)(0))         /*!< UART FIFO trigger level 0: 1 character */
+#define UART_FCR_TRG_LEV1        ((uint8_t)(1<<6))     /*!< UART FIFO trigger level 1: 4 character */
+#define UART_FCR_TRG_LEV2        ((uint8_t)(2<<6))     /*!< UART FIFO trigger level 2: 8 character */
+#define UART_FCR_TRG_LEV3        ((uint8_t)(3<<6))     /*!< UART FIFO trigger level 3: 14 character */
+#define UART_FCR_BITMASK        ((uint8_t)(0xCF))    /*!< UART FIFO control bit mask */
+#define UART_TX_FIFO_SIZE        (16)
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for Macro defines for UART line control register
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define UART_LCR_WLEN5             ((uint8_t)(0))           /*!< UART 5 bit data mode */
+#define UART_LCR_WLEN6             ((uint8_t)(1<<0))       /*!< UART 6 bit data mode */
+#define UART_LCR_WLEN7             ((uint8_t)(2<<0))       /*!< UART 7 bit data mode */
+#define UART_LCR_WLEN8             ((uint8_t)(3<<0))       /*!< UART 8 bit data mode */
+#define UART_LCR_STOPBIT_SEL    ((uint8_t)(1<<2))       /*!< UART Two Stop Bits Select */
+#define UART_LCR_PARITY_EN        ((uint8_t)(1<<3))        /*!< UART Parity Enable */
+#define UART_LCR_PARITY_ODD        ((uint8_t)(0))             /*!< UART Odd Parity Select */
+#define UART_LCR_PARITY_EVEN    ((uint8_t)(1<<4))        /*!< UART Even Parity Select */
+#define UART_LCR_PARITY_F_1        ((uint8_t)(2<<4))        /*!< UART force 1 stick parity */
+#define UART_LCR_PARITY_F_0        ((uint8_t)(3<<4))        /*!< UART force 0 stick parity */
+#define UART_LCR_BREAK_EN        ((uint8_t)(1<<6))        /*!< UART Transmission Break enable */
+#define UART_LCR_DLAB_EN        ((uint8_t)(1<<7))        /*!< UART Divisor Latches Access bit enable */
+#define UART_LCR_BITMASK        ((uint8_t)(0xFF))        /*!< UART line control bit mask */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for Macro defines for UART1 Modem Control Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define UART1_MCR_DTR_CTRL        ((uint8_t)(1<<0))        /*!< Source for modem output pin DTR */
+#define UART1_MCR_RTS_CTRL        ((uint8_t)(1<<1))        /*!< Source for modem output pin RTS */
+#define UART1_MCR_LOOPB_EN        ((uint8_t)(1<<4))        /*!< Loop back mode select */
+#define UART1_MCR_AUTO_RTS_EN    ((uint8_t)(1<<6))        /*!< Enable Auto RTS flow-control */
+#define UART1_MCR_AUTO_CTS_EN    ((uint8_t)(1<<7))        /*!< Enable Auto CTS flow-control */
+#define UART1_MCR_BITMASK        ((uint8_t)(0x0F3))        /*!< UART1 bit mask value */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for Macro defines for UART line status register
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define UART_LSR_RDR        ((uint8_t)(1<<0))     /*!<Line status register: Receive data ready*/
+#define UART_LSR_OE            ((uint8_t)(1<<1))     /*!<Line status register: Overrun error*/
+#define UART_LSR_PE            ((uint8_t)(1<<2))     /*!<Line status register: Parity error*/
+#define UART_LSR_FE            ((uint8_t)(1<<3))     /*!<Line status register: Framing error*/
+#define UART_LSR_BI            ((uint8_t)(1<<4))     /*!<Line status register: Break interrupt*/
+#define UART_LSR_THRE        ((uint8_t)(1<<5))     /*!<Line status register: Transmit holding register empty*/
+#define UART_LSR_TEMT        ((uint8_t)(1<<6))     /*!<Line status register: Transmitter empty*/
+#define UART_LSR_RXFE        ((uint8_t)(1<<7))     /*!<Error in RX FIFO*/
+#define UART_LSR_BITMASK    ((uint8_t)(0xFF))     /*!<UART Line status bit mask */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for Macro defines for UART Modem (UART1 only) status register
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define UART1_MSR_DELTA_CTS        ((uint8_t)(1<<0))    /*!< Set upon state change of input CTS */
+#define UART1_MSR_DELTA_DSR        ((uint8_t)(1<<1))    /*!< Set upon state change of input DSR */
+#define UART1_MSR_LO2HI_RI        ((uint8_t)(1<<2))    /*!< Set upon low to high transition of input RI */
+#define UART1_MSR_DELTA_DCD        ((uint8_t)(1<<3))    /*!< Set upon state change of input DCD */
+#define UART1_MSR_CTS            ((uint8_t)(1<<4))    /*!< Clear To Send State */
+#define UART1_MSR_DSR            ((uint8_t)(1<<5))    /*!< Data Set Ready State */
+#define UART1_MSR_RI            ((uint8_t)(1<<6))    /*!< Ring Indicator State */
+#define UART1_MSR_DCD            ((uint8_t)(1<<7))    /*!< Data Carrier Detect State */
+#define UART1_MSR_BITMASK        ((uint8_t)(0xFF))    /*!< MSR register bit-mask value */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for Macro defines for UART Scratch Pad Register
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define UART_SCR_BIMASK        ((uint8_t)(0xFF))    /*!< UART Scratch Pad bit mask */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for Macro defines for UART Auto baudrate control register
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define UART_ACR_START                ((uint32_t)(1<<0))    /**< UART Auto-baud start */
+#define UART_ACR_MODE                ((uint32_t)(1<<1))    /**< UART Auto baudrate Mode 1 */
+#define UART_ACR_AUTO_RESTART        ((uint32_t)(1<<2))    /**< UART Auto baudrate restart */
+#define UART_ACR_ABEOINT_CLR        ((uint32_t)(1<<8))    /**< UART End of auto-baud interrupt clear */
+#define UART_ACR_ABTOINT_CLR        ((uint32_t)(1<<9))    /**< UART Auto-baud time-out interrupt clear */
+#define UART_ACR_BITMASK            ((uint32_t)(0x307))    /**< UART Auto Baudrate register bit mask */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for Macro defines for UART IrDA control register
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define UART_ICR_IRDAEN            ((uint32_t)(1<<0))            /**< IrDA mode enable */
+#define UART_ICR_IRDAINV        ((uint32_t)(1<<1))            /**< IrDA serial input inverted */
+#define UART_ICR_FIXPULSE_EN    ((uint32_t)(1<<2))            /**< IrDA fixed pulse width mode */
+#define UART_ICR_PULSEDIV(n)    ((uint32_t)((n&0x07)<<3))    /**< PulseDiv - Configures the pulse when FixPulseEn = 1 */
+#define UART_ICR_BITMASK        ((uint32_t)(0x3F))            /*!< UART IRDA bit mask */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for Macro defines for UART Fractional divider register
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define UART_FDR_DIVADDVAL(n)    ((uint32_t)(n&0x0F))        /**< Baud-rate generation pre-scaler divisor */
+#define UART_FDR_MULVAL(n)        ((uint32_t)((n<<4)&0xF0))    /**< Baud-rate pre-scaler multiplier value */
+#define UART_FDR_BITMASK        ((uint32_t)(0xFF))            /**< UART Fractional Divider register bit mask */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for Macro defines for UART Tx Enable register
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define UART_TER_TXEN            ((uint8_t)(1<<7))         /*!< Transmit enable bit */
+#define UART_TER_BITMASK        ((uint8_t)(0x80))        /**< UART Transmit Enable Register bit mask */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for Macro defines for UART1 RS485 Control register
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define UART1_RS485CTRL_NMM_EN        ((uint32_t)(1<<0))    /*!< RS-485/EIA-485 Normal Multi-drop Mode (NMM)
+                                                        is disabled */
+#define UART1_RS485CTRL_RX_DIS        ((uint32_t)(1<<1))    /*!< The receiver is disabled */
+#define UART1_RS485CTRL_AADEN        ((uint32_t)(1<<2))    /*!< Auto Address Detect (AAD) is enabled */
+#define UART1_RS485CTRL_SEL_DTR        ((uint32_t)(1<<3))    /*!< If direction control is enabled
+                                                        (bit DCTRL = 1), pin DTR is used for direction control */
+#define UART1_RS485CTRL_DCTRL_EN    ((uint32_t)(1<<4))    /*!< Enable Auto Direction Control */
+#define UART1_RS485CTRL_OINV_1        ((uint32_t)(1<<5))    /*!< This bit reverses the polarity of the direction
+                                                        control signal on the RTS (or DTR) pin. The direction control pin
+                                                        will be driven to logic "1" when the transmitter has data to be sent */
+#define UART1_RS485CTRL_BITMASK        ((uint32_t)(0x3F))    /**< RS485 control bit-mask value */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for Macro defines for UART1 RS-485 Address Match register
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define UART1_RS485ADRMATCH_BITMASK ((uint8_t)(0xFF))     /**< Bit mask value */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for Macro defines for UART1 RS-485 Delay value register
+ **********************************************************************/
+/* Macro defines for UART1 RS-485 Delay value register */
+#define UART1_RS485DLY_BITMASK        ((uint8_t)(0xFF))     /** Bit mask value */
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+ * Macro defines for Macro defines for UART FIFO Level register
+ **********************************************************************/
+#define UART_FIFOLVL_RXFIFOLVL(n)    ((uint32_t)(n&0x0F))        /**< Reflects the current level of the UART receiver FIFO */
+#define UART_FIFOLVL_TXFIFOLVL(n)    ((uint32_t)((n>>8)&0x0F))    /**< Reflects the current level of the UART transmitter FIFO */
+#define UART_FIFOLVL_BITMASK        ((uint32_t)(0x0F0F))        /**< UART FIFO Level Register bit mask */
+
+
+/* ---------------- CHECK PARAMETER DEFINITIONS ---------------------------- */
+
+/** Macro to check the input UART_DATABIT parameters */
+#define PARAM_UART_DATABIT(databit)    ((databit==UART_DATABIT_5) || (databit==UART_DATABIT_6)\
+|| (databit==UART_DATABIT_7) || (databit==UART_DATABIT_8))
+
+/** Macro to check the input UART_STOPBIT parameters */
+#define PARAM_UART_STOPBIT(stopbit)    ((stopbit==UART_STOPBIT_1) || (stopbit==UART_STOPBIT_2))
+
+/** Macro to check the input UART_PARITY parameters */
+#define PARAM_UART_PARITY(parity)    ((parity==UART_PARITY_NONE) || (parity==UART_PARITY_ODD) \
+|| (parity==UART_PARITY_EVEN) || (parity==UART_PARITY_SP_1) \
+|| (parity==UART_PARITY_SP_0))
+
+/** Macro to check the input UART_FIFO parameters */
+#define PARAM_UART_FIFO_LEVEL(fifo)    ((fifo==UART_FIFO_TRGLEV0) \
+|| (fifo==UART_FIFO_TRGLEV1) || (fifo==UART_FIFO_TRGLEV2) \
+|| (fifo==UART_FIFO_TRGLEV3))
+
+/** Macro to check the input UART_INTCFG parameters */
+#define PARAM_UART_INTCFG(IntCfg)    ((IntCfg==UART_INTCFG_RBR) || (IntCfg==UART_INTCFG_THRE) \
+|| (IntCfg==UART_INTCFG_RLS) || (IntCfg==UART_INTCFG_ABEO) \
+|| (IntCfg==UART_INTCFG_ABTO))
+
+/** Macro to check the input UART1_INTCFG parameters - expansion input parameter for UART1 */
+#define PARAM_UART1_INTCFG(IntCfg)    ((IntCfg==UART1_INTCFG_MS) || (IntCfg==UART1_INTCFG_CTS))
+
+/** Macro to check the input UART_AUTOBAUD_MODE parameters */
+#define PARAM_UART_AUTOBAUD_MODE(ABmode)    ((ABmode==UART_AUTOBAUD_MODE0) || (ABmode==UART_AUTOBAUD_MODE1))
+
+/** Macro to check the input UART_AUTOBAUD_INTSTAT parameters */
+#define PARAM_UART_AUTOBAUD_INTSTAT(ABIntStat)    ((ABIntStat==UART_AUTOBAUD_INTSTAT_ABEO) || \
+        (ABIntStat==UART_AUTOBAUD_INTSTAT_ABTO))
+
+/** Macro to check the input UART_IrDA_PULSEDIV parameters */
+#define PARAM_UART_IrDA_PULSEDIV(PulseDiv)    ((PulseDiv==UART_IrDA_PULSEDIV2) || (PulseDiv==UART_IrDA_PULSEDIV4) \
+|| (PulseDiv==UART_IrDA_PULSEDIV8) || (PulseDiv==UART_IrDA_PULSEDIV16) \
+|| (PulseDiv==UART_IrDA_PULSEDIV32) || (PulseDiv==UART_IrDA_PULSEDIV64) \
+|| (PulseDiv==UART_IrDA_PULSEDIV128) || (PulseDiv==UART_IrDA_PULSEDIV256))
+
+/* Macro to check the input UART1_SignalState parameters */
+#define PARAM_UART1_SIGNALSTATE(x) ((x==INACTIVE) || (x==ACTIVE))
+
+/** Macro to check the input PARAM_UART1_MODEM_PIN parameters */
+#define PARAM_UART1_MODEM_PIN(x) ((x==UART1_MODEM_PIN_DTR) || (x==UART1_MODEM_PIN_RTS))
+
+/** Macro to check the input PARAM_UART1_MODEM_MODE parameters */
+#define PARAM_UART1_MODEM_MODE(x) ((x==UART1_MODEM_MODE_LOOPBACK) || (x==UART1_MODEM_MODE_AUTO_RTS) \
+|| (x==UART1_MODEM_MODE_AUTO_CTS))
+
+/** Macro to check the direction control pin type */
+#define PARAM_UART_RS485_DIRCTRL_PIN(x)    ((x==UART1_RS485_DIRCTRL_RTS) || (x==UART1_RS485_DIRCTRL_DTR))
+
+/* Macro to determine if it is valid UART port number */
+#define PARAM_UARTx(x)    ((((uint32_t *)x)==((uint32_t *)LPC_UART0)) \
+|| (((uint32_t *)x)==((uint32_t *)LPC_UART1)) \
+|| (((uint32_t *)x)==((uint32_t *)LPC_UART2)) \
+|| (((uint32_t *)x)==((uint32_t *)LPC_UART3)))
+#define PARAM_UART_IrDA(x) (((uint32_t *)x)==((uint32_t *)LPC_UART3))
+#define PARAM_UART1_MODEM(x) (((uint32_t *)x)==((uint32_t *)LPC_UART1))
+
+/** Macro to check the input value for UART1_RS485_CFG_MATCHADDRVALUE parameter */
+#define PARAM_UART1_RS485_CFG_MATCHADDRVALUE(x) ((x<0xFF))
+
+/** Macro to check the input value for UART1_RS485_CFG_DELAYVALUE parameter */
+#define PARAM_UART1_RS485_CFG_DELAYVALUE(x) ((x<0xFF))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/* Public Types --------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup UART_Public_Types UART Public Types
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief UART Databit type definitions
+ */
+typedef enum {
+    UART_DATABIT_5        = 0,             /*!< UART 5 bit data mode */
+    UART_DATABIT_6,                         /*!< UART 6 bit data mode */
+    UART_DATABIT_7,                         /*!< UART 7 bit data mode */
+    UART_DATABIT_8                         /*!< UART 8 bit data mode */
+} UART_DATABIT_Type;
+
+/**
+ * @brief UART Stop bit type definitions
+ */
+typedef enum {
+    UART_STOPBIT_1        = (0),                       /*!< UART 1 Stop Bits Select */
+    UART_STOPBIT_2,                                     /*!< UART Two Stop Bits Select */
+} UART_STOPBIT_Type;
+
+/**
+ * @brief UART Parity type definitions
+ */
+typedef enum {
+    UART_PARITY_NONE     = 0,                    /*!< No parity */
+    UART_PARITY_ODD,                             /*!< Odd parity */
+    UART_PARITY_EVEN,                             /*!< Even parity */
+    UART_PARITY_SP_1,                             /*!< Forced "1" stick parity */
+    UART_PARITY_SP_0                             /*!< Forced "0" stick parity */
+} UART_PARITY_Type;
+
+/**
+ * @brief FIFO Level type definitions
+ */
+typedef enum {
+    UART_FIFO_TRGLEV0 = 0,    /*!< UART FIFO trigger level 0: 1 character */
+    UART_FIFO_TRGLEV1,         /*!< UART FIFO trigger level 1: 4 character */
+    UART_FIFO_TRGLEV2,        /*!< UART FIFO trigger level 2: 8 character */
+    UART_FIFO_TRGLEV3        /*!< UART FIFO trigger level 3: 14 character */
+} UART_FITO_LEVEL_Type;
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+* @brief UART Interrupt Type definitions
+**********************************************************************/
+typedef enum {
+    UART_INTCFG_RBR = 0,    /*!< RBR Interrupt enable*/
+    UART_INTCFG_THRE,        /*!< THR Interrupt enable*/
+    UART_INTCFG_RLS,        /*!< RX line status interrupt enable*/
+    UART1_INTCFG_MS,        /*!< Modem status interrupt enable (UART1 only) */
+    UART1_INTCFG_CTS,        /*!< CTS1 signal transition interrupt enable (UART1 only) */
+    UART_INTCFG_ABEO,        /*!< Enables the end of auto-baud interrupt */
+    UART_INTCFG_ABTO        /*!< Enables the auto-baud time-out interrupt */
+} UART_INT_Type;
+
+/**
+ * @brief UART Line Status Type definition
+ */
+typedef enum {
+    UART_LINESTAT_RDR    = UART_LSR_RDR,            /*!<Line status register: Receive data ready*/
+    UART_LINESTAT_OE    = UART_LSR_OE,            /*!<Line status register: Overrun error*/
+    UART_LINESTAT_PE    = UART_LSR_PE,            /*!<Line status register: Parity error*/
+    UART_LINESTAT_FE    = UART_LSR_FE,            /*!<Line status register: Framing error*/
+    UART_LINESTAT_BI    = UART_LSR_BI,            /*!<Line status register: Break interrupt*/
+    UART_LINESTAT_THRE    = UART_LSR_THRE,        /*!<Line status register: Transmit holding register empty*/
+    UART_LINESTAT_TEMT    = UART_LSR_TEMT,        /*!<Line status register: Transmitter empty*/
+    UART_LINESTAT_RXFE    = UART_LSR_RXFE            /*!<Error in RX FIFO*/
+} UART_LS_Type;
+
+/**
+ * @brief UART Auto-baudrate mode type definition
+ */
+typedef enum {
+    UART_AUTOBAUD_MODE0                = 0,            /**< UART Auto baudrate Mode 0 */
+    UART_AUTOBAUD_MODE1,                            /**< UART Auto baudrate Mode 1 */
+} UART_AB_MODE_Type;
+
+/**
+ * @brief Auto Baudrate mode configuration type definition
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    UART_AB_MODE_Type    ABMode;            /**< Autobaudrate mode */
+    FunctionalState        AutoRestart;    /**< Auto Restart state */
+} UART_AB_CFG_Type;
+
+/**
+ * @brief UART End of Auto-baudrate type definition
+ */
+typedef enum {
+    UART_AUTOBAUD_INTSTAT_ABEO        = UART_IIR_ABEO_INT,        /**< UART End of auto-baud interrupt  */
+    UART_AUTOBAUD_INTSTAT_ABTO        = UART_IIR_ABTO_INT            /**< UART Auto-baud time-out interrupt  */
+}UART_ABEO_Type;
+
+/**
+ * UART IrDA Control type Definition
+ */
+typedef enum {
+    UART_IrDA_PULSEDIV2        = 0,        /**< Pulse width = 2 * Tpclk
+                                        - Configures the pulse when FixPulseEn = 1 */
+    UART_IrDA_PULSEDIV4,                /**< Pulse width = 4 * Tpclk
+                                        - Configures the pulse when FixPulseEn = 1 */
+    UART_IrDA_PULSEDIV8,                /**< Pulse width = 8 * Tpclk
+                                        - Configures the pulse when FixPulseEn = 1 */
+    UART_IrDA_PULSEDIV16,                /**< Pulse width = 16 * Tpclk
+                                        - Configures the pulse when FixPulseEn = 1 */
+    UART_IrDA_PULSEDIV32,                /**< Pulse width = 32 * Tpclk
+                                        - Configures the pulse when FixPulseEn = 1 */
+    UART_IrDA_PULSEDIV64,                /**< Pulse width = 64 * Tpclk
+                                        - Configures the pulse when FixPulseEn = 1 */
+    UART_IrDA_PULSEDIV128,                /**< Pulse width = 128 * Tpclk
+                                        - Configures the pulse when FixPulseEn = 1 */
+    UART_IrDA_PULSEDIV256                /**< Pulse width = 256 * Tpclk
+                                        - Configures the pulse when FixPulseEn = 1 */
+} UART_IrDA_PULSE_Type;
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+* @brief UART1 Full modem -  Signal states definition
+**********************************************************************/
+typedef enum {
+    INACTIVE = 0,            /* In-active state */
+    ACTIVE = !INACTIVE         /* Active state */
+}UART1_SignalState;
+
+/**
+ * @brief UART modem status type definition
+ */
+typedef enum {
+    UART1_MODEM_STAT_DELTA_CTS    = UART1_MSR_DELTA_CTS,        /*!< Set upon state change of input CTS */
+    UART1_MODEM_STAT_DELTA_DSR    = UART1_MSR_DELTA_DSR,        /*!< Set upon state change of input DSR */
+    UART1_MODEM_STAT_LO2HI_RI    = UART1_MSR_LO2HI_RI,        /*!< Set upon low to high transition of input RI */
+    UART1_MODEM_STAT_DELTA_DCD    = UART1_MSR_DELTA_DCD,        /*!< Set upon state change of input DCD */
+    UART1_MODEM_STAT_CTS        = UART1_MSR_CTS,            /*!< Clear To Send State */
+    UART1_MODEM_STAT_DSR        = UART1_MSR_DSR,            /*!< Data Set Ready State */
+    UART1_MODEM_STAT_RI            = UART1_MSR_RI,                /*!< Ring Indicator State */
+    UART1_MODEM_STAT_DCD        = UART1_MSR_DCD                /*!< Data Carrier Detect State */
+} UART_MODEM_STAT_type;
+
+/**
+ * @brief Modem output pin type definition
+ */
+typedef enum {
+    UART1_MODEM_PIN_DTR            = 0,        /*!< Source for modem output pin DTR */
+    UART1_MODEM_PIN_RTS                        /*!< Source for modem output pin RTS */
+} UART_MODEM_PIN_Type;
+
+/**
+ * @brief UART Modem mode type definition
+ */
+typedef enum {
+    UART1_MODEM_MODE_LOOPBACK    = 0,        /*!< Loop back mode select */
+    UART1_MODEM_MODE_AUTO_RTS,                /*!< Enable Auto RTS flow-control */
+    UART1_MODEM_MODE_AUTO_CTS                 /*!< Enable Auto CTS flow-control */
+} UART_MODEM_MODE_Type;
+
+/**
+ * @brief UART Direction Control Pin type definition
+ */
+typedef enum {
+    UART1_RS485_DIRCTRL_RTS = 0,    /**< Pin RTS is used for direction control */
+    UART1_RS485_DIRCTRL_DTR            /**< Pin DTR is used for direction control */
+} UART_RS485_DIRCTRL_PIN_Type;
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+* @brief UART Configuration Structure definition
+**********************************************************************/
+typedef struct {
+  uint32_t Baud_rate;           /**< UART baud rate */
+  UART_PARITY_Type Parity;        /**< Parity selection, should be:
+                               - UART_PARITY_NONE: No parity
+                               - UART_PARITY_ODD: Odd parity
+                               - UART_PARITY_EVEN: Even parity
+                               - UART_PARITY_SP_1: Forced "1" stick parity
+                               - UART_PARITY_SP_0: Forced "0" stick parity
+                               */
+  UART_DATABIT_Type Databits;   /**< Number of data bits, should be:
+                               - UART_DATABIT_5: UART 5 bit data mode
+                               - UART_DATABIT_6: UART 6 bit data mode
+                               - UART_DATABIT_7: UART 7 bit data mode
+                               - UART_DATABIT_8: UART 8 bit data mode
+                               */
+  UART_STOPBIT_Type Stopbits;   /**< Number of stop bits, should be:
+                               - UART_STOPBIT_1: UART 1 Stop Bits Select
+                               - UART_STOPBIT_2: UART 2 Stop Bits Select
+                               */
+} UART_CFG_Type;
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+* @brief UART FIFO Configuration Structure definition
+**********************************************************************/
+
+typedef struct {
+    FunctionalState FIFO_ResetRxBuf;    /**< Reset Rx FIFO command state , should be:
+                                         - ENABLE: Reset Rx FIFO in UART
+                                         - DISABLE: Do not reset Rx FIFO  in UART
+                                         */
+    FunctionalState FIFO_ResetTxBuf;    /**< Reset Tx FIFO command state , should be:
+                                         - ENABLE: Reset Tx FIFO in UART
+                                         - DISABLE: Do not reset Tx FIFO  in UART
+                                         */
+    FunctionalState FIFO_DMAMode;        /**< DMA mode, should be:
+                                         - ENABLE: Enable DMA mode in UART
+                                         - DISABLE: Disable DMA mode in UART
+                                         */
+    UART_FITO_LEVEL_Type FIFO_Level;    /**< Rx FIFO trigger level, should be:
+                                        - UART_FIFO_TRGLEV0: UART FIFO trigger level 0: 1 character
+                                        - UART_FIFO_TRGLEV1: UART FIFO trigger level 1: 4 character
+                                        - UART_FIFO_TRGLEV2: UART FIFO trigger level 2: 8 character
+                                        - UART_FIFO_TRGLEV3: UART FIFO trigger level 3: 14 character
+                                        */
+} UART_FIFO_CFG_Type;
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+* @brief UART1 Full modem -  RS485 Control configuration type
+**********************************************************************/
+typedef struct {
+    FunctionalState NormalMultiDropMode_State; /*!< Normal MultiDrop mode State:
+                                                    - ENABLE: Enable this function.
+                                                    - DISABLE: Disable this function. */
+    FunctionalState Rx_State;                    /*!< Receiver State:
+                                                    - ENABLE: Enable Receiver.
+                                                    - DISABLE: Disable Receiver. */
+    FunctionalState AutoAddrDetect_State;        /*!< Auto Address Detect mode state:
+                                                - ENABLE: ENABLE this function.
+                                                - DISABLE: Disable this function. */
+    FunctionalState AutoDirCtrl_State;            /*!< Auto Direction Control State:
+                                                - ENABLE: Enable this function.
+                                                - DISABLE: Disable this function. */
+    UART_RS485_DIRCTRL_PIN_Type DirCtrlPin;        /*!< If direction control is enabled, state:
+                                                - UART1_RS485_DIRCTRL_RTS:
+                                                pin RTS is used for direction control.
+                                                - UART1_RS485_DIRCTRL_DTR:
+                                                pin DTR is used for direction control. */
+     SetState DirCtrlPol_Level;                    /*!< Polarity of the direction control signal on
+                                                the RTS (or DTR) pin:
+                                                - RESET: The direction control pin will be driven
+                                                to logic "0" when the transmitter has data to be sent.
+                                                - SET: The direction control pin will be driven
+                                                to logic "1" when the transmitter has data to be sent. */
+    uint8_t MatchAddrValue;                    /*!< address match value for RS-485/EIA-485 mode, 8-bit long */
+    uint8_t DelayValue;                        /*!< delay time is in periods of the baud clock, 8-bit long */
+} UART1_RS485_CTRLCFG_Type;
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup UART_Public_Functions UART Public Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+/* UART Init/DeInit functions --------------------------------------------------*/
+void UART_Init(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, UART_CFG_Type *UART_ConfigStruct);
+void UART_DeInit(LPC_UART_TypeDef* UARTx);
+void UART_ConfigStructInit(UART_CFG_Type *UART_InitStruct);
+
+/* UART Send/Receive functions -------------------------------------------------*/
+void UART_SendByte(LPC_UART_TypeDef* UARTx, uint8_t Data);
+uint8_t UART_ReceiveByte(LPC_UART_TypeDef* UARTx);
+uint32_t UART_Send(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, uint8_t *txbuf,
+        uint32_t buflen, TRANSFER_BLOCK_Type flag);
+uint32_t UART_Receive(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, uint8_t *rxbuf, \
+        uint32_t buflen, TRANSFER_BLOCK_Type flag);
+
+/* UART FIFO functions ----------------------------------------------------------*/
+void UART_FIFOConfig(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, UART_FIFO_CFG_Type *FIFOCfg);
+void UART_FIFOConfigStructInit(UART_FIFO_CFG_Type *UART_FIFOInitStruct);
+
+/* UART get information functions -----------------------------------------------*/
+uint32_t UART_GetIntId(LPC_UART_TypeDef* UARTx);
+uint8_t UART_GetLineStatus(LPC_UART_TypeDef* UARTx);
+
+/* UART operate functions -------------------------------------------------------*/
+void UART_IntConfig(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, UART_INT_Type UARTIntCfg, \
+                FunctionalState NewState);
+void UART_TxCmd(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, FunctionalState NewState);
+FlagStatus UART_CheckBusy(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx);
+void UART_ForceBreak(LPC_UART_TypeDef* UARTx);
+
+/* UART Auto-baud functions -----------------------------------------------------*/
+void UART_ABClearIntPending(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, UART_ABEO_Type ABIntType);
+void UART_ABCmd(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, UART_AB_CFG_Type *ABConfigStruct, \
+                FunctionalState NewState);
+
+/* UART1 FullModem functions ----------------------------------------------------*/
+void UART_FullModemForcePinState(LPC_UART1_TypeDef *UARTx, UART_MODEM_PIN_Type Pin, \
+                            UART1_SignalState NewState);
+void UART_FullModemConfigMode(LPC_UART1_TypeDef *UARTx, UART_MODEM_MODE_Type Mode, \
+                            FunctionalState NewState);
+uint8_t UART_FullModemGetStatus(LPC_UART1_TypeDef *UARTx);
+
+/* UART RS485 functions ----------------------------------------------------------*/
+void UART_RS485Config(LPC_UART1_TypeDef *UARTx, \
+        UART1_RS485_CTRLCFG_Type *RS485ConfigStruct);
+void UART_RS485ReceiverCmd(LPC_UART1_TypeDef *UARTx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void UART_RS485SendSlvAddr(LPC_UART1_TypeDef *UARTx, uint8_t SlvAddr);
+uint32_t UART_RS485SendData(LPC_UART1_TypeDef *UARTx, uint8_t *pData, uint32_t size);
+
+/* UART IrDA functions-------------------------------------------------------------*/
+void UART_IrDAInvtInputCmd(LPC_UART_TypeDef* UARTx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void UART_IrDACmd(LPC_UART_TypeDef* UARTx, FunctionalState NewState);
+void UART_IrDAPulseDivConfig(LPC_UART_TypeDef *UARTx, UART_IrDA_PULSE_Type PulseDiv);
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* __LPC17XX_UART_H */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */
diff -r 000000000000 -r 84d7747641aa lpc17xx_wdt.c
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lpc17xx_wdt.c	Sun Mar 20 18:45:15 2011 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,261 @@
+/***********************************************************************//**
+ * @file		lpc17xx_wdt.c
+ * @brief		Contains all functions support for WDT firmware library on LPC17xx
+ * @version		2.0
+ * @date		21. May. 2010
+ * @author		NXP MCU SW Application Team
+ **************************************************************************
+ * Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only
+ * which provides customers with programming information regarding the
+ * products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties.
+ * NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the
+ * use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent,
+ * copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors
+ * reserves the right to make changes in the software without
+ * notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or
+ * warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified
+ * use without further testing or modification.
+ **********************************************************************/
+
+/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @addtogroup WDT
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+#include "lpc17xx_wdt.h"
+#include "lpc17xx_clkpwr.h"
+#include "lpc17xx_pinsel.h"
+
+
+/* If this source file built with example, the LPC17xx FW library configuration
+ * file in each example directory ("lpc17xx_libcfg.h") must be included,
+ * otherwise the default FW library configuration file must be included instead
+ */
+#ifdef __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__
+#include "lpc17xx_libcfg.h"
+#else
+#include "lpc17xx_libcfg_default.h"
+#endif /* __BUILD_WITH_EXAMPLE__ */
+
+
+#ifdef _WDT
+
+/* Private Functions ---------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+static uint8_t WDT_SetTimeOut (uint8_t clk_source, uint32_t timeout);
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief 		Set WDT time out value and WDT mode
+ * @param[in]	clk_source select Clock source for WDT device
+ * @param[in]	timeout value of time-out for WDT (us)
+ * @return		None
+ *********************************************************************/
+static uint8_t WDT_SetTimeOut (uint8_t clk_source, uint32_t timeout)
+{
+
+	uint32_t pclk_wdt = 0;
+	uint32_t tempval = 0;
+
+	switch ((WDT_CLK_OPT) clk_source)
+    {
+    case WDT_CLKSRC_IRC:
+    	pclk_wdt = 4000000;
+    	// Calculate TC in WDT
+    	tempval  = (((pclk_wdt) / WDT_US_INDEX) * (timeout / 4));
+    	// Check if it valid
+    	if ((tempval >= WDT_TIMEOUT_MIN) && (tempval <= WDT_TIMEOUT_MAX))
+    	{
+    		LPC_WDT->WDTC = tempval;
+    		return	SUCCESS;
+    	}
+
+    	break;
+
+    case WDT_CLKSRC_PCLK:
+
+    	// Get WDT clock with CCLK divider = 4
+		pclk_wdt = SystemCoreClock / 4;
+		// Calculate TC in WDT
+		tempval  = (((pclk_wdt) / WDT_US_INDEX) * (timeout / 4));
+
+		if ((tempval >= WDT_TIMEOUT_MIN) && (tempval <= WDT_TIMEOUT_MAX))
+		{
+			CLKPWR_SetPCLKDiv (CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_WDT, CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CCLK_DIV_4);
+			LPC_WDT->WDTC = (uint32_t) tempval;
+			return SUCCESS;
+		}
+
+		// Get WDT clock with CCLK divider = 2
+		pclk_wdt = SystemCoreClock / 2;
+		// Calculate TC in WDT
+		tempval  = (((pclk_wdt) / WDT_US_INDEX) * (timeout / 4));
+
+		if ((tempval >= WDT_TIMEOUT_MIN) && (tempval <= WDT_TIMEOUT_MAX))
+		{
+			CLKPWR_SetPCLKDiv (CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_WDT, CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CCLK_DIV_2);
+			LPC_WDT->WDTC = (uint32_t) tempval;
+			return	SUCCESS;
+		}
+
+		// Get WDT clock with CCLK divider = 1
+		pclk_wdt = SystemCoreClock;
+		// Calculate TC in WDT
+		tempval  = (((pclk_wdt) / WDT_US_INDEX) * (timeout / 4));
+
+		if ((tempval >= WDT_TIMEOUT_MIN) && (tempval <= WDT_TIMEOUT_MAX))
+		{
+			CLKPWR_SetPCLKDiv (CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_WDT, CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CCLK_DIV_1);
+			LPC_WDT->WDTC = (uint32_t) tempval;
+			return	SUCCESS;
+		}
+		break ;
+
+
+    case WDT_CLKSRC_RTC:
+		pclk_wdt = 32768;
+		// Calculate TC in WDT
+		tempval  = (((pclk_wdt) / WDT_US_INDEX) * (timeout / 4));
+		// Check if it valid
+		if ((tempval >= WDT_TIMEOUT_MIN) && (tempval <= WDT_TIMEOUT_MAX))
+		{
+			LPC_WDT->WDTC = (uint32_t) tempval;
+			return	SUCCESS;
+		}
+
+		break;
+
+// Error parameter
+		default:
+			break;
+}
+
+	return ERROR;
+}
+
+/* End of Private Functions --------------------------------------------------- */
+
+
+/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @addtogroup WDT_Public_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+* @brief 		Initial for Watchdog function
+* 					Clock source = RTC ,
+* @param[in]	ClkSrc  Select clock source, should be:
+* 				- WDT_CLKSRC_IRC: Clock source from Internal RC oscillator
+* 				- WDT_CLKSRC_PCLK: Selects the APB peripheral clock (PCLK)
+* 				- WDT_CLKSRC_RTC: Selects the RTC oscillator
+* @param[in]	WDTMode WDT mode, should be:
+* 				- WDT_MODE_INT_ONLY: Use WDT to generate interrupt only
+* 				- WDT_MODE_RESET: Use WDT to generate interrupt and reset MCU
+* @return 		None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void WDT_Init (WDT_CLK_OPT ClkSrc, WDT_MODE_OPT WDTMode)
+{
+	CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_WDT_CLK_OPT(ClkSrc));
+	CHECK_PARAM(PARAM_WDT_MODE_OPT(WDTMode));
+	CLKPWR_SetPCLKDiv (CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_WDT, CLKPWR_PCLKSEL_CCLK_DIV_4);
+
+	//Set clock source
+	LPC_WDT->WDCLKSEL &= ~WDT_WDCLKSEL_MASK;
+	LPC_WDT->WDCLKSEL |= ClkSrc;
+	//Set WDT mode
+	if (WDTMode == WDT_MODE_RESET){
+		LPC_WDT->WDMOD |= WDT_WDMOD(WDTMode);
+	}
+}
+
+/*********************************************************************//**
+* @brief 		Start WDT activity with given timeout value
+* @param[in]	TimeOut WDT reset after timeout if it is not feed
+* @return 		None
+ **********************************************************************/
+void WDT_Start(uint32_t TimeOut)
+{
+	uint32_t ClkSrc;
+
+	ClkSrc = LPC_WDT->WDCLKSEL;
+	ClkSrc &=WDT_WDCLKSEL_MASK;
+	WDT_SetTimeOut(ClkSrc,TimeOut);
+	//enable watchdog
+	LPC_WDT->WDMOD |= WDT_WDMOD_WDEN;
+	WDT_Feed();
+}
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief 		Read WDT Time out flag
+ * @param[in]	None
+ * @return		Time out flag status of WDT
+ *********************************************************************/
+FlagStatus WDT_ReadTimeOutFlag (void)
+{
+	return ((FlagStatus)((LPC_WDT->WDMOD & WDT_WDMOD_WDTOF) >>2));
+}
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief 		Clear WDT Time out flag
+ * @param[in]	None
+ * @return		None
+ *********************************************************************/
+void WDT_ClrTimeOutFlag (void)
+{
+	LPC_WDT->WDMOD &=~WDT_WDMOD_WDTOF;
+}
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief 		Update WDT timeout value and feed
+ * @param[in]	TimeOut	TimeOut value to be updated
+ * @return		None
+ *********************************************************************/
+void WDT_UpdateTimeOut ( uint32_t TimeOut)
+{
+	uint32_t ClkSrc;
+	ClkSrc = LPC_WDT->WDCLKSEL;
+	ClkSrc &=WDT_WDCLKSEL_MASK;
+	WDT_SetTimeOut(ClkSrc,TimeOut);
+	WDT_Feed();
+}
+
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief 		After set WDTEN, call this function to start Watchdog
+ * 				or reload the Watchdog timer
+ * @param[in]	None
+ *
+ * @return		None
+ *********************************************************************/
+void WDT_Feed (void)
+{
+	// Disable irq interrupt
+	__disable_irq();
+	LPC_WDT->WDFEED = 0xAA;
+	LPC_WDT->WDFEED = 0x55;
+	// Then enable irq interrupt
+	__enable_irq();
+}
+
+/********************************************************************//**
+ * @brief 		Get the current value of WDT
+ * @param[in]	None
+ * @return		current value of WDT
+ *********************************************************************/
+uint32_t WDT_GetCurrentCount(void)
+{
+	return LPC_WDT->WDTV;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* _WDT */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */
diff -r 000000000000 -r 84d7747641aa lpc17xx_wdt.h
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lpc17xx_wdt.h	Sun Mar 20 18:45:15 2011 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+/***********************************************************************//**
+ * @file		lpc17xx_wdt.h
+ * @brief		Contains all macro definitions and function prototypes
+ * 				support for WDT firmware library on LPC17xx
+ * @version		2.0
+ * @date		21. May. 2010
+ * @author		NXP MCU SW Application Team
+ **************************************************************************
+ * Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only
+ * which provides customers with programming information regarding the
+ * products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties.
+ * NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the
+ * use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent,
+ * copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors
+ * reserves the right to make changes in the software without
+ * notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or
+ * warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified
+ * use without further testing or modification.
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+/* Peripheral group ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup WDT WDT
+ * @ingroup LPC1700CMSIS_FwLib_Drivers
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef LPC17XX_WDT_H_
+#define LPC17XX_WDT_H_
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+#include "LPC17xx.h"
+#include "lpc_types.h"
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+{
+#endif
+
+
+/* Private Macros ------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup WDT_Private_Macros WDT Private Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* --------------------- BIT DEFINITIONS -------------------------------------- */
+/** WDT interrupt enable bit */
+#define WDT_WDMOD_WDEN			    ((uint32_t)(1<<0))
+/** WDT interrupt enable bit */
+#define WDT_WDMOD_WDRESET			((uint32_t)(1<<1))
+/** WDT time out flag bit */
+#define WDT_WDMOD_WDTOF				((uint32_t)(1<<2))
+/** WDT Time Out flag bit */
+#define WDT_WDMOD_WDINT				((uint32_t)(1<<3))
+/** WDT Mode */
+#define WDT_WDMOD(n)				((uint32_t)(1<<1))
+
+/** Define divider index for microsecond ( us ) */
+#define WDT_US_INDEX	((uint32_t)(1000000))
+/** WDT Time out minimum value */
+#define WDT_TIMEOUT_MIN	((uint32_t)(0xFF))
+/** WDT Time out maximum value */
+#define WDT_TIMEOUT_MAX	((uint32_t)(0xFFFFFFFF))
+
+/** Watchdog mode register mask */
+#define WDT_WDMOD_MASK			(uint8_t)(0x02)
+/** Watchdog timer constant register mask */
+#define WDT_WDTC_MASK			(uint8_t)(0xFFFFFFFF)
+/** Watchdog feed sequence register mask */
+#define WDT_WDFEED_MASK 		(uint8_t)(0x000000FF)
+/** Watchdog timer value register mask */
+#define WDT_WDCLKSEL_MASK 		(uint8_t)(0x03)
+/** Clock selected from internal RC */
+#define WDT_WDCLKSEL_RC			(uint8_t)(0x00)
+/** Clock selected from PCLK */
+#define WDT_WDCLKSEL_PCLK		(uint8_t)(0x01)
+/** Clock selected from external RTC */
+#define WDT_WDCLKSEL_RTC		(uint8_t)(0x02)
+
+/* ---------------- CHECK PARAMETER DEFINITIONS ---------------------------- */
+/* Macro check clock source selection  */
+#define PARAM_WDT_CLK_OPT(OPTION)  ((OPTION ==WDT_CLKSRC_IRC)||(OPTION ==WDT_CLKSRC_IRC)\
+||(OPTION ==WDT_CLKSRC_IRC))
+
+/* Macro check WDT mode */
+#define PARAM_WDT_MODE_OPT(OPTION)  ((OPTION ==WDT_MODE_INT_ONLY)||(OPTION ==WDT_MODE_RESET))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/* Public Types --------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup WDT_Public_Types WDT Public Types
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @brief Clock source option for WDT */
+typedef enum {
+	WDT_CLKSRC_IRC = 0, /*!< Clock source from Internal RC oscillator */
+	WDT_CLKSRC_PCLK = 1, /*!< Selects the APB peripheral clock (PCLK) */
+	WDT_CLKSRC_RTC = 2 /*!< Selects the RTC oscillator */
+} WDT_CLK_OPT;
+
+/** @brief WDT operation mode */
+typedef enum {
+	WDT_MODE_INT_ONLY = 0, /*!< Use WDT to generate interrupt only */
+	WDT_MODE_RESET = 1    /*!< Use WDT to generate interrupt and reset MCU */
+} WDT_MODE_OPT;
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/* Public Functions ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup WDT_Public_Functions WDT Public Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+void WDT_Init (WDT_CLK_OPT ClkSrc, WDT_MODE_OPT WDTMode);
+void WDT_Start(uint32_t TimeOut);
+void WDT_Feed (void);
+void WDT_UpdateTimeOut ( uint32_t TimeOut);
+FlagStatus WDT_ReadTimeOutFlag (void);
+void WDT_ClrTimeOutFlag (void);
+uint32_t WDT_GetCurrentCount(void);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* LPC17XX_WDT_H_ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */
diff -r 000000000000 -r 84d7747641aa lpc_types.h
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lpc_types.h	Sun Mar 20 18:45:15 2011 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,196 @@
+/***********************************************************************//**
+ * @file        lpc_types.h
+ * @brief        Contains the NXP ABL typedefs for C standard types.
+ *                 It is intended to be used in ISO C conforming development
+ *                 environments and checks for this insofar as it is possible
+ *                 to do so.
+ * @version        1.0
+ * @date        27 Jul. 2008
+ * @author        wellsk
+ **************************************************************************
+ * Software that is described herein is for illustrative purposes only
+ * which provides customers with programming information regarding the
+ * products. This software is supplied "AS IS" without any warranties.
+ * NXP Semiconductors assumes no responsibility or liability for the
+ * use of the software, conveys no license or title under any patent,
+ * copyright, or mask work right to the product. NXP Semiconductors
+ * reserves the right to make changes in the software without
+ * notification. NXP Semiconductors also make no representation or
+ * warranty that such application will be suitable for the specified
+ * use without further testing or modification.
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+/* Type group ----------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup LPC_Types LPC_Types
+ * @ingroup LPC1700CMSIS_FwLib_Drivers
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef LPC_TYPES_H
+#define LPC_TYPES_H
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+
+/* Public Types --------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup LPC_Types_Public_Types LPC_Types Public Types
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Boolean Type definition
+ */
+typedef enum {FALSE = 0, TRUE = !FALSE} Bool;
+
+/**
+ * @brief Flag Status and Interrupt Flag Status type definition
+ */
+typedef enum {RESET = 0, SET = !RESET} FlagStatus, IntStatus, SetState;
+#define PARAM_SETSTATE(State) ((State==RESET) || (State==SET))
+
+/**
+ * @brief Functional State Definition
+ */
+typedef enum {DISABLE = 0, ENABLE = !DISABLE} FunctionalState;
+#define PARAM_FUNCTIONALSTATE(State) ((State==DISABLE) || (State==ENABLE))
+
+/**
+ * @ Status type definition
+ */
+typedef enum {ERROR = 0, SUCCESS = !ERROR} Status;
+
+
+/**
+ * Read/Write transfer type mode (Block or non-block)
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+    NONE_BLOCKING = 0,        /**< None Blocking type */
+    BLOCKING,                /**< Blocking type */
+} TRANSFER_BLOCK_Type;
+
+
+/** Pointer to Function returning Void (any number of parameters) */
+typedef void (*PFV)();
+
+/** Pointer to Function returning int32_t (any number of parameters) */
+typedef int32_t(*PFI)();
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/* Public Macros -------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/** @defgroup LPC_Types_Public_Macros  LPC_Types Public Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* _BIT(n) sets the bit at position "n"
+ * _BIT(n) is intended to be used in "OR" and "AND" expressions:
+ * e.g., "(_BIT(3) | _BIT(7))".
+ */
+#undef _BIT
+/* Set bit macro */
+#define _BIT(n)    (1<<n)
+
+/* _SBF(f,v) sets the bit field starting at position "f" to value "v".
+ * _SBF(f,v) is intended to be used in "OR" and "AND" expressions:
+ * e.g., "((_SBF(5,7) | _SBF(12,0xF)) & 0xFFFF)"
+ */
+#undef _SBF
+/* Set bit field macro */
+#define _SBF(f,v) (v<<f)
+
+/* _BITMASK constructs a symbol with 'field_width' least significant
+ * bits set.
+ * e.g., _BITMASK(5) constructs '0x1F', _BITMASK(16) == 0xFFFF
+ * The symbol is intended to be used to limit the bit field width
+ * thusly:
+ * <a_register> = (any_expression) & _BITMASK(x), where 0 < x <= 32.
+ * If "any_expression" results in a value that is larger than can be
+ * contained in 'x' bits, the bits above 'x - 1' are masked off.  When
+ * used with the _SBF example above, the example would be written:
+ * a_reg = ((_SBF(5,7) | _SBF(12,0xF)) & _BITMASK(16))
+ * This ensures that the value written to a_reg is no wider than
+ * 16 bits, and makes the code easier to read and understand.
+ */
+#undef _BITMASK
+/* Bitmask creation macro */
+#define _BITMASK(field_width) ( _BIT(field_width) - 1)
+
+/* NULL pointer */
+#ifndef NULL
+#define NULL ((void*) 0)
+#endif
+
+/* Number of elements in an array */
+#define NELEMENTS(array)  (sizeof (array) / sizeof (array[0]))
+
+/* Static data/function define */
+#define STATIC static
+/* External data/function define */
+#define EXTERN extern
+
+#define MAX(a, b) (((a) > (b)) ? (a) : (b))
+#define MIN(a, b) (((a) < (b)) ? (a) : (b))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/* Old Type Definition compatibility ------------------------------------------ */
+/** @addtogroup LPC_Types_Public_Types LPC_Types Public Types
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** SMA type for character type */
+typedef char CHAR;
+
+/** SMA type for 8 bit unsigned value */
+typedef uint8_t UNS_8;
+
+/** SMA type for 8 bit signed value */
+typedef int8_t INT_8;
+
+/** SMA type for 16 bit unsigned value */
+typedef    uint16_t UNS_16;
+
+/** SMA type for 16 bit signed value */
+typedef    int16_t INT_16;
+
+/** SMA type for 32 bit unsigned value */
+typedef    uint32_t UNS_32;
+
+/** SMA type for 32 bit signed value */
+typedef    int32_t INT_32;
+
+/** SMA type for 64 bit signed value */
+typedef int64_t INT_64;
+
+/** SMA type for 64 bit unsigned value */
+typedef uint64_t UNS_64;
+
+/** 32 bit boolean type */
+typedef Bool BOOL_32;
+
+/** 16 bit boolean type */
+typedef Bool BOOL_16;
+
+/** 8 bit boolean type */
+typedef Bool BOOL_8;
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+#endif /* LPC_TYPES_H */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* --------------------------------- End Of File ------------------------------ */